Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

 

[x] Annual report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, or

 

[  ] Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from              to              .

Commission File Number 1-32663

CLEAR CHANNEL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   86-0812139
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

200 East Basse Road

San Antonio, Texas

  78209
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

(210) 832-3700

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class

    

Name of Exchange on Which Registered

Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value per share      New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  YES  [   ]  NO  [X]

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.  YES  [   ]  NO  [X]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  YES  [X]  NO  [   ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  YES  [   ]  NO  [   ]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  [X]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer    [   ]    Accelerated filer    [X]
Non-accelerated filer    [   ]    Smaller reporting company    [   ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  YES  [   ]  NO  [X]

As of June 30, 2009, the aggregate market value of the common stock beneficially held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $172.2 million based on the closing sales price of the Class A Common Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange. (For purposes hereof, directors, executive officers and 10% or greater shareholders have been deemed affiliates).

On March 10, 2010, there were 40,833,960 outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, excluding 43,637 shares held in treasury, and 315,000,000 outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of our Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting, expected to be filed within 120 days of our fiscal year end, are incorporated by reference into Part III.


Table of Contents

CLEAR CHANNEL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, INC.

INDEX TO FORM 10-K

 

          Page
Number
PART I   
Item 1.    Business    1
Item 1A.    Risk Factors    14
Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments    27
Item 2.    Properties    27
Item 3.    Legal Proceedings    27
PART II   
Item 5.    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities    30
Item 6.    Selected Financial Data    31
Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations    34
Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk    70
Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data    71
Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure    119
Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures    119
Item 9B.    Other Information    121
PART III   
Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance    122
Item 11.    Executive Compensation    122
Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters    122
Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence    122
Item 14.    Principal Accounting Fees and Services    122
PART IV   
Item 15.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules    123


Table of Contents

PART I

ITEM 1. Business

The Company

Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., a Delaware Corporation (“the Company”), provides clients with advertising opportunities through billboards, street furniture displays, transit displays and other out-of-home advertising displays, such as wallscapes, spectaculars, neons and mall displays, which we own or operate in key markets worldwide. Our business consists of two reportable operating segments: Americas and International. As of December 31, 2009, we owned or operated approximately 834,000 advertising displays worldwide. For the year ended December 31, 2009, we generated revenue of approximately $2.7 billion, with $1.2 billion and $1.5 billion from our Americas and International segments, respectively.

Our History

In 1997, Clear Channel Communications, Inc., or Clear Channel Communications, our parent company, entered the outdoor advertising industry with its acquisition of Eller Media Company. In 1998, Clear Channel Communications acquired Universal Outdoor, giving Clear Channel Communications an outdoor presence in 33 major United States markets with over 88,000 displays. Also in 1998, Clear Channel Communications acquired More Group plc, a European-based company operating in 25 countries. In June 2002, Clear Channel Communications acquired The Ackerley Group, further increasing its market share.

On November 11, 2005, we became a publicly traded company through an initial public offering, or IPO, in which we sold 10%, or 35.0 million shares, of our Class A common stock. Prior to our IPO, we were an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Clear Channel Communications. Clear Channel Communications currently owns all of our outstanding shares of Class B common stock representing approximately 89% of the outstanding shares of our common stock and approximately 99% of the total voting power of our common stock.

Prior to or at the time of our IPO, we entered into agreements with Clear Channel Communications that govern the relationship between Clear Channel Communications and us and provide for, among other things, the provision of services by Clear Channel Communications to us and the allocation of employee benefit, tax and other liabilities and obligations attributable to our operations. These agreements include the Master Agreement, Corporate Services Agreement, Employee Matters Agreement and Tax Matters Agreement. All of the agreements relating to our ongoing relationship with Clear Channel Communications were made in the context of a parent-subsidiary relationship and the terms of these agreements may be more or less favorable to us than if they had been negotiated with unaffiliated third parties.

Clear Channel Communications has the right to terminate these agreements in various circumstances. As of the date of the filing of this report, no notice of termination of any of these agreements has been received from Clear Channel Communications.

For as long as Clear Channel Communications continues to own shares of our common stock representing more than 50% of the total voting power of our common stock, it will have the ability to direct the election of all members of our Board of Directors and to exercise a controlling influence over our business and affairs, including any determination with respect to mergers or other business combinations, our acquisition or disposition of assets, our incurrence of indebtedness, our issuance of any additional common stock or other equity services, our repurchase or redemption of common stock or any preferred stock, if applicable, and our payment of dividends. Similarly, Clear Channel Communications will have the power to determine or significantly influence the outcome of matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders, including the power to prevent an acquisition or any other change in control, and to take other actions that might be favorable to Clear Channel Communications.

On July 30, 2008, Clear Channel Communications completed its merger with a subsidiary of CC Media Holdings, Inc., or CC Media Holdings, a company formed by a group of private equity funds sponsored by Bain Capital Partners, LLC and Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. Clear Channel Communications is now owned indirectly by CC Media Holdings.

 

1


Table of Contents

Recent Developments

In 2008 and continuing into 2009, the global economic downturn adversely affected advertising revenues across our businesses. In the fourth quarter of 2008, we initiated an ongoing, company-wide strategic review of our costs and organizational structure to identify opportunities to maximize efficiency and realign expenses with our current and long-term business outlook (the “restructuring program”). As of December 31, 2009, we incurred a total of $88.7 million of costs in conjunction with the restructuring program. We estimate the benefit of the restructuring program was an approximate $170.6 million aggregate reduction to fixed operating and corporate expenses in 2009 and that the benefit of these initiatives will be fully realized by 2011.

No assurance can be given that the restructuring program will achieve all of the anticipated cost savings in the timeframe expected or at all, or that the cost savings will be sustainable. In addition, we may modify or terminate the restructuring program in response to economic conditions or otherwise.

Also, as a result of the economic downturn and the corresponding reduction in our revenues, we recorded non-cash impairment charges primarily related to goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles at June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 of approximately $812.4 million and $3.2 billion, respectively.

You can find more information about us at our Internet website located at www.clearchanneloutdoor.com. Our filings are available free of charge via a link on our Internet website after we electronically file such material with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The contents of our website are not deemed to be part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K or any of our other filings with the SEC.

Our Business Segments

We have two reportable business segments, Americas outdoor advertising, or Americas, and International outdoor advertising, or International, which represented 46% and 54% of our 2009 net revenue, respectively.

We believe we offer advertisers a diverse platform of media assets across geographies and outdoor products. We intend to continue to execute upon our long-standing outdoor advertising strategies, while closely managing expenses and focusing on achieving operating efficiencies throughout our businesses. Within each of our operating segments, we share best practices across our markets in an attempt to replicate our successes throughout the markets in which we operate.

Americas Outdoor Advertising

Our Americas business segment includes our operations in the United States, Canada and Latin America, with approximately 91% of our 2009 revenue in this segment derived from the United States. We own or operate approximately 195,000 displays in our Americas segment and have operations in 49 of the 50 largest markets in the United States, including all of the 20 largest markets. For the year ended December 31, 2009, Americas outdoor advertising represented 46% of our consolidated net revenue.

Our Americas assets consist of billboards, street furniture and transit displays, airport displays, mall displays, and wallscapes and other spectaculars, which we own or operate under lease management agreements. Our Americas advertising business is focused on urban markets with dense populations.

Our Strategy

We believe outdoor advertising has attractive industry fundamentals, including a broad audience reach and a highly cost effective media for advertisers as measured by cost per thousand persons reached compared to other traditional media. Our Americas strategy focuses on our competitive strengths to position the Company through the following strategies:

Promote Overall Outdoor Media Spending. Outdoor advertising represented 3% of total dollars spent on advertising in the United States in 2008. Our strategy is to drive growth in outdoor advertising’s share of total media spending and leverage such growth with our national scale and local reach. We are focusing on developing and implementing better and improved outdoor audience delivery measurement systems to provide advertisers with

 

2


Table of Contents

tools to determine how effectively their message is reaching the desired audience. As a result of the implementation strategies above, we believe advertisers will shift their budgets towards the outdoor advertising medium.

Significant Cost Reductions and Capital Discipline. To address the softness in advertising demand resulting from the global economic downturn, we have taken steps to reduce our fixed costs. In the fourth quarter of 2008, we commenced a restructuring plan to reduce our cost base through renegotiations of lease agreements, workforce reductions, the elimination of overlapping functions and other cost savings initiatives. In order to achieve these cost savings, we incurred a total of $17.4 million in costs in 2008 and 2009. We estimate the benefit of the restructuring program was an approximate $50.5 million aggregate reduction to fixed operating expenses in 2009 and that the benefit of these initiatives will be fully realized in 2010.

No assurance can be given that the restructuring program will achieve all of the anticipated cost savings in the timeframe expected or at all, or that the cost savings will be sustainable. In addition, we may modify or terminate the restructuring program in response to economic conditions or otherwise.

We plan to continue controlling costs to achieve operating efficiencies, sharing best practices across our markets and focusing our capital expenditures on opportunities that we expect to yield higher returns, leveraging our flexibility to make capital outlays based on the environment.

Continue to Deploy Digital Billboards. Digital outdoor advertising provides significant advantages over traditional outdoor media. Our electronic displays may be linked through centralized computer systems to instantaneously and simultaneously change advertising copy on a large number of displays. The ability to change copy by time-of-day and quickly change messaging based on advertisers’ needs creates additional flexibility for our customers. The advantages of digital allow us to penetrate new accounts and categories of advertisers as well as serve a broader set of needs for existing advertisers. We expect this to continue as we increase our quantity of digital inventory. We have deployed a total of approximately 457 digital displays in 33 markets as of December 31, 2009, of which approximately 292 are in the top 20 U.S. markets.

Sources of Revenue

Americas generated 46%, 43% and 45% of our revenue in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Americas’ revenue is derived from the sale of advertising copy placed on our display inventory. Our display inventory consists primarily of billboards, street furniture displays and transit displays. The margins on our billboard contracts tend to be higher than those on contracts for other displays, due to their greater size, impact and location along major roadways that are highly trafficked. Billboards comprise approximately two-thirds of our display revenues. The following table shows the approximate percentage of revenue derived from each category for our Americas advertising inventory:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
         2009            2008            2007    

Billboards

        

Bulletins (1)

   52%        51%        52%    

Posters

   14%        15%        16%    

Street furniture displays

   5%        5%        4%    

Transit displays

   17%        17%        16%    

Other displays (2)

   12%        12%        12%    
              

Total

   100%        100%        100%    
              

 

(1) Includes digital displays.

 

(2) Includes spectaculars, mall displays and wallscapes.

Our Americas segment generates revenues from local, regional and national sales. Our advertising rates are based on a number of different factors including location, competition, size of display, illumination, market and gross ratings points. Gross ratings points are the total number of impressions delivered, expressed as a percentage of a market population, of a display or group of displays. The number of impressions delivered by a display is

 

3


Table of Contents

measured by the number of people passing the site during a defined period of time. For all of our billboards in the United States, we use independent, third-party auditing companies to verify the number of impressions delivered by a display. “Reach” is the percent of a target audience exposed to an advertising message at least once during a specified period of time, typically during a period of four weeks. “Frequency” is the average number of exposures an individual has to an advertising message during a specified period of time. Out-of-home frequency is typically measured over a four-week period.

While location, price and availability of displays are important competitive factors, we believe that providing quality customer service and establishing strong client relationships are also critical components of sales. In addition, we have long-standing relationships with a diversified group of advertising brands and agencies that allow us to diversify client accounts and establish continuing revenue streams.

Billboards

Our billboard inventory primarily includes bulletins and posters.

Bulletins . Bulletins vary in size, with the most common size being 14 feet high by 48 feet wide. Almost all of the advertising copy displayed on bulletins is computer printed on vinyl and transported to the bulletin where it is secured to the display surface. Because of their greater size and impact, we typically receive our highest rates for bulletins. Bulletins generally are located along major expressways, primary commuting routes and main intersections that are highly visible and heavily trafficked. Our clients may contract for individual bulletins or a network of bulletins, meaning the clients’ advertisements are rotated among bulletins to increase the reach of the campaign. Our client contracts for bulletins generally have terms ranging from four weeks to one year.

Posters . Posters are available in two sizes, 30-sheet and 8-sheet displays. The 30-sheet posters are approximately 11 feet high by 23 feet wide, and the 8-sheet posters are approximately 5 feet high by 11 feet wide. Advertising copy for 30-sheet posters is digitally printed on a single piece of polyethylene material that is then transported and secured to the poster surfaces. Advertising copy for 8-sheet posters is printed using silk screen, lithographic or digital process to transfer the designs onto paper that is then transported and secured to the poster surfaces. Posters generally are located in commercial areas on primary and secondary routes near point-of-purchase locations, facilitating advertising campaigns with greater demographic targeting than those displayed on bulletins. Our poster rates typically are less than our bulletin rates, and our client contracts for posters generally have terms ranging from four weeks to one year. Premiere displays, which consist of premiere panels and squares, are innovative hybrids between bulletins and posters that we developed to provide our clients with an alternative for their targeted marketing campaigns. The premiere displays utilize one or more poster panels, but with vinyl advertising stretched over the panels similar to bulletins. Our intent is to combine the creative impact of bulletins with the additional reach and frequency of posters.

Street Furniture Displays

Our street furniture displays, marketed under our global Adshel™ brand, are advertising surfaces on bus shelters, information kiosks, public toilets, freestanding units and other public structures, and are primarily located in major metropolitan cities and along major commuting routes. Generally, we own the street furniture structures and are responsible for their construction and maintenance. Contracts for the right to place our street furniture displays in the public domain and sell advertising space on them are awarded by municipal and transit authorities in competitive bidding processes governed by local law. Generally, these contracts have terms ranging from 10 to 20 years. As compensation for the right to sell advertising space on our street furniture structures, we pay the municipality or transit authority a fee or revenue share that is either a fixed amount or a percentage of the revenue derived from the street furniture displays. Typically, these revenue sharing arrangements include payments by us of minimum guaranteed amounts. Client contracts for street furniture displays typically have terms ranging from four weeks to one year, and are typically for network packages.

 

4


Table of Contents

Transit Displays

Our transit displays are advertising surfaces on various types of vehicles or within transit systems, including on the interior and exterior sides of buses, trains, trams, and within the common areas of rail stations and airports. Similar to street furniture, contracts for the right to place our displays on such vehicles or within such transit systems and to sell advertising space on them generally are awarded by public transit authorities in competitive bidding processes or are negotiated with private transit operators. These contracts typically have terms of up to five years. Our client contracts for transit displays generally have terms ranging from four weeks to one year.

Other Inventory

The balance of our display inventory consists of spectaculars, wallscapes and mall displays. Spectaculars are customized display structures that often incorporate video, multidimensional lettering and figures, mechanical devices and moving parts and other embellishments to create special effects. The majority of our spectaculars are located in Times Square in New York City, Dundas Square in Toronto, Fashion Show in Las Vegas, Miracle Mile in Las Vegas, Westgate City Center in Glendale, Arizona, the Boardwalk in Atlantic City and across from the Target Center in Minneapolis. Client contracts for spectaculars typically have terms of one year or longer. A wallscape is a display that drapes over or is suspended from the sides of buildings or other structures. Generally, wallscapes are located in high-profile areas where other types of outdoor advertising displays are limited or unavailable. Clients typically contract for individual wallscapes for extended terms. We also own displays located within the common areas of malls on which our clients run advertising campaigns for periods ranging from four weeks to one year.

Competition

The outdoor advertising industry in the Americas is fragmented, consisting of several larger companies involved in outdoor advertising, such as CBS and Lamar Advertising Company, as well as numerous smaller and local companies operating a limited number of display faces in a single or a few local markets. We also compete with other advertising media in our respective markets, including broadcast and cable television, radio, print media, direct mail, the Internet and other forms of advertisement.

Outdoor companies compete primarily based on ability to reach consumers, which is driven by location of the display.

Advertising Inventory and Markets

As of December 31, 2009, we owned or operated approximately 195,000 displays in our Americas segment. Our displays are located on owned land, leased land or land for which we have acquired permanent easements. The majority of the advertising structures on which our displays are mounted require permits. Our permits are effectively issued in perpetuity by state and local governments and are typically transferable or renewable at little or no cost. Permits typically specify the location which allows us the right to operate an advertising structure at the specified location.

The following table sets forth certain selected information with regard to our Americas advertising inventory, with our markets listed in order of their designated market area (“DMA ® ”) region ranking (DMA ® is a registered trademark of Nielsen Media Research, Inc.):

 

      DMA ®     

    Region    
      Rank    

  

Markets

   Billboards    Street
  Furniture  
Displays
   Transit
  Displays (1)   
   Other
  Displays (2)   
   Total
  Displays  
        Bulletins        Posters              
  

United States

                 

1

  

New York, NY

                  2,636  

2

  

Los Angeles, CA

                  10,361  

3

  

Chicago, IL

                  11,264  

4

  

Philadelphia, PA

                  5,251  

5

  

Dallas-Ft. Worth, TX

                  15,414  

6

  

San Francisco-Oakland-San Jose, CA

                  9,331  

 

5


Table of Contents

      DMA ®     

    Region    
      Rank    

  

Markets

   Billboards    Street
  Furniture  
Displays
   Transit
  Displays (1)   
   Other
  Displays (2)   
   Total
  Displays  
        Bulletins        Posters              
7   

Boston, MA (Manchester, NH)

                  2,762  
8   

Atlanta, GA

                  2,354  
9   

Washington, DC (Hagerstown, MD)

                  2,907  
10   

Houston, TX

                  3,104  
11   

Detroit, MI

                  318  
12   

Phoenix, AZ

                  9,566  
13   

Seattle-Tacoma, WA

                  13,057  
14   

Tampa-St. Petersburg (Sarasota), FL

                  2,273  
15   

Minneapolis-St. Paul, MN

                  1,899  
16   

Denver, CO

                  1,001  
17   

Miami-Ft. Lauderdale, FL

                  5,267  
18   

Cleveland-Akron (Canton), OH

                  3,479  
19   

Orlando-Daytona Beach-Melbourne, FL

                  3,798  
20   

Sacramento-Stockton-Modesto, CA

                  2,623  
21   

St. Louis, MO

                  297  
22   

Portland, OR

                  1,191  
23   

Pittsburgh, PA

                  94  
24   

Charlotte, NC

                  12  
25   

Indianapolis, IN

                  3,193  
26   

Raleigh-Durham (Fayetteville), NC

                  1,803  
27   

Baltimore, MD

                  1,910  
28   

San Diego, CA

                  765  
29   

Nashville, TN

                  756  
30   

Hartford-New Haven, CT

                  656  
31   

Salt Lake City, UT

                  66  
32   

Kansas City, KS/MO

                  1,173  
33   

Cincinnati, OH

                  12  
34   

Columbus, OH

                  1,635  
35   

Milwaukee, WI

                  6,473  
36   

Greenville-Spartanburg, SC- Asheville, NC-Anderson, SC

                  91  
37   

San Antonio, TX

                  7,227  
38   

West Palm Beach-Ft. Pierce, FL

                  1,465  
39   

Harrisburg-Lancaster-Lebanon-York, PA

                  174  
41   

Grand Rapids-Kalamazoo-Battle Creek, MI

                  312  
42   

Las Vegas, NV

                  1,121  
43   

Norfolk-Portsmouth-Newport News, VA

                  390  
44   

Albuquerque-Santa Fe, NM

                  1,298  
45   

Oklahoma City, OK

                  3  
46   

Greensboro-High Point-Winston Salem, NC

                  1,047  

 

6


Table of Contents

      DMA ®     

    Region    
      Rank    

  

Markets

  

 

Billboards

   Street
  Furniture  
Displays
   Transit
  Displays (1)   
   Other
  Displays (2)   
   Total
  Displays  
        Bulletins        Posters              

47

  

Jacksonville, FL

                  978  

48

  

Austin, TX

                  46  

49

  

Louisville, KY

                  159  

50

  

Memphis, TN

                  1,747  

51-100

  

Various U.S. Cities

                  15,349  

101-150

  

Various U.S. Cities

                  4,119  

151+

  

Various U.S. Cities

                  2,224  
  

Non-U.S. Markets

                 

n/a

  

Australia

                  1,466  

n/a

  

Brazil

                  7,199  

n/a

  

Canada

                  4,706  

n/a

  

Chile

                  1,085  

n/a

  

Mexico

                  4,998  

n/a

  

New Zealand

                  1,695  

n/a

  

Peru

                  2,659  

n/a

  

Other ( 3 )

                  4,316  
                      
               Total Americas Displays      194,575  
                      

 

(1) Included in transit displays is our airport advertising business which offers products such as traditional static wall displays, visitor information centers, and other digital products including LCD screens and touch screen kiosks. Our digital products provide multiple display opportunities unlike our traditional static wall displays. Each of the digital display opportunities is counted as a unique display in the table.

 

(2) Includes wallscapes, spectaculars, mall and digital displays. Our inventory includes other small displays not in the table since their contribution to our revenue is not material.

 

(3) Includes displays in Antigua, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Costa Rica, Dominican Republic, Grenada, Guam, Jamaica, Netherlands Antilles, Saint Kitts and Nevis, Saint Lucia and Virgin Islands.

Production

In a majority of our markets, our local production staff performs the full range of activities required to create and install advertising copy. Production work includes creating the advertising copy design and layout, coordinating its printing and installing the copy on displays. We provide creative services to smaller advertisers and to advertisers not represented by advertising agencies. National advertisers often use preprinted designs that require only installation. Our creative and production personnel typically develop new designs or adopt copy from other media for use on our inventory. Our creative staff also can assist in the development of marketing presentations, demonstrations and strategies to attract new clients.

Client Categories

In 2009, the top five client categories in our Americas segment were retail, telecommunications, banking and financial services, gambling and amusements.

Construction and Operation

We typically own the physical structures on which our clients’ advertising copy is displayed. We build some of the structures at our billboard fabrication business in Illinois and erect them on sites we either lease or own or for which we have acquired permanent easements. The site lease terms generally range from 1 to 20 years. In addition to the site lease, we must obtain a permit to build the sign. Permits are typically issued in perpetuity by the state or local government and typically are transferable or renewable for a minimal, or no, fee. Bulletin and poster advertising copy is either printed with computer generated graphics on a single sheet of vinyl or placed on lithographed or silk-screened paper sheets supplied by the advertiser. These advertisements are then transported to the site and in the case of vinyl, wrapped around the face of the site, and in the case of paper, pasted and applied like

 

7


Table of Contents

wallpaper to the site. The operational process also includes conducting visual inspections of the inventory for display defects and taking the necessary corrective action within a reasonable period of time.

International Outdoor Advertising

Our International business segment includes our operations in the U.K., France, Asia and Australia, with approximately 39% of our 2009 consolidated revenue in this segment derived from France and the United Kingdom. We own or operate approximately 639,000 displays in 32 countries. For the year ended December 31, 2009, International outdoor advertising represented 54% of our consolidated net revenue.

Our International outdoor assets consist of street furniture and transit displays, billboards, mall displays, Smartbike schemes, wallscapes and other spectaculars, which we own or operate under lease agreements. Our International business is focused on urban markets with dense populations.

Strategy

Similar to our Americas outdoor advertising, we believe International outdoor advertising has attractive industry fundamentals including a broad audience reach and a highly cost effective media for advertisers as measured by cost per thousand persons reached compared to other traditional media. Our International strategy focuses on our competitive strengths to position the Company through the following strategies:

Promote Overall Outdoor Media Spending. Our strategy is to continue to drive growth in outdoor advertising’s share of total media spending and leverage such growth with our international scale and local reach. We are focusing on developing and implementing better and improved outdoor audience delivery measurement systems to provide advertisers with tools to determine how effectively their message is reaching the desired audience. As a result of the implementation strategies above, we believe advertisers will shift their budgets towards the outdoor advertising medium.

Significant Cost Reductions and Capital Discipline. To address the softness in advertising demand resulting from the global economic downturn, we have taken steps to reduce our fixed costs. In the fourth quarter of 2008, we commenced a restructuring plan to reduce our cost base through renegotiations of lease agreements, workforce reductions, elimination of overlapping functions, takedown of unprofitable advertising structures and other cost savings initiatives. In order to achieve these cost savings, we incurred a total of $65.0 million in costs in 2008 and 2009. We estimate the benefit of the restructuring program was an approximate $120.1 million aggregate reduction to our 2008 fixed operating expense base in 2009 and that the benefit of these initiatives will be fully realized by 2011.

No assurance can be given that the restructuring program will achieve all of the anticipated cost savings in the timeframe expected or at all, or that the cost savings will be sustainable. In addition, we may modify or terminate the restructuring program in response to economic conditions or otherwise.

We plan to continue controlling costs to achieve operating efficiencies, sharing best practices across our markets and focusing our capital expenditures on opportunities that we expect to yield higher returns, leveraging our flexibility to make capital outlays based on the environment.

Capitalize on Product and Geographic Opportunities. We are also focused on growing our business internationally through new product offerings, optimization of our current display portfolio and selective investments targeting promising growth markets. We have continued to innovate and introduce new products, such as our Smartbike programs, in international markets based on local demands.

 

8


Table of Contents

Sources of Revenue

Our International segment generated 54%, 57% and 55% of our revenue in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. International revenue is derived from the sale of advertising copy placed on our display inventory. Our International display inventory consists primarily of billboards, street furniture displays, transit displays and other out-of-home advertising displays, such as neon displays. The following table shows the approximate percentage of revenue derived from each category of our International segment:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
         2009            2008            2007    

Billboards (1)

   32%        35%        39%    

Street furniture displays

   40%        38%        37%    

Transit displays (2)

   8%        9%        8%    

Other displays (3)

   20%        18%        16%    
              

Total

   100%        100%        100%    
              

 

(1) Includes revenue from spectaculars and neon displays.

 

(2) Includes small displays.

 

(3) Includes advertising revenue from mall displays, other small displays, and non-advertising revenue from sales of street furniture equipment, cleaning and maintenance services, operation of Smartbike schemes and production revenue.

Our International segment generates revenues worldwide from local, regional and national sales. Similar to the Americas, advertising rates generally are based on the gross ratings points of a display or group of displays. The number of impressions delivered by a display, in some countries, is weighted to account for such factors as illumination, proximity to other displays and the speed and viewing angle of approaching traffic.

While location, price and availability of displays are important competitive factors, we believe that providing quality customer service and establishing strong client relationships are also critical components of sales. Our entrepreneurial culture allows local management to operate their markets as separate profit centers, encouraging customer cultivation and service.

Billboards

The sizes of our International billboards are not standardized. The billboards vary in both format and size across our networks, with the majority of our International billboards being similar in size to our posters used in our Americas business (30-sheet and 8-sheet displays). Our International billboards are sold to clients as network packages with contract terms typically ranging from one to two weeks. Long-term client contracts are also available and typically have terms of up to one year. We lease the majority of our billboard sites from private landowners. Billboards include our spectacular and neon displays. DEFI, our International neon subsidiary, is a global provider of neon signs with approximately 361 displays in more than 16 countries worldwide. Client contracts for International neon displays typically have terms of approximately five years.

Street Furniture Displays

Our International street furniture displays are substantially similar to their Americas street furniture counterparts, and include bus shelters, freestanding units, public toilets, various types of kiosks and benches. Internationally, contracts with municipal and transit authorities for the right to place our street furniture in the public domain and sell advertising on such street furniture typically provide for terms ranging from 10 to 15 years. The major difference between our International and Americas street furniture businesses is in the nature of the municipal contracts. In our International business, these contracts typically require us to provide the municipality with a broader range of urban amenities such as bus shelters with or without advertising panels, information kiosks and public wastebaskets, as well as space for the municipality to display maps or other public information. In exchange for providing such urban amenities and display space, we are authorized to sell advertising space on certain sections of the structures we erect in the public domain. Our International street furniture is typically sold to clients as

 

9


Table of Contents

network packages, with contract terms ranging from one to two weeks. Long-term client contracts are also available and typically have terms of up to one year.

Transit Displays

Our International transit display contracts are substantially similar to their Americas transit display counterparts, and typically require us to make only a minimal initial investment and few ongoing maintenance expenditures. Contracts with public transit authorities or private transit operators typically have terms ranging from three to seven years. Our client contracts for transit displays generally have terms ranging from one week to one year, or longer.

Other International Inventory and Services

The balance of our revenue from our International segment consists primarily of advertising revenue from mall displays, other small displays and non-advertising revenue from sales of street furniture equipment, cleaning and maintenance services and production revenue. Internationally, our contracts with mall operators generally have terms ranging from five to ten years and client contracts for mall displays generally have terms ranging from one to two weeks, but are available for up to six-month periods. Long-term client contracts for mall displays are also available and typically have terms of up to one year. Our International inventory includes other small displays that are counted as separate displays since they form a substantial part of our network and International revenue. We also have a bike rental program which provides bicycles for rent to the general public in several municipalities. In exchange for providing the bike rental program, we generally derive revenue from advertising rights to the bikes, bike stations, additional street furniture displays or fees from the local municipalities. Several of our International markets sell equipment or provide cleaning and maintenance services as part of a billboard or street furniture contract with a municipality. Production revenue relates to the production of advertising posters, usually for small customers.

Competition

The International outdoor advertising industry is fragmented, consisting of several larger companies involved in outdoor advertising, such as CBS and JC Decaux, as well as numerous smaller and local companies operating a limited number of display faces in a single or a few local markets. We also compete with other advertising media in our respective markets, including broadcast and cable television, radio, print media, direct mail, the Internet and other forms of advertisement.

Outdoor companies compete primarily based on ability to reach consumers, which is driven by location of the display.

Advertising Inventory and Markets

As of December 31, 2009, we owned or operated approximately 639,000 displays in our International segment. The following table sets forth certain selected information with regard to our International advertising inventory, which are listed in descending order according to 2009 revenue contribution:

 

International Markets

     Billboards(1)      Street
  Furniture  
Displays
   Transit
  Displays(2)  
   Other
  Displays(3)  
   Total
  Displays  

France

               122,930  

United Kingdom

               57,685  

China

               66,965  

Italy

               53,589  

Spain

               31,603  

Australia/New Zealand

               18,611  

Belgium

               24,079  

Switzerland

               17,962  

Sweden

               113,622  

Denmark

               40,309  

Norway

               21,548  

 

10


Table of Contents

International Markets

     Billboards(1)      Street
  Furniture  
Displays
   Transit
  Displays(2)  
   Other
  Displays(3)  
   Total
  Displays  

Ireland

               9,493  

Turkey

               13,248  

Holland

               5,289  

Finland

               14,236  

Poland

               7,561  

Baltic States/Russia

               15,146  

Greece

               1,121  

Singapore

               3,845  

Romania

               134  

Hungary

               34  

India

               166  

Austria

               15  

Portugal

               14  

Germany

               46  

Czech Republic

               11  

United Arab Emirates

               1  
                
      Total International Displays    639,263  
                

 

(1) Includes spectaculars and neon displays.

 

(2) Includes small displays.

 

(3) Includes mall displays and other small displays counted as separate displays in the table since they form a substantial part of our network and International revenue.

Equity Investments

In addition to the displays listed above, as of December 31, 2009, we had equity investments in various out-of-home advertising companies that operate in the following markets:

 

Market

  

  Company  

   Equity
  Investment  
    Billboards(1)      Street
  Furniture  
Displays
   Transit
  Displays  
Outdoor Advertising Companies           
Italy    Alessi    36.75%        
Italy    AD Moving SpA    18.75%        
Hong Kong            Buspak    50.0%          
Spain    Clear Channel Cemusa    50.0%          
Thailand    Master & More    32.5%          
Belgium    MTB    49.0%          
Other Media Companies           
Norway    CAPA    50.0%          

 

(1) Includes spectaculars and neon displays.

Production

The majority of our International clients are advertisers targeting national audiences whose business generally is placed with us through advertising agencies. These agencies often provide our International clients creative services to design and produce both the advertising copy and the physical printed advertisement. Advertising copy, both paper and vinyl, is shipped to centralized warehouses operated by us. The copy is then sorted and delivered to sites where it is installed on our displays.

 

11


Table of Contents

Client Categories

In 2009, the top five client categories in our International segment, based on International revenue derived from these categories, were retail, food and food products, telecommunications, entertainment and automotive.

Construction and Operation

The International manufacturing process largely consists of two elements: the manufacture and installation of advertising structures and the weekly preparation of advertising posters for distribution throughout our networks. Generally, we outsource the manufacturing of advertising structures to third parties and regularly seek competitive bids. We use a wide range of suppliers, located in each of our markets. The design of street furniture structures (such as bus shelters, bicycle racks, kiosks and public toilets) is typically done in conjunction with a third party design or architectural firm. These street furniture designs then form the basis of a competitive bidding process to select a manufacturer. Our street furniture sites are posted by our own employees or subcontractors who also clean and maintain the sites. The decision to use our own employees or subcontractors is made on a market-by-market basis taking into consideration the mix of products in the market and local labor costs.

Employees

As of March 10, 2010, we had approximately 1,996 United States-based employees and approximately 4,315 non-United States-based employees, of which approximately 139 were employed in corporate activities. Approximately 164 of our United States employees and approximately 337 of our non-United States employees are subject to collective bargaining agreements in their respective countries. We are a party to numerous collective bargaining agreements, none of which represent a significant number of employees. We believe that our relationship with our employees is good.

Regulation of our Business

The outdoor advertising industry in the United States is subject to governmental regulation at the Federal, state and local levels. These regulations may include, among others, restrictions on the construction, repair, maintenance, lighting, upgrading, height, size, spacing and location of and, in some instances, content of advertising copy being displayed on outdoor advertising structures. In addition, the outdoor advertising industry outside of the United States is subject to certain foreign governmental regulation.

Domestically, in recent years, outdoor advertising has become the subject of targeted state and municipal taxes and fees. These laws may affect prevailing competitive conditions in our markets in a variety of ways. Such laws may reduce our expansion opportunities, or may increase or reduce competitive pressure from other members of the outdoor advertising industry. No assurance can be given that existing or future laws or regulations, and the enforcement thereof, will not materially and adversely affect the outdoor advertising industry. However, we contest laws and regulations that we believe unlawfully restrict our constitutional or other legal rights and may adversely impact the growth of our outdoor advertising business.

Federal law, principally the Highway Beautification Act, or HBA, regulates outdoor advertising on Federal-Aid Primary, Interstate and National Highway Systems roads within the United States (“controlled roads”). The HBA regulates the size and placement of billboards, requires the development of state standards, mandates a state’s compliance program, promotes the expeditious removal of illegal signs and requires just compensation for takings.

To satisfy the HBA’s requirements, all states have passed billboard control statutes and regulations which regulate, among other things, construction, repair, maintenance, lighting, height, size, spacing, the placement and permitting of outdoor advertising structures. We are not aware of any state which has passed control statutes and regulations less restrictive than the prevailing Federal requirements, including the requirement that an owner remove any non-grandfathered non-compliant signs along the controlled roads, at the owner’s expense and without compensation. Local governments generally also include billboard control as part of their zoning laws and building codes regulating those items described above and include similar provisions regarding the removal of non-grandfathered structures that do not comply with certain of the local requirements. Some local governments have initiated code enforcement and permit reviews of billboards within their jurisdiction challenging billboards located

 

12


Table of Contents

within their jurisdiction, and in some instances the Company has had to remove billboards as a result of such reviews.

As part of their billboard control laws, state and local governments regulate the construction of new signs. Some jurisdictions prohibit new construction, some jurisdictions allow new construction only to replace existing structures and some jurisdictions allow new construction subject to the various restrictions discussed above. In certain jurisdictions, restrictive regulations also limit our ability to relocate, rebuild, repair, maintain, upgrade, modify, or replace existing legal non-conforming billboards. While these regulations set certain limits on the construction of new outdoor advertising displays, they also benefit established companies, including us, by creating barriers to entry and by protecting the outdoor advertising industry against an oversupply of inventory.

Federal law neither requires nor prohibits the removal of existing lawful billboards, but it does mandate the payment of compensation if a state or political subdivision compels the removal of a lawful billboard along the controlled roads. In the past, state governments have purchased and removed existing lawful billboards for beautification purposes using Federal funding for transportation enhancement programs, and these jurisdictions may continue to do so in the future. From time to time, state and local government authorities use the power of eminent domain and amortization to remove billboards. Thus far, we have been able to obtain satisfactory compensation for our billboards purchased or removed as a result of these types of governmental action, although there is no assurance that this will continue to be the case in the future.

Other important outdoor advertising regulations include the Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act of 1991 (currently known as SAFETEA-LU), the Bonus Act/Bonus Program, the 1995 Scenic Byways Amendment and various increases or implementations of property taxes, billboard taxes and permit fees. From time to time, legislation has been introduced in both the United States and foreign jurisdictions attempting to impose taxes on revenue from outdoor advertising. Several state and local jurisdictions have already imposed such taxes as a percentage of our outdoor advertising revenue in that jurisdiction. While these taxes have not had a material impact on our business and financial results to date, we expect state and local governments to continue to try to impose such taxes as a way of increasing revenue.

We have introduced and intend to expand the deployment of digital billboards that display static digital advertising copy from various advertisers that change up to several times per minute. We have encountered some existing regulations that restrict or prohibit these types of digital displays. However, since digital technology for changing static copy has only recently been developed and introduced into the market on a large scale, existing regulations that currently do not apply to digital technology by their terms could be revised to impose greater restrictions. These regulations may impose greater restrictions on digital billboards due to alleged concerns over aesthetics or driver safety.

International regulations have a significant impact on the outdoor advertising industry and our business. International regulation of the outdoor advertising industry can vary by municipality, region and country, but generally limits the size, placement, nature and density of out-of-home displays. Other regulations may limit the subject matter and language of out-of-home displays.

NYSE Matters

The certifications of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer required under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act have been filed as Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2 to this Annual Report. Additionally, in 2010 our Chief Executive Officer submitted a Section 303A.12(a) CEO Certification to the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) certifying that he was not aware of any violation by Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. of the NYSE’s corporate governance listing standards.

 

13


Table of Contents

ITEM 1A. Risk Factors

Risks Related to Our Business

We may be adversely affected by a general deterioration in economic conditions.

The risks associated with our businesses become more acute in periods of a slowing economy or recession, which may be accompanied by a decrease in advertising. Expenditures by advertisers tend to be cyclical, reflecting overall economic conditions and budgeting and buying patterns. The global economic downturn resulted in a decline in advertising and marketing by our customers, resulting in a decline in advertising revenues across our businesses. This reduction in advertising revenues has had an adverse effect on our revenue, profit margins, cash flow and liquidity. The continuation of the global economic downturn may continue to adversely impact our revenue, profit margins, cash flow and liquidity.

Primarily as a result of the global economic downturn, revenue decreased by $591.3 million during 2009 as compared to 2008. Our Americas revenue declined $192.1 million during 2009 compared to 2008, attributable to decreases in poster and bulletin revenues associated with cancellations and non-renewals from major national advertisers. Our International outdoor revenue also declined $399.2 million primarily as a result of challenging advertising markets and the negative impact of foreign exchange.

Additionally, we performed an interim impairment test in the fourth quarter of 2008, and again in the second quarter of 2009, primarily on our indefinite-lived assets and goodwill and recorded non-cash impairment charges of $3.2 billion and $812.4 billion, respectively. While we believe we have made reasonable estimates and utilized appropriate assumptions to calculate the fair value of our licenses, billboard permits and reporting units, it is possible a material change could occur. If future results are not consistent with our assumptions and estimates, we may be exposed to further impairment charges in the future.

Our restructuring program may not be entirely successful.

In the fourth quarter of 2008, we commenced a restructuring program targeting a reduction in fixed costs through renegotiations of lease agreements, workforce reductions, the elimination of overlapping functions and other cost savings initiatives. The program has resulted in restructuring and other expenses, and we may incur additional costs pursuant to the restructuring program in the future. No assurance can be given that the restructuring program will achieve the anticipated cost savings in the timeframe expected or at all, or for how long any cost savings will persist. In addition, the restructuring program may be modified or terminated in response to economic conditions or otherwise.

To service our debt obligations and to fund capital expenditures, we will require a significant amount of cash to meet our needs, which depends on many factors beyond our control.

Our ability to service our debt obligations and to fund capital expenditures for display construction or renovation will require a significant amount of cash, which depends on many factors beyond our control. This is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors beyond our control, which may prevent us from securing sufficient cash to meet these needs. Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness will also depend on our ability to generate cash in the future.

We cannot ensure that our business will generate sufficient cash flow or that future borrowings will be available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs. If our future cash flow from operations, cash on hand and other capital resources are insufficient to pay our obligations as they mature or to fund our liquidity needs, we may be forced to reduce or delay our business activities and capital expenditures, sell assets, or attempt to obtain additional equity capital or restructure or refinance all or a portion of indebtedness debt on or before maturity. We cannot ensure that we will be able to refinance any of our debt on a timely basis or on satisfactory terms, if at all. In addition, the terms of our existing indebtedness and other future indebtedness may limit our ability to pursue these alternatives.

 

14


Table of Contents

The Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. $500.0 million Series A Senior Notes and $2.0 billion Series B Senior Notes, Clear Channel Communications’ Bank Credit Facility (of which the Company is a Restricted Subsidiary) and the Master Agreement with Clear Channel Communications impose restrictions on our ability to finance operations and capital needs, make acquisitions or engage in other business activities.

The Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. $500.0 million Series A Senior Notes and $2.0 billion Series B Senior Notes, Clear Channel Communications’ Bank Credit Facility and Master Agreement with Clear Channel Communications include restrictive covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability to:

 

   

issue any shares of capital stock or securities convertible into capital stock;

 

   

incur additional indebtedness;

 

   

pay dividends and make distributions;

 

   

make certain acquisitions and investments;

 

   

repurchase our stock;

 

   

create liens;

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

   

enter into sale leaseback transactions;

 

   

dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; and

 

   

merge or consolidate.

In addition, the indentures governing the Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. $500.0 million Series A Senior Notes and $2.0 billion Series B Senior Notes require us to prepay it in full upon a change in control (as defined in the note), and, upon asset sales, subject to certain exceptions, to prepay the note in the amount of excess proceeds received from such asset sales. Our failure to comply with the terms and covenants in our indebtedness could lead to a default under the terms of those documents, which would entitle the holders to accelerate the indebtedness and declare all amounts owed due and payable.

The existence of these restrictions limits our ability to finance operations and capital needs, make acquisitions or engage in other business activities, including our ability to grow and increase our revenue or respond to competitive changes. The following is a discussion of our sources of capital:

 

   

Certain of our International subsidiaries may borrow against a $150.0 million sub-limit included in Clear Channel Communications’ $2.0 billion revolving credit facility, to the extent Clear Channel Communications has not already borrowed against this capacity and is in compliance with its covenants under the credit facility. On February 6, 2009, Clear Channel Communications borrowed the remaining availability under its $2.0 billion revolving credit facility, including the remaining availability under the $150.0 million sub-limit. Our international subsidiaries have borrowed $30.0 million against the $150.0 million sub-limit.

 

   

As part of the day-to-day cash management services provided by Clear Channel Communications, we maintain accounts that represent net amounts due to or from Clear Channel Communications, which is recorded as “Due from/to Clear Channel Communications” on the consolidated balance sheet. The accounts represent the net of the balances on our revolving promissory note issued by us to Clear Channel Communications and the revolving promissory note issued by Clear Channel Communications to us, each in the face amount of $1.0 billion, or if more or less than such amount, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all advances. Clear Channel Communications is not required to provide us with funds to finance our working capital or other cash requirements. Our claim in relation to cash transferred from our concentration account is on an unsecured basis and is limited to the balance of the “Due from Clear Channel Communications” account. If Clear Channel Communications were to become insolvent, we would be an unsecured creditor of Clear Channel Communications with respect to the revolving promissory note issued by Clear Channel

 

15


Table of Contents
 

Communications to us. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the asset recorded in “Due from Clear Channel Communications” on the consolidated balance sheet was $123.3 million and $431.6 million, respectively.

Our financial performance may be adversely affected by certain variables which are not in our control.

Certain variables that could adversely affect our financial performance by, among other things, leading to decreases in overall revenue, the numbers of advertising customers, advertising fees, or profit margins include:

 

   

unfavorable economic conditions, both general and relative to the outdoor advertising and all related industries, which may cause companies to reduce their expenditures on advertising;

 

   

unfavorable shifts in population and other demographics which may cause us to lose advertising customers as people migrate to markets where we have a smaller presence, or which may cause advertisers to be willing to pay less in advertising fees if the general population shifts into a less desirable age or geographical demographic from an advertising perspective;

 

   

an increased level of competition for advertising dollars, which may lead to lower advertising rates as we attempt to retain customers or which may cause us to lose customers to our competitors who offer lower rates that we are unable or unwilling to match;

 

   

unfavorable fluctuations in operating costs which we may be unwilling or unable to pass through to our customers;

 

   

technological changes and innovations that we are unable to adopt or are late in adopting that offer more attractive advertising alternatives than what we currently offer, which may lead to a loss of advertising customers or to lower advertising rates;

 

   

unfavorable changes in labor conditions which may require us to spend more to retain and attract key employees; and

 

   

changes in governmental regulations and policies and actions of regulatory bodies, including changes to restrictions on rebuilding non-conforming structures, which could restrict the advertising media which we employ, or changes that restrict some or all of our customers that operate in regulated areas from using certain advertising media, or from advertising at all.

We are dependent on our ability to attract, motivate and retain management and key employees.

Our business is dependent on our ability to attract, motivate and retain members of our senior management group and other key employees, including local market managers. Many of our management team have been with the Company for a significant period of time. Certain members of our senior management have recently left the Company or changed their role within the Company. Although we have hired new executive officers, if we are unable to hire new employees to replace these senior managers or are not successful in attracting, motivating and retaining other key employees, our business could be adversely affected.

We face intense competition in the outdoor advertising industry.

We operate in a highly competitive industry, and we may not be able to maintain or increase our current advertising and sales revenues. Our advertising properties compete for audiences and advertising revenue with other outdoor advertising companies, as well as with other media, such as radio, newspapers, magazines, television, direct mail, satellite radio and Internet based media, within their respective markets. Market shares are subject to change, which could have the effect of reducing our revenue in that market. Our competitors may develop services or advertising media that are equal or superior to those we provide or that achieve greater market acceptance and brand recognition than we achieve. It is possible that new competitors may emerge and rapidly acquire significant market share in any of our business segments. An increased level of competition for advertising dollars may lead to lower advertising rates as we attempt to retain customers or may cause us to lose customers to our competitors who offer lower rates that we are unable or unwilling to match.

 

16


Table of Contents

Environmental, health, safety and land use laws and regulations may limit or restrict some of our operations.

As the owner or operator of various real properties and facilities, we must comply with various foreign, Federal, state and local environmental, health, safety and land use laws and regulations. We and our properties are subject to such laws and regulations relating to the use, storage, disposal, emission and release of hazardous and non-hazardous substances and employee health and safety as well as zoning restrictions. Historically, we have not incurred significant expenditures to comply with these laws. However, additional laws which may be passed in the future, or a finding of a violation of or liability under existing laws, could require us to make significant expenditures and otherwise limit or restrict some of our operations.

Government regulation of outdoor advertising may restrict our outdoor advertising operations.

United States Federal, state and local regulations have a significant impact on the outdoor advertising industry and our business. One of the seminal laws is the HBA, which regulates outdoor advertising on the 306,000 miles of Federal-Aid Primary, Interstate and National Highway Systems. The HBA regulates the size and location of billboards, mandates a state compliance program, requires the development of state standards, promotes the expeditious removal of illegal signs, and requires just compensation for takings. Construction, repair, maintenance, lighting, upgrading, height, size, spacing, the location and permitting of billboards and the use of new technologies for changing displays, such as digital displays, are regulated by Federal, state and local governments. From time to time, states and municipalities have prohibited or significantly limited the construction of new outdoor advertising structures, and also permitted non-conforming structures to be rebuilt by third parties. Changes in laws and regulations affecting outdoor advertising at any level of government, including laws of the foreign jurisdictions in which we operate, could have a significant financial impact on us by requiring us to make significant expenditures or otherwise limiting or restricting some of our operations.

From time to time, certain state and local governments and third parties have attempted to force the removal of our displays under various state and local laws, including zoning ordinances, permit enforcement, condemnation and amortization. Amortization is the attempted forced removal after a period of years of legal but non-conforming billboards (billboards which conformed with applicable zoning regulations when built, but which do not conform to current zoning regulations) or the commercial advertising placed on such billboards. Pursuant to this concept, the governmental body asserts that just compensation is earned by continued operation of the billboard over time. Amortization is prohibited along all controlled roads and generally prohibited along non-controlled roads. Amortization has, however, been upheld along non-controlled roads in limited instances where provided by state and local law. Other regulations limit our ability to rebuild, replace, repair, maintain and upgrade non-conforming displays. In addition, from time to time third parties or local governments assert that we own or operate displays that either are not properly permitted or otherwise are not in strict compliance with applicable law. For example, recent court rulings have upheld regulations in the City of New York that may impact the number of displays we have in certain areas within the city. Although we believe that the number of our billboards that may be subject to removal based on alleged noncompliance is immaterial, from time to time we have been required to remove billboards for alleged noncompliance. Such regulations and allegations have not had a material impact on our results of operations to date, but if we are increasingly unable to resolve such allegations or obtain acceptable arrangements in circumstances in which our displays are subject to removal, modification, or amortization, or if there occurs an increase in such regulations or their enforcement, our operating results could suffer.

A number of state and local governments have implemented or initiated legislative billboard controls, including taxes, fees and registration requirements in an effort to decrease or restrict the number of outdoor signs and/or to raise revenue. In addition, a number of jurisdictions, including the City of Los Angeles, have implemented legislation or interpreted existing legislation to restrict or prohibit the installation of new digital billboards. While these controls have not had a material impact on our business and financial results to date, we expect states and local governments to continue these efforts. The increased imposition of these controls and our inability to overcome any such regulations could reduce our operating income if those outcomes require removal or restrictions on the use of preexisting displays. In addition, if we are unable to pass on the cost of these items to our clients, our operating income could be adversely affected.

International regulation of the outdoor advertising industry varies by region and country, but generally limits the size, placement, nature and density of out-of-home displays. Other regulations limit the subject matter and

 

17


Table of Contents

language of out-of-home displays. For instance, the United States and most European Union countries, among other nations, have banned outdoor advertisements for tobacco products. Our failure to comply with these or any future international regulations could have an adverse impact on the effectiveness of our displays or their attractiveness to clients as an advertising medium and may require us to make significant expenditures to ensure compliance. As a result, we may experience a significant impact on our operations, revenue, International client base and overall financial condition.

Capital requirements necessary to implement strategic initiatives could pose risks.

The purchase price of possible acquisitions, capital expenditures for deployment of digital billboards and/or other strategic initiatives could require additional indebtedness or equity financing on our part. Since the terms and availability of this financing depend to a large degree upon general economic conditions and third parties over which we have no control, we can give no assurance that we will obtain the needed financing or that we will obtain such financing on attractive terms. In addition, our ability to obtain financing depends on a number of other factors, many of which are also beyond our control, such as interest rates and national and local business conditions. If the cost of obtaining needed financing is too high or the terms of such financing are otherwise unacceptable in relation to the strategic opportunity we are presented with, we may decide to forego that opportunity. Additional indebtedness could increase our leverage and make us more vulnerable to economic downturns and may limit our ability to withstand competitive pressures.

Additional restrictions on outdoor advertising of tobacco, alcohol and other products may further restrict the categories of clients that can advertise using our products.

Out-of-court settlements between the major United States tobacco companies and all 50 states, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and four other United States territories include a ban on the outdoor advertising of tobacco products. Other products and services may be targeted in the future, including alcohol products. Any significant reduction in alcohol-related advertising due to content-related restrictions could cause a reduction in our direct revenue from such advertisements and an increase in the available space on the existing inventory of billboards in the outdoor advertising industry.

Doing business in foreign countries creates certain risks not found in doing business in the United States.

Doing business in foreign countries carries with it certain risks that are not found in doing business in the United States. The risks of doing business in foreign countries that could result in losses against which we are not insured include:

 

   

exposure to local economic conditions;

 

   

potential adverse changes in the diplomatic relations of foreign countries with the United States;

 

   

hostility from local populations;

 

   

the adverse effect of currency exchange controls;

 

   

restrictions on the withdrawal of foreign investment and earnings;

 

   

government policies against businesses owned by foreigners;

 

   

investment restrictions or requirements;

 

   

expropriations of property;

 

   

the potential instability of foreign governments;

 

   

the risk of insurrections;

 

   

risks of renegotiation or modification of existing agreements with governmental authorities;

 

   

foreign exchange restrictions;

 

   

withholding and other taxes on remittances and other payments by subsidiaries;

 

18


Table of Contents
   

changes in taxation structure; and

 

   

changes in laws or regulations or the interpretation or application of laws or regulations.

In addition, because we own assets in foreign countries and derive revenue from our International operations, we may incur currency translation losses due to changes in the values of foreign currencies and in the value of the United States dollar. We cannot predict the effect of exchange rate fluctuations upon future operating results. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Market Risk Management — Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk.”

The success of our street furniture and transit products is dependent on our obtaining key municipal concessions, which we may not be able to obtain on favorable terms.

Our street furniture and transit products businesses require us to obtain and renew contracts with municipalities and other governmental entities. Many of these contracts, which require us to participate in competitive bidding processes at each renewal, typically have terms ranging from three to 20 years and have revenue share and/or fixed payment components. Our inability to successfully negotiate, renew or complete these contracts due to governmental demands and delay and the highly competitive bidding processes for these contracts could affect our ability to offer these products to our clients, or to offer them to our clients at rates that are competitive to other forms of advertising, without adversely affecting our financial results.

The lack of availability of potential acquisitions at reasonable prices could harm our growth strategy.

Our strategy is to pursue strategic opportunities and to optimize our portfolio of assets. We face competition from other outdoor advertising companies for acquisition opportunities. The purchase price of possible acquisitions could require the incurrence of additional debt or equity financing on our part. Since the terms and availability of this financing depend to a large degree upon general economic conditions and third parties over which we have no control, we can give no assurance that we will obtain the needed financing at all, or that we will obtain such financing on attractive terms. In addition, our ability to obtain financing depends on a number of other factors, many of which are also beyond our control, such as interest rates and national and local business conditions. If the cost of obtaining needed financing is too high or the terms of such financing are otherwise unacceptable in relation to the acquisition opportunity we are presented with, we may decide to forgo that opportunity. Additional indebtedness could increase our leverage and make us more vulnerable in economic downturns, including in the current downturn, and may limit our ability to withstand competitive pressures. Additional equity financing could result in dilution to our shareholders.

Future transactions could pose risks.

We frequently evaluate strategic opportunities both within and outside our existing lines of business. We expect from time to time to pursue additional acquisitions and may decide to dispose of certain businesses. These acquisitions or dispositions could be material. Our acquisition strategy involves numerous risks, including:

 

   

certain of our acquisitions may prove unprofitable and fail to generate anticipated cash flows;

 

   

to successfully manage our large portfolio of outdoor advertising and other properties, we may need to:

 

  ¡  

recruit additional senior management as we cannot be assured that senior management of acquired companies will continue to work for us and we cannot be certain that any of our recruiting efforts will succeed, and

 

  ¡  

expand corporate infrastructure to facilitate the integration of our operations with those of acquired properties, because failure to do so may cause us to lose the benefits of any expansion that we decide to undertake by leading to disruptions in our ongoing businesses or by distracting our management;

 

   

entry into markets and geographic areas where we have limited or no experience;

 

   

we may encounter difficulties in the integration of operations and systems;

 

   

our management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns; and

 

19


Table of Contents
   

we may lose key employees of acquired companies.

Additional acquisitions by us may require antitrust review by Federal antitrust agencies and may require review by foreign antitrust agencies under the antitrust laws of foreign jurisdictions. We can give no assurances the United States Department of Justice, or DOJ, the Federal Trade Commission or foreign antitrust agencies will not seek to bar us from acquiring additional outdoor advertising properties in any market where we already have a significant position. The DOJ actively reviews proposed acquisitions of outdoor advertising properties. In addition, the antitrust laws of foreign jurisdictions will apply if we acquire international outdoor advertising properties.

We may be adversely affected by the occurrence of extraordinary events, such as terrorist attacks.

The occurrence of extraordinary events, such as terrorist attacks, intentional or unintentional mass casualty incidents, or similar events may substantially decrease the use of and demand for advertising, which may decrease our revenue or expose us to substantial liability. The September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks, for example, caused a nationwide disruption of commercial activities. The occurrence of future terrorist attacks, military actions by the United States, contagious disease outbreaks, or similar events cannot be predicted, and their occurrence can be expected to further negatively affect the economies of the United States and other foreign countries where we do business generally, specifically the market for advertising.

Risks Related to Our Relationship with Clear Channel Communications

Our historical financial information prior to the IPO is not necessarily representative of the results we would have achieved as an independent publicly traded company and may not be a reliable indicator of our future results.

The historical combined financial information prior to the IPO included in this Annual Report does not reflect the financial condition, results of operations or cash flows we would have achieved as an independent publicly traded company during the periods presented or those results we will achieve in the future. This is primarily a result of the following factors:

 

   

Our historical combined financial results reflect allocations of corporate expenses from Clear Channel Communications.

 

   

Our working capital requirements and capital for our general corporate purposes, including acquisitions and capital expenditures, historically have been satisfied as part of the corporate-wide cash management policies of Clear Channel Communications. Subsequent to the IPO, Clear Channel Communications is not required to provide us with funds to finance our working capital or other cash requirements. Without the opportunity to obtain financing from Clear Channel Communications, we may in the future need to obtain additional financing from banks, or through public offerings or private placements of debt or equity securities, strategic relationships or other arrangements. We may incur debt on terms and at interest rates that will not be as favorable as those generally enjoyed by Clear Channel Communications.

 

   

We are obligated to continue to use the services of Clear Channel Communications under the Corporate Services Agreement until such time as Clear Channel Communications owns less than 50% of the total voting power of our common stock, or longer for certain information technology services, and, in the event our Corporate Services Agreement with Clear Channel Communications terminates, we may not be able to replace the services Clear Channel Communications provides us until such time or in a timely manner or on comparable terms.

 

   

Pursuant to a cash management arrangement, substantially all of the cash generated from our domestic Americas operations is transferred daily into accounts of our parent company, Clear Channel Communications (after satisfying the funding requirements of the Trustee Account), where funds of ours and of Clear Channel Communications may be commingled. These amounts are evidenced by a revolving promissory note issued by Clear Channel Communications to us. We do not have a commitment from Clear Channel Communications to advance funds to us, and we have no access to the cash transferred from us to Clear Channel Communications. If Clear Channel Communications were to become insolvent, we would be an unsecured creditor of Clear Channel Communications. In such event, we would be treated the same as other unsecured creditors of Clear

 

20


Table of Contents
 

Channel Communications and, if we were not entitled to the cash previously transferred to Clear Channel Communications, or could not obtain such cash on a timely basis, we could experience a liquidity shortfall.

Because Clear Channel Communications controls substantially all of the total voting power of our common stock, investors will not be able to affect the outcome of any shareholder vote.

As of December 31, 2009, Clear Channel Communications indirectly owned all of our outstanding shares of Class B common stock, representing approximately 89% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. Each share of our Class B common stock entitles its holder to 20 votes and each share of our Class A common stock entitles its holder to 1 vote on all matters on which shareholders are entitled to vote. As a result, Clear Channel Communications controlled approximately 99% of the total voting power of our common stock.

For so long as Clear Channel Communications continues to own shares of our common stock representing more than 50% of the total voting power of our common stock, it will have the ability to direct the election of all members of our Board of Directors and to exercise a controlling influence over our business and affairs, including any determinations with respect to mergers or other business combinations, our acquisition or disposition of assets, our incurrence of indebtedness, our issuance of any additional common stock or other equity securities, our repurchase or redemption of common stock or preferred stock, if applicable, and our payment of dividends. Similarly, Clear Channel Communications will have the power to determine or significantly influence the outcome of matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders, including the power to prevent an acquisition or any other change in control. Because Clear Channel Communications’ interests as our controlling shareholder may differ from other shareholders’ interests, actions taken by Clear Channel Communications with respect to us may not be favorable to all shareholders.

We have entered into a Master Agreement, a Corporate Services Agreement, a Trademark License Agreement and a number of other agreements with Clear Channel Communications setting forth various matters governing our relationship with Clear Channel Communications while it remains a significant shareholder in us. These agreements govern our relationship with Clear Channel Communications and allow Clear Channel Communications to retain control over, among other things, our continued use of the trademark “Clear Channel,” the provision of corporate services to us, our cash management and our ability to make certain acquisitions or to merge or consolidate or to sell all or substantially all our assets. The rights of Clear Channel Communications under these agreements may allow Clear Channel Communications to delay or prevent an acquisition of us that our other shareholders may consider favorable. We are not able to terminate these agreements or amend them in a manner we deem more favorable so long as Clear Channel Communications continues to own shares of our common stock representing more than 50% of the total voting power of our common stock.

Conflicts of interest may arise between Clear Channel Communications and us that could be resolved in a manner unfavorable to us.

Questions relating to conflicts of interest may arise between Clear Channel Communications and us in a number of areas relating to our past and ongoing relationships. Clear Channel Communications is now owned indirectly by CC Media Holdings. Three of our directors serve as directors of CC Media Holdings. Three of our other directors are affiliated with CC Media Holdings and its shareholders. In addition, four of our executive officers serve as executive officers of CC Media Holdings. For as long as Clear Channel Communications continues to own shares of our common stock representing more than 50% of the total voting power of our common stock, it has the ability to direct the election of all the members of our Board of Directors and to exercise a controlling influence over our business and affairs.

Areas in which conflicts of interest between Clear Channel Communications and us could arise include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

Cross officerships, directorships and stock ownership . The ownership interests of our directors or executive officers in the common stock of CC Media Holdings or service as a director or officer of both CC Media Holdings and us could create, or appear to create, conflicts of interest when directors and executive officers are faced with decisions that could have different implications for the two companies. For example, these decisions could relate to (i) the nature, quality and cost of services

 

21


Table of Contents
 

rendered to us by Clear Channel Communications, (ii) disagreement over the desirability of a potential acquisition opportunity, (iii) employee retention or recruiting or (iv) our dividend policy.

 

   

Intercompany transactions. From time to time, Clear Channel Communications or its affiliates may enter into transactions with us or our subsidiaries or other affiliates. Although the terms of any such transactions will be established based upon negotiations between employees of Clear Channel Communications and us and, when appropriate, subject to the approval of the independent directors on our Board or a committee of disinterested directors, there can be no assurance the terms of any such transactions will be as favorable to us or our subsidiaries or affiliates as may otherwise be obtained in arm’s length negotiations.

 

   

Intercompany agreements. We have entered into certain agreements with Clear Channel Communications pursuant to which it provides us certain management, administrative, accounting, tax, legal and other services, for which we reimburse Clear Channel Communications on a cost basis. In addition, we entered into a number of intercompany agreements covering matters such as tax sharing and our responsibility for certain liabilities previously undertaken by Clear Channel Communications for certain of our businesses. Pursuant to the Corporate Services Agreement between Clear Channel Communications and us, we are contractually obligated to utilize the services of the chief executive officer of Clear Channel Communications as our Chief Executive Officer and the chief financial officer of Clear Channel Communications as our Chief Financial Officer until Clear Channel Communications owns shares of our common stock representing less than 50% of the total voting power of our common stock, or we provide Clear Channel Communications with six months prior written notice of termination. The terms of these agreements were established while we were a wholly owned subsidiary of Clear Channel Communications and were not the result of arm’s length negotiations. In addition, conflicts could arise in the interpretation or any extension or renegotiation of these existing agreements.

If Clear Channel Communications engages in the same type of business we conduct or takes advantage of business opportunities that might be attractive to us, our ability to successfully operate and expand our business may be hampered.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, subject to any contractual provision to the contrary, Clear Channel Communications will have no obligation to refrain from:

 

   

engaging in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us; or

 

   

doing business with any of our clients, customers or vendors.

In addition, the corporate opportunity policy set forth in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation addresses potential conflicts of interest between our company, on the one hand, and Clear Channel Communications or CC Media Holdings and its officers and directors who are officers or directors of our company, on the other hand. The policy provides that if Clear Channel Communications or CC Media Holdings acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for both Clear Channel Communications and us, we will have renounced our interest in the corporate opportunity. It also provides that if one of our directors or officers who is also a director or officer of Clear Channel Communications or CC Media Holdings learns of a potential transaction or matter that may be a corporate opportunity for both Clear Channel Communications and us, we will have renounced our interest in the corporate opportunity, unless that opportunity is expressly offered to that person in writing solely in his or her capacity as our director or officer.

If one of our officers or directors, who also serves as a director or officer of Clear Channel Communications or CC Media Holdings, learns of a potential transaction or matter that may be a corporate opportunity for both Clear Channel Communications and us, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the director or officer will have no duty to communicate or present that corporate opportunity to us and will not be liable to us or our shareholders for breach of fiduciary duty by reason of Clear Channel Communications’ actions with respect to that corporate opportunity.

This policy could result in Clear Channel Communications having rights to corporate opportunities in which both we and Clear Channel Communications have an interest.

 

22


Table of Contents

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) rules and, as a result, will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements that may not provide as many protections as those afforded to shareholders of other companies.

Clear Channel Communications owns shares of our common stock representing more than 50% of the total voting power of our common stock, and we are a “controlled company” under the NYSE corporate governance standards. As a controlled company, we may elect to utilize certain exemptions under the NYSE standards that free us from the obligation to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance requirements, including the requirements (i) that a majority of the Board of Directors consists of independent directors, (ii) that we have a Nominating and Governance Committee, and that such Committee be composed entirely of independent directors and governed by a written charter addressing the Committee’s purpose and responsibilities, (iii) that we have a Compensation Committee composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the Committee’s purpose and responsibilities and (iv) for an annual performance evaluation of the Compensation Committee. We intend to continue to utilize certain of these exemptions and, as a result, we may not create or maintain a Nominating and Governance Committee, and the Nominating and Governance Committee, if created, and the Compensation Committee may not consist entirely of independent directors, and our Board of Directors may not consist of a majority of independent directors. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.

We do not have control over our tax decisions and could be liable for income taxes owed by Clear Channel Communications.

For so long as Clear Channel Communications continues to own shares of our common stock representing at least 80% of the total voting power and value of our common stock, we and certain of our subsidiaries will be included in Clear Channel Communications’ consolidated group for U.S. Federal income tax purposes for all pre-merger periods and CC Media Holdings’ consolidated group for post-merger periods. In addition, we or one or more of our subsidiaries may be included in the combined, consolidated or unitary tax returns of Clear Channel Communications for pre-merger periods and CC Media Holdings for post-merger periods or one or more of its subsidiaries for foreign, state and local income tax purposes. Under the Tax Matters Agreement, we pay to Clear Channel Communications the amount of Federal, foreign, state and local income taxes which we would be required to pay to the relevant taxing authorities if we and our subsidiaries filed combined, consolidated or unitary tax returns and were not included in the consolidated, combined or unitary tax returns of Clear Channel Communications or its subsidiaries. In addition, by virtue of its controlling ownership and the Tax Matters Agreement, Clear Channel Communications effectively controls all of our tax decisions. The Tax Matters Agreement provides that Clear Channel Communications has the sole authority to respond to and conduct all tax proceedings (including tax audits) relating to us, to file all income tax returns on our behalf and to determine the amount of our liability to (or entitlement to payment from) Clear Channel Communications under the Tax Matters Agreement. This arrangement may result in conflicts of interest between Clear Channel Communications and us. For example, under the Tax Matters Agreement, Clear Channel Communications is able to choose to contest, compromise, or settle any adjustment or deficiency proposed by the relevant taxing authority in a manner that may be beneficial to Clear Channel Communications and detrimental to us.

Moreover, notwithstanding the Tax Matters Agreement, Federal law provides that each member of a consolidated group is liable for the group’s entire tax obligation. Thus, to the extent Clear Channel Communications or other members of the group fail to make any United States Federal income tax payments required by law, we would be liable for the shortfall. Similar principles may apply for foreign, state and local income tax purposes where we file combined, consolidated or unitary returns with Clear Channel Communications or its subsidiaries for Federal, foreign, state and local income tax purposes.

If Clear Channel Communications spins off our Class B common stock to the CC Media Holdings shareholders, we have agreed in the Tax Matters Agreement to indemnify Clear Channel Communications for its tax-related liabilities in certain circumstances.

If Clear Channel Communications spins off our Class B common stock to the CC Media Holdings shareholders in a distribution intended to be tax-free under Section 355 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to herein as the Code, we have agreed in the Tax Matters Agreement to indemnify Clear

 

23


Table of Contents

Channel Communications and its affiliates against any and all tax-related liabilities if such a spin-off fails to qualify as a tax-free distribution (including as a result of Section 355(e) of the Code) due to actions, events or transactions relating to our stock, assets or business, or a breach of the relevant representations or covenants made by us in the Tax Matters Agreement. If neither we nor Clear Channel Communications is responsible under the Tax Matters Agreement for any such spin-off not being tax-free under Section 355 of the Code, we and Clear Channel Communications have agreed to each be responsible for 50% of the tax-related liabilities arising from the failure of such a spin-off to so qualify.

The terms of our arrangements with Clear Channel Communications may be more favorable than we will be able to obtain from an unaffiliated third party, and we may be unable to replace the services Clear Channel Communications provides us in a timely manner or on comparable terms.

We and Clear Channel Communications entered into a Corporate Services Agreement. Pursuant to the Corporate Services Agreement, Clear Channel Communications and its affiliates agree to provide us with corporate services, including treasury, payroll and other financial services, executive officer services, human resources and employee benefit services, legal services, information systems and network services and procurement and sourcing support.

We negotiated these arrangements with Clear Channel Communications in the context of a parent-subsidiary relationship. Although Clear Channel Communications is contractually obligated to provide us with services during the term of the Corporate Services Agreement, we cannot assure you these services will be sustained at the same level after the expiration of that agreement, or that we will be able to replace these services in a timely manner or on comparable terms. In addition, we cannot provide assurance that the amount we pay Clear Channel Communications for the services will be as favorable to us as that which may be available for comparable services provided by unrelated third parties. Other agreements with Clear Channel Communications also govern our relationship with Clear Channel Communications and provide for the allocation of employee benefit, tax and other liabilities and obligations attributable to our operations. The agreements also contain terms and provisions that may be more favorable than terms and provisions we might have obtained in arm’s length negotiations with unaffiliated third parties. If Clear Channel Communications ceases to provide services to us pursuant to those agreements, our costs of procuring those services from third parties may increase.

Any deterioration in the financial condition of Clear Channel Communications could adversely affect our access to the credit markets and increase our borrowing costs.

For so long as Clear Channel Communications maintains significant control over us, a deterioration in the financial condition of Clear Channel Communications, could have the effect of increasing our borrowing costs or impairing our access to the capital markets because of our reliance on Clear Channel Communications for availability under our “Due from Clear Channel Communications” account and its revolving credit facility. To the extent we do not pass on our increased borrowing costs to our clients, our profitability, and potentially our ability to raise capital, could be materially affected. Also, until the first date Clear Channel Communications owns shares of our common stock representing less than 50% of the total voting power of our common stock, pursuant to the Master Agreement between us and Clear Channel Communications, Clear Channel Communications will have the ability to limit our ability to incur debt or issue equity securities, among other limitations, which could adversely affect our ability to meet our liquidity needs or to grow our business.

 

24


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Class A Common Stock

Our stock ownership by Clear Channel Communications, provisions in our agreements with Clear Channel Communications and our corporate governance documents and Delaware law may delay or prevent an acquisition of us that our other shareholders may consider favorable, which could decrease the value of your shares of Class A common stock.

For as long as Clear Channel Communications continues to own shares of our common stock representing more than 50% of the total voting power of our common stock, it will have the ability to control decisions regarding an acquisition of us by a third party. As a controlled company, we are exempt from some of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE, including the requirement that our Board of Directors be comprised of a majority of independent directors. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us without the consent of our Board of Directors. These provisions include restrictions on the ability of our shareholders to remove directors, supermajority voting requirements for shareholders to amend our organizational documents, restrictions on a classified board of directors and limitations on action by our shareholders by written consent. Some of these provisions, such as the limitation on shareholder action by written consent, only become effective once Clear Channel Communications no longer controls us. In addition, our Board of Directors has the right to issue preferred stock without shareholder approval, which could be used to dilute the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer. Delaware law also imposes certain restrictions on mergers and other business combinations between any holder of 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. These restrictions under Delaware law do not apply to Clear Channel Communications while it retains at least 15% or more of our Class B common stock. Although we believe these provisions protect our shareholders from coercive or otherwise unfair takeover tactics and thereby provide for an opportunity to receive a higher bid by requiring potential acquirers to negotiate with our Board of Directors, these provisions apply even if the offer may be considered beneficial by some shareholders.

If Clear Channel Communications spins off our high vote Class B common stock to the CC Media Holdings shareholders and such shares do not convert into Class A common stock upon a sale or other transfer subsequent to such distribution, the voting rights of our Class A common stock will continue to be disproportionately lower than the voting rights of our Class B common stock.

In connection with any distribution of shares of our Class B common stock to CC Media Holdings’ common shareholders in a spin-off, Clear Channel Communications may elect in its sole discretion whether our Class B common stock so distributed will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock upon a transfer or sale by the recipient subsequent to the spin-off or whether the Class B common stock will continue as high vote Class B common stock after the distribution. In the event the Class B common stock does not convert into Class A common stock upon a sale or transfer subsequent to a spin-off, the voting rights of Class A common stock will continue to be disproportionately lower than the voting rights of our Class B common stock. Therefore, the holders of our Class B common stock will continue to be able to direct the election of all the members of our Board of Directors and exercise a controlling influence over our business and affairs.

Future sales or distributions of our shares by Clear Channel Communications could depress the market price for shares of our Class A common stock.

Clear Channel Communications may sell all or part of the shares of our common stock it owns or distribute those shares to the CC Media Holdings shareholders, including pursuant to demand registration rights described in the Registration Rights Agreement between us and Clear Channel Communications. Sales or distributions by Clear Channel Communications of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market or to the CC Media Holdings shareholders could adversely affect prevailing market prices for our Class A common stock. Clear Channel Communications has advised us it currently intends to continue to hold all of our common stock it owns. However, Clear Channel Communications is not subject to any contractual obligation that would prohibit it from selling, spinning off, splitting off or otherwise disposing of any shares of our common stock. Consequently, we cannot assure you Clear Channel Communications will maintain its ownership of our common stock.

We currently do not pay dividends on our Class A common stock.

To date, we have never paid dividends on our Class A common stock and are subject to restrictions on our ability to pay dividends should we seek to do so in the future. We are a holding company with no independent

 

25


Table of Contents

operations and no significant assets other than the stock of our subsidiaries. We therefore are dependent upon the receipt of dividends or other distributions from our subsidiaries to pay dividends. In addition, our senior notes contain restrictions on our ability to pay dividends. If we elect not to pay dividends in the future or are prevented from doing so, the price of our Class A common stock must appreciate in order to realize a gain on your investment. This appreciation may not occur.

Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements

The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a safe harbor for forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf. Except for the historical information, this report contains various forward-looking statements which represent our expectations or beliefs concerning future events, including without limitation, our future operating and financial performance and availability of capital resources and the terms thereof. Statements expressing expectations and projections with respect to future matters are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act. We caution that these forward-looking statements involve a number of risks and uncertainties and are subject to many variables which could impact our future performance. These statements are made on the basis of management’s views and assumptions, as of the time the statements are made, regarding future events and performance. There can be no assurance, however, that management’s expectations will necessarily come to pass. We do not intend, nor do we undertake any duty, to update any forward-looking statements.

A wide range of factors could materially affect future developments and performance, including:

 

   

risks associated with the global economic crisis and its impact on capital markets and liquidity;

 

   

the impact of the global economic downturn, which has adversely affected advertising revenues across our businesses and other general economic and political conditions in the United States and in other countries in which we currently do business, including those resulting from recessions, political events and acts or threats of terrorism or military conflicts;

 

   

our restructuring program may not be entirely successful;

 

   

the impact of the geopolitical environment;

 

   

our ability to integrate the operations of recently acquired companies;

 

   

shifts in population and other demographics;

 

   

industry conditions, including competition;

 

   

fluctuations in operating costs;

 

   

technological changes and innovations;

 

   

changes in labor conditions;

 

   

fluctuations in exchange rates and currency values;

 

   

capital expenditure requirements;

 

   

the outcome of pending and future litigation settlements;

 

   

legislative or regulatory requirements;

 

   

changes in interest rates;

 

   

the effect of leverage on our financial position and earnings;

 

   

taxes;

 

   

access to capital markets and borrowed indebtedness;

 

   

the impact of the above and similar factors on Clear Channel Communications, our primary direct or indirect external source of capital; and

 

   

certain other factors set forth in our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

26


Table of Contents

This list of factors that may affect future performance and the accuracy of forward-looking statements is illustrative and is not intended to be exhaustive. Accordingly, all forward-looking statements should be evaluated with the understanding of their inherent uncertainty.

ITEM 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

ITEM 2. Properties

Our worldwide corporate headquarters is in San Antonio, Texas. The headquarters of our Americas operations is in Phoenix, Arizona, and the headquarters of our International operations is in London, England. The types of properties required to support each of our advertising branches include offices, production facilities and structure sites. A branch and production facility is generally located in an industrial or warehouse district.

With respect to each of the Americas outdoor and International outdoor operating segments, we primarily lease our outdoor display sites and own or have acquired permanent easements for relatively few parcels of real property that serve as the sites for our outdoor displays. Our leases generally range from month-to-month to year-to-year and can be for terms of ten years or longer, and many provide for renewal options.

There is no significant concentration of displays under any one lease or subject to negotiation with any one landlord. We believe an important part of our management activity is to negotiate suitable lease renewals and extensions.

ITEM 3. Legal Proceedings

We are currently involved in certain legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business and, as required, have accrued an estimate of the probable costs for the resolution of these claims. These estimates have been developed in consultation with counsel and are based upon an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies. It is possible, however, that future results of operations for any particular period could be materially affected by changes in our assumptions or the effectiveness of our strategies related to these proceedings. Additionally, due to the inherent uncertainty of litigation, there can be no assurance that the resolution of any particular claim or proceeding would not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

On or about July 12, 2006, two of the Company’s operating businesses in the Sao Paulo, Brazil market received notices of infraction from the state taxing authority, seeking to impose a value added tax (“VAT”) on such businesses, retroactively for the period from December 31, 2001 through January 31, 2006. The taxing authority contends that the Company’s businesses fall within the definition of “communication services” and as such are subject to the VAT. The aggregate amount of tax initially claimed to be owed by both businesses equals approximately $64.6 million, comprised of approximately $18.7 million in taxes, approximately $37.5 million in penalty and approximately $8.4 million in interest (as of December 31, 2009 at an exchange rate of 0.55). In addition, the taxing authority is seeking to impose an additional aggregate amount of interest on the tax and penalty amounts until the initial tax, penalty and interest are paid of approximately $20.4 million (as of December 31, 2009 at an exchange rate of 0.55). The aggregate amount of additional interest accrues monthly at an interest rate promulgated by the Brazilian government, which at December 31, 2009 is equal to approximately $0.56 million per month.

The Company has filed petitions to challenge the imposition of this tax against each of its businesses, which are proceeding separately. The Company’s challenge for L&C Outdoor Ltda. was unsuccessful at the first administrative level, but successful at the second administrative level. The state taxing authority has filed an appeal to the next administrative level which requires consideration by a full panel of 16 administrative law judges. The

 

27


Table of Contents

Company’s challenge for Publicidad Klimes Sao Paulo Ltda. was unsuccessful at the first administrative level, and denied at the second administrative level on or about September 24, 2009. The Company is appealing to the third administrative level which has a panel of 16 judges. If the Company is not successful with either of its administrative petitions, it may appeal to the judicial level.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

Set forth below are the names and ages and current positions of our executive officers as of March 16, 2010:

 

Name

   Age   

Position

   Term as
Director
 Mark P. Mays    46   

 Chairman of the Board, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

   Expires 2012
 Thomas W. Casey    47   

 Chief Financial Officer

  
 Ronald Cooper    52   

 Chief Executive Officer - Americas

  
 Jonathan D. Bevan    38   

 Chief Operating Officer – International

  
 William Eccleshare    53   

 President and Chief Executive Officer - International

  
 Herbert W. Hill, Jr.    51   

 Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer

  
 Robert H. Walls, Jr    49   

 Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

  
 Franklin G. Sisson, Jr.    57   

 Executive Vice President – Sales and Marketing

  
 David Clark    42   

 Executive Vice President – Americas General Counsel

  

The officers named above serve until the next Board of Directors meeting immediately following the Annual Meeting of Shareholders. We expect to retain the individuals named above as our executive officers at such Board of Directors meeting.

Mark P. Mays has served as our Chief Executive Officer since August 2005 and Director since April 1997. Mr. M. Mays is the brother of Randall T. Mays, one of our Directors and our former Chief Financial Officer. Mr. M. Mays has also served as Chief Executive Officer of Clear Channel Communications since October 2004. Prior thereto, he served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Clear Channel Communications from February 1997 to October 2004 and as President and Chief Executive Officer from October 2004 to February 2006, when he relinquished his duties as President until he was reappointed President in January 2010.

Thomas W. Casey has served as our Chief Financial Officer since January 4, 2010. Previously, Mr. Casey served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Washington Mutual, Inc. until October 2008. Prior thereto, Mr. Casey served as Vice President of General Electric Company and Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of GE Financial Assurance since 1999.

Ronald Cooper has served as our Chief Executive Officer – Americas since December 10, 2009. Previously, Mr. Cooper was the President and Chief Operating Officer of Adelphia Communications Corporation from 2003 until 2006. Prior thereto he served as the Chief Operating Officer of AT&T Broadband from 2001 to 2002 and as President and Chief Operating Officer of RELERA Data Centers & Solutions from 2000 to 2001.

Jonathan D. Bevan has served as our Chief Operating Officer — International since October 2009. Prior thereto, he served as our Chief Financial Officer — International and Director of Corporate Development from November 2006 to November 2009. Prior thereto, he served as our Chief Financial Officer — International from January 2006 to November 2006. Prior thereto, he served as Chief Operating Officer — International for the remainder of the relevant five-year period.

 

28


Table of Contents

William Eccleshare has served as Chief Executive Officer of our International division since September 1, 2009. Previously, he was Chairman and CEO of BBDO Europe since 2005. Prior thereto, he was Chairman and CEO of Young & Rubicam EMEA since 2002.

Herbert W. Hill, Jr. has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer of the Company since April 2006 and has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer of Clear Channel Communications since 1997. Mr. Hill’s service as Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Assistant Secretary of the Company will end effective March 31, 2010. Following March 31, 2010, Mr. Hill has agreed to continue with the Company as Director of Special Accounting and Information Systems Operations for an additional year.

Robert H. Walls, Jr has served as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since January 1, 2010. Previously, Mr. Walls served as Managing Director and was a founding partner of Post Oak Energy Capital, LP through December 31, 2009. Prior thereto, Mr. Walls was Executive Vice President and General Counsel at Enron Corp., and a member of its Chief Executive Office since 2002. Prior thereto, he was Executive Vice President and General Counsel at Enron Global Assets and Services, Inc. and Deputy General Counsel at Enron Corp.

Franklin G. Sisson, Jr . has served as Executive Vice President — Sales and Marketing since 2001.

David Clark has served as Executive Vice President and General Counsel – Americas since July 15, 2009. Mr. Clark has been a member of our legal team since 2004, most recently serving as a Senior Vice President and Associate General Counsel.

 

29


Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Our Class A common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “CCO.” There were 87 shareholders of record as of March 10, 2010. This figure does not include an estimate of the indeterminate number of beneficial holders whose shares may be held of record by brokerage firms and clearing agencies. The following table sets forth, for the calendar quarters indicated, the reported high and low sales price of our Class A common stock as reported on the NYSE:

 

     Common Stock
Market Price
         High            Low    
2008      

First Quarter

   $ 27.82    $ 18.36

Second Quarter

     22.49      17.05

Third Quarter

     18.15      11.88

Fourth Quarter

     13.75      3.35
2009      

First Quarter

   $ 7.74    $ 2.14

Second Quarter

     7.04      3.29

Third Quarter

     7.68      3.84

Fourth Quarter

     11.29      6.51

See Part III, Item 12 for information regarding securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans.

Dividend Policy

To date, we have never paid dividends on our Class A common stock and our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is subject to restrictions should we seek to do so in the future. We are a holding company with no independent operations and no significant assets other than the stock of our subsidiaries. We, therefore, are dependent on the receipt of dividends or other distributions from our subsidiaries to pay dividends. In addition, our senior notes contain restrictions on our ability to pay dividends. If we were to declare and pay cash dividends in the future, holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock would share equally, on a per share basis, in any such cash dividend.

 

30


Table of Contents

Equity Compensation Plans

The following table summarizes information as of December 31, 2009, relating to the Company’s equity compensation plan pursuant to which grants of options, restricted stock or other rights to acquire shares may be granted from time to time.

 

Plan category   Number of        
securities to be        
issued upon exercise        
price of outstanding        
options, warrants        
and rights (a)        
  Weighted-        
average        
exercise price        
of outstanding         
options,        
warrants and        
rights (b)        
  Number of securities    
remaining available for    
future issuance under    
equity compensation    
plans (excluding    
securities reflected in    
column (a)) (c)    

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders (1)

  9,405,069   $  16.90   31,559,777

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

              —   $      —               —

Total

  9,405,069   $  16.90   31,559,777

 

  (1) Represents the Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan.

Sales of Unregistered Securities

We did not sell any equity securities during 2009 that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchases.

During the three months ended December 31, 2009, we accepted shares in payment of income taxes due upon the vesting of restricted stock awards as follows:

 

Period   Total Number        
of Shares        
Purchased         
  Average        
Price Paid        
per Share         
 

Total Number of        
Shares Purchased        
as Part of Publicly        

Announced        
Programs         

  Maximum Dollar        
Value of Shares that        
May Yet Be        
Purchased Under the        
Programs         
         

October 1 through October 31

  196           $ 7.84           —                       $ —        
         

November 1 through November 30

  9,131           $ 7.93           —                       $ —        
         

December 1 through December 31

  —           $ —           —                       $ —        

Total

  9,327           $ 7.93           —                       $ —        

ITEM 6. Selected Financial Data

We have prepared our consolidated and combined financial statements as if Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. had been in existence as a separate company throughout all relevant periods. The historical financial and other data prior to the IPO, which occurred on November 11, 2005, have been prepared on a combined basis from Clear Channel Communications’ consolidated financial statements using the historical results of operations and bases of the assets and liabilities of Clear Channel Communications’ Americas outdoor and International outdoor advertising businesses and give effect to allocations of expenses from Clear Channel Communications. Our historical financial data prior to the IPO may not necessarily be indicative of our future performance nor will such data reflect what our financial position and results of operations would have been had we operated as an independent publicly traded company during the periods shown.

The following tables set forth our summary historical consolidated financial and other data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The summary historical financial data are derived from our audited consolidated

 

31


Table of Contents

financial statements. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for future periods. Acquisitions and dispositions impact the comparability of the historical consolidated financial data reflected in this schedule of Selected Financial Data.

We adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements - an amendment of ARB No. 51, codified in ASC 810-10-45 on January 1, 2009. Adoption of this standard requires retrospective application in the financial statements of earlier periods on January 1, 2009. In connection with our subsidiary’s offering of $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of Series A Senior Notes and $2.0 billion aggregate principal amount of Series B Senior Notes, we filed a Form 8-K on December 11, 2009 to retrospectively recast the historical financial statements and certain disclosures included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 for the adoption of ASC 810-10-45.

The summary historical consolidated financial and other data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2008 is comprised of two periods: post-merger and pre-merger. We applied purchase accounting adjustments to the opening balance sheet on July 31, 2008 as the merger occurred at the close of business on July 30, 2008. The merger resulted in a new basis of accounting beginning on July 31, 2008. For additional discussion regarding the pre-merger and post-merger periods, please refer to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

(In thousands, except per share data)   Year Ended December 31,  
    2009
  Post-Merger  
    2008
  Combined  
    2007 (1)
  Pre-Merger  
    2006 (2)
  Pre-Merger  
    2005
  Pre-Merger  
 
Results of Operations Data:          

Revenue

  $ 2,698,024      $ 3,289,287      $ 3,281,836      $ 2,897,721      $ 2,666,078   

Operating expenses:

         

Direct operating expenses

    1,625,083        1,882,136        1,734,845        1,514,842        1,405,758   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    484,404        606,370        537,994        486,994        478,343   

Depreciation and amortization

    439,647        472,350        399,483        407,730        400,639   

Corporate expenses

    65,247        71,045        66,080        65,542        61,096   

Impairment charges (3)

    890,737        3,217,649        —          —          —     

Other operating income (expense) — net

    (8,231     15,848        11,824        22,846        3,488   
                                       

Operating income (loss)

    (815,325     (2,944,415     555,258        445,459        323,730   

Interest expense — net (including interest on debt with Clear Channel Communications)

    154,195        161,650        157,881        162,583        198,354   

Loss on marketable securities

    11,315        59,842        —          —          —     

Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates

    (31,442     68,733        4,402        7,460        9,844   

Other income (expense)— net

    (9,368     25,479        10,113        331        (12,291
                                       

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (1,021,645     (3,071,695     411,892        290,667        122,929   

Income tax (expense) benefit:

         

Current

    16,769        (27,126     (111,726     (82,553     (51,173

Deferred

    132,341        247,445        (34,915     (39,527     5,689   
                                       

Income tax (expense) benefit

    149,110        220,319        (146,641     (122,080     (45,484
                                       

Consolidated net income (loss)

    (872,535     (2,851,376     265,251        168,587        77,445   

Amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

    (4,346     (293     19,261        15,515        15,872   
                                       

Net income (loss) attributable to the Company

  $ (868,189   $ (2,851,083   $ 245,990      $ 153,072      $ 61,573   
                                       

 

32


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,
     2009
  Post-Merger  
    2008
  Combined  
    2007 (1)
  Pre-Merger  
   2006 (2)
  Pre-Merger  
   2005
  Pre-Merger  

Net income (loss) per common share:

            

Basic:

            

Net income (loss) attributable to the Company

   $ (2.46   $ (8.03   $ 0.69    $ 0.43    $ 0.19
                                    

Weighted average common shares

     355,377        355,233        354,838      352,155      319,890

Diluted:

            

Net income (loss) attributable to the Company

   $ (2.46   $ (8.03   $ 0.69    $ 0.43    $ 0.19
                                    

Weighted average common shares

     355,377        355,233        355,806      352,262      319,921

 

(In thousands)    As of December 31,
     2009
  Post-Merger  
   2008
  Post-Merger  
   2007 (1)
  Pre-Merger  
   2006 (2)
  Pre-Merger  
   2005
  Pre-Merger  
Balance Sheet Data:               

Current assets

   $ 1,640,545    $ 1,554,652    $ 1,607,107    $ 1,189,915    $ 1,050,180

Property, plant and equipment – net

     2,440,638      2,586,720      2,244,108      2,191,839      2,153,428

Total assets

     7,192,422      8,050,761      5,935,604      5,421,891      4,918,345

Current liabilities

     771,093      791,865      921,292      841,509      793,812

Long-term debt, including current maturities

     2,608,878      2,601,854      2,682,021      2,684,176      2,727,786

Shareholders’ equity

     2,761,377      3,543,823      2,198,594      1,768,279      1,376,714

 

(1) Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, codified in ASC 740-10. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 740-10, the effects of adoption were accounted for as a cumulative-effect adjustment recorded to the balance of retained earnings on the date of adoption.

 

(2) Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted FASB Statement No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, codified in ASC 718-10. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 718-10, the Company elected to adopt the standard using the modified prospective method.

 

(3) We recorded non-cash impairment charges of $890.7 million in 2009 and $3.2 billion in 2008 as a result of the global economic downturn which adversely affected advertising revenues across our businesses.

 

33


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

INTRODUCTION

Management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is provided as a supplement to the audited annual financial statements and accompanying notes thereto to help provide an understanding of our financial condition, changes in our financial condition and results of our operations. The information included herein should be read in conjunction with the annual financial statements and its accompanying notes and is organized as follows:

 

   

Overview . This section provides a general description of our business, as well as other matters we believe are important in understanding our results of operations and financial condition and in anticipating future trends.

 

   

Results of Operations . This section provides an analysis of our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.

Our discussion is presented on both a consolidated and segment basis. Our reportable operating segments are Americas and International. Approximately 91% of our 2009 Americas revenue was derived from the United States, with the balance derived primarily from Canada and Latin America. Approximately 39% of our 2009 International revenue was derived from France and the United Kingdom.

We manage our segments primarily focusing on operating income. Corporate expenses, impairment charges, other operating income (expense) – net, interest expense, equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates, other income (expense) – net and income taxes are managed on a total company basis and are, therefore, included only in our discussion of consolidated results.

 

   

Liquidity and Capital Resources . This section provides a discussion of our liquidity and capital resources as of December 31, 2009, as well as an analysis of our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007. The discussion of our liquidity and capital resources includes summaries of (i) our primary sources of liquidity, (ii) our key debt covenants and (iii) our outstanding debt and commitments (both firm and contingent) that existed as of December 31, 2009.

 

   

Seasonality, Market Risk Management and Inflation . These sections discuss seasonality and how we manage exposure to potential losses arising from adverse changes in foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates and inflation.

 

   

Recent Accounting Pronouncements and Critical Accounting Estimates . These sections discuss accounting policies considered to be important to our financial condition and results of operations and which require significant judgment and estimates on the part of management in their application. In addition, all of our significant accounting policies, including our critical accounting policies, are summarized in Note A to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

OVERVIEW

Clear Channel Communications’ Merger

On July 30, 2008, Clear Channel Communications, our parent company, completed its merger with a subsidiary of CC Media Holdings, a company formed by a group of private equity funds sponsored by Bain Capital Partners, LLC and Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (together, the “Sponsors”). Clear Channel Communications is now owned indirectly by CC Media Holdings. The merger was accounted for as a purchase business combination in conformity with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, Business Combinations , and Emerging Issues Task Force Issue 88-16, Basis in Leveraged Buyout Transactions . ASC 805-50-S99-1 requires the application of push down accounting in situations where the ownership of an entity has changed. As a result, the post-merger financial statements reflect a new basis of accounting. A portion of the consideration paid has been allocated to the assets and liabilities acquired at their respective fair values at July 30, 2008. The remaining portion was recorded at the continuing shareholders basis, due to the fact that certain shares of Clear Channel

 

34


Table of Contents

Communications were exchanged for shares of CC Media Holdings’ Class A common stock. Excess consideration after this allocation was recorded as goodwill.

During the first seven months of 2009, the Company decreased the initial fair value estimate of its permits, contracts, site leases and other assets and liabilities primarily in its Americas segment by $100.7 million based on additional information received, which resulted in an increase to goodwill of $55.8 million and a decrease to deferred taxes of $44.9 million. During the third quarter of 2009, the Company adjusted deferred taxes by $24.5 million to true-up its tax rates in certain jurisdictions that were estimated in the initial purchase price allocation. In addition, during the third quarter of 2009, we recorded a $45.0 million increase to goodwill in our International outdoor segment related to the fair value of certain noncontrolling interests which existed at the merger date, with no related tax effect. This noncontrolling interest was recorded pursuant to ASC 480-10-S99 which determines the classification of redeemable noncontrolling interests. We subsequently determined that the increase in goodwill related to these noncontrolling interests should have been included in the impairment charges resulting from the interim goodwill impairment test. As a result, during the fourth quarter of 2009, we impaired this entire goodwill amount, which after consideration of foreign exchange movements, was $41.4 million.

The purchase price allocation was complete as of July 30, 2009 in accordance with ASC 805-10-25, which requires that the allocation period not exceed one year from the date of acquisition.

Format of Presentation

Our consolidated statements of operations and statements of cash flows are presented for two periods: post-merger and pre-merger. The merger resulted in a new basis of accounting beginning on July 31, 2008 and the financial reporting periods are presented as follows:

 

   

The year ended December 31, 2009 and the period from July 31, 2008 through December 31, 2008 includes the post-merger period, reflecting the purchase accounting adjustments related to the merger that were pushed down to us.

 

   

The period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008 and the year ended December 31, 2007 reflect the pre-merger period. The consolidated financial statements for all pre-merger periods were prepared using our historical basis of accounting. As a result of the merger and the associated purchase accounting, the consolidated financial statements of the post-merger periods are not comparable to periods preceding the merger.

The discussion in this MD&A is presented on a combined basis of the pre-merger and post-merger periods for 2008. The 2008 post-merger and pre-merger results are presented but are not discussed separately. We believe that the discussion on a combined basis is more meaningful as it allows the results of operations to be analyzed to comparable periods in 2009 and 2007.

Management’s discussion and analysis of our results of operations and financial condition should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related footnotes. Our discussion is presented on both a consolidated and segment basis. Our reportable operating segments are Americas Outdoor Advertising (“Americas” or “Americas outdoor advertising”) and International Outdoor Advertising (“International” or “International outdoor advertising”).

We manage our operating segments primarily focusing on their operating income, while Corporate expenses, Impairment charge, Other operating income (expense) - net, Interest expense, Gain (loss) on marketable securities, Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates, Other income (expense) – net and Income tax benefit (expense) are managed on a total company basis and are, therefore, included only in our discussion of consolidated results.

There are several agreements which govern our relationship with Clear Channel Communications including the Master Agreement, Corporate Services Agreement, Employee Matters Agreement and Tax Matters Agreement. Clear Channel Communications has the right to terminate these agreements in various circumstances. As of the date of the filing of this Annual Report, no notice of termination of any of these agreements has been received from Clear

 

35


Table of Contents

Channel Communications. Our agreements with Clear Channel Communications continue under the same terms and conditions subsequent to Clear Channel Communications’ merger.

In conjunction with the merger, Clear Channel Communications’ $1.75 billion revolving credit facility, including the $150.0 million sub-limit, was terminated. The facility was replaced with a $2.0 billion revolving credit facility with a maturity in July 2014, which includes a $150.0 million sub-limit that certain of our International subsidiaries may borrow against to the extent Clear Channel Communications has not already borrowed against this capacity and is in compliance with its covenants under the credit facility. The obligations of these International subsidiaries that are borrowers under the revolving credit facility are guaranteed by certain of our material wholly-owned subsidiaries, and secured by substantially all of the assets of such borrowers and guarantors, subject to permitted liens and other exceptions. As of December 31, 2009, the outstanding balance on the sub-limit was approximately $150.0 million, of which $30.0 million was drawn by us and the remaining amount drawn by Clear Channel Communications.

Impairment Charges

Impairments to Definite-lived Tangibles and Intangibles

We review our definite-lived tangibles and intangibles for impairment when events and circumstances indicate that amortizable long-lived assets might be impaired and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated from those assets are less than the carrying amount of those assets. When specific assets are determined to be unrecoverable, the cost basis of the asset is reduced to reflect the current fair market value.

We use various assumptions in determining the current fair market value of these assets, including future expected cash flows, industry growth rates and discount rates. Impairment loss calculations require management to apply judgment in estimating future cash flows, including forecasting useful lives of the assets and selecting the discount rate that reflects the risk inherent in future cash flows.

During fourth quarter of 2009, we recorded impairments of $28.8 million primarily related to contract intangible assets and street furniture tangible assets in our International segment based on the provisions of ASC 360-10. ASC 360-10 states that long-lived assets should be tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The decline in our contract intangible assets was primarily driven by a decline in cash flow projections from these contracts. The remaining balance of the contract intangible assets, for the contracts that were impaired, after impairment was $4.4 million.

During the second quarter of 2009, we recorded a $21.3 million impairment to taxi contract intangible assets in our Americas segment and a $26.2 million impairment primarily related to street furniture tangible assets and contract intangible assets in our International segment under ASC 360-10. We determined fair values using a discounted cash flow model. The decline in fair value of the contracts was primarily driven by a decline in the revenue projections since the date of the merger. The decline in revenue related to taxi contracts and street furniture and billboard contracts was in the range of 10% to 15%. The balance of these taxi contracts and street furniture and billboard contracts after the impairment charges, for the contracts that were impaired, was $3.3 million and $16.0 million, respectively. We subsequently sold our taxi advertising business in the fourth quarter of 2009 and recorded a loss of $20.9 million.

Interim Impairments to Billboard Permits

The Company’s indefinite-lived intangibles consist primarily of billboard permits in its Americas segment. Due to significant differences in both business practices and regulations, billboards in our International segment are subject to long-term, finite contracts unlike our permits in the United States and Canada. Accordingly, there are no indefinite-lived assets in our International segment.

The United States and global economies have undergone a period of economic uncertainty, which caused, among other things, a general tightening in the credit markets, limited access to the credit markets, lower levels of liquidity and lower consumer and business spending. These disruptions in the credit and financial markets and the impact of adverse economic, financial and industry conditions on the demand for advertising negatively impacted the key assumptions in the discounted cash flow models that were used to value our billboard permits as of the

 

36


Table of Contents

merger date. Therefore, we performed an interim impairment test on our billboard permits as of December 31, 2008, which resulted in a non-cash impairment charge of $722.6 million.

Our cash flows during the first six months of 2009 were below those in the discounted cash flow model used to calculate the impairment at December 31, 2008. As a result, we performed an interim impairment test as of June 30, 2009 on our billboard permits resulting in a non-cash impairment charge of $345.4 million.

Our impairment tests consisted of a comparison of the fair value of the billboard permits at the market level with their carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the billboard permit exceeded its fair value, an impairment loss was recognized equal to that excess. After an impairment loss is recognized, the adjusted carrying amount of the billboard permit is its new accounting basis. The fair value of the billboard permits was determined using the direct valuation method as prescribed in ASC 805-20-S99. Under the direct valuation method, the fair value of the billboard permits was calculated at the market level as prescribed by ASC 350-30-35 . We engaged Mesirow Financial Consulting LLC (“Mesirow Financial”) to assist us in the development of the assumptions and our determination of the fair value of our billboard permits.

Our application of the direct valuation method attempts to isolate the income that is properly attributable to the permit alone (that is, apart from other tangible and identified intangible assets and goodwill). It is based upon modeling a hypothetical “greenfield” build up to a “normalized” enterprise that, by design, lacks inherent goodwill and whose only other assets have essentially been paid for (or added) as part of the build-up process. We forecasted revenue, expenses and cash flows over a ten-year period for each of our markets in our application of the direct valuation method. We also calculated a “normalized” residual year which represents the perpetual cash flows of each market. The residual year cash flow was capitalized to arrive at the terminal value of the permits in each market.

Under the direct valuation method, it is assumed that rather than acquiring indefinite-lived intangible assets as part of a going concern business, the buyer hypothetically develops indefinite-lived intangible assets and builds a new operation with similar attributes from scratch. Thus, the buyer incurs start-up costs during the build-up phase which are normally associated with going concern value. Initial capital costs are deducted from the discounted cash flow model which results in value that is directly attributable to the indefinite-lived intangible assets.

Our key assumptions using the direct valuation method are market revenue growth rates, market share, profit margin, duration and profile of the build-up period, estimated start-up capital costs and losses incurred during the build-up period, the risk-adjusted discount rate and terminal values. This data is populated using industry normalized information representing an average billboard permit within a market.

Management uses its internal forecasts to estimate industry normalized information as it believes these forecasts are similar to what a market participant would expect to generate. This is due to the pricing structure and demand for outdoor signage in a market being relatively constant regardless of the owner of the operation. Management also relied on its internal forecasts because there is nominal public data available for each of its markets.

The build-up period represents the time it takes for the hypothetical start-up operation to reach normalized operations in terms of achieving a mature market revenue share and profit margin. Management believes that a one-year build-up period is required for a start-up operation to erect the necessary structures and obtain advertisers in order to achieve mature market revenue share. It is estimated that a start-up operation would be able to obtain 10% of the potential revenues in the first year of operations and 100% in the second year. Management assumed industry revenue growth of negative 9% and negative 16% during the build-up period for the December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 interim impairment tests, respectively. However, the cost structure is expected to reach the normalized level over three years due to the time required to recognize the synergies and cost savings associated with the ownership of the permits within the market.

For the normalized operating margin in the third year, management assumed a hypothetical business would operate at the lower of the operating margin for the specific market or the industry average margin of 46% and 45% based on an analysis of comparable companies in the December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 impairment models, respectively. For the first and second year of operations, the operating margin was assumed to be 50% of the

 

37


Table of Contents

“normalized” operating margin for both the December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 impairment models. The first and second-year expenses include the non-recurring start-up costs necessary to build the operation (i.e., development of customers, workforce, etc.).

In addition to cash flows during the projection period, a “normalized” residual cash flow was calculated based upon industry-average growth of 3% beyond the discrete build-up projection period in both the December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 impairment models. The residual cash flow was then capitalized to arrive at the terminal value.

The present value of the cash flows is calculated using an estimated required rate of return based upon industry-average market conditions. In determining the estimated required rate of return, management calculated a discount rate using both current and historical trends in the industry.

We calculated the discount rate as of the valuation date and also one-year, two-year, and three-year historical quarterly averages. The discount rate was calculated by weighting the required returns on interest-bearing debt and common equity capital in proportion to their estimated percentages in an expected capital structure. The capital structure was estimated based on the quarterly average of data for publicly traded companies in the outdoor advertising industry.

The calculation of the discount rate required the rate of return on debt, which was based on a review of the credit ratings for comparable companies (i.e. market participants). We used the yield on a Standard & Poor’s “B” rated corporate bond for the pre-tax rate of return on debt and tax-effected such yield based on applicable tax rates.

The rate of return on equity capital was estimated using a modified CAPM. Inputs to this model included the yield on long-term U.S. Treasury Bonds, forecast betas for comparable companies, calculation of a market risk premium based on research and empirical evidence and calculation of a size premium derived from historical differences in returns between small companies and large companies using data published by Ibbotson Associates.

Our concluded discount rate used in the discounted cash flow models to determine the fair value of the permits was 9.5% at December 31, 2008 and 10% at June 30, 2009. Applying the discount rate, the present value of cash flows during the discrete projection period and terminal value were added to estimate the fair value of the hypothetical start-up operation. The initial capital investment was subtracted to arrive at the value of the permits. The initial capital investment represents the expenditures required to erect the necessary advertising structures.

The discount rate used in the December 31, 2008 impairment model increased approximately 100 basis points over the discount rate used to value the permits in the preliminary purchase price allocation as of July 30, 2008. Industry revenue forecasts declined 10% through 2013 compared to the forecasts used in the preliminary purchase price allocation as of July 30, 2008. These market driven changes were primarily responsible for the decline in fair value of the billboard permits below their carrying value. As a result, we recognized a non-cash impairment charge, which totaled $722.6 million. The fair value of our permits was $1.5 billion at December 31, 2008.

The discount rate used in the June 30, 2009 impairment model increased approximately 50 basis points over the discount rate used to value the permits at December 31, 2008. Industry revenue forecasts declined 8% through 2013 compared to the forecasts used in the 2008 impairment test. These market driven changes were primarily responsible for the decline in fair value of the billboard permits below their carrying value. As a result, we recognized a non-cash impairment charge in all but five of our markets in the United States and Canada, which totaled $345.4 million. The fair value of our permits was $1.1 billion at June 30, 2009.

 

38


Table of Contents

The following table shows the increase to the billboard permit impairment that would have occurred using hypothetical percentage reductions in fair value, had the hypothetical reductions in fair value existed at the time of our impairment testing:

 

(In thousands)

Percent change in fair value

   June 30, 2009
Change to impairment
   December 31, 2008
Change to impairment
  5%        $ 55,776              $ 80,798      
10%        $ 111,782              $ 156,785      
15%        $ 167,852              $ 232,820      

Annual Impairment Test to Billboard Permits

We perform our annual impairment test on October 1 of each year. We engaged Mesirow Financial to assist us in the development of the assumptions and our determination of the fair value of our billboard permits. The aggregate fair value of our permits on October 1, 2009 increased approximately 8% from the fair value at June 30, 2009. The increase in fair value resulted primarily from an increase of $57.7 million related to improved industry revenue forecasts. The discount rate was unchanged from the June 30, 2009 interim impairment analysis. We calculated the discount rate as of the valuation date and also one-year, two-year and three-year quarterly averages. The discount rate as of the valuation date was calculated by weighting the required returns on interest-bearing debt and common equity capital in proportion to their estimated percentages in an expected capital structure. The capital structure was estimated based on the quarterly average of data for publicly traded companies in the outdoor advertising industry. The fair value of our permits at October 1, 2009 was approximately $1.2 billion.

While we believe we have made reasonable estimates and utilized reasonable assumptions to calculate the fair value of our permits, it is possible a material change could occur. If our future actual results are not consistent with our estimates, we could be exposed to future impairment losses that could be material to our results of operations. The following table shows the decline in the fair value of our billboard permits that would result from a 100 basis point decline in our discrete and terminal period revenue growth rate and profit margin assumptions and a 100 basis point increase in our discount rate assumption:

 

(In thousands)

I ndefinite-lived intangible

   Revenue growth rate    Profit margin    Discount rate

Billboard permits

       $ 405,900            $ 102,500      $ 428,100  

Interim Impairments to Goodwill

We test goodwill at interim dates if events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. The United States and global economies have undergone a period of economic uncertainty, which caused, among other things, a general tightening in the credit markets, limited access to the credit markets, lower levels of liquidity and lower consumer and business spending. These disruptions in the credit and financial markets and the impact of adverse economic, financial and industry conditions on the demand for advertising negatively impacted the key assumptions in the discounted cash flow model that were used to value our reporting units as of the merger date. Therefore, we performed an interim impairment test resulting in a charge of $2.5 billion as of December 31, 2008.

Our cash flows during the first six months of 2009 were below those used in the discounted cash flow model used to calculate the impairment at December 31, 2008. Additionally, the fair value of our debt and equity at June 30, 2009 was below the carrying amount of our reporting units at June 30, 2009. As a result of these indicators, we performed an interim goodwill impairment test as of June 30, 2009 resulting in a non-cash impairment charge of $419.5 million.

 

39


Table of Contents

Our goodwill impairment test is a two-step process. The first step, used to screen for potential impairment, compares the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If applicable, the second step, used to measure the amount of the impairment loss, compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. We engaged Mesirow Financial to assist us in the development of the assumptions and our determination of the fair value of our reporting units.

Each of our U.S. outdoor advertising markets is a component and are aggregated into a single reporting unit for purposes of the goodwill impairment test using the guidance in ASC 350-20-55. We also determined that in our Americas segment, Canada, Mexico, Peru, and Brazil constitute separate reporting units and each country in our International segment constitutes a separate reporting unit.

The discounted cash flow model indicated that we failed the first step of the impairment test for substantially all reporting units as of December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009, which required us to compare the implied fair value of each reporting unit’s goodwill with its carrying value.

The discounted cash flow approach we use for valuing our reporting units involves estimating future cash flows expected to be generated from the related assets, discounted to their present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate. Terminal values are also estimated and discounted to their present value.

We forecasted revenue, expenses, and cash flows over a ten-year period for each of our reporting units. In projecting future cash flows, we consider a variety of factors including our historical growth rates, macroeconomic conditions, advertising sector and industry trends as well as company-specific information. Historically, revenues in our industries have been highly correlated to economic cycles. Based on these considerations, our assumed 2008 revenue growth rate used in the December 31, 2008 impairment model was negative followed by assumed revenue growth with an anticipated economic recovery in 2009. Additionally, our assumed 2009 revenue growth rate used in the June 30, 2009 impairment model was negative followed by assumed revenue growth with an anticipated economic recovery in 2010. To arrive at our projected cash flows and resulting growth rates, we evaluated our historical operating results, current management initiatives and both historical and anticipated industry results to assess the reasonableness of our operating margin assumptions. We also calculated a “normalized” residual year which represents the perpetual cash flows of each reporting unit. The residual year cash flow was capitalized to arrive at the terminal value of the reporting unit.

We calculated the weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”) as of December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 and also one-year, two-year, and three-year historical quarterly averages for each of our reporting units. WACC is an overall rate based upon the individual rates of return for invested capital (equity and interest-bearing debt). The WACC is calculated by weighting the required returns on interest-bearing debt and common equity capital in proportion to their estimated percentages in an expected capital structure. The capital structure was estimated based on the quarterly average data for publicly traded companies in the outdoor advertising industry. Our calculation of the WACC considered both current industry WACCs and historical trends in the industry.

The calculation of the WACC requires the rate of return on debt, which was based on a review of the credit ratings for comparable companies (i.e., market participants) and the indicated yield on similarly rated bonds.

The rate of return on equity capital was estimated using a modified CAPM. Inputs to this model included the yield on long-term U.S. Treasury Bonds, forecast betas for comparable companies, calculation of a market risk premium based on research and empirical evidence and calculation of a size premium derived from historical differences in returns between small companies and large companies using data published by Ibbotson Associates.

In line with advertising industry trends, our operations and expected cash flow are subject to significant uncertainties about future developments, including timing and severity of the recessionary trends and customers’ behaviors. To address these risks, we included company-specific risk premiums for each of our reporting units in the estimated WACC. Based on this analysis, as of December 31, 2008, company-specific risk premiums of 300 basis points were included for both of our Americas outdoor and International outdoor segments, resulting in WACCs of 12.5% for each of our reporting units in the Americas and International segments. As of June 30, 2009, company-specific risk premiums of 250 basis points and 350 basis points were included for our Americas outdoor and International outdoor segments, respectively, resulting in WACCs of 12.5% and 13.5% for each of our reporting

 

40


Table of Contents

units in the Americas and International segments, respectively. Applying these WACCs, the present value of cash flows during the discrete projection period and terminal value were added to estimate the fair value of the reporting units.

The discount rate utilized in the valuation of the outdoor permits as of December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 excludes the company-specific risk premiums that were added to the industry WACCs used in the valuation of the reporting units. Management believes the exclusion of this premium is appropriate given the difference between the nature of the billboard permits and reporting unit cash flow projections. The cash flow projections utilized under the direct valuation method for the permits are derived from utilizing industry “normalized” information for the existing portfolio of permits. Given that the underlying cash flow projections are based on industry normalized information, application of an industry average discount rate is appropriate. Conversely, our cash flow projections for the overall reporting unit are based on our internal forecasts for each business and incorporate future growth and initiatives unrelated to the existing permit portfolio. Additionally, the projections for the reporting unit include cash flows related to non-permit based assets. In the valuation of the reporting unit, the company-specific risk premiums were added to the industry WACCs due to the risks inherent in achieving the projected cash flows of the reporting unit.

We also utilized the market approach to provide a test of reasonableness to the results of the discounted cash flow model. The market approach indicates the fair value of the invested capital of a business based on a company’s market capitalization (if publicly traded) and a comparison of the business to comparable publicly traded companies and transactions in its industry. This approach can be estimated through the quoted market price method, the market comparable method, and the market transaction method.

One indication of the fair value of a business is the quoted market price in active markets for the debt and equity of the business. The quoted market price of equity multiplied by the number of shares outstanding yields the fair value of the equity of a business on a marketable, noncontrolling basis. We then apply a premium for control and add the estimated fair value of interest-bearing debt to indicate the fair value of the invested capital of the business on a marketable, controlling basis.

The market comparable method provides an indication of the fair value of the invested capital of a business by comparing it to publicly traded companies in similar lines of business. The conditions and prospects of companies in similar lines of business depend on common factors such as overall demand for their products and services. An analysis of the market multiples of companies engaged in similar lines of business yields insight into investor perceptions and, therefore, the value of the subject business. These multiples are then applied to the operating results of the subject business to estimate the fair value of the invested capital on a marketable, noncontrolling basis. We then apply a premium for control to indicate the fair value of the business on a marketable, controlling basis.

The market transaction method estimates the fair value of the invested capital of a business based on exchange prices in actual transactions and on asking prices for controlling interests in similar companies recently offered for sale. This process involves comparison and correlation of the subject business with other similar companies that have recently been purchased. Considerations such as location, time of sale, physical characteristics, and conditions of sale are analyzed for comparable businesses.

The three variations of the market approach indicated that the fair value determined by our discounted cash flow model was within a reasonable range of outcomes as of December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009.

Our revenue forecasts for 2009 declined 21% and 29% for Americas outdoor and International outdoor, respectively, compared to the forecasts used in the July 30, 2008 preliminary purchase price allocation primarily as a result of our revenues realized for the year ended December 31, 2008. These market driven changes were primarily responsible for the decline in fair value of our reporting units below their carrying value. As a result, we recognized a non-cash impairment charge to reduce our goodwill of $2.5 billion at December 31, 2008.

 

41


Table of Contents

Our revenue forecasts for 2009 declined 7% and 9% for Americas and International, respectively, compared to the forecasts used in the 2008 impairment test primarily as a result of our revenues realized during the first six months of 2009. These market driven changes were primarily responsible for the decline in fair value of our reporting units below their carrying value. As a result, we recognized a non-cash impairment charge to reduce our goodwill of $419.5 million at June 30, 2009.

The following table shows the increase to the goodwill impairment that would have occurred using hypothetical percentage reductions in fair value, had the hypothetical reduction in fair value existed at the time of our impairment testing:

 

(In thousands)    June 30, 2009
Change to impairment
  December 31, 2008
Change to impairment

Reportable segment

     5%     10%     15%     5%     10%     15%

Americas outdoor

   $     164,950   $     329,465   $     493,915   $     166,303   $     341,303   $     516,303

International outdoor

   $ 7,207   $ 18,452   $ 33,774   $ 6,761   $ 14,966   $ 24,830

Annual Impairments to Goodwill

We perform our annual impairment test on October 1 of each year. We engaged Mesirow Financial to assist us in the development of the assumptions and our determination of the fair value of our reporting units. The fair value of our reporting units on October 1, 2009 increased from the fair value at June 30, 2009. The increase in fair value of our Americas reporting unit was primarily the result of a 150 basis point decline in the WACC. Application of the market approach described above supported lowering the company-specific risk premium used in the discounted cash flow model to fair value the Americas reporting unit. The increase in the aggregate fair value of the reporting units in our International outdoor segment was primarily the result of an improvement in the long-term revenue forecasts. A certain reporting unit in our International outdoor segment recognized a $41.4 million impairment to goodwill related to the fair value adjustments of certain noncontrolling interests recorded in the merger pursuant to ASC 480-10-S99.

While we believe we have made reasonable estimates and utilized appropriate assumptions to calculate the fair value of our reporting units, it is possible a material change could occur. If future results are not consistent with our assumptions and estimates, we may be exposed to impairment charges in the future. The following table shows the decline in the fair value of each of our reportable segments that would result from a 100 basis point decline in our discrete and terminal period revenue growth rate and profit margin assumptions and a 100 basis point increase in our discount rate assumption:

 

(In thousands)

Reportable segment

   Revenue growth rate    Profit margin    Discount rates

Americas outdoor

       $ 480,000        $     110,000        $ 430,000    

International outdoor

       $ 180,000        $     150,000        $ 160,000    

 

42


Table of Contents

A rollforward of our goodwill balance from July 30, 2008 through December 31, 2009 by reporting unit is as follows:

 

(In thousands)    Balances as of
July 30,

2008
   Acquisitions    Dispositions       Foreign  
  Currency  
      Impairment       Adjustments     Balances as of
December 31,
2008

United States Outdoor Markets

   $ 3,083,660    $    $      $      $ (2,296,915   $ 37,985      $ 824,730

Switzerland

     57,664                  (977            198        56,885

Ireland

     16,224                  (1,939                   14,285

Baltics

     14,336                         (3,707            10,629

Americas – Mexico

     20,501                  (11,772                   8,729

Americas – Chile

     9,311                  (5,347                   3,964

Americas – Peru

     45,284                                       45,284

Americas – Brazil

     11,674                  (6,703                   4,971

All Others – International

     426,546           (542     (60,603     (169,728     10,071        205,744

Americas – Canada

     35,390                  (5,783     (24,687            4,920
                                                    
   $     3,720,590    $    $ (542   $ (93,124   $ (2,495,037   $ 48,254      $ 1,180,141
                                                    
(In thousands)    Balances as of
December 31,

2008
   Acquisitions    Dispositions       Foreign  
  Currency  
      Impairment       Adjustments     Balances as of
December 31,
2009

United States Outdoor Markets

   $ 824,730    $ 2,250    $      $      $ (324,892   $ 69,844      $ 571,932

Switzerland

     56,885                  1,276        (7,827            50,334

Ireland

     14,285                  223        (12,591            1,917

Baltics

     10,629                         (10,629           

Americas – Mexico

     8,729                  7,440        (10,085     (442     5,642

Americas – Chile

     3,964                  4,417        (8,381           

Americas – Peru

     45,284                         (37,609            7,675

Americas – Brazil

     4,971                  4,436        (9,407           

All Others – International

     205,744      110             15,913        (42,717     45,042        224,092

Americas – Canada

     4,920                                (4,920    
                                                    
   $ 1,180,141    $ 2,360    $      $ 33,705      $ (464,138   $ 109,524      $ 861,592
                                                    

Restructuring Program

In 2008 and continuing into 2009, the global economic downturn adversely affected advertising revenues across our businesses. In the fourth quarter of 2008, we initiated an ongoing, company-wide strategic review of our costs and organizational structure to identify opportunities to maximize efficiency and realign expenses with our current and long-term business outlook. As of December 31, 2009, we had incurred a total of $88.7 million of costs in conjunction with this restructuring program. We estimate the benefit of the restructuring program was an approximate $170.6 million aggregate reduction to fixed operating and corporate expenses in 2009 and that the benefit of these initiatives will be fully realized by 2011.

No assurance can be given that the restructuring program will achieve all of the anticipated cost savings in the timeframe expected or at all, or that the cost savings will be sustainable. In addition, we may modify or terminate the restructuring program in response to economic conditions or otherwise.

 

43


Table of Contents

The following table shows the expenses related to our restructuring program recognized as components of direct operating expenses, selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses and corporate expenses for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively:

 

(In thousands)        Post-Merger            Combined    
         Year Ended    
    December 31,    
    2009    
       Year Ended    
    December 31,    

    2008    

Direct operating expenses

     $ 38,625          $ 20,128    

SG&A expenses

     9,766          13,890    

Corporate expenses

     4,786          1,503    
             

Total

     $ 53,177          $ 35,521    
             

Description of Business

Our outdoor advertising business has been, and may continue to be, adversely impacted by the difficult economic conditions currently present in the United States and other countries in which we operate. The recession has, among other things, adversely affected our clients’ need for advertising and marketing services, resulted in increased cancellations and non-renewals by our clients, thereby reducing our occupancy levels, and could require us to lower our rates in order to remain competitive, thereby reducing our yield, or affect our client’s solvency. Any one or more of these effects could materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our revenue is derived from selling advertising space on displays owned or operated by us, consisting primarily of billboards, street furniture and transit displays. Our business has been, and may continue to be, adversely impacted by the adverse economic conditions currently present in the United States and other countries in which we operate. The continuing weakening economy has, among other things, adversely affected our clients’ need for advertising and marketing services, resulted in increased cancellations and non-renewals by our clients, thereby reducing our occupancy levels, and could require us to lower our rates in order to remain competitive, thereby reducing our yield, or affect our clients’ solvency. Any one or more of these effects could materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We own the majority of our advertising displays, which typically are located on sites that we either lease or own or for which we have acquired permanent easements. Our advertising contracts with clients typically outline the number of displays reserved, the duration of the advertising campaign and the unit price per display.

Our advertising rates are based on a number of different factors including location, competition, size of display, illumination, market and gross ratings points. Gross ratings points are the total number of impressions delivered by a display or group of displays, expressed as a percentage of a market population. The number of impressions delivered by a display is measured by the number of people passing the site during a defined period of time and, in some International markets, is weighted to account for such factors as illumination, proximity to other displays and the speed and viewing angle of approaching traffic. Management typically monitors our business by reviewing the average rates, average revenue per display, or yield, occupancy and inventory levels of each of our display types by market. In addition, because a significant portion of our advertising operations are conducted in foreign markets, the largest being the Euro area, the United Kingdom and China, management reviews the operating results from our foreign operations on a constant dollar basis. A constant dollar basis allows for comparison of operations independent of foreign exchange movements.

The significant expenses associated with our operations include (i) direct production, maintenance and installation expenses, (ii) site lease expenses for land under our displays and (iii) revenue-sharing or minimum guaranteed amounts payable under our billboard, street furniture and transit display contracts. Our direct production, maintenance and installation expenses include costs for printing, transporting and changing the advertising copy on our displays, the related labor costs, the vinyl and paper costs and the costs for cleaning and maintaining our displays. Vinyl and paper costs vary according to the complexity of the advertising copy and the quantity of displays. Our site lease expenses include lease payments for use of the land under our displays, as well as any revenue-sharing arrangements or minimum guaranteed amounts payable we may have with the landlords.

 

44


Table of Contents

The terms of our site leases and revenue-sharing or minimum guaranteed contracts generally range from one to 20 years.

In our International business, normal market practice is to sell billboards and street furniture as network packages with contract terms typically ranging from one to two weeks, compared to contract terms typically ranging from four weeks to one year in the United States. In addition, competitive bidding for street furniture and transit display contracts, which constitute a larger portion of our International business, and a different regulatory environment for billboards, result in higher site lease cost in our International business compared to our Americas business. As a result, our margins are typically less in our International business than in the Americas.

Our street furniture and transit display contracts, the terms of which range from three to 20 years, generally require us to make upfront investments in property, plant and equipment. These contracts may also include upfront lease payments and/or minimum annual guaranteed lease payments. We can give no assurance that our cash flows from operations over the terms of these contracts will exceed the upfront and minimum required payments.

Relationship with Clear Channel Communications

We became a publicly traded company on November 11, 2005, through an initial public offering, or IPO, in which we sold 10% of our common stock, or 35.0 million shares of our Class A common stock. Prior to our IPO we were an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Clear Channel Communications. Clear Channel Communications currently owns all of our outstanding shares of Class B common stock representing approximately 89% of the outstanding shares of our common stock and approximately 99% of the total voting power of our common stock.

In accordance with the Master Agreement, our branch managers follow a corporate policy allowing Clear Channel Communications to use, without charge, Americas’ displays they believe would otherwise be unsold. Our sales personnel receive partial revenue credit for that usage for compensation purposes. This partial revenue credit is not included in our reported revenue. Clear Channel Communications bears the cost of producing the advertising and we bear the costs of installing and removing this advertising. In 2009, we estimated this discounted revenue would have been less than 1% of our Americas revenue.

Under the Corporate Services Agreement, Clear Channel Communications provides management services to us. These services are charged to us based on actual direct costs incurred or allocated by Clear Channel Communications based on headcount, revenue or other factors on a pro rata basis. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, we recorded approximately $28.5 million, $28.1 million and $20.3 million, respectively, as a component of corporate expenses for these services.

 

45


Table of Contents

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Consolidated Results of Operations

The following tables summarize our historical results of operations:

 

(In thousands)      Post-Merger         Combined (1)         Pre-Merger    
     Year Ended
December 31,
2009
    Year Ended
December 31,
2008
    Year Ended
December 31,
2007
 

Revenue

   $ 2,698,024      $ 3,289,287      $ 3,281,836   

Operating expenses:

      

Direct operating expenses

     1,625,083        1,882,136        1,734,845   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     484,404        606,370        537,994   

Depreciation and amortization

     439,647        472,350        399,483   

Corporate expenses

     65,247        71,045        66,080   

Impairment charges

     890,737        3,217,649          

Other operating income (expense) net

     (8,231     15,848        11,824   
                        

Operating income (loss)

     (815,325     (2,944,415     555,258   

Interest expense (including interest on debt with Clear Channel Communications)

     154,195        161,650        157,881   

Loss on marketable securities

     11,315        59,842          

Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates

     (31,442     68,733        4,402   

Other income (expense) net

     (9,368     25,479        10,113   
                        

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (1,021,645     (3,071,695     411,892   

Income tax (expense) benefit:

      

Current

     16,769        (27,126     (111,726

Deferred

     132,341        247,445        (34,915
                        

Income tax (expense) benefit

     149,110        220,319        (146,641
                        

Consolidated net income (loss)

     (872,535     (2,851,376     265,251   

Amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (4,346     (293     19,261   
                        

Net income (loss) attributable to the Company

   $ (868,189   $ (2,851,083   $ 245,990   
                        

 

 

(1) The results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2008 are presented on a combined basis and is comprised of two periods: post-merger and pre-merger, which relate to the period succeeding Clear Channel Communications’ merger and the period preceding the merger, respectively. The post-merger and pre-merger results of operations are presented as follows:

 

46


Table of Contents
(In thousands)                   
         Post-Merger             Pre-Merger             Combined      
     Period from
July 31
through
December 31,
2008
    Period from
January 1
through

July 30,
2008
      Year Ended  
  December 31,  
  2008  
 

Revenue

   $ 1,327,224      $ 1,962,063      $ 3,289,287   

Operating expenses:

      

Direct operating expenses

     762,704        1,119,432        1,882,136   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     261,524        344,846        606,370   

Depreciation and amortization

     224,713        247,637        472,350   

Corporate expenses

     31,681        39,364        71,045   

Impairment charges

     3,217,649               3,217,649   

Other operating income — net

     4,870        10,978        15,848   
                        

Operating income (loss)

     (3,166,177     221,762        (2,944,415

Interest expense (including interest on debt with Clear Channel Communications)

     72,863        88,787        161,650   

Loss on marketable securities

     59,842               59,842   

Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates

     (2,109     70,842        68,733   

Other income — net

     12,114        13,365        25,479   
                        

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (3,288,877     217,182        (3,071,695

Income tax (expense) benefit:

      

Current

     3,045        (30,171     (27,126

Deferred

     268,850        (21,405     247,445   
                        

Income tax (expense) benefit

     271,895        (51,576     220,319   
                        

Consolidated net income (loss)

   $ (3,016,982   $ 165,606      $ (2,851,376

Amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

     1,655        (1,948     (293
                        

Net income (loss) attributable to the Company

   $ (3,018,637   $ 167,554      $ (2,851,083
                        

Revenue

2009 v. 2008

Our revenue for 2009 decreased approximately $591.3 million as compared to 2008. Our Americas revenue for 2009 declined approximately $192.1 million as compared to 2008, attributable to decreases in bulletin, poster and airport revenues associated with cancellations and non-renewals from larger national advertisers. Our International revenue for 2009 decreased approximately $399.2 million primarily as a result of challenging advertising climates in our markets, with approximately $118.5 million from movements in foreign exchange.

2008 v. 2007

Our revenue for 2008 increased approximately $7.5 million as compared to 2007. Revenue growth during the first nine months of 2008 was partially offset by a decline of $151.2 million in the fourth quarter. Our Americas revenue for 2008 declined approximately $54.8 million as compared to 2007, attributable to decreases in poster and bulletin revenues associated with cancellations and non-renewals from major national advertisers. The declines were partially offset by an increase from our International revenue of approximately $62.3 million, with approximately $60.4 million from movements in foreign exchange.

 

47


Table of Contents

Direct Operating Expenses

2009 v. 2008

Direct operating expenses for 2009 decreased $257.0 million compared to 2008. Our International business contributed $217.6 million to the decrease primarily from a decrease in site-lease expenses from lower revenue and cost savings from the restructuring program and $85.6 million related to movements in foreign exchange. Our Americas business contributed $39.4 million to the decrease primarily driven by decreased site-lease expenses from lower revenue and cost savings from the restructuring program.

2008 v. 2007

Direct operating expenses for 2008 increased $147.3 million compared to 2007. Our International business contributed $90.3 million to the increase primarily from an increase in site-lease expenses and $39.5 million related to movements in foreign exchange. Our Americas business contributed $57.0 million to the increase primarily from new contracts.

SG&A

2009 v. 2008

SG&A expenses for 2009 decreased $122.0 million compared to 2008. Our International outdoor SG&A expenses decreased approximately $71.3 million primarily attributable to $23.7 million from movements in foreign exchange and an overall decline in compensation and administrative expenses. Our Americas outdoor SG&A expenses decreased approximately $50.7 million primarily related to a decline in commission expense.

2008 v. 2007

SG&A expenses for 2008 increased $68.4 million compared to 2007. Approximately $23.7 million of this increase occurred during the fourth quarter primarily as a result of severance obligations associated with the restructuring plan. Our International business contributed approximately $41.9 million to the increase primarily from movements in foreign exchange of $11.2 million and an increase in severance obligations in 2008 associated with the restructuring plan of approximately $20.1 million. Our Americas SG&A expenses increased approximately $26.4 million largely from increased bad debt expense of $15.5 million and an increase in severance obligations in 2008 of $4.5 million associated with the restructuring plan.

Depreciation and Amortization

2009 v. 2008

Depreciation and amortization for 2009 decreased $32.7 million as compared to 2008. The decrease was primarily due to a $43.2 million decrease in depreciation expense associated with the impairment of assets in our International outdoor segment during the fourth quarter of 2008 and a $20.6 million decrease from movements in foreign exchange. The decrease was partially offset by $34.3 million related to additional amortization associated with the purchase accounting adjustments to the acquired intangible assets.

2008 v. 2007

Depreciation and amortization for 2008 increased $72.9 million as compared to 2007. The increase was primarily incurred in connection with increased amortization recorded on the preliminary fair value adjustments of $25.4 million pushed-down as a result of Clear Channel Communications’ merger and $29.3 million of accelerated depreciation on billboards in our Americas and International outdoor segments from billboards that were removed.

 

48


Table of Contents

Corporate Expenses

2009 v. 2008

Corporate expenses for 2009 decreased $5.8 million as compared to 2008. The decrease was attributable to a decrease in expenses in our International outdoor segment of approximately $7.9 million due primarily to our cost savings initiatives and reduced legal fees as compared to 2008. This decrease was partially offset by an increase in restructuring costs of $3.3 million.

2008 v. 2007

Corporate expenses for 2008 increased $5.0 million as compared to 2007. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in the Corporate Services allocation from Clear Channel Communications, partially offset by a decrease in bonus expense.

Under the Corporate Services agreement between us and Clear Channel Communications, Clear Channel Communications provides management services to us, which include, among other things, (i) treasury, payroll and other financial related services, (ii) executive officer services, (iii) human resources and employee benefits services, (iv) legal and related services, (v) information systems, network and related services, (vi) investment services, (vii) procurement and sourcing support services, and (viii) other general corporate services. These services are charged to us based on actual direct costs incurred or allocated by Clear Channel Communications based on headcount, revenue or other factors on a pro rata basis. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, we recorded approximately $28.5 million, $28.1 million and $20.3 million, respectively, as a component of corporate expenses for these services.

Other Operating Income (Expense) Net

Other operating expense – net for 2009 was $8.2 million and primarily relates to a loss of $20.9 million on the sale of our taxi advertising business. The loss was partially offset by a $10.1 million gain on the sale of Americas and International assets.

Other operating income – net for 2008 was $15.8 million and is primarily due to a $2.6 million gain related to an asset exchange, a $4.0 million gain on the sale of property, and a $1.7 million gain on the sale of International street furniture.

Interest Expense – Net (Including Interest on Debt with Clear Channel Communications)

Interest expense for 2009 decreased $7.5 million as compared to 2008. The decrease was primarily due to a lower weighted average cost of debt of Clear Channel Communications during 2009.

Interest expense for 2008 increased $3.8 million as compared to 2007. The increase was primarily due to an increase in the interest rate on the $2.5 billion note to Clear Channel Communications. The interest rate is based on Clear Channel Communications’ weighted average cost of debt. The average interest rate in 2008 was 6.2% as compared to 6.1% in 2007. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below for further discussion of the impact of Clear Channel Communications’ merger on interest expense.

Loss on Marketable Securities

The loss on marketable securities of $11.3 million for 2009 primarily related to the impairment of Independent News & Media PLC (“INM”). The fair value of INM was below cost for an extended period of time. As a result, we considered the guidance in ASC 320-10-S99 and reviewed the length of the time and the extent to which the market was less than cost and the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer. After this assessment, we concluded that the impairment was other than temporary and recorded an $11.3 million non-cash impairment charge to our investment in INM.

 

49


Table of Contents

During the fourth quarter of 2008, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge to INM. The fair value of INM was below its cost each month subsequent to the closing of Clear Channel Communications’ merger. As a result, we considered the guidance in ASC 320-10-S99 and concluded that the impairment was other than temporary and recorded a $59.8 million impairment charge to our investment in INM.

Equity in Earnings (Loss) of Nonconsolidated Affiliates

Equity in loss of nonconsolidated affiliates of $31.4 million for 2009 primarily related to a $22.9 million impairment of equity investments in our International segment.

Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates for 2008 increased $64.3 million as compared to 2007. In the first quarter of 2008, we sold our 50% interest in Clear Channel Independent, a South African outdoor advertising company, and recognized a gain of $75.6 million. This gain was partially offset by a $9.0 million impairment charge to one of our International equity method investments recorded during the third quarter of 2008.

Other Income (Expense) — Net

Other expense - net recorded for the year ended December 31, 2009 primarily related to foreign exchange transaction gains/losses on short-term intercompany accounts.

Other income of $25.5 million for 2008 primarily related to net foreign exchange transaction gains on short-term intercompany accounts of $19.8 million. In addition, we recorded income of $8.0 million related to dividends received from an International investment. Other income of $10.1 million for 2007 related primarily to net foreign exchange transaction gains on short-term intercompany accounts.

Income Taxes

Our operations are included in a consolidated income tax return filed by Clear Channel Communications for pre-merger periods and CC Media Holdings for post-merger periods. However, for our financial statements, our provision for income taxes was computed on the basis that we file separate consolidated Federal income tax returns with our subsidiaries.

For 2009, we recorded current tax benefits of $16.8 million as compared to current tax expense of $27.1 million for 2008. The change in current tax primarily was due to our ability to carryback certain net operating losses to prior years. On November 6, 2009, the Worker, Homeownership, and Business Assistance Act of 2009 (the “Act”) was enacted into law. The Act amended Section 172 of the Internal Revenue Code to allow net operating losses realized in a tax year ended after December 31, 2007 and beginning before January 1, 2010 to be carried back for up to five years (such losses were previously limited to a two-year carryback). This change will allow us to carryback 2009 taxable losses of approximately $128.6 million, based on our projections of projected taxable losses eligible for carryback, to prior years and receive refunds of previously paid Federal income taxes of approximately $45.0 million. The ultimate amount of such refunds realized from net operating loss carryback is dependent on our actual taxable losses for 2009, which may vary from our current expectations.

Deferred tax benefits for 2009 decreased $115.1 million compared to 2008, primarily due to larger impairment charges recorded in 2008 related to tax deductible intangibles.

Our effective tax rate for 2009 was 14.6%, primarily due to the non-cash impairment charge on goodwill that is not deductible for tax purposes. In addition, the Company was unable to benefit from tax losses in certain foreign jurisdictions due to the uncertainty of the ability to utilize those losses in future years.

The decrease in current tax expense of $84.6 million for 2008 when compared to 2007 is primarily the result of a decrease in “Income (loss) before income taxes” of $265.9 million which excludes the non-tax deductible impairment charge of $3.2 billion recorded in 2008. The deferred tax benefit increased $282.4 million to $247.4 million in 2008 compared to deferred tax expense of $34.9 million in 2007 primarily due to the $292.0 million of deferred tax benefit recorded in the post-merger period related to the impairment charges on permits and tax

 

50


Table of Contents

deductible goodwill. This deferred tax benefit was partially offset by additional tax depreciation deductions as a result of the bonus depreciation provisions enacted as part of the Economic Stimulus Act of 2008.

Our effective tax rate for 2008 was 7.2%. The primary reason for the reduction in the effective tax rate from 2007 was the result of the impairment charge recorded in 2008 discussed in more detail above. In addition, we did not record tax benefits on certain tax losses in our foreign operations due to the uncertainty of the ability to utilize those tax losses in the future.

Americas Results of Operations

 

(In thousands)    Year Ended December 31,    % Change
       2009  
  Post-Merger  
     2008  
  Combined  
     2007  
  Pre-Merger  
     2009 v.  
  2008  
    2008 v.  
  2007  

Revenue

   $ 1,238,171    $ 1,430,258    $ 1,485,058    (13%)   (4%)

Direct operating expenses

     608,078      647,526      590,563    (6%)   10%

SG&A expenses

     202,196      252,889      226,448    (20%)   12%

Depreciation and amortization

     210,280      207,633      189,853    1%   9%
                         

Operating income

   $ 217,617    $ 322,210    $ 478,194    (32%)   (33%)
                         

2009 v. 2008

Revenue for 2009 decreased approximately $192.1 million compared to 2008, primarily driven by declines in bulletin, poster and transit revenues due to cancellations and non-renewals from larger national advertisers resulting from the overall weakness in advertising and the economy. The decline in bulletin, poster and transit revenues was also impacted by a decline in rate compared to 2008.

Direct operating expenses for 2009 decreased $39.4 million compared to 2008 primarily from a $25.3 million decrease in site-lease expenses associated with cost savings from our restructuring program and the decline in revenues. This decrease was partially offset by an increase of $5.7 million of direct operating expenses related to the restructuring program. SG&A expenses decreased $50.7 million during 2009 compared to 2008 primarily from a $26.0 million decline in compensation expense associated with the decline in revenue and cost savings from the restructuring program and a $16.2 million decline in bad debt expense as a result of accounts collected and an improvement in the agings of our accounts receivable during the current year.

2008 v. 2007

Revenue for 2008 decreased approximately $54.8 million compared to 2007, with the entire decline occurring in the fourth quarter. Driving the decline was approximately $87.4 million attributable to poster and bulletin revenues associated with cancellations and non-renewals from major national advertisers, partially offset by an increase of $46.2 million in airport revenues, digital display revenues and street furniture revenues. Also impacting the decline in bulletin revenue was decreased occupancy while the decline in poster revenue was affected by a decrease in both occupancy and rate. The increase in airport and street furniture revenues was primarily driven by new contracts while digital display revenue growth was primarily the result of an increase in the number of digital displays. Other miscellaneous revenues also declined approximately $13.6 million.

Our Americas direct operating expenses increased $57.0 million primarily from higher site-lease expenses of $45.2 million. The increase in site-lease expense was primarily attributable to new taxi, airport and street furniture contracts and an increase of $2.4 million in severance obligations associated with the restructuring plan. Our SG&A expenses increased $26.4 million largely from increased bad debt expense of $15.5 million and an increase of $4.5 million in severance obligations in 2008 associated with the restructuring plan.

Depreciation and amortization increased approximately $17.8 million mostly as a result of $6.6 million related to additional depreciation and amortization associated with the preliminary fair value adjustments to the acquired assets and $11.3 million of accelerated depreciation from billboards that were removed.

 

51


Table of Contents

International Results of Operations

 

(In thousands)    Year Ended December 31,    % Change
     2009
Post-Merger
   2008
Combined
   2007
Pre-Merger
   2009 v.
2008
  2008 v.
2007

Revenue

   $ 1,459,853    $   1,859,029    $   1,796,778    (21%)   3%

Direct operating expenses

     1,017,005      1,234,610      1,144,282    (18%)   8%

SG&A expenses

     282,208      353,481      311,546    (20%)   13%

Depreciation and amortization

     229,367      264,717      209,630    (13%)   26%
                         

Operating income

   $ (68,727)    $ 6,221    $ 131,320    (1205%)   (95%)
                         

2009 v. 2008

Revenue for 2009 decreased approximately $399.2 million compared to 2008, with approximately $118.5 million from movements in foreign exchange. The revenue decline occurred across most countries, with the most significant decline in France of $75.5 million due to weak advertising demand. Other countries with significant declines include the U.K. and Italy, which declined $30.4 million and $28.3 million, respectively, due to weak advertising markets.

Direct operating expenses decreased $217.6 million in part due to a decrease of $85.6 million from movements in foreign exchange. The remaining decrease in direct operating expenses was primarily attributable to a $146.4 million decline in site lease expenses partially attributable to cost savings from the restructuring program and the decline in revenue. The decrease in direct operating expenses was partially offset by $12.8 million related to the restructuring program. SG&A expenses decreased $71.3 million primarily from $23.7 million related to movements in foreign exchange, $34.3 million related to a decline in compensation expense and a $25.8 million decrease in administrative expenses, both partially attributable to cost savings from the restructuring program and the decline in revenue.

Depreciation and amortization for 2009 decreased $35.4 million primarily related to a $43.2 million decrease in depreciation expense associated with the impairment of assets during the fourth quarter of 2008 and a $20.6 million decrease from movements in foreign exchange. The decrease was partially offset by $31.9 million related to additional amortization associated with the purchase accounting adjustments to the acquired intangible assets.

2008 v. 2007

Revenue for 2008 increased approximately $62.3 million, with roughly $60.4 million from movements in foreign exchange. The remaining revenue growth was primarily attributable to growth in China, Turkey and Romania, partially offset by revenue declines in France and the United Kingdom. China and Turkey benefited from strong advertising environments. We acquired operations in Romania at the end of the second quarter of 2007, which also contributed to revenue growth in 2008. The decline in France was primarily driven by the loss of a contract to advertise on railways and the decline in the United Kingdom was primarily driven by weakened advertising demand.

During the fourth quarter of 2008, revenue declined approximately $88.6 million compared to the fourth quarter of 2007, of which approximately $51.8 million was due to movements in foreign exchange and the remaining amount was primarily as a result of a decline in advertising demand.

Direct operating expenses for 2008 increased $90.3 million. Included in the increase is approximately $39.5 million related to movements in foreign exchange. The remaining increase in direct operating expenses was driven by an increase in site lease expenses. SG&A expenses increased $41.9 million in 2008 over 2007 with approximately $11.2 million related to movements in foreign exchange and $20.1 million related to severance in 2008 associated with the restructuring plan.

 

52


Table of Contents

Depreciation and amortization expenses for 2008 increased $55.1 million with $18.8 million related to additional depreciation and amortization associated with the preliminary fair value adjustments to the acquired assets, approximately $18.0 million related to an increase in accelerated depreciation from billboards to be removed, approximately $11.3 million related to impaired advertising display contracts and $4.9 million related to an increase from movements in foreign exchange.

Reconciliation of Segment Operating Income (Loss)

 

(In thousands)    Year Ended December 31,  
     2009
Post-Merger
    2008
  Combined  
    2007
Pre-Merger
 

Americas

   $ 217,617      $ 322,210      $ 478,194   

International

     (68,727     6,221        131,320   

Impairment charges

     (890,737     (3,217,649       

Corporate

     (65,247     (71,045     (66,080

Other operating income (loss) – net

     (8,231     15,848        11,824   
                        

Consolidated operating income (loss)

   $ (815,325   $ (2,944,415   $ 555,258   
                        

Share-Based Payments

As of December 31, 2009, there was $18.1 million of total unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested share-based compensation arrangements. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately two years.

The following table details compensation costs related to share-based payments:

 

(In thousands)    Year Ended December 31,
     2009
Post-Merger
   2008
  Combined  
   2007
Pre-Merger

Direct operating expenses

   $ 7,612        $ 8,057        $ 6,951    

SG&A expenses

     2,777          2,575          2,682    

Corporate expenses

     1,715          957          538    
                    

Total share-based payments

   $ 12,104        $     11,589        $     10,171    
                    

 

53


Table of Contents

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Clear Channel Communications’ Merger

Clear Channel Communications’ capitalization, liquidity and capital resources substantially changed due to the consummation of its merger on July 30, 2008. Upon the closing of the merger, Clear Channel Communications incurred additional debt and became highly leveraged. We are not borrowers or guarantors under Clear Channel Communications’ credit agreements other than for direct borrowings by certain of our International subsidiaries pursuant to the $150.0 million sub-limit included in Clear Channel Communications’ $2.0 billion revolving credit facility and we are not a guarantor of any of Clear Channel Communications’ debt. The obligations of these International subsidiaries that are borrowers under the revolving credit facility are guaranteed by certain of our material wholly-owned subsidiaries, and secured by substantially all of the assets of such borrowers and guarantors, subject to permitted liens and other exceptions. As of December 31, 2009, the outstanding balance on the sub-limit was approximately $150.0 million of which $30.0 million was drawn by us and the remaining amount drawn by Clear Channel Communications.

The interest rate on outstanding balances under the revolving credit facility is based upon LIBOR or, for Euro denominated borrowings, EURIBOR, plus, in each case, a margin. See discussion below under “Sources of Capital — Bank Credit Facility.” A deterioration in the financial condition of Clear Channel Communications or borrowings by Clear Channel Communications under the $150.0 million sub-limit could also further increase our borrowing costs or impair our access to the capital markets because of our reliance on Clear Channel Communications for availability under this revolving credit facility.

We have a revolving promissory note issued by Clear Channel Communications to us in the amount of $123.3 million as of December 31, 2009 described more fully in our “Liquidity – Sources of Capital” section. We are an unsecured creditor of Clear Channel Communications with respect to the revolving promissory note.

Also, so long as Clear Channel Communications maintains a significant interest in us, pursuant to the Master Agreement between Clear Channel Communications and us, Clear Channel Communications will have the option to limit our ability to incur debt or issue equity securities, among other limitations, which could adversely affect our ability to meet our liquidity needs.

CC Media Holdings’ and Clear Channel Communications’ current corporate ratings are “CCC+” and “Caa2” by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services and Moody’s Investors Service, respectively, which are speculative grade ratings. These ratings have been downgraded and then upgraded at various times during the two years ended December 31, 2009. These adjustments had no impact on our borrowing costs under the credit agreements.

In December 2009, the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. (“CCWH”), issued $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of Series A Senior Notes due 2017 and $2.0 billion aggregate principal amount of Series B Senior Notes due 2017 (collectively, the “Notes”). The Notes are guaranteed by the Company, Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc., our wholly-owned subsidiary (“CCOI”), and certain other existing and future domestic subsidiaries of ours (collectively, the “Guarantors”).

The Notes are rated “B” and “B2” by Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s, respectively. The indentures governing the Notes require the Company to maintain at least $100 million in cash or other liquid assets or have cash available to be borrowed under committed credit facilities consisting of (i) $50.0 million at the issuer and guarantor entities (principally the Americas outdoor segment) and (ii) $50.0 million at the non-guarantor subsidiaries (principally the International outdoor segment), in each case under the sole control of the relevant entity.

In addition, interest on the Notes accrues daily and is payable into an account established by a trustee for the benefit of the bondholders (the “Trustee Account”). Failure to make daily payment on any day does not constitute an event of default so long as (a) no payment or other transfer by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall have been made on such day under the cash management sweep with Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and (b) on each semiannual interest payment date the aggregate amount of funds in the Trustee Account is equal to at least the aggregate amount of accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes. To the extent we cannot pass on our

 

54


Table of Contents

increased borrowing costs to our clients, our profitability, and potentially our ability to raise capital, could be materially affected.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our historical cash flows:

 

(In thousands)    Year Ended December 31,  
     2009
  Post-Merger  
    2008
  Combined  
    2007
Pre-Merger
 

Cash provided by (used in):

      

Operating activities

   $ 441,264      $ 603,624      $ 694,430   

Investing activities

   $ (162,864   $ (425,844   $ (356,368

Financing activities

   $ 231,656      $ (232,840   $ (305,751

Operating Activities

2009

The decline in cash flow from operations was primarily driven by an 18% decline in consolidated revenues in 2009 as compared to 2008 associated with the weak economy and challenging advertising markets. Other factors contributing to our cash flow from operations include a consolidated net loss of $872.5 million adjusted for non-cash impairment charges of $890.7 million related to goodwill and intangible assets and depreciation and amortization of $439.6 million. In addition, we recorded a $31.4 million loss in equity of nonconsolidated affiliates primarily due to a $22.9 million impairment of equity investments in our International segment. Net cash provided by operating activities was partially offset by deferred tax benefits of $132.3 million.

2008

Net cash provided by operating activities of $603.6 million for 2008 principally reflected a net loss of $2.9 billion, adjusted for non-cash impairment charges of $3.2 billion related to goodwill and intangible assets, a $59.8 million non-cash loss on marketable securities, and depreciation and amortization of $472.4 million. In addition, we recorded a $75.6 million gain in equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates related to the sale of our 50% interest in Clear Channel Independent based on the fair value of the equity securities received as consideration. Net cash provided by operating activities was partially offset by deferred taxes of $247.4 million.

2007

Net cash flow from operating activities of $694.4 million for 2007 primarily reflected net income of $265.3 million and depreciation and amortization of $399.5 million. Net cash flows from operating activities also reflects an increase of $137.3 million in accounts receivable as a result of the increase in revenue and an increase of $93.4 million in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities.

Investing Activities

2009

For the year ended December 31, 2009, we spent $84.4 million in our Americas segment for the purchase of property, plant and equipment primarily related to the construction of new billboards. We spent $91.5 million in our International segment for the purchase of property, plant and equipment related to new billboard and street furniture contracts and renewals of existing contracts. We also received proceeds of $11.3 million from the sale of International assets and $6.8 million from the sale of Americas assets.

 

55


Table of Contents

2008

We spent $175.8 million in our Americas segment for the purchase of property, plant and equipment primarily related to the construction of new billboards. We spent $182.5 million in our International segment for the purchase of property, plant and equipment primarily related to new billboard and street furniture contracts and renewals of existing contracts.

Our Americas segment paid $55.1 million for the acquisition of advertising structures and the final earnout payments for Interspace. Our International segment paid $41.4 million primarily related to the acquisition of additional equity interests in outdoor companies and the acquisition of advertising structures.

We also received proceeds of $41.5 million from asset sales, $34.2 million of which was from the disposal of land and buildings in our International segment.

2007

We spent $142.8 million in our Americas segment for the purchase of property, plant and equipment mostly related to construction of new billboards. We spent $132.9 million in our International segment for the purchase of property, plant and equipment primarily related to new billboard and street furniture contracts and renewals of existing contracts.

During 2007, our Americas segment paid $39.5 million in cash primarily to acquire display faces. In addition, our International segment paid $29.6 million, which includes the acquisition of an outdoor advertising business in Romania, additional equity interests in outdoor companies and the acquisition of advertising structures.

Financing Activities

2009

Net cash provided by financing activities of $231.7 million for 2009 primarily reflects the $2.5 billion proceeds from issuance of CCWH senior notes in addition to the $500.0 million repayment by Clear Channel Communications on the “Due from Clear Channel Communications” account offset by the prepayment and retirement of the $2.5 billion intercompany note due to Clear Channel Communications. In addition, we purchased the remaining 15% interest in our fully consolidated subsidiary, Paneles Napsa S.A., for $13.0 million, and acquired an additional 5% interest in our consolidated subsidiary, Clear Channel Jolly Pubblicita SPA, for $12.1 million.

2008

Net cash used in financing activities of $232.8 million for 2008 reflected a net reduction in debt and credit facilities of $67.6 million and net transfers of cash to Clear Channel Communications of $169.2 million. The net transfers of cash to Clear Channel Communications represent the activity in the “Due from/to Clear Channel Communications” account. This activity primarily relates to working capital and settlement of interest on the revolving promissory notes and the $2.5 billion note payable to Clear Channel Communications.

2007

Net cash used in financing activities of $305.8 million for 2007 is primarily related to the net transfer of cash to Clear Channel Communications of $302.9 million. The net transfers of cash to Clear Channel Communications represent the activity in the “Due from/to Clear Channel Communications” account. This activity primarily relates to working capital and settlement of interest on the revolving promissory notes and the $2.5 billion note payable to Clear Channel Communications.

 

56


Table of Contents

Anticipated Cash Requirements

Our primary source of liquidity is cash on hand, as well as cash flow from operations, which has been adversely affected by the global economic downturn. The risks associated with our businesses become more acute in periods of a slowing economy or recession, which may be accompanied by a decrease in advertising. Expenditures by advertisers tend to be cyclical, reflecting overall economic conditions and budgeting and buying patterns. The current global economic downturn has resulted in a decline in advertising and marketing services among our customers, resulting in a decline in our advertising revenues across our businesses. This reduction in advertising revenues has had an adverse effect on our revenue, profit margins, cash flow and liquidity. A continuation of the global economic downturn may continue to adversely impact our revenue, profit margins, cash flow and liquidity.

Based on our current and anticipated levels of operations and conditions in our markets, we believe that cash on hand, cash flows from operations and borrowing under the revolving promissory note with Clear Channel Communications will enable us to meet our working capital, capital expenditure, debt service and other funding requirements for at least the next 12 months. In addition, we expect to be in compliance with the covenants governing our indebtedness in 2010. However, our anticipated results are subject to significant uncertainty and there can be no assurance that actual results will be in compliance with the covenants. In addition, our ability to comply with the covenants governing our indebtedness may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions.

Furthermore, in its Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2010, CC Media Holdings, our indirect parent, stated that it expects to be in compliance with the covenants in Clear Channel Communications’ material financing agreements in 2010. CC Media Holdings similarly stated in such Annual Report that its anticipated results are also subject to significant uncertainty and there can be no assurance that actual results will be in compliance with the covenants. Moreover, CC Media Holdings stated in such Annual Report that its ability to comply with the covenants in Clear Channel Communications’ material financing agreements may be affected by events beyond CC Media Holdings’ control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions. As discussed therein, the breach of any covenants set forth in Clear Channel Communications’ financing agreements would result in a default thereunder, and an event of default would permit the lenders under a defaulted financing agreement to declare all indebtedness thereunder to be due and payable prior to maturity. Moreover, as discussed therein, the lenders under the revolving credit facility under Clear Channel Communications’ secured credit facilities would have the option to terminate their commitments to make further extensions of revolving credit thereunder. In addition, CC Media Holdings stated in such Annual Report that if CC Media Holdings is unable to repay Clear Channel Communications’ obligations under any secured credit facility, the lenders could proceed against any assets that were pledged to secure such facility. Finally, CC Media Holdings stated in such Annual Report that a default or acceleration under any of Clear Channel Communications’ material financing agreements could cause a default under other obligations that are subject to cross-default and cross-acceleration provisions.

For so long as Clear Channel Communications maintains significant control over us, a deterioration in the financial condition of Clear Channel Communications could have the effect of increasing our borrowing costs or impairing our access to capital markets. As of December 31, 2009, Clear Channel Communications had $1.9 billion recorded as “Cash and cash equivalents” on its consolidated balance sheets.

Our ability to fund our working capital needs, debt service and other obligations depends on our future operating performance and cash flow. If our future operating performance does not meet our expectations or our plans materially change in an adverse manner or prove to be materially inaccurate, we may need additional financing. Continuing adverse securities and credit market conditions could significantly affect the availability of credit.

 

57


Table of Contents

Liquidity

Sources of Capital

As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had the following indebtedness outstanding, cash and cash equivalents and amounts due from Clear Channel Communications:

 

(In millions)    Year Ended December 31,
     2009
Post-Merger
   2008
Post-Merger

CCWH Senior Notes

   $ 2,500.0    $ —  

Bank credit facility ($150.0 million sub-limit within Clear Channel Communications’ $2.0 billion facility, $120.0 million of which was drawn by Clear Channel Communications)

     30.0      30.0

Debt with Clear Channel Communications

     —        2,500.0

Other debt

     78.9      71.9
             

Total debt

     2,608.9      2,601.9

Less: Cash and cash equivalents

     609.4      94.8

Less: Due from Clear Channel Communications

     123.3      431.6
             
   $ 1,876.2    $ 2,075.5
             

We may from time to time repay our outstanding debt or seek to purchase our outstanding equity securities. Such transactions, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors.

Bank Credit Facility ($150.0 million sub-limit within Clear Channel Communications’ $2.0 billion revolving credit facility)

In addition to net cash flows from operations, another source of liquidity was through borrowings under a $150.0 million sub-limit included in Clear Channel Communications’ multicurrency $2.0 billion revolving credit facility with a maturity in July 2014. Certain of our International subsidiaries may borrow under the sub-limit to the extent Clear Channel Communications has not already borrowed against this capacity and is in compliance with its covenants under the credit facility. The obligations of these International subsidiaries that are borrowers under the revolving credit facility are guaranteed by certain of our material wholly-owned subsidiaries, and secured by substantially all of the assets of such borrowers and guarantors, subject to permitted liens and other exceptions. On February 6, 2009, Clear Channel Communications borrowed the remaining availability under its $2.0 billion revolving credit facility, including the remaining availability under the $150.0 million sub-limit.

The interest rate on outstanding balances under the credit facility is equal to an applicable margin plus, at Clear Channel Communications’ option, either (i) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (A) the prime lending rate publicly announced by the administrative agent and (B) the Federal funds effective rate from time to time plus 0.50%, or (ii) a Eurocurrency rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs. The applicable margin percentage is 2.40% in the case of base rate loans, and 3.40% in the case of Eurocurrency rate loans, subject to adjustment based upon Clear Channel Communications’ leverage ratio. At December 31, 2009, the interest rate on borrowings under this credit facility was 3.7%. As of December 31, 2009, the outstanding balance on the sub-limit was approximately $30.0 million, the remaining $120.0 million of which was drawn by Clear Channel Communications, with the entire balance to be repaid on July 30, 2014.

 

58


Table of Contents

Promissory Notes with Clear Channel Communications

As part of the day-to-day cash management services provided by Clear Channel Communications, we maintain accounts that represent net amounts due to or from Clear Channel Communications, which is recorded as “Due from/to Clear Channel Communications” on the consolidated balance sheet. The accounts represent our revolving promissory note issued by us to Clear Channel Communications and the revolving promissory note issued by Clear Channel Communications to us in the face amount of $1.0 billion, or if more or less than such amount, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all advances. The accounts accrue interest and are generally payable on demand. Prior to the amendment of the revolving promissory notes in December 2009, interest on the revolving promissory note owed by us accrued on the daily net negative cash position based upon LIBOR plus a margin. Interest on the revolving promissory note owed by Clear Channel Communications accrued on the daily net positive cash position based upon the average one-month generic treasury bill rate. In connection with the issuance of the CCWH Senior Notes, Clear Channel Communications and the Company modified the terms of the revolving promissory notes (recorded as Due from/to Clear Channel Communications account) to extend the maturity of each revolving promissory note to coincide with the maturity date of the Notes. In addition, the terms were modified to change the interest rate on each revolving promissory note to equal the interest rate on the Notes. Included in the accounts are the net activities resulting from day-to-day cash management services provided by Clear Channel Communications. As a part of these services, we maintain collection bank accounts swept daily into accounts of Clear Channel Communications (after satisfying the funding requirements of the Trustee Account). In return, Clear Channel Communications funds our controlled disbursement accounts as checks or electronic payments are presented for payment. Our claim in relation to cash transferred from our concentration account is on an unsecured basis and is limited to the balance of the “Due from Clear Channel Communications” account. If Clear Channel Communications were to become insolvent, we would be an unsecured creditor of Clear Channel Communications with respect to the revolving promissory note issued by Clear Channel Communications to us. At December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the asset recorded in “Due from Clear Channel Communications” on the consolidated balance sheet was $123.3 million and $431.6 million, respectively. The net interest income for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $0.7 million, $3.5 million and $3.7 million, respectively. At December 31, 2009, the fixed interest rate on the “Due from Clear Channel Communications” account was 9.25%, which represents the interest rate on the Notes as described above. At December 31, 2009, we had no borrowings under the revolving promissory note to Clear Channel Communications.

Unlike the management of cash from our U.S. based operations, the amount of cash, if any, which is transferred from our foreign operations to Clear Channel Communications is determined on a basis mutually agreeable to us and Clear Channel Communications, and not on a pre-determined basis. In arriving at such mutual agreement, the reasonably foreseeable cash needs of our foreign operations are evaluated before a cash amount is considered as an excess or surplus amount for transfer to Clear Channel Communications.

As of December 31, 2008 we had a note in the original principal amount of $2.5 billion to Clear Channel Communications which was prepayable in whole at any time, or in part from time to time. The note accrued interest at a variable per annum rate equal to the weighted average cost of debt for Clear Channel Communications, calculated on a monthly basis. This note was mandatorily payable upon a change of control of the Company (as defined in the note) and, subject to certain exceptions, all net proceeds from debt or equity raised by the Company had to be used to prepay such note. At December 31, 2008, the interest rate on the $2.5 billion note was 6.0%.

In December 2009, we made voluntary prepayments on the note in the amount of the total outstanding balance and subsequently retired the “Debt with Clear Channel Communications.” The interest rate on the $2.5 billion note was 5.7% prior to its retirement.

Our working capital requirements and capital for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions and capital expenditures, may be provided to us by Clear Channel Communications, in its sole discretion, pursuant to a revolving promissory note issued by us to Clear Channel Communications. Without the opportunity to obtain financing from Clear Channel Communications, we may need to obtain additional financing from banks, or through public offerings or private placements of debt, strategic relationships or other arrangements at some future date. As stated above, we may be unable to successfully obtain additional debt or equity financing on satisfactory terms or at all.

 

59


Table of Contents

As long as Clear Channel Communications maintains a significant interest in us, pursuant to the Master Agreement between Clear Channel Communications and us, Clear Channel Communications will have the option to limit our ability to incur debt or issue equity securities, among other limitations, which could adversely affect our ability to meet our liquidity needs. Under the Master Agreement with Clear Channel Communications, we are limited in our borrowing from third parties to no more than $400.0 million (including borrowings under the $150.0 million sub-limit of Clear Channel Communications’ $2.0 billion revolving credit facility).

Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings Senior Notes

In December 2009, the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. (“CCWH”), issued $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of Series A Senior Notes due 2017 and $2.0 billion aggregate principal amount of Series B Senior Notes due 2017 (collectively, the “Notes”). The Notes are guaranteed by the Company, Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc., our wholly-owned subsidiary (“CCOI”), and certain other existing and future domestic subsidiaries of ours (collectively, the “Guarantors”).

The Notes are senior unsecured obligations that rank pari passu in right of payment to all unsubordinated indebtedness of CCWH and the guarantees of the Notes will rank pari passu in right of payment to all unsubordinated indebtedness of the guarantors thereunder.

The indentures governing the Notes require the Company to maintain at least $100 million in cash or other liquid assets or have cash available to be borrowed under committed credit facilities consisting of (i) $50.0 million at the issuer and guarantor entities (principally the Americas outdoor segment) and (ii) $50.0 million at the non-guarantor subsidiaries (principally the International outdoor segment) (together the “Liquidity Amount”), in each case under the sole control of the relevant entity. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization, or similar proceeding of Clear Channel Communications, Inc., for the period thereafter that is the shorter of such proceeding and 60 days, the Liquidity Amount shall be reduced to $50.0 million, with a $25.0 million requirement at the issuer and guarantor entities and a $25.0 million requirement at the non-guarantor subsidiaries.

In addition, interest on the Notes accrues daily and is payable into an account established by a trustee for the benefit of the bondholders (the “Trustee Account”). Failure to make daily payment on any day does not constitute an event of default so long as (a) no payment or other transfer by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall have been made on such day under the cash management sweep with Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and (b) on each semiannual interest payment date the aggregate amount of funds in the Trustee Account is equal to at least the aggregate amount of accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes.

The indenture governing the Series A Notes contains covenants that limit the Company and its restricted subsidiaries ability to, among other things:

 

   

incur or guarantee additional debt to persons other than Clear Channel Communications and its subsidiaries or issue certain preferred stock;

 

   

create liens on its restricted subsidiaries assets to secure such debt;

 

   

create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to the Company from its restricted subsidiaries that are not guarantors of the notes;

 

   

enter into certain transactions with affiliates;

 

   

merge or consolidate with another person, or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets; or

 

   

sell certain assets, including capital stock of its subsidiaries, to persons other than Clear Channel Communications and its subsidiaries.

The indenture governing the Series A Notes does not include limitations on dividends, distributions, investments or asset sales.

 

60


Table of Contents

The indenture governing the Series B Notes contains covenants that limit the Company and its restricted subsidiaries ability to, among other things:

 

   

incur or guarantee additional debt or issue certain preferred stock;

 

   

redeem, repurchase or retire the Company’s subordinated debt;

 

   

make certain investments;

 

   

create liens on its or its restricted subsidiaries’ assets to secure debt;

 

   

create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to it from its restricted subsidiaries that are not guarantors of the Notes;

 

   

enter into certain transactions with affiliates;

 

   

merge or consolidate with another person, or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets;

 

   

sell certain assets, including capital stock of its subsidiaries;

 

   

designate its subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries;

 

   

pay dividends, redeem or repurchase capital stock or make other restricted payments; or

 

   

purchase or otherwise effectively cancel or retire any of the Series B Notes if after doing so the ratio of (a) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Series A Notes to (b) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Series B Notes shall be greater than 0.250. This stipulation ensures, among other things, that as long as the Series A Notes are outstanding, the Series B Notes are outstanding.

The Series B Notes indenture restricts the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness and pay dividends based on an incurrence test. In order to incur additional indebtedness the Company’s debt to adjusted EBITDA ratios (as defined by the indenture) must be lower than 6.5:1 and 3.25:1 for total debt and senior debt, respectively. Similarly, in order for the Company to pay dividends out of proceeds from indebtedness or proceeds from asset sales, the Company’s debt to adjusted EBITDA ratios (as defined by the indenture) must be lower than 6.0:1 and 3.0:1 for total debt and senior debt, respectively. If these ratios are not met, the Company has certain exceptions that allow the Company to incur additional indebtedness and pay dividends, such as a $500 million exception for the payment of dividends. Consolidated leverage, defined as total debt divided by the trailing 12-month EBITDA was 3.8:1 at December 31, 2009, and senior leverage, defined as senior debt divided by the trailing twelve month EBITDA was also 3.8:1 at December 31, 2009. The Company’s adjusted EBITDA of $684.0 million is calculated as the trailing twelve months operating income before depreciation, amortization, impairment charges, other operating income – net, all as shown in the consolidated statement of operations plus non-cash compensation, and is further adjusted for certain items, including: (i) an increase for expected cost savings (limited to $58.8 million in any twelve month period) of $53.0 million; (ii) an increase of $20.7 million for non-cash items; (iii) an increase of $53.2 million related to expenses incurred associated with our cost savings program; and (iv) an increase of $21.8 million for various other items.

Prior to the date of the closing of the CCWH offering, the Company made a demand for and received repayment of $500.0 million on the “Due from Clear Channel Communications” account.

Following such repayment, the Company contributed $500.0 million to the capital of Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc., which used the proceeds received by it to prepay $500.0 million of the “Debt with Clear Channel Communications” account. Subsequent to this repayment, the outstanding balance of the “Debt with Clear Channel Communications” account was $2.0 billion.

The proceeds of the Notes were used to (i) pay the fees and expenses of the offering, (ii) pay the initial purchasers an underwriting discount, (iii) fund $50.0 million required under the Notes’ indentures of the Liquidity Amount (the $50.0 million Liquidity Amount of the non-guarantor subsidiaries was satisfied) and (iv) make a voluntary prepayment of the remaining $2.0 billion outstanding balance (which is equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Series B Notes) under the note due to Clear Channel Communications and subsequently retire the “Debt with Clear Channel Communications”, with the balance of the proceeds available to the Company for general corporate purposes.

 

61


Table of Contents

In connection with the offering, Clear Channel Communications and the Company modified the terms of the revolving promissory notes (recorded as Due from/to Clear Channel Communications account) to extend the maturity of each revolving promissory note to coincide with the maturity date of the Notes. In addition, the terms were modified to change the interest rate on each revolving promissory note to a fixed per annum rate equal to 9.25%.

Other debt

Other debt consists primarily of loans with international banks. At December 31, 2009, approximately $78.9 million was outstanding as other debt.

Debt Covenants

The Clear Channel Communications’ $2.0 billion revolving credit facility contains a significant financial covenant which requires Clear Channel Communications to comply on a quarterly basis with a maximum consolidated senior secured net debt to adjusted EBITDA ratio (maximum of 9.5:1). The financial covenant becomes more restrictive over time beginning in the second quarter of 2013. In its Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2010, CC Media Holdings stated that it was in compliance with this covenant as of December 31, 2009.

In addition, as noted above, the Series B Notes indenture restricts the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness and pay dividends based on an incurrence test. In order to incur additional indebtedness the Company’s debt to adjusted EBITDA ratios (as defined by the indenture) must be lower than 6.5:1 and 3.25:1 for total debt and senior debt, respectively. Similarly in order for the Company to pay dividends out of proceeds from indebtedness or proceeds from asset sales, the Company’s debt to adjusted EBITDA ratios (as defined by the indenture) must be lower than 6.0:1 and 3.0:1 for total debt and senior debt, respectively. We are in compliance with these covenants as of December 31, 2009.

Dispositions and Other

During 2009, we sold international assets for $11.3 million resulting in a gain of $4.4 million in “Other operating income (expense) – net.” In addition, we sold assets for $6.8 million in our Americas outdoor segment and recorded a gain of $4.9 million in “Other operating income (expense) – net.” We sold our taxi advertising business and recorded a loss of $20.9 million in our Americas outdoor segment included in “Other operating income (expense) –net.”

During the first quarter of 2008, we exchanged assets in one of our Americas markets for assets located in a different market and recognized a gain of $2.6 million in “Other operating income – net.” In addition, we sold our 50% interest in Clear Channel Independent and recognized a gain of $75.6 million in “Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates” based on the fair value of the equity securities received

Uses of Capital

Acquisitions

During the year ended December 31, 2009, our Americas segment paid $5.0 million primarily for the acquisition of land and buildings.

Purchases of Additional Equity Interests

During 2009, the Company’s Americas segment purchased the remaining 15% interest in our consolidated subsidiary, Paneles Napsa S.A., for $13.0 million. Our International segment also acquired an additional 5% interest in our consolidated subsidiary, Clear Channel Jolly Pubblicita SPA, for $12.1 million.

 

62


Table of Contents

Capital Expenditures

Our capital expenditures have consisted of the following:

 

(In millions)    Year Ended December 31,
     2009
  Post-Merger  
   2008
  Combined  
   2007
Pre-Merger

Non-revenue producing

   $ 47.2    $ 85.4    $ 81.4

Revenue producing

     128.8      272.9      194.3
                    

Total capital expenditures

   $ 176.0    $ 358.3    $ 275.7
                    

We define non-revenue producing capital expenditures as those expenditures required on a recurring basis. Revenue producing capital expenditures are discretionary capital investments for new revenue streams, similar to an acquisition.

Part of our long-term strategy is to pursue the technology of digital displays, including flat screens, LCDs and LEDs, as alternatives to traditional methods of displaying our clients’ advertisements. We are currently installing these technologies in certain markets. We believe cash flow from operations will be sufficient to fund these expenditures because we expect enhanced margins through: (i) lower cost of production as the advertisements will be digital and controlled by a central computer network, (ii) decreased down time on displays because the advertisements will be digitally changed rather than manually posted paper or vinyl on the face of the display, and (iii) incremental revenue through more targeted and time specific advertisements.

Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees

From time to time, we are involved in routine legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business and, as required, have accrued our estimate of the probable costs for the resolution of these claims. These estimates have been developed in consultation with counsel and are based upon an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies. It is possible, however, that future results of operations for any particular period could be materially affected by changes to our assumptions or the effectiveness of our strategies related to these proceedings.

Our short and long term cash requirements include minimum annual guarantees for our street furniture contracts and operating leases. Noncancelable contracts and operating lease requirements are included in our direct operating expenses, which historically have been satisfied by cash flows from operations. For 2010, we are committed to $407.9 million and $266.8 million for minimum annual guarantees and operating leases, respectively. Our long-term commitments for minimum annual guarantees, operating leases and capital expenditure requirements are included in “Contractual and Other Obligations,” below.

Certain agreements relating to acquisitions provide for purchase price adjustments and other future contingent payments based on the financial performance of the acquired company generally over a one to five year period. The aggregate of these contingent payments, if performance targets are met, would not significantly impact our financial position or results of operations.

Contractual and Other Obligations

Firm Commitments

In addition to the scheduled maturities on our debt, we have future cash obligations under various types of contracts. We lease office space, certain equipment and the majority of the land occupied by our advertising structures under long-term operating leases. Some of our lease agreements contain renewal options and annual rental escalation clauses (generally tied to the consumer price index), as well as provisions for our payment of utilities and maintenance.

 

63


Table of Contents

We have minimum franchise payments associated with noncancelable contracts that enable us to display advertising on such media as buses, taxis, trains, bus shelters and terminals. The majority of these contracts contain rent provisions calculated as the greater of a percentage of the relevant advertising revenue or a specified guaranteed minimum annual payment.

The scheduled maturities of borrowings under the sub-limit within Clear Channel Communications’ revolving credit facility, our $2.5 billion Notes, other debt outstanding, future minimum rental commitments under noncancelable lease agreements, minimum payments under other noncancelable contracts, capital expenditures commitments and other long-term obligations as of December 31, 2009, are as follows:

 

(In thousands)    Payments Due by Period
     Total    2010    2011-2012    2013-2014    Thereafter

Long-term Debt

              

Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings Senior Notes:

              

9.25% Series A Senior Notes Due 2017

   $ 500,000    $    $    $    $ 500,000

9.25% Series B Senior Notes Due 2017

     2,000,000                     2,000,000

Clear Channel Communications’ revolving credit facility

     30,000                30,000     

Other debt

     78,878      47,073      31,769      36     

Interest payments on long-term debt (1)

     1,856,552      233,349      465,217      464,236      693,750

Noncancelable contracts

     1,993,289      407,927      603,802      401,683      579,877

Noncancelable operating leases

     1,967,695      266,826      413,589      333,763      953,517

Capital expenditure commitments

     136,262      67,372      45,638      19,837      3,415

Employment contracts

     9,717      5,614      4,026      77     

Other long-term obligations (2)

     101,677      36      2,250      1,104      98,287
                                  

Total (3)

   $ 8,674,070    $ 1,028,197    $ 1,566,291    $ 1,250,736    $ 4,828,846
                                  

 

  (1) Interest payments on long-term debt consist primarily of interest on the 9.25% Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings Senior Notes.

 

  (2) Other long-term obligations consist of $51.3 million related to asset retirement obligations recorded pursuant to ASC 410-20, which assumes the underlying assets will be removed at some period over the next 50 years. Also included in the table is $43.5 million related to retirement plans and $6.9 million related to other long-term obligations with a specific maturity.

 

  (3) Excluded from the table is $154.6 million related to various obligations with no specific contractual commitment or maturity, $54.9 million of which relates to unrecognized tax benefits and accrued interest and penalties recorded pursuant to ASC 740-10.

SEASONALITY

Typically, both our Americas and International segments experience their lowest financial performance in the first quarter of the calendar year, with International typically experiencing a loss from operations in this period. Our Americas segment typically experiences consistent performance in the remainder of our calendar year. Our International segment typically experiences its strongest performance in the second and fourth quarters of our calendar year. We expect this trend to continue in the future.

 

64


Table of Contents

MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT

We are exposed to market risks arising from changes in market rates and prices, including movements in interest rates, equity security prices and foreign currency exchange rates.

Equity Price Risk

The carrying value of our available-for-sale equity securities is affected by changes in their quoted market prices. It is estimated that a 20% change in the market prices of these securities would change their carrying value at December 31, 2009 by $3.2 million and would change comprehensive income by $2.0 million.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

We have operations in countries throughout the world. The financial results of our foreign operations are measured in their local currencies, except in the hyperinflationary countries in which we operate. As a result, our financial results could be affected by factors such as changes in foreign currency exchange rates or weak economic conditions in the foreign markets in which we operate. We believe we mitigate a small portion of our exposure to foreign currency fluctuations with a natural hedge through borrowings in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Our foreign operations reported a net loss of $292.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. We estimate a 10% change in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies would have changed our net loss for the year ended December 31, 2009, by approximately $29.2 million.

Our earnings are also affected by fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar as compared to foreign currencies as a result of our equity method investments in various countries. It is estimated that the result of a 10% fluctuation in the value of the dollar relative to these foreign currencies at December 31, 2009 would change our equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates by $3.1 million and would change our net income by approximately $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.

This analysis does not consider the implication such currency fluctuations could have on the overall economic activity that could exist in such an environment in the United States or the foreign countries or on the results of operations of these foreign entities.

INFLATION

Inflation has affected our performance in terms of higher costs for wages, salaries and equipment. Although the exact impact of inflation is indeterminable, we believe we have offset these higher costs by increasing the effective advertising rates of most of our display faces.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2010-02, Accounting and Reporting for Decreases in Ownership of a Subsidiary—a Scope Clarification . The update is to ASC Topic 810, Consolidation . The ASU clarifies that the decrease-in-ownership provisions of ASC 810-10 and related guidance apply to (1) a subsidiary or group of assets that is a business or nonprofit activity, (2) a subsidiary or group of assets that is a business or nonprofit activity that is transferred to an equity method investee or joint venture, and (3) an exchange of a group of assets that constitutes a business or nonprofit activity for a noncontrolling interest in an entity (including an equity method investee or joint venture). In addition, the ASU expands the information an entity is required to disclose upon deconsolidation of a subsidiary. This standard is effective for fiscal years ending on or after December 15, 2009 with retrospective application required for the first period in which the entity adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160. We adopted the amendment upon issuance with no material impact to our financial position or results of operations.

 

65


Table of Contents

In December 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-17, Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable Interest Entities . The update is to ASC Topic 810, Consolidation . This standard amends ASC 810-10-25 by requiring consolidation of certain special purpose entities that were previously exempted from consolidation. The revised criteria will define a controlling financial interest for requiring consolidation as: the power to direct the activities that most significantly affect the entity’s performance, and (1) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or (2) the right to receive benefits from the entity. This standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009. We adopted the amendment on January 1, 2010 with no material impact to our financial position or results of operations.

In August 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-05, Measuring Liabilities at Fair Value . The update is to ASC Subtopic 820-10, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures-Overall , for the fair value measurement of liabilities. The purpose of this update is to reduce ambiguity in financial reporting when measuring the fair value of liabilities. The guidance provided in this update is effective for the first reporting period beginning after the date of issuance. We adopted the amendment on October 1, 2009 with no material impact to our financial position or results of operations.

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 168, The FASB Accounting Standards Codification TM and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles , codified in ASC 105-10, was issued in June 2009. ASC 105-10 identifies the sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting the principles used in the preparation of financial statements of nongovernmental entities that are presented in conformity with GAAP in the United States. ASC 105-10 establishes the ASC as the source of authoritative GAAP recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities. Following this statement, the FASB will issue new standards in the form of ASUs. ASC 105-10 is effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. We adopted the provisions of ASC 105-10 on July 1, 2009.

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 167, Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R) (“Statement No. 167”), which is not yet codified, was issued in June 2009. Statement No. 167 shall be effective as of the beginning of each reporting entity’s first annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009, for interim periods within that first annual reporting period, and for interim and annual reporting periods thereafter. Earlier application is prohibited. Statement No. 167 amends Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 46(R), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities , codified in ASC 810-10-25, to replace the quantitative-based risks and rewards calculation for determining which enterprise, if any, has a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity with an approach focused on identifying which enterprise has the power to direct the activities of a variable interest entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and (1) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or (2) the right to receive benefits from the entity. An approach that is expected to be primarily qualitative will be more effective for identifying which enterprise has a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity. Statement No. 167 requires an additional reconsideration event when determining whether an entity is a variable interest entity when any changes in facts and circumstances occur such that the holders of the equity investment at risk, as a group, lose the power from voting rights or similar rights of those investments to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance. It also requires ongoing assessments of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. These requirements will provide more relevant and timely information to users of financial statements. Statement No. 167 amends ASC 810-10-25 to require additional disclosures about an enterprise’s involvement in variable interest entities, which will enhance the information provided to users of financial statements. We adopted Statement No. 167 on January 1, 2010 with no material impact to our financial position or results of operations.

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 165, Subsequent Events , codified in ASC 855-10, was issued in May 2009. The provisions of ASC 855-10 are effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009 and are intended to establish general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. It requires the disclosure of the date through which an entity has evaluated subsequent events and the basis for that date—that is, whether that date represents the date the financial statements were issued or were available to be issued. This disclosure should alert all users of financial statements that an entity has not evaluated subsequent events after that date in the set of financial statements being presented. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 855-10, we currently evaluate subsequent events through the date the financial statements are issued.

 

66


Table of Contents

FASB Staff Position Emerging Issues Task Force 03-6-1, Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities , codified in ASC 260-10-45, was issued in June 2008. ASC 260-10-45 clarifies that unvested share-based payment awards with a right to receive nonforfeitable dividends are participating securities. Guidance is also provided on how to allocate earnings to participating securities and compute basic earnings per share using the two-class method. All prior-period earnings per share data presented shall be adjusted retrospectively (including interim financial statements, summaries of earnings, and selected financial data) to conform with the provisions of ASC 260-10-45. We retrospectively adopted the provisions of ASC 260-10-45 on January 1, 2009. The adoption did not have an effect on previously reporting basic earnings per share.

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements - an amendment of ARB No. 51, codified in ASC 810-10-45, was issued in December 2007. ASC 810-10-45 clarifies the classification of noncontrolling interests in consolidated statements of financial position and the accounting for and reporting of transactions between the reporting entity and holders of such noncontrolling interests. Under ASC 810-10-45 noncontrolling interests are considered equity and should be reported as an element of consolidated equity, net income will encompass the total income of all consolidated subsidiaries and there will be separate disclosure on the face of the income statement of the attribution of that income between the controlling and noncontrolling interests, and increases and decreases in the noncontrolling ownership interest amount will be accounted for as equity transactions. ASC 810-10-45 is effective for the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008, and earlier application is prohibited. ASC 810-10-45 is required to be adopted prospectively, except for reclassifying noncontrolling interests to equity, separate from the parent’s shareholders’ equity, in the consolidated statement of financial position and recasting consolidated net income (loss) to include net income (loss) attributable to both the controlling and noncontrolling interests, both of which are required to be adopted retrospectively. We adopted Statement 160 on January 1, 2009 which resulted in a reclassification of approximately $211.8 million of noncontrolling interests to shareholders’ equity. Adoption of this standard requires retrospective application in the financial statements of earlier periods on January 1, 2009.

FASB Staff Position No. FAS 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 , codified in ASC 820-10, was issued in February 2008. ASC 820-10 delays the effective date of FASB Statement No. 157, Fair Value Measurements , for nonfinancial assets and liabilities, except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually), to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. We adopted the provisions of ASC 820-10 on January 1, 2009 with no material impact to our financial position or results of operations.

FASB Staff Position No. FAS 157-4, Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly , codified in ASC 820-10-35), was issued in April 2009. ASC 820-10-35 provides additional guidance for estimating fair value when the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased. ASC 820-10-35 also includes guidance on identifying circumstances that indicate a transaction is not orderly. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, and shall be applied prospectively. Early adoption is permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. Earlier adoption for periods ending before March 15, 2009 is not permitted. We adopted the provisions of ASC 820-10-35 on April 1, 2009 with no material impact to our financial position or results of operations.

FASB Staff Position No. FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2, Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments , codified in ASC 320-10, was issued in April 2009. It amends the other-than-temporary impairment guidance in U.S. GAAP for debt securities to make the guidance more operational and to improve the presentation and disclosure of other-than-temporary impairments on debt and equity securities in the financial statements. ASC 320-10 does not amend existing recognition and measurement guidance related to other-than-temporary impairments of equity securities. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. Earlier adoption for periods ending before March 15, 2009 is not permitted. We adopted the provisions of ASC 320-10 on April 1, 2009 with no material impact to our financial position or results of operations.

 

67


Table of Contents

FASB Staff Position No. FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1, Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments , codified in ASC 825-10, was issued in April 2009. ASC 825-10 amends prior authoritative guidance to require disclosures about fair value of financial instruments for interim reporting periods of publicly traded companies as well as in annual financial statements. The provisions of ASC 825-10 are effective for interim reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. We adopted the disclosure requirements of ASC 825-10 on April 1, 2009.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates based on historical experience and on various other assumptions believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The result of these evaluations forms the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the reported amount of expenses not readily apparent from other sources. Because future events and their effects cannot be determined with certainty, actual results could differ from our assumptions and estimates, and such difference could be material. Our significant accounting policies are discussed in Note A to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Management believes that the following accounting estimates are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results, and they require management’s most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, resulting from the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. The following narrative describes these critical accounting estimates, the judgments and assumptions and the effect if actual results differ from these assumptions.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We evaluate the collectability of our accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. In circumstances where we are aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations, we record a specific reserve to reduce the amounts recorded to what we believe will be collected. For all other customers, we recognize reserves for bad debt based on historical experience of bad debts as a percentage of revenue for each business unit, adjusted for relative improvements or deteriorations in the agings and changes in current economic conditions.

If our agings were to improve or deteriorate resulting in a 10% change in our allowance, we estimated our bad debt expense for the year ended December 31, 2009, would have changed by approximately $5.1 million and our net loss for the same period would have changed by approximately $3.2 million.

Long-lived Assets

Long-lived assets, such as property, plant and equipment and definite-lived intangibles are reviewed for impairment when events and circumstances indicate that depreciable and amortizable long-lived assets might be impaired and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the carrying amount of those assets. When specific assets are determined to be unrecoverable, the cost basis of the asset is reduced to reflect the current fair market value.

We use various assumptions in determining the current fair market value of these assets, including future expected cash flows, industry growth rates and discount rates, as well as future salvage values. Our impairment loss calculations require management to apply judgment in estimating future cash flows, including forecasting useful lives of the assets and selecting the discount rate that reflects the risk inherent in future cash flows.

Using the impairment review described, we recorded aggregate impairment charges on the statement of operations of approximately $76.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. If actual results are not consistent with our assumptions and judgments used in estimating future cash flows and asset fair values, we may be exposed to future impairment losses that could be material to our results of operations. For additional information, please refer to the Impairment Charges section included in the beginning of this MD&A.

 

68


Table of Contents

Indefinite-lived Assets

Indefinite-lived assets such as our billboard permits are reviewed annually for possible impairment using the direct valuation method as prescribed in ASC 805-20-S99. Under the direct valuation method, the fair value of the indefinite-lived assets was calculated at the market level as prescribed by ASC 350-30-35 . Under the direct valuation method, it is assumed that rather than acquiring indefinite-lived intangible assets as part of a going concern business, the buyer hypothetically obtains indefinite-lived intangible assets and builds a new operation with similar attributes from scratch. Thus, the buyer incurs start-up costs during the build-up phase which are normally associated with going concern value. Initial capital costs are deducted from the discounted cash flows model which results in value that is directly attributable to the indefinite-lived intangible assets.

Our key assumptions using the direct valuation method are market revenue growth rates, market share, profit margin, duration and profile of the build-up period, estimated start-up capital costs and losses incurred during the build-up period, the risk-adjusted discount rate and terminal values. This data is populated using industry normalized information representing an average permit within a market.

In accordance with ASC 350-30 we performed an interim impairment test as of December 31, 2008 and again as of June 30, 2009. The estimated fair value of permits was below their carrying values at the date of each interim impairment test. As a result, we recognized non-cash impairment charges of $722.6 million and $345.4 million at December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009, respectively, related to our indefinite-lived permits. For additional information, please refer to the Impairment Charges section included in the beginning of this MD&A.

If our future results are not consistent with our estimates, we could be exposed to future impairment losses that could be material to our results of operations.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in business combinations. We test goodwill at interim dates if events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. The fair value of our reporting units is used to apply value to the net assets of each reporting unit. To the extent the carrying amount of net assets would exceed the fair value, an impairment charge may be required to be recorded.

The discounted cash flow approach we use for valuing goodwill involves estimating future cash flows expected to be generated from the related assets, discounted to their present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate. Terminal values are also estimated and discounted to their present value. In accordance with ASC 350-20, we performed an interim impairment test on goodwill as of December 31, 2008 and again as of June 30, 2009.

The estimated fair value of our reporting units was below their carrying values at the date of each interim impairment test, which required us to compare the implied fair value of each reporting unit’s goodwill with its carrying value. As a result, we recognized non-cash impairment charges of $2.5 billion and $419.5 million at December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009, respectively, to reduce our goodwill. For additional information, please refer to the Impairment Charges section included in the beginning of this MD&A.

If our future results are not consistent with our estimates, we could be exposed to future impairment losses that could be material to our results of operations.

Asset Retirement Obligations

ASC 410-20 requires us to estimate our obligation upon the termination or nonrenewal of a lease, to dismantle and remove our billboard structures from the leased land and to reclaim the site to its original condition. We record the present value of obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets in the period in which they are incurred. When the liability is recorded, the cost is capitalized as part of the related long-lived asset’s carrying amount. Over time, accretion of the liability is recognized as an operating expense and the capitalized cost is depreciated over the expected useful life of the related asset.

 

69


Table of Contents

Due to the high rate of lease renewals over a long period of time, our calculation assumes all related assets will be removed at some period over the next 50 years. An estimate of third-party cost information is used with respect to the dismantling of the structures and the reclamation of the site. The interest rate used to calculate the present value of such costs over the retirement period is based on an estimated risk-adjusted credit rate for the same period. If our assumption of the risk-adjusted credit rate used to discount current year additions to the asset retirement obligation decreased approximately 1%, our liability as of December 31, 2009 would increase approximately $0.2 million. Similarly, if our assumption of the risk-adjusted credit rate increased approximately 1%, our liability would decrease approximately $0.1 million.

Stock Based Compensation

Under the fair value recognition provisions of ASC 718-10, stock based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the value of the award and is recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Determining the fair value of share-based awards at the grant date requires assumptions and judgments about expected volatility and forfeiture rates, among other factors. If actual results differ significantly from these estimates, our results of operations could be materially impacted.

Tax Accruals

The Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, and other taxing authorities routinely examine our tax returns we file as part of the consolidated income tax returns filed by Clear Channel Communications for the pre-merger periods and CC Media Holdings for the post-merger periods. From time to time, the IRS challenges certain of our tax positions. We believe our tax positions comply with applicable tax law and we would vigorously defend these positions if challenged. The final disposition of any positions challenged by the IRS could require us to make additional tax payments. We believe that we have adequately accrued for any foreseeable payments resulting from tax examinations and consequently do not anticipate any material impact upon their ultimate resolution.

Our estimates of income taxes and the significant items giving rise to the deferred assets and liabilities are shown in the notes to the financial statements and reflect our assessment of actual future taxes to be paid, giving consideration to both timing and probability of these estimates. Actual income taxes could vary from these estimates due to future changes in income tax law or results from the final review of our tax returns by Federal, state or foreign tax authorities.

We have considered these potential changes in accordance with ASC 740-10, which requires us to record reserves for estimates of probable settlements of Federal and state audits.

Litigation Accruals

We are currently involved in certain legal proceedings and, as required, have accrued our estimate of the probable costs for the resolution of these claims. Management’s estimates used have been developed in consultation with counsel and are based upon an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies. It is possible, however, that future results of operations for any particular period could be materially affected by changes in our assumptions or the effectiveness of our strategies related to these proceedings.

ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Information concerning quantitative and qualitative disclosure about market risk is included under the caption “Market Risk Management” in Item 7 of this Form 10-K.

 

70


Table of Contents

ITEM 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The consolidated financial statements and notes related thereto were prepared by and are the responsibility of management. The financial statements and related notes were prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and include amounts based upon management’s best estimates and judgments.

It is management’s objective to ensure the integrity and objectivity of its financial data through systems of internal controls designed to provide reasonable assurance that all transactions are properly recorded in our books and records, that assets are safeguarded from unauthorized use and that financial records are reliable to serve as a basis for preparation of financial statements.

The financial statements have been audited by our independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, to the extent required by auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and, accordingly, they have expressed their professional opinion on the financial statements in their report included herein.

The Board of Directors meets with the independent registered public accounting firm and management periodically to satisfy itself that they are properly discharging their responsibilities. The independent registered public accounting firm has unrestricted access to the Board, without management present, to discuss the results of their audit and the quality of financial reporting and internal accounting controls.

 

/s/Mark P. Mays
President and Chief Executive Officer
/s/Thomas W. Casey
Chief Financial Officer
/s/Herbert W. Hill, Jr.
Senior Vice President/Chief Accounting Officer

 

71


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. (Holdings) as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2009, the period from July 31, 2008 through December 31, 2008, the period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008, and for the year ended December 31, 2007. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the index as Item 15(a)2. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of Holdings’ management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Holdings at December 31, 2009 and 2008, the consolidated results of its operations and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2009, the period from July 31, 2008 through December 31, 2008, the period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008, and the year ended December 31, 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Holdings’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 16, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Antonio, Texas

March 16, 2010

 

72


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

ASSETS

 

(In thousands)    As of December 31,
     2009    2008

CURRENT ASSETS

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 609,436    $ 94,812

Accounts receivable, less allowance of $51,070 in 2009 and $48,600 in 2008

     730,306      806,553

Due from Clear Channel Communications

          431,641

Prepaid expenses

     67,355      69,817

Other current assets

     167,806      144,700

Income taxes receivable

     65,642      7,129
             

Total Current Assets

     1,640,545      1,554,652

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

     

Land, buildings and improvements

     207,939      201,210

Structures

     2,514,602      2,355,776

Furniture and other equipment

     71,567      60,476

Construction in progress

     51,598      85,791
             
     2,845,706      2,703,253

Less accumulated depreciation

     405,068      116,533
             
     2,440,638      2,586,720

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

     

Definite-lived intangibles, net

     799,144      1,000,485

Indefinite-lived intangibles – permits

     1,132,218      1,529,068

Goodwill

     861,592      1,180,141

OTHER ASSETS

     

Due from Clear Channel Communications

     123,308     

Notes receivable

     596      3,140

Investments in, and advances to, nonconsolidated affiliates

     23,354      51,812

Other assets

     154,029      122,231

Other investments

     16,998      22,512
             

Total Assets

   $   7,192,422    $   8,050,761
             

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

73


Table of Contents

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

(In thousands, except share data)    As of December 31,  
     2009     2008  

CURRENT LIABILITIES

    

Accounts payable

   $ 109,322      $ 118,290   

Accrued expenses

     504,196        494,250   

Accrued interest

     924        292   

Deferred income

     109,578        109,511   

Current portion of long-term debt

     47,073        69,522   
                

Total Current Liabilities

     771,093        791,865   

Long-term debt

     2,561,805        32,332   

Debt with Clear Channel Communications

            2,500,000   

Other long-term liabilities

     256,236        178,875   

Deferred tax liability

     841,911        1,003,866   

Commitments and contingent liabilities (Note G)

    

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Noncontrolling interest

     193,730        211,813   

Preferred stock, $.01 par value, 150,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding

              

Class A common stock, $.01 par value, 750,000,000 shares authorized, 40,841,551 and 40,705,638 shares issued in 2009 and 2008, respectively

     407        407   

Class B common stock, $.01 par value, 600,000,000 shares authorized, 315,000,000 shares issued and outstanding

     3,150        3,150   

Additional paid-in capital

     6,669,247        6,676,714   

Retained deficit

     (3,886,826     (3,018,637

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (218,177     (329,580

Cost of shares (43,459 in 2009 and 24,478 in 2008) held in treasury

     (154     (44
                

Total Shareholders’ Equity

     2,761,377        3,543,823   
                

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

   $ 7,192,422      $ 8,050,761   
                

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

74


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

(In thousands, except per share data)                         
     Year Ended
December 31,
2009
    Period from July
31 through
December 31,
2008
    Period from
January 1 through
July 30,

2008
    Year Ended
December 31,
2007
 
     Post-Merger     Post-Merger     Pre-Merger     Pre-Merger  
 

Revenue

   $ 2,698,024      $ 1,327,224      $ 1,962,063      $ 3,281,836   

Operating expenses:

          

Direct operating expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)

     1,625,083        762,704        1,119,432        1,734,845   

Selling, general and administrative expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)

     484,404        261,524        344,846        537,994   

Depreciation and amortization

     439,647        224,713        247,637        399,483   

Corporate expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)

     65,247        31,681        39,364        66,080   

Impairment charges

     890,737        3,217,649                 

Other operating income (expense) — net

     (8,231     4,870        10,978        11,824   
                                

Operating income (loss)

     (815,325     (3,166,177     221,762        555,258   

Interest expense on debt with Clear Channel Communications

     142,911        70,940        87,464        155,036   

Interest expense

     12,008        2,785        3,913        6,518   

Interest income on Due from Clear Channel Communications

     724        862        2,590        3,673   

Loss on marketable securities

     11,315        59,842                 

Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates

     (31,442     (2,109     70,842        4,402   

Other income (expense)— net

     (9,368     12,114        13,365        10,113   
                                

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (1,021,645     (3,288,877     217,182        411,892   

Income tax (expense) benefit:

          

Current

     16,769        3,045        (30,171     (111,726

Deferred

     132,341        268,850        (21,405     (34,915
                                

Income tax (expense) benefit

     149,110        271,895        (51,576     (146,641
                                

Consolidated net income (loss)

     (872,535     (3,016,982     165,606        265,251   

Amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (4,346     1,655        (1,948     19,261   
                                

Net income (loss) attributable to the Company

     (868,189     (3,018,637     167,554        245,990   

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

          

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     118,632        (341,113     84,603        133,754   

Foreign currency reclassification adjustment for sale of foreign subsidiary

     (523            2,588          

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

     (9,971     (59,825     (27,496       

Reclassification adjustment for realized loss on marketable securities included in net income (loss)

     11,315        59,842                 
                                

Comprehensive income (loss)

   $ (748,736   $ (3,359,733   $ 227,249      $ 379,744   

Amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

     8,050        (11,516     14,019        16,752   
                                

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to the Company

   $ (756,786   $ (3,348,217   $ 213,230      $ 362,992   
                                
 

Net income (loss) per common share:

          

Basic

   $ (2.46   $ (8.50   $ .47      $ .69   
                                

Weighted average common shares outstanding— Basic

     355,377        355,308        355,178        354,838   

Diluted

   $ (2.46   $ (8.50   $ .47      $ .69   
                                

Weighted average common shares outstanding— Diluted

     355,377        355,308        355,741        355,806   

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

75


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

(In thousands, except share data)                         Additional     Retained     Accumulated              
Pre-Merger    Class A Common
Shares Issued
    Class B Common
Shares Issued
       Noncontrolling
Interest
    Common
Stock
   Paid-in
Capital
    Earnings
(Deficit)
    Other Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Treasury
Stock
    Total  

Balances at December 31, 2006

   39,565,191      315,000,000        $ 181,901      $ 3,546    $ 1,279,079      $ 173,277      $ 130,476      $      $ 1,768,279   

Cumulative effect of FIN 48 adoption

                     8,124            8,124   

Common stock issued for a business acquisition

   191,287                 2      5,084              5,086   

Net income

              19,261             245,990            265,251   

Exercise of stock options and other

   738,395                 7      10,826            (53     10,780   

Acquisitions (minority buy-back)

              (101                (101

Payments (to)/from noncontrolling interests

              (2,442                (2,442

Share-based payments

                   9,370              9,370   

Other

              493                   493   

Comprehensive income:

                        

Currency translation adjustment and other

              16,752               117,002          133,754   
                                                                      

Balances at December 31, 2007

   40,494,873      315,000,000          215,864        3,555      1,304,359        427,391        247,478        (53     2,198,594   

Net income (loss)

              (1,948          167,554            165,606   

Exercise of stock options and other

   218,164                 2      4,259            (265     3,996   

Acquisitions (minority buy-back)

              (5,292                (5,292

Payments (to)/from noncontrolling interests

              (616                (616

Share-based payments

                   6,506              6,506   

Other

              (260                (260

Comprehensive income:

                        

Currency translation adjustment and other

              14,019               70,584          84,603   

Foreign currency reclassification adjustment

                       2,588          2,588   

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

                       (27,496       (27,496
                                                                      

Balances at July 30, 2008

   40,713,037      315,000,000          221,767        3,557      1,315,124        594,945        293,154        (318     2,428,229   

Post-Merger

                                                          

Push-down accounting effects of Clear Channel Communications’ merger

                   5,357,409        (594,945     (293,154     318        4,469,628   

Net loss

              1,655             (3,018,637         (3,016,982

Exercise of stock options and other

   (7,399                       (44     (44

Acquisitions (minority buy-back)

              (1,773                (1,773

Payments (to)/from noncontrolling interests

              1,262                   1,262   

Share-based payments

                   4,181              4,181   

Other

              418                   418   

Comprehensive income:

                        

Currency translation adjustment and other

              (11,516            (329,597       (341,113

Reclassification adjustments

                       59,842          59,842   

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

                       (59,825       (59,825
                                                                      

Balances at December 31, 2008

   40,705,638      315,000,000          211,813        3,557      6,676,714        (3,018,637     (329,580     (44     3,543,823   

Net loss

              (4,346          (868,189         (872,535

Exercise of stock options and other

   135,913                          (110     (110

Acquisitions

              (3,380        (9,720           (13,100

Share-based payments

                   12,104              12,104   

Other

              (18,407        (9,851           (28,258

Comprehensive income:

                        

Currency translation adjustment and other

              8,050               110,582          118,632   

Reclassification adjustments

                       10,792          10,792   

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

                       (9,971       (9,971
                                                                      

Balances at December 31, 2009

   40,841,551      315,000,000        $ 193,730      $ 3,557    $  6,669,247      $  (3,886,826   $ (218,177   $ (154   $ 2,761,377   
                                                                    

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

76


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

(In thousands)                         
     Year Ended
December 31,
2009
    Period from
July 31
through
December 31,
2008
    Period from
January 1
through

July 30,
2008
    Year Ended
December 31,
2007
 
     Post-Merger     Post-Merger     Pre-Merger     Pre-Merger  

CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

        

Consolidated net income (loss)

   $ (872,535   $ (3,016,982   $ 165,606      $ 265,251   
 

Reconciling Items:

          
 

Impairment charges

     890,737        3,217,649                 

Depreciation

     338,456        161,009        216,994        346,298   

Amortization

     101,191        63,704        30,643        53,185   

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

     (132,341     (268,850     21,405        34,915   

Share-based compensation

     12,104        4,181        6,506        9,370   

Provision for doubtful accounts

     17,580        24,268        8,588        10,525   

(Gain) loss on sale of operating and fixed assets

     8,231        (4,870     (10,978     (11,824

Loss on marketable securities

     11,315        59,842                 

Equity in (earnings) loss of nonconsolidated affiliates

     31,442        2,109        (70,842     (4,402

Other, net

     5,657                      2,314   
 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and dispositions:

          
 

Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable

     68,002        87,251        7,108        (137,341

Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses

     (881     25,644        (8,549     5,737   

Decrease (increase) in other current assets

     1,957        52,125        (10,570     1,247   

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

     11,757        (78,613     (26,106     93,383   

Increase (decrease) in accrued interest

     621        (1,012     207        (2,535

Increase (decrease) in deferred income

     (1,987     (48,435     33,218        25,840   

Increase (decrease) in accrued income taxes

     (50,042     (6,718     (31,908     2,467   
                                
 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     441,264        272,302        331,322        694,430   

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

77


Table of Contents
     Year Ended
December 31,
2009
    Period from
July 31
through
December 31,
2008
         Period from
January 1
through
July 30,
2008
    Year Ended
December 31,
2007
 
     Post-Merger     Post-Merger          Pre-Merger     Pre-Merger  

CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

           

Decrease (increase) in notes receivable, net

     371        169             239        (234

Decrease (increase) in investments in, and advances to nonconsolidated affiliates – net

     (3,811     (5,712          7,646        962   

Purchase of other investments

     (2,998     (26                 (659

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     (175,953     (159,213          (199,122     (275,690

Proceeds from disposal of assets

     18,144        2,917             38,630        17,321   

Acquisition of operating assets, net of cash acquired

     (4,933     (11,677          (84,821     (69,059

Decrease (increase) in other – net

     6,316        (19,170          4,296        (29,009
                                     
 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (162,864     (192,712          (233,132     (356,368
 

CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY (USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

             

Draws on credit facilities

     7,125        30,000             72,150        106,772   

Payments on credit facilities

     (3,364     (660          (157,774     (76,614

Proceeds from long-term debt

     2,500,000        25,020             5,476        22,483   

Payments on long-term debt

     (2,505,913     (37,145          (4,662     (66,290

Net transfers (to) from Clear Channel Communications

     319,401        (85,611          (83,585     (302,882

Deferred financing charges

     (60,330                          

Purchases of noncontrolling interests

     (25,263                          

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

                        4,261        10,780   

Other, net

            (46          (264       
                                     
 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     231,656        (68,442          (164,398     (305,751
 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

     4,568        10,539             4,436        (2,809
 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     514,624        21,687             (61,772     29,502   
 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     94,812        73,125             134,897        105,395   
                                     
 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 609,436      $ 94,812           $ 73,125      $ 134,897   
                                     
 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE:

             

Cash paid during the year for interest

   $ 154,027      $ 75,616           $ 92,326      $ 165,730   

Cash paid during the year for income taxes

   $ 26,543      $ 19,651           $ 31,046      $ 43,003   

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

78


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE A — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) is an outdoor advertising company which owns or operates advertising display faces domestically and internationally. On November 11, 2005, the Company became a publicly traded company through an initial public offering (“IPO”), in which 10%, or 35.0 million shares, of the Company’s Class A common stock was sold. Prior to the IPO, the Company was an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (“Clear Channel Communications”), a diversified media company with operations in radio broadcasting and outdoor advertising. Clear Channel Communications indirectly holds all of the 315.0 million Class B shares of common stock outstanding, representing approximately 89% of the shares outstanding and approximately 99% of the voting power. The holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock have identical rights, except holders of Class A common stock are entitled to 1 vote per share while holders of Class B common stock are entitled to 20 votes per share. The Class B shares of common stock are convertible, at the option of the holder at any time or upon any transfer, into shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to certain limited exceptions.

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the date that these financial statements were issued.

Clear Channel Communications’ Merger

On July 30, 2008, Clear Channel Communications completed its merger with a subsidiary of CC Media Holdings, Inc. (“CC Media Holdings”), a company formed by a group of private equity funds sponsored by Bain Capital Partners, LLC and Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (together, the “Sponsors”). Clear Channel Communications is now owned indirectly by CC Media Holdings. The purchase price was approximately $23.0 billion, including $94.0 million in capitalized transaction costs. The merger was accounted for as a purchase business combination in conformity with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, Business Combinations (“Statement 141”), and Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue 88-16, Basis in Leveraged Buyout Transactions (“EITF 88-16”). ASC 805-50-S99-1 requires the application of push down accounting in situations where the ownership of an entity has changed. As a result, the post-merger financial statements of the Company reflect the new basis of accounting.

The purchase price allocation was complete as of July 30, 2009 in accordance with ASC 805-10-25, which requires that the allocation period not exceed one year from the date of acquisition.

Liquidity

The Company’s primary source of liquidity is cash on hand, as well as cash flow from operations, which has been adversely affected by the global economic downturn. The risks associated with the Company’s businesses become more acute in periods of a slowing economy or recession, which may be accompanied by a decrease in advertising. Expenditures by advertisers tend to be cyclical, reflecting overall economic conditions and budgeting and buying patterns. The global economic downturn has resulted in a decline in advertising and marketing services among the Company’s customers, resulting in a decline in its advertising revenues across its businesses. This reduction in advertising revenues has had an adverse effect on the Company’s revenue, profit margins, cash flow and liquidity. The continuation of the global economic downturn may continue to adversely impact the Company’s revenue, profit margins, cash flow and liquidity.

During the fourth quarter 2008, the Company commenced a restructuring program targeting a reduction of fixed costs. The Company recognized approximately $53.2 million and $35.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, of expenses related to its restructuring program.

In December 2009, the Company made a demand for and received repayment of $500.0 million on the “Due from Clear Channel Communications” account. Following such repayment, the Company contributed $500.0 million to the capital of its direct, wholly-owned subsidiary, Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc., which used the proceeds received by

 

79


Table of Contents

it to prepay $500.0 million of the “Debt with Clear Channel Communications” account, resulting in an outstanding balance of the “Debt with Clear Channel Communications” account of $2.0 billion.

Subsequent to this repayment, the Company’s indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. (“CCWH”), issued $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of Series A Senior Notes due 2017 and $2.0 billion aggregate principal amount of Series B Senior Notes due 2017 (collectively, the “Notes”). The proceeds of the Notes were used to (i) pay the fees and expenses of the offering, (ii) pay the initial purchasers an underwriting discount, (iii) fund $50.0 million required under the Notes’ indentures of a liquidity amount (the $50.0 million liquidity amount of the non-guarantor subsidiaries was satisfied) and (iv) make a voluntary prepayment of the remaining $2.0 billion outstanding balance (which is equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Series B Notes) under the note due to Clear Channel Communications and subsequently retire the “Debt with Clear Channel Communications”, with the balance of the proceeds available to the Company for general corporate purposes.

Based on the Company’s current and anticipated levels of operations and conditions in its markets, it believes that cash on hand, cash flows from operations and borrowing under the revolving promissory note with Clear Channel Communications will enable it to meet its working capital, capital expenditure, debt service and other funding requirements for at least the next 12 months. In addition, the Company expects to be in compliance with the covenants governing its indebtedness in 2010. Furthermore, in its Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2010, CC Media Holdings stated that it expects to be in compliance with its covenants governing its indebtedness in 2010. However, the Company’s and CC Media Holdings’ anticipated results are subject to significant uncertainty and there can be no assurance that actual results will be in compliance with the covenants. See further discussion in Note F regarding debt covenants.

CC Media Holdings and Clear Channel Communications’ current corporate ratings are “CCC+” and “Caa2” by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services and Moody’s Investors Service, respectively, which are speculative grade ratings. These ratings have been downgraded and then upgraded at various times during the two years ended December 31, 2009. The adjustments had no impact on the Company’s borrowing costs under the credit agreements.

Format of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented for two periods: post-merger and pre-merger. The merger resulted in a new basis of accounting beginning on July 31, 2008 and the financial reporting periods are presented as follows:

 

   

The year ended December 31, 2009 and the period from July 31 through December 31, 2008 includes the post-merger period of the Company, reflecting the preliminary purchase accounting adjustments related to the merger that were pushed down to the Company.

 

   

The period from January 1 through July 30, 2008 and the year ended December 31, 2007 includes the pre-merger period of the Company. The consolidated financial statements for all pre-merger periods were prepared using the historical basis of accounting for the Company. As a result of the merger and the associated preliminary purchase accounting, the consolidated financial statements of the post-merger periods are not comparable to periods preceding the merger.

 

80


Table of Contents

Summary of Purchase Accounting Adjustments

Following is a summary of the fair value adjustments pushed down to the Company:

 

(In millions)      Preliminary  
Allocation
    2008
  Adjustments  
    2009
  Adjustments  
    Final
  Allocation  
 

Other current assets

   $      $      $ 1      $ 1   

Property, plant and equipment

     615        (4     (1     610   

Definite-lived intangibles, net

     377        300        (63     614   

Indefinite-lived intangibles – permits

     2,938        (942     (47     1,949   

Goodwill

     2,207        362        126        2,695   

Investments in, and advances to, nonconsolidated affiliates

            4               4   

Other assets

     35        (11            24   

Current liabilities

                   9        9   

Deferred tax liability

     (1,683     258        20        (1,405

Other long-term liabilities

     15        (1     (45     (31
                                

Total

   $ 4,504      $ (34   $      $ 4,470   

Agreements with Clear Channel Communications

There are several agreements which govern the Company’s relationship with Clear Channel Communications including the Master Agreement, Corporate Services Agreement, Employee Matters Agreement and Tax Matters Agreement. Clear Channel Communications has the right to terminate these agreements in various circumstances. As of the date of the filing of this report, no notice of termination of any of these agreements has been received from Clear Channel Communications.

Clear Channel Communications’ Revolving Credit Facility

In conjunction with the merger, Clear Channel Communications’ $1.75 billion revolving credit facility, including the $150.0 million sub-limit, was terminated. The facility was replaced with a $2.0 billion revolving credit facility with a maturity in July 2014, which includes a $150.0 million sub-limit that certain of the Company’s International subsidiaries may borrow against to the extent Clear Channel Communications has not already borrowed against this capacity and is in compliance with its covenants under the credit facility. On February 6, 2009, Clear Channel Communications borrowed the remaining availability under its $2.0 billion revolving credit facility, including the remaining availability under the $150.0 million sub-limit. The obligations of these International subsidiaries that are borrowers under the revolving credit facility are guaranteed by certain of the Company’s material wholly-owned subsidiaries, and secured by substantially all assets of such borrowers and guarantors, subject to permitted liens and other exceptions.

Nature of Business

The Company operates in the outdoor advertising industry by selling advertising on billboards, street furniture displays, transit displays and other advertising displays. The Company has two reportable business segments: Americas and International. The Americas segment primarily includes operations in the United States, Canada and Latin America; the International segment includes operations in the U.K., France, Asia and Australia.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. Significant intercompany accounts have been eliminated in consolidation. Investments in nonconsolidated affiliates are accounted for using the equity method of accounting.

 

81


Table of Contents

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company evaluates the collectability of its accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. In circumstances where it is aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations, it records a specific reserve to reduce the amounts recorded to what it believes will be collected. For all other customers, it recognizes reserves for bad debt based on historical experience of bad debts as a percent of revenue for each business unit, adjusted for relative improvements or deteriorations in the agings and changes in current economic conditions. The Company believes the credit risk with respect to trade receivables is limited due to the large number and the geographic diversification of its customers.

Land Leases and Other Structure Licenses

Most of the Company’s advertising structures are located on leased land. Americas land rents are typically paid in advance for periods ranging from 1 to 12 months. International land rents are paid both in advance and in arrears, for periods ranging from 1 to 12 months. Most International street furniture display faces are operated through contracts with the municipalities for up to 20 years. The street furniture contracts often include a percent of revenue to be paid along with a base rent payment. Prepaid land leases are recorded as an asset and expensed ratably over the related rental term and license and rent payments in arrears are recorded as an accrued liability.

Purchase Accounting

The Company accounts for its business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting. The total cost of an acquisition is allocated to the underlying identifiable net assets based on their respective estimated fair values. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management’s judgment and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including assumptions with respect to future cash inflows and outflows, discount rates, asset lives and market multiples, among other items. Various acquisition agreements may include contingent purchase consideration based on performance requirements of the investee. The Company accounts for these payments in accordance with the provisions of ASC 805-20-30, which establish the requirements related to recognition of certain assets and liabilities arising from contingencies.

Asset Retirement Obligation

ASC 410-20 requires the Company to estimate its obligation upon the termination or non-renewal of a lease to dismantle and remove its advertising structures from the leased land and to reclaim the site to its original condition. The Company’s asset retirement obligation is reported in “Other long-term liabilities.” The Company records the present value of obligations associated with the retirement of its advertising structures in the period in which the obligation is incurred. When the liability is recorded, the cost is capitalized as part of the related advertising structures carrying amount. Over time, accretion of the liability is recognized as an operating expense and the capitalized cost is depreciated over the expected useful life of the related asset.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method at rates that, in the opinion of management, are adequate to allocate the cost of such assets over their estimated useful lives, which are as follows:

Buildings and improvements — 10 to 39 years

Structures — 5 to 40 years

Furniture and other equipment — 3 to 20 years

Leasehold improvements — shorter of economic life or lease term assuming renewal periods, if appropriate

 

82


Table of Contents

For assets associated with a lease or contract, the assets are depreciated at the shorter of the economic life or the lease or contract term, assuming renewal periods, if appropriate. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred, whereas expenditures for renewal and betterments are capitalized.

The Company tests for possible impairment of property, plant, and equipment in accordance with ASC 360-10 whenever events or changes in circumstances, such as a reduction in operating cash flow or a dramatic change in the manner the asset is intended to be used indicate the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. If indicators exist, the Company compares the estimated undiscounted future cash flows related to the asset to the carrying value of the asset. If the carrying value is greater than the estimated undiscounted future cash flow amount, an impairment charge is recorded in depreciation and amortization expense in the statement of operations for amounts necessary to reduce the carrying value of the asset to fair value. The impairment loss calculations require management to apply judgment in estimating future cash flows and the discount rates that reflect the risk inherent in future cash flows.

In the second quarter of 2009, the Company recorded an $8.7 million impairment related to street furniture tangible assets in its International segment. Additionally, during the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company recorded an additional $12.3 million impairment primarily related to street furniture tangible assets in its International segment.

Intangible Assets

The Company classifies intangible assets as definite-lived, indefinite-lived, or goodwill. Definite-lived intangibles include primarily transit and street furniture contracts, site leases and other contractual rights, all of which are amortized over the shorter or either the respective lives of the agreements or over the period of time the assets are expected to contribute to the Company’s future cash flows. The Company periodically reviews the appropriateness of the amortization periods related to its definite-lived assets. These assets are stated at cost. The Company’s indefinite-lived intangibles include billboard permits in its Americas segment. The excess cost over fair value of net assets acquired is classified as goodwill. The Company’s indefinite-lived intangibles and goodwill are not subject to amortization, but are tested for impairment at least annually.

The Company tests for possible impairment of definite-lived intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances, such as a reduction in operating cash flow or a dramatic change in the manner the asset is intended to be used indicate the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. If indicators exist, the Company compares the estimated undiscounted future cash flows related to the asset to the carrying value of the asset. If the carrying value is greater than the estimated undiscounted future cash flow amount, an impairment charge is recorded in depreciation and amortization expense in the statement of operations for amounts necessary to reduce the carrying value of the asset to fair value.

The Company impaired definite-lived intangible assets related to certain street furniture and billboard contracts in its Americas outdoor and International outdoor segments by $38.8 million as of June 30, 2009. During the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company recorded a $16.5 million impairment related to billboard contract intangible assets in its International segment.

The Company performs its annual impairment test for its permits using a direct valuation technique as prescribed in ASC 805-20-S99. The key assumptions used in the direct valuation method include market revenue growth rates, market share, profit margin, duration and profile of the build-up period, estimated start-up cost and losses incurred during the build-up period, the risk-adjusted discount rate and terminal values. The Company engages Mesirow Financial Consulting, LLC (“Mesirow Financial”), a third party valuation firm, to assist the Company in the development of these assumptions and the Company’s determination of the fair value of its permits.

The Company performed an interim impairment test as of December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009, which resulted in non-cash impairment charges of $722.6 million and $345.4 million, respectively, on its indefinite-lived permits.

At least annually, the Company performs its impairment test for each reporting unit’s goodwill using a discounted cash flow model to determine if the carrying value of the reporting unit, including goodwill, is less than the fair value of the reporting unit. The Company identified its reporting units in accordance with ASC 350-20-55. The

 

83


Table of Contents

Company’s reporting unit for Americas is the reportable segment. The Company determined that each country in its International segment constitutes a reporting unit.

Each of the Company’s reporting units is valued using a discounted cash flow model which requires estimating future cash flows expected to be generated from the reporting unit, discounted to their present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate. Terminal values were also estimated and discounted to their present value. Assessing the recoverability of goodwill requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions about sales, operating margins, growth rates and discount rates based on its budgets, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and marketplace data. There are inherent uncertainties related to these factors and management’s judgment in applying these factors. The Company engages Mesirow Financial to assist the Company in the development of these assumptions and the Company’s determination of the fair value of its reporting units.

The Company performed an interim impairment test as of December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009, and recognized a non-cash impairment charge of $2.5 billion and $419.5 million, respectively, to reduce its goodwill.

Nonconsolidated Affiliates

In general, investments in which the Company owns 20 percent to 50 percent of the common stock or otherwise exercises significant influence over the investee are accounted for under the equity method. The Company does not recognize gains or losses upon the issuance of securities by any of its equity method investees. The Company reviews the value of equity method investments and records impairment charges in the statement of operations as a component of “Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates” for any decline in value determined to be other-than-temporary.

Other Investments

Other investments are composed of available-for-sale equity securities carried at fair value based on quoted market prices. The net unrealized gains or losses on the available-for-sale securities, net of tax, are reported in “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” as a component of shareholders’ equity. The Company periodically reviews the value of available-for-sale securities and records impairment charges in the statement of operations for any decline in value that is determined to be other-than-temporary. The average cost method is used to compute the realized gains and losses on sales of equity securities.

The Company periodically assesses the value of its available-for-sale securities. Based on these assessments, the Company concluded that an other-than-temporary impairment existed at December 31, 2008 and September 30, 2009, and recorded non-cash impairment charges of $59.8 million and $11.3 million, respectively, on the statement of operations in “Loss on marketable securities”. The Company assessed the value of these available-for-sale securities through December 31, 2009 and concluded that no other-than-temporary impairment existed.

Financial Instruments

Due to their short maturity, the carrying amounts of accounts and notes receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilities and short-term borrowings approximated their fair values at December 31, 2009 and 2008. See Note F for discussion of fair value of the Company’s long-term debt.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting bases and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the periods in which the deferred tax asset or liability is expected to be realized or settled. Deferred tax assets are reduced by valuation allowances if the Company believes it is more likely than not some portion or the entire asset will not be realized. As all earnings from the Company’s foreign operations are permanently reinvested and not distributed, the Company’s income tax provision does not include additional U.S. taxes on foreign operations. It is not practical to determine the amount of Federal income taxes, if any, that might become due in the event the earnings were distributed.

 

84


Table of Contents

The operations of the Company are included in a consolidated Federal income tax return filed by Clear Channel Communications, Inc. for the pre-merger periods and CC Media Holdings, Inc. for the post-merger periods. However, for financial reporting purposes, the Company’s provision for income taxes has been computed on the basis that the Company files separate consolidated Federal income tax returns with its subsidiaries.

Revenue Recognition

The Company’s advertising contracts typically are short-term, but can cover periods of up to three years, and are generally billed monthly. Revenue for advertising space rental is recognized ratably over the term of the contract. Advertising revenue is reported net of agency commissions. Agency commissions are calculated based on a stated percentage applied to gross billing revenue for the Company’s operations. Payments received in advance of being earned are recorded as deferred income.

Stock Based Compensation

Under the fair value recognition provisions of ASC 718-10, stock based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the value of the award and is recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Determining the fair value of share-based awards at the grant date requires assumptions and judgments about expected volatility and forfeiture rates, among other factors. If actual results differ significantly from these estimates, our results of operations could be materially impacted.

Foreign Currency

Results of operations for foreign subsidiaries and foreign equity investees are translated into U.S. dollars using the average exchange rates during the year. The assets and liabilities of those subsidiaries and investees, other than those of operations in highly inflationary countries, are translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates at the balance sheet date. The related translation adjustments are recorded in a separate component of shareholders’ equity, “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).” Foreign currency transaction gains and losses, as well as gains and losses from translation of financial statements of subsidiaries and investees in highly inflationary countries, are included in operations.

Advertising Expense

The Company records advertising expense as it is incurred. Advertising expenses from continuing operations were:

 

 

(In millions)

   Year ended
December 31,
2009
   Period from July
31 through
December 31,
2008
         Period from
January 1
through July 30,
2008
   Year ended
December 31,
2007
     Post-Merger    Post-Merger          Pre-Merger    Pre-Merger
 

Advertising expenses

       $   11.2            $   6.7                $   9.2            $   14.8    

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates, judgments, and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes including, but not limited to, legal, tax and insurance accruals. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

85


Table of Contents

New Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2010-02, Accounting and Reporting for Decreases in Ownership of a Subsidiary—a Scope Clarification . The update is to ASC Topic 810, Consolidation . The ASU clarifies that the decrease-in-ownership provisions of ASC 810-10 and related guidance apply to (1) a subsidiary or group of assets that is a business or nonprofit activity, (2) a subsidiary or group of assets that is a business or nonprofit activity that is transferred to an equity method investee or joint venture, and (3) an exchange of a group of assets that constitutes a business or nonprofit activity for a noncontrolling interest in an entity (including an equity method investee or joint venture). In addition, the ASU expands the information an entity is required to disclose upon deconsolidation of a subsidiary. This standard is effective for fiscal years ending on or after December 15, 2009 with retrospective application required for the first period in which the entity adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160. The Company adopted the amendment upon issuance with no material impact to its financial position or results of operations.

In December 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-17, Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable Interest Entities . The update is to ASC Topic 810, Consolidation . This standard amends ASC 810-10-25 by requiring consolidation of certain special purpose entities that were previously exempted from consolidation. The revised criteria will define a controlling financial interest for requiring consolidation as: the power to direct the activities that most significantly affect the entity’s performance, and (1) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or (2) the right to receive benefits from the entity. This standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009. The Company adopted the amendment on January 1, 2010 with no material impact to its financial position or results of operations.

In August 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-05, Measuring Liabilities at Fair Value . The update is to ASC Subtopic 820-10, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures-Overall , for the fair value measurement of liabilities. The purpose of this update is to reduce ambiguity in financial reporting when measuring the fair value of liabilities. The guidance provided in this update is effective for the first reporting period beginning after the date of issuance. We adopted the amendment on October 1, 2009 with no material impact to our financial position or results of operations.

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 168, The FASB Accounting Standards Codification TM and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles , codified in ASC 105-10, was issued in June 2009. ASC 105-10 identifies the sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting the principles used in the preparation of financial statements of nongovernmental entities that are presented in conformity with GAAP in the United States. ASC 105-10 establishes the ASC as the source of authoritative GAAP recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities. Following this statement, the FASB will issue new standards in the form of ASUs. ASC 105-10 is effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. The Company adopted the provisions of ASC 105-10 on July 1, 2009.

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 167, Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R) (“Statement No. 167”), which is not yet codified, was issued in June 2009. Statement No. 167 shall be effective as of the beginning of each reporting entity’s first annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009, for interim periods within that first annual reporting period, and for interim and annual reporting periods thereafter. Earlier application is prohibited. Statement No. 167 amends Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 46(R), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities , codified in ASC 810-10-25, to replace the quantitative-based risks and rewards calculation for determining which enterprise, if any, has a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity with an approach focused on identifying which enterprise has the power to direct the activities of a variable interest entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and (1) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or (2) the right to receive benefits from the entity. An approach that is expected to be primarily qualitative will be more effective for identifying which enterprise has a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity. Statement No. 167 requires an additional reconsideration event when determining whether an entity is a variable interest entity when any changes in facts and circumstances occur such that the holders of the equity investment at risk, as a group, lose the power from voting rights or similar rights of those investments to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance. It also requires ongoing assessments of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a variable

 

86


Table of Contents

interest entity. These requirements will provide more relevant and timely information to users of financial statements. Statement No. 167 amends ASC 810-10-25 to require additional disclosures about an enterprise’s involvement in variable interest entities, which will enhance the information provided to users of financial statements. The Company adopted Statement No. 167 on January 1, 2010 with no material impact to its financial position or results of operations.

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 165, Subsequent Events , codified in ASC 855-10, was issued in May 2009. The provisions of ASC 855-10 are effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009 and are intended to establish general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. ASC 855-10 requires the disclosure of the date through which an entity has evaluated subsequent events and the basis for that date—that is, whether that date represents the date the financial statements were issued or were available to be issued. This disclosure should alert all users of financial statements that an entity has not evaluated subsequent events after that date in the set of financial statements being presented. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 855-10, the Company currently evaluates subsequent events through the date the financial statements are issued.

FASB Staff Position Emerging Issues Task Force 03-6-1, Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities , codified in ASC 260-10-45, was issued in June 2008. ASC 260-10-45 clarifies that unvested share-based payment awards with a right to receive nonforfeitable dividends are participating securities. Guidance is also provided on how to allocate earnings to participating securities and compute basic earnings per share using the two-class method. All prior-period earnings per share data presented shall be adjusted retrospectively (including interim financial statements, summaries of earnings, and selected financial data) to conform with the provisions of ASC 260-10-45. The Company retrospectively adopted the provisions of ASC 260-10-45 on January 1, 2009. The adoption did not have an effect on previously reported basic earnings per share.

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of ARB No. 51 , codified in ASC 810-10-45, was issued in December 2007. ASC 810-10-45 clarifies the classification of noncontrolling interests in consolidated statements of financial position and the accounting for and reporting of transactions between the reporting entity and holders of such noncontrolling interests. Under this guidance, noncontrolling interests are considered equity and should be reported as an element of consolidated equity, net income will encompass the total income of all consolidated subsidiaries and there will be separate disclosure on the face of the income statement of the attribution of that income between the controlling and noncontrolling interests, and increases and decreases in the noncontrolling ownership interest amount will be accounted for as equity transactions. The provisions of ASC 810-10-45 are effective for the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008, and earlier application is prohibited. Guidance is required to be adopted prospectively, except for reclassifying noncontrolling interests to equity, separate from the parent’s shareholders’ equity, in the consolidated statement of financial position and recasting consolidated net income (loss) to include net income (loss) attributable to both the controlling and noncontrolling interests, both of which are required to be adopted retrospectively. The Company adopted the provisions of ASC 810-10-45 on January 1, 2009, which resulted in a reclassification of approximately $211.8 million of noncontrolling interests to shareholders’ equity. Adoption of this standard requires retrospective application in the financial statements of earlier periods on January 1, 2009. In connection with the offering of $500.0 million aggregate principal Series A Senior Notes and $2.0 billion aggregate principal Series B Senior Notes by the Company’s subsidiary, the Company filed a Form 8-K on December 11, 2009 to retrospectively recast the historical financial statements and certain disclosures included in its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 for the adoption of ASC 810-10-45.

FASB Staff Position No. FAS 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 , codified in ASC 820-10, was issued in February 2008. ASC 820-10 delays the effective date of FASB Statement No. 157, Fair Value Measurements , for nonfinancial assets and liabilities, except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually), to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. The Company adopted the provisions of ASC 820-10 on January 1, 2009 with no material impact to its financial position or results of operations.

 

87


Table of Contents

FASB Staff Position No. FAS 157-4, Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly , codified in ASC 820-10-35, was issued in April 2009. ASC 820-10-35 provides additional guidance for estimating fair value when the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased. ASC 820-10-35 also includes guidance on identifying circumstances that indicate a transaction is not orderly. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, and shall be applied prospectively. Early adoption is permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. Earlier adoption for periods ending before March 15, 2009 is not permitted. The Company adopted the provisions of ASC 820-10-35 on April 1, 2009 with no material impact to its financial position or results of operations.

FASB Staff Position No. FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2, Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments , codified in ASC 320-10, was issued in April 2009. It amends the other-than-temporary impairment guidance in U.S. GAAP for debt securities to make the guidance more operational and to improve the presentation and disclosure of other-than-temporary impairments on debt and equity securities in the financial statements. ASC 320-10 does not amend existing recognition and measurement guidance related to other-than-temporary impairments of equity securities. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. Earlier adoption for periods ending before March 15, 2009 is not permitted. The Company adopted the provisions of ASC 320-10 on April 1, 2009 with no material impact to its financial position or results of operations.

FASB Staff Position No. FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1, Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments , codified in ASC 825-10, was issued in April 2009. ASC 825-10 amends prior authoritative guidance to require disclosures about fair value of financial instruments for interim reporting periods of publicly traded companies as well as in annual financial statements. The provisions of ASC 825-10 are effective for interim reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. The Company adopted the disclosure requirements of ASC 825-10 on April 1, 2009.

NOTE B — INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

Definite-lived Intangible Assets

The Company has definite-lived intangible assets which consist primarily of transit and street furniture contracts, permanent easements that provide the Company access to certain of its outdoor displays, and other contractual rights. Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of either the respective lives of the agreements or over the period of time the assets are expected to contribute to the Company’s future cash flows.

The following table presents the gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization for each major class of definite-lived intangible assets at December 31, 2009 and 2008:

 

(in thousands)    Post-Merger    Post-Merger
     2009    2008
     Gross Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
   Gross Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization

Transit, street furniture, and other contractual rights

   $ 803,297    $ 166,803    $ 883,130    $ 49,818

Other

     172,394      9,744      169,007      1,834
                           

Total

   $ 975,691    $ 176,547    $ 1,052,137    $ 51,652
                           

 

88


Table of Contents

The following table present amortization expense related to definite-lived intangible assets for each of the following periods:

 

 

(In millions)

   Year ended
December 31,
2009
   Period from
July 31 through
December 31,
2008
       Period from
January 1 through
July 30,

2008
   Year ended
December 31,
2007
     Post-Merger    Post-Merger        Pre-Merger    Pre-Merger
 

Amortization expense

       $   101.2            $   63.7                $   30.6            $   53.2    

During the first seven months of 2009, the Company decreased the initial fair value estimate of its permits, contracts, site leases, and other assets and liabilities by $125.3 million based on additional information received.

As acquisitions and dispositions occur in the future and as purchase price allocations are finalized, amortization expense may vary. The following table presents the Company’s estimate of amortization expense for each of the five succeeding fiscal years for definite-lived intangible assets:

 

(In thousands)

  

2010

   $     99,813

2011

     84,985

2012

     80,287

2013

     75,452

2014

     67,605

Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets

The Company’s indefinite-lived intangibles consist primarily of billboard permits in its Americas segment. Due to significant differences in both business practices and regulations, billboards in the International segment are subject to long-term, finite contracts unlike permits in the United States and Canada. Accordingly, there are no indefinite-lived intangible assets in the International segment. The Company’s billboard permits are effectively issued in perpetuity by state and local governments and are transferable or renewable at little or no cost. Permits typically specify the location which allows the Company the right to operate an advertising structure at the specified location. The Company’s permits are located on owned land, leased land or land for which we have acquired permanent easements. In cases where the Company’s permits are located on leased land, the leases typically have initial terms of between one and 20 years and renew indefinitely, with rental payments generally escalating at an inflation-based index. If the Company loses its lease, the Company will typically obtain permission to relocate the permit or bank it with the municipality for future use.

The indefinite-lived intangibles and goodwill are not subject to amortization, but are tested for impairment at least annually. The Company tests for possible impairment of indefinite-lived intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances, such as a reduction in operating cash flow or a dramatic change in the manner for which the asset is intended to be used, indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. If indicators exist, the Company compares the undiscounted cash flows related to the asset to the carrying value of the asset. If the carrying value is greater than the undiscounted cash flow amount, an impairment charge is recorded in amortization expense in the statement of operations for amounts necessary to reduce the carrying value of the asset to fair value.

 

89


Table of Contents

Interim Impairments to Billboard Permits

The United States and global economies have undergone a period of economic uncertainty, which caused, among other things, a general tightening in the credit markets, limited access to the credit markets, lower levels of liquidity and lower consumer and business spending. These disruptions in the credit and financial markets and the impact of adverse economic, financial and industry conditions on the demand for advertising negatively impacted the key assumptions that were used in the discounted cash flow models used to value the Company’s billboard permits as of the merger date. Therefore, the Company performed an interim impairment test on its billboard permits as of December 31, 2008, which resulted in a non-cash impairment charge of $722.6 million.

The Company’s cash flows during the first six months of 2009 were below those in the discounted cash flow model used to calculate the impairment at December 31, 2008. As a result, the Company performed an interim impairment test as of June 30, 2009 on its billboard permits resulting in a non-cash impairment charge of $345.4 million.

The impairment test consisted of a comparison of the fair value of the billboard permits at the market level with their carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the billboard permits exceeded their fair value, an impairment loss was recognized equal to that excess. After an impairment loss is recognized, the adjusted carrying amount of the billboard permit is its new accounting basis.

The fair value of the billboard permits was determined using the direct valuation method as prescribed in ASC 805-20-S99. Under the direct valuation method, the fair value of the billboard permits was calculated at the market level as prescribed by ASC 350-30-35 . The Company engaged Mesirow Financial to assist it in the development of the assumptions and the Company’s determination of the fair value of the billboard permits.

The Company’s application of the direct valuation method attempts to isolate the income that is properly attributable to the permit alone (that is, apart from other tangible and identified intangible assets and goodwill). It is based upon modeling a hypothetical “greenfield” build up to a “normalized” enterprise that, by design, lacks inherent goodwill and whose only other assets have essentially been paid for (or added) as part of the build-up process. We forecasted revenue, expenses and cash flows over a ten-year period for each of our markets in our application of the direct valuation method. We also calculated a “normalized” residual year which represents the perpetual cash flows of each market. The residual year cash flow was capitalized to arrive at the terminal value of the permits in each market.

Under the direct valuation method, it is assumed that rather than acquiring indefinite-lived intangible assets as part of a going concern business, the buyer hypothetically develops indefinite-lived intangible assets and builds a new operation with similar attributes from scratch. Thus, the buyer incurs start-up costs during the build-up phase which are normally associated with going concern value. Initial capital costs are deducted from the discounted cash flow model which results in value that is directly attributable to the indefinite-lived intangible assets.

Management uses its internal forecasts to estimate industry normalized information as it believes these forecasts are similar to what a market participant would expect to generate. This is due to the pricing structure and demand for outdoor signage in a market being relatively constant regardless of the owner of the operation. Management also relied on its internal forecasts because there is little public data available for each of its markets.

The build-up period represents the time it takes for the hypothetical start-up operation to reach normalized operations in terms of achieving a mature market revenue share and profit margin. Management believes that a one-year build-up period is required for a start-up operation to erect the necessary structures and obtain advertisers in order to achieve mature market revenue share. It is estimated that a start-up operation would be able to obtain 10% of the potential revenues in the first year of operations and 100% in the second year. Management assumed industry revenue growth of negative 9% and negative 16%, respectively, during the build-up period used in the December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 interim impairment tests. However, the cost structure is expected to reach the normalized level over three years due to the time required to recognize the synergies and cost savings associated with the ownership of the permits within the market.

For the normalized operating margin in the third year, management assumed a hypothetical business would operate at the lower of the operating margin for the specific market or the industry average margin of approximately 46%

 

90


Table of Contents

and 45% based on an analysis of comparable companies in the December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 impairment models, respectively. For the first and second-year of operations, the operating margin was assumed to be 50% of the “normalized” operating margin for both the December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 impairment models. The first and second-year expenses include the non-recurring start-up costs necessary to build the operation (i.e. development of customers, workforce, etc.).

In addition to cash flows during the projection period, a “normalized” residual cash flow was calculated based upon industry-average growth of 3% beyond the discrete build-up projection period in both the December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 impairment models. The residual cash flow was then capitalized to arrive at the terminal value.

The present value of the cash flows is calculated using an estimated required rate of return based upon industry-average market conditions. In determining the estimated required rate of return, management calculated a discount rate using both current and historical trends in the industry.

The Company calculated the discount rate as of the valuation date and also one-year, two-year, and three-year historical quarterly averages. The discount rate was calculated by weighting the required returns on interest-bearing debt and common equity capital in proportion to their estimated percentages in an expected capital structure. The capital structure was estimated based on the quarterly average of data for publicly traded companies in the outdoor advertising industry.

The calculation of the discount rate required the rate of return on debt, which was based on a review of the credit ratings for comparable companies (i.e., market participants). Management used the yield on a Standard & Poor’s “B” rated corporate bond for the pre-tax rate of return on debt and tax-effected such yield based on applicable tax rates.

The rate of return on equity capital was estimated using a modified Capital Asset Pricing Model (“CAPM”). Inputs to this model included the yield on long-term U.S. Treasury Bonds, forecast betas for comparable companies, calculation of a market risk premium based on research and empirical evidence and calculation of a size premium derived from historical differences in returns between small companies and large companies using data published by Ibbotson Associates.

The concluded discount rate used in the discounted cash flow models to determine the fair value of the permits was 9.5% at December 31, 2008 and 10% at June 30, 2009. Applying the discount rate, the present value of cash flows during the discrete projection period and terminal value were added to estimate the fair value of the hypothetical start-up operation. The initial capital investment was subtracted to arrive at the value of the permits. The initial capital investment represents the fixed assets needed to erect the necessary advertising structures.

The discount rate used in the December 31, 2008 impairment model increased approximately 100 basis points over the discount rate used to value the permits in the preliminary purchase price allocation as of July 30, 2008. Industry revenue forecasts declined 10% through 2013 compared to the forecasts used in the preliminary purchase price allocation as of July 30, 2008. These market driven changes were primarily responsible for the decline in fair value of the billboard permits below their carrying value. As a result, the Company recognized a non-cash impairment charge which totaled $722.6 million. The fair value of the permits was $1.5 billion at December 31, 2008.

The discount rate used in the June 30, 2009 impairment model increased approximately 50 basis points over the discount rate used to value the permits at December 31, 2008. Industry revenue forecasts declined 8% through 2013 compared to the forecasts used in the 2008 impairment test. These market driven changes were primarily responsible for the decline in fair value of the billboard permits below their carrying value. As a result, the Company recognized a non-cash impairment charge in all but five of its markets in the United States and Canada, which totaled $345.4 million. The fair value of the permits was $1.1 billion at June 30, 2009.

Annual Impairment Test to Billboard Permits

The Company performs its annual impairment test on October 1 of each year. The Company engaged Mesirow Financial to assist it in the development of the assumptions and the Company’s determination of the fair value of the billboard permits. The aggregate fair value of the permits on October 1, 2009 increased approximately 8% from the

 

91


Table of Contents

fair value at June 30, 2009. The increase in fair value was primarily from an increase of $57.7 million related to increased industry revenue forecasts. The discount rate was unchanged from the June 30, 2009 interim impairment analysis. We calculated the discount rate as of the valuation date and also one-year, two-year and three-year quarterly averages. The discount rate as of the valuation date was calculated by weighting the required returns on interest-bearing debt and common equity capital in proportion to their estimated percentages in an expected capital structure. The capital structure was estimated based on the quarterly average of data for publicly traded companies in the outdoor advertising industry. The fair value of the Company’s permits at October 1, 2009 was approximately $1.2 billion.

Goodwill

Interim Impairments to Goodwill

The Company tests goodwill at interim dates if events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. The key assumptions used in the discounted cash flow models used to value the Company’s reporting units as of December 31, 2008 were negatively impacted by the same factors contributing to the decline in fair value of its billboard permits. Therefore, the Company performed an interim impairment test and recognized a non-cash charge of $2.5 billion as of December 31, 2008 to reduce its goodwill.

The Company’s cash flows during the first six months of 2009 were below those used in the discounted cash flow model used to calculate the impairment at December 31, 2008. Additionally, the fair value of the Company’s debt and equity at June 30, 2009 was below the carrying amount of its reporting units as of June 30, 2009. As a result of these indicators, the Company performed an interim goodwill impairment test as of June 30, 2009 resulting in a non-cash impairment charge of $419.5 million.

The goodwill impairment test is a two-step process. The first step, used to screen for potential impairment, compares the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If applicable, the second step, used to measure the amount of the impairment loss, compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill.

Each of the Company’s reporting units is valued using a discounted cash flow model which requires estimating future cash flows expected to be generated from the reporting unit, discounted to their present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate. Terminal values were also estimated and discounted to their present value. Assessing the recoverability of goodwill requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions about sales, operating margins, growth rates and discount rates based on its budgets, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and marketplace data. There are inherent uncertainties related to these factors and management’s judgment in applying these factors. The Company engaged Mesirow Financial to assist the Company in the development of these assumptions and the Company’s determination of the fair value of its reporting units.

 

92


Table of Contents

The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill in each of the Company’s reportable segments for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008. The provisions of ASC 350-20-50-1 require the disclosure of cumulative impairment. As a result of the merger, a new basis in goodwill was recorded in accordance with ASC 805-10. All impairments shown in the table below have been recorded subsequent to the merger and, therefore, do not include any pre-merger impairment.

 

(In thousands)                   
     Americas     International     Total  

Pre-Merger

      

Balance as of December 31, 2007

   $ 688,336      $ 474,253      $ 1,162,589   

Acquisitions

            12,341        12,341   

Foreign currency translation

     (293     28,596        28,303   

Adjustments

     (970            (970
                        

Balance as of July 30,2008

     687,073        515,190        1,202,263   

Post-Merger

      

Preliminary fair value adjustment resulting from push-down accounting

     2,118,707        88,522        2,207,229   

Net adjustments to push-down accounting

     438,025        (76,116     361,909   

Dispositions

            (542     (542

Foreign currency translation

     (29,605     (63,519     (93,124

Impairment

     (2,321,602     (173,435     (2,495,037

Adjustments

            (2,557     (2,557
                        

Balance as of December 31, 2008

     892,598        287,543        1,180,141   

Net adjustments to push down accounting

     68,896        45,042        113,938   

Acquisitions

     2,250        110        2,360   

Foreign currency translation

     16,293        17,412        33,705   

Impairment

     (390,374     (73,764     (464,138

Adjustments

     (4,414            (4,414
                        

Balance as of December 31, 2009

   $ 585,249      $ 276,343      $ 861,592   
                        

The U.S. outdoor advertising markets are aggregated into a single reporting unit for purposes of the goodwill impairment test using the guidance in ASC 350-20-55. The Company also determined that within its Americas outdoor segment, Canada, Mexico, Peru, and Brazil constitute separate reporting units and each country in its International outdoor segment constitutes a separate reporting unit.

The discounted cash flow model indicated that the Company failed the first step of the impairment test for certain of its reporting units, which required it to compare the implied fair value of each reporting unit’s goodwill with its carrying value.

The discounted cash flow approach the Company uses for valuing goodwill involves estimating future cash flows expected to be generated from the related assets, discounted to their present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate. Terminal values are also estimated and discounted to their present value.

The Company forecasted revenue, expenses, and cash flows over a ten-year period for each of its reporting units. In projecting future cash flows, the Company considers a variety of factors including its historical growth rates, macroeconomic conditions, advertising sector and industry trends as well as Company-specific information. Historically, revenues in its industries have been highly correlated to economic cycles. Based on these considerations, the assumed 2008 and 2009 revenue growth rates used in the December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 impairment models were negative followed by assumed revenue growth with an anticipated economic recovery in 2009 and 2010, respectively. To arrive at the projected cash flows and resulting growth rates, the Company evaluated its historical operating results, current management initiatives and both historical and anticipated industry results to assess the reasonableness of the operating margin assumptions. The Company also calculated a

 

93


Table of Contents

“normalized” residual year which represents the perpetual cash flows of each reporting unit. The residual year cash flow was capitalized to arrive at the terminal value of the reporting unit.

The Company calculated the weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”) as of December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 and also one-year, two-year, and three-year historical quarterly averages for each of its reporting units. WACC is an overall rate based upon the individual rates of return for invested capital (equity and interest-bearing debt). The WACC is calculated by weighting the required returns on interest-bearing debt and common equity capital in proportion to their estimated percentages in an expected capital structure. The capital structure was estimated based on the quarterly average data for publicly traded companies in the outdoor advertising industry. The calculation of the WACCs considered both current industry WACCs and historical trends in the industry.

The calculation of the WACC requires the rate of return on debt, which was based on a review of the credit ratings for comparable companies (i.e., market participants) and the indicated yield on similarly rated bonds.

The rate of return on equity capital was estimated using a modified CAPM. Inputs to this model included the yield on long-term U.S. Treasury Bonds, forecast betas for comparable companies, calculation of a market risk premium based on research and empirical evidence and calculation of a size premium derived from historical differences in returns between small companies and large companies using data published by Ibbotson Associates.

In line with advertising industry trends, the Company’s operations and expected cash flow are subject to significant uncertainties about future developments, including timing and severity of the recessionary trends and customers’ behaviors. To address these risks, the Company included company-specific risk premiums for each of the reporting units in the estimated WACC. Based on this analysis, as of December 31, 2008, company-specific risk premiums of 300 basis points were included for both the Americas outdoor and International outdoor segments, resulting in WACCs of 12.5% for each of the reporting units in the Americas outdoor and International outdoor segments. As of June 30, 2009, company-specific risk premiums of 250 basis points and 350 basis points were included for the Americas outdoor and International outdoor segments, respectively, resulting in WACCs of 12.5% and 13.5% for each of the reporting units in the Americas outdoor and International outdoor segments, respectively. Applying these WACCs, the present value of cash flows during the discrete projection period and terminal value were added to estimate the fair value of the reporting units.

The discount rate utilized in the valuation of the permits as of December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009 excludes the company-specific risk premiums that were added to the industry WACCs used in the valuation of the reporting units. Management believes the exclusion of this premium is appropriate given the difference between the nature of the billboard permits and reporting unit cash flow projections. The cash flow projections utilized under the direct valuation method for the permits are derived from utilizing industry “normalized” information for the existing portfolio of permits. Given that the underlying cash flow projections are based on industry normalized information, application of an industry average discount rate is appropriate. Conversely, the cash flow projections for the overall reporting unit are based on its internal forecasts for each business and incorporate future growth and initiatives unrelated to the existing permit portfolio. Additionally, the projections for the reporting unit include cash flows related to non-permit based assets. In the valuation of the reporting unit, the company-specific risk premiums were added to the industry WACCs due to the risks inherent in achieving the projected cash flows of the reporting unit.

The Company also utilized the market approach to provide a test of reasonableness to the results of the discounted cash flow model. The market approach indicates the fair value of the invested capital of a business based on a company’s market capitalization (if publicly traded) and a comparison of the business to comparable publicly traded companies and transactions in its industry. This approach can be estimated through the quoted market price method, the market comparable method, and the market transaction method.

One indication of the fair value of a business is the quoted market price in active markets for the debt and equity of the business. The quoted market price of equity multiplied by the number of shares outstanding yields the fair value of the equity of a business on a marketable, noncontrolling basis. A premium for control is then applied and added to the estimated fair value of interest-bearing debt to indicate the fair value of the invested capital of the business on a marketable, controlling basis.

 

94


Table of Contents

The market comparable method provides an indication of the fair value of the invested capital of a business by comparing it to publicly traded companies in similar lines of business. The conditions and prospects of companies in similar lines of business depend on common factors such as overall demand for their products and services. An analysis of the market multiples of companies engaged in similar lines of business yields insight into investor perceptions and, therefore, the value of the subject business. These multiples are then applied to the operating results of the subject business to estimate the fair value of the invested capital on a marketable, noncontrolling basis. The Company then applies a premium for control to indicate the fair value of the business on a marketable, controlling basis.

The market transaction method estimates the fair value of the invested capital of a business based on exchange prices in actual transactions and on asking prices for controlling interests in similar companies recently offered for sale. This process involves comparison and correlation of the subject business with other similar companies that have recently been purchased. Considerations such as location, time of sale, physical characteristics, and conditions of sale are analyzed for comparable businesses.

The three variations of the market approach indicated that the fair value determined by its discounted cash flow model was within a reasonable range of outcomes.

The revenue forecasts for 2009 declined 21% and 29% for Americas outdoor and International outdoor, respectively, compared to the forecasts used in the July 30, 2008 preliminary purchase price allocation primarily as a result of the revenues realized for the year ended December 31, 2008. These market driven changes were primarily responsible for the decline in fair value of the reporting units below their carrying value. As a result, the Company recognized a non-cash impairment charge to reduce its goodwill of $2.5 billion at December 31, 2008.

The revenue forecasts for 2009 declined 7% and 9% for Americas outdoor and International outdoor, respectively, compared to the forecasts used in the 2008 impairment test primarily as a result of the revenues realized during the first six months of 2009. These market driven changes were primarily responsible for the decline in fair value of the reporting units below their carrying value. As a result, the Company recognized a non-cash impairment charge to reduce its goodwill of $419.5 million at June 30, 2009.

Annual Impairments to Goodwill

The Company performs its annual impairment test on October 1 of each year. The Company engaged Mesirow Financial to assist the Company in the development of these assumptions and the Company’s determination of the fair value of its reporting units. The fair value of the Company’s reporting units on October 1, 2009 increased from the fair value at June 30, 2009. The increase in fair value of the Americas reporting unit was primarily the result of a 150 basis point decline in the WACC. Application of the market approach described above supported lowering the company-specific risk premium used in the discounted cash flow model to fair value the Americas reporting unit. The increase in the aggregate fair value of the reporting units in the International outdoor segment was primarily the result of an increase in the long-term revenue forecasts.

During the third quarter of 2009, the Company recorded a $45.0 million increase to goodwill in the International outdoor segment related to the fair value of certain noncontrolling interests, which existed at the merger date with no related tax effect. This noncontrolling interest was recorded pursuant to ASC 480-10-S99 which determines the classification of redeemable noncontrolling interests. The Company subsequently determined that the increase in goodwill related to these noncontrolling interests should have been included in the impairment charges resulting from the interim goodwill impairment tests. As a result, during the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company impaired this entire goodwill amount, which after consideration of foreign exchange movements, was $41.4 million.

 

95


Table of Contents

NOTE C — BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS

2009 Purchases of Additional Equity Interests

During 2009, the Company’s Americas outdoor segment purchased the remaining 15% interest in its consolidated subsidiary, Paneles Napsa S.A., for $13.0 million and the Company’s International outdoor segment acquired an additional 5% interest in its consolidated subsidiary, Clear Channel Jolly Pubblicita SPA, for $12.1 million.

2008 Acquisitions

During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company’s Americas segment paid $55.1 million for the acquisition of advertising structures and the final earnout payments for Interspace Airport Advertising, which the Company acquired in July 2006. The Company’s International segment paid $41.4 million primarily related to the acquisition of additional equity interests in outdoor companies and the acquisition of advertising structures.

Acquisition Summary

The following is a summary of the assets and liabilities acquired and the consideration given for all acquisitions made during 2008.

 

(In thousands)

  
     2008

Cash

   $ 112 

Accounts receivable

     104 

Property, plant and equipment

     17,468 

Permits

     8,065 

Definite-lived intangibles

     42,941 

Goodwill

     8,814 

Other assets

     8,585 
      
     86,089 

Other liabilities

     (9,101)

Noncontrolling interests

     7,865 

Deferred tax

     (6,696)
      
     (7,932)

Plus accrued earnout paid

     25,053 

Less fair value of assets exchanged

     (6,600)
      

Total cash consideration

     96,610 

Less cash received

     (112)
      

Net cash paid for acquisitions

   $     96,498 
      

 

96


Table of Contents

NOTE D — INVESTMENTS

The Company’s most significant investments in nonconsolidated affiliates are listed below:

Clear Channel Independent

The Company owned a 50% interest in Clear Channel Independent (“CCI”), formerly known as Corp Comm, a South African outdoor advertising company. In the first quarter of 2008, the Company sold its 50% interest in CCI and recognized a gain of $75.6 million in “Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates” based on the fair value of the equity securities received in the pre-merger period ended July 30, 2008. The equity securities received are classified as available-for-sale and recorded as “Other investments” on the consolidated balance sheet.

Alessi

The Company owns a 36.75% interest in Alessi, an Italian outdoor advertising company.

Summarized Financial Information

The following table summarizes the Company’s investments in nonconsolidated affiliates:

 

(In thousands)                         
     CCI     Alessi     All
Others
    Total  

Pre-Merger

        

Balance as of December 31, 2007

   $ 54,211      $ 27,479      $ 26,317      $ 108,007   

Acquisition (disposition) of investments

     (116,789            (788     (117,577

Equity in net earnings (loss)

     77,615        (8,853     2,080        70,842   

Other, net

     (9,286     4,506        (5,281     (10,061

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     (5,751     1,921        538        (3,292
                                

Balance as of July 30, 2008

            25,053        22,866        47,919   

Post-Merger

        

Fair value adjustment resulting from preliminary push-down accounting

                   3,797        3,797   

Acquisition (disposition) of investments

                   500        500   

Equity in net earnings (loss)

            (333     (1,776     (2,109

Other, net

                   6,475        6,475   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

            (2,733     (2,037     (4,770
                                

Balance as of December 31, 2008

            21,987        29,825        51,812   

Acquisition (disposition) of investments

                            

Equity in net earnings (loss)

            (12,161     (19,281     (31,442

Other, net

            (698     2,863        2,165   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

            (87     906        819   
                                

Balance as of December 31, 2009

   $        $ 9,041      $ 14,313      $ 23,354   
                                

The investments in the table above are not consolidated, but are accounted for under the equity method of accounting, whereby the Company records its investments in these entities in the balance sheet as “Investments in, and advances to, nonconsolidated affiliates.” The Company’s interests in their operations are recorded in the statement of operations as “Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates.” There were no accumulated undistributed earnings included in retained deficit for these investments as of December 31, 2009 and 2008. The accumulated undistributed earnings included in retained earnings for these investments was $10.1 million as of December 31, 2007.

 

97


Table of Contents

Other Investments

Other investments of $17.0 million at December 31, 2009 primarily represent marketable equity securities.

 

(In thousands)

Investments

  

Fair

Value

   Cost

Available-for sale

   $       15,911    $       14,506

Other

   $ 1,087    $ 1,087

The Company’s available-for-sale security, Independent News & Media PLC (“INM”), was in an unrealized loss position for an extended period of time in 2008 and 2009. As a result, the Company considered the guidance in ASC 320-10-S99 and reviewed the length of the time and the extent to which the market value was less than cost and the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer. After this assessment, the Company concluded that the impairment was other than temporary and recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $11.3 million and $59.8 million in “Loss on marketable securities” for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

NOTE E — ASSET RETIREMENT OBLIGATION

The Company has an asset retirement obligation of $51.3 million and $55.6 million as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, which is reported in “Other long-term liabilities.” The liability relates to the Company’s obligation to dismantle and remove its advertising displays from leased land and to reclaim the site to its original condition upon the termination or non-renewal of a lease. When the liability is recorded, the cost is capitalized as part of the related long-lived assets’ carrying value. Due to the high rate of lease renewals over a long period of time, the calculation assumes all related assets will be removed at some period over the next 50 years. An estimate of third-party cost information is used with respect to the dismantling of the structures and the reclamation of the site. The interest rate used to calculate the present value of such costs over the retirement period is based on an estimated risk adjusted credit rate for the same period.

The following table presents the activity related to the Company’s asset retirement obligation:

 

(In thousands)       

Pre-Merger

  

Balance at December 31, 2007

   $ 70,497   

Adjustment due to change in estimate of related costs

     1,853   

Accretion of liability

     3,084   

Liabilities settled

     (2,558
        

Balance at July 30, 2008

     72,876   

Post-Merger

  

Fair value adjustment resulting from preliminary push-down accounting

     (13,598

Adjustment due to change in estimate of related costs

     (3,123

Accretion of liability

     2,233   

Liabilities settled

     (2,796
        

Balance at December 31, 2008

     55,592   

Adjustment due to change in estimate of related costs

     (6,721

Accretion of liability

     5,209   

Liabilities settled

     (2,779
        

Balance at December 31, 2009

   $ 51,301   
        

 

98


Table of Contents

NOTE F — LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt at December 31, 2009 and 2008 consisted of the following:

 

(In thousands)    December 31,
     2009    2008
     Post-Merger    Post-Merger

Debt with Clear Channel Communications

   $    $ 2,500,000

Bank credit facility ($150.0 million sub-limit within Clear Channel Communications’ $2.0 billion facility, $120.0 million of which was drawn by Clear Channel Communications)

     30,000      30,000

Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings Senior Notes:

     

9.25% Series A Senior Notes Due 2017

     500,000     

9.25% Series B Senior Notes Due 2017

     2,000,000     

Other debt

     78,878      71,854
             
     2,608,878      2,601,854

Less: current portion

     47,073      69,522
             

Total long-term debt

   $  2,561,805    $  2,532,332
             

The aggregate market value of the Company’s debt based on quoted market prices for which quotes were available was approximately $2.7 billion and $2.6 billion at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Debt with Clear Channel Communications

As of December 31, 2008, the Company had a note in the original principal amount of $2.5 billion to Clear Channel Communications which was prepayable in whole at any time, or in part from time to time. The note accrued interest at a variable per annum rate equal to the weighted average cost of debt for Clear Channel Communications, calculated on a monthly basis. At December 31, 2008, the interest rate on the $2.5 billion note was 6.0%.

In December 2009, the Company made voluntary prepayments on the note in the amount of the total outstanding balance and subsequently retired the “Debt with Clear Channel Communications.” The interest rate on the $2.5 billion note was 5.7% prior to its retirement.

Bank Credit Facility

In connection with their merger, Clear Channel Communications entered into a multi-currency revolving credit facility with a maturity in July 2014 in the amount of $2.0 billion. Certain of the Company’s International subsidiaries may borrow under a $150.0 million sub-limit within this $2.0 billion credit facility, to the extent Clear Channel Communications has not already borrowed against this capacity and is in compliance with its covenants under the credit facility. This sub-limit allows for borrowings in various foreign currencies, which are used to hedge net assets in those currencies and provide funds to the Company’s International operations for certain working capital needs. The obligations of these International subsidiaries that are borrowers under the revolving credit facility are guaranteed by certain of the Company’s material wholly-owned subsidiaries, and secured by substantially all assets of such borrowers and guarantors, subject to permitted liens and other exceptions. The interest rate is based upon LIBOR or, for Euro denominated borrowings, EURIBOR, plus, in each case, a margin. At December 31, 2009, the interest rate on this bank credit facility was 3.7%. As of December 31, 2009, the outstanding balance on the sub-limit was approximately $150.0 million of which $30.0 million was drawn by the Company and the remaining amount drawn by Clear Channel Communications.

In conjunction with the merger, Clear Channel Communications’ $1.75 billion revolving credit facility, including the $150.0 million sub-limit, was terminated.

 

99


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2009, the Company was in compliance with all debt covenants. Furthermore, in its Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2010, CC Media Holdings stated that as of December 31, 2009, it was in compliance with its debt covenants.

Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings Senior Notes

In December 2009, the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary CCWH, issued $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of Series A Senior Notes due 2017 and $2.0 billion aggregate principal amount of Series B Senior Notes due 2017. The Notes are guaranteed by the Company, Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc., the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary (“CCOI”), and certain other existing and future domestic subsidiaries of the Company (collectively, the “Guarantors”).

The Notes are senior unsecured obligations that rank pari passu in right of payment to all unsubordinated indebtedness of CCWH and the guarantees of the Notes will rank pari passu in right of payment to all unsubordinated indebtedness of the guarantors thereunder.

The Notes are rated “B” and “B2” by Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s, respectively. The indentures governing the Notes require the Company to maintain at least $100 million in cash or other liquid assets or have cash available to be borrowed under committed credit facilities consisting of (i) $50.0 million at the issuer and guarantor entities (principally the Americas outdoor segment) and (ii) $50.0 million at the non-guarantor subsidiaries (principally the International outdoor segment) (together the “Liquidity Amount”), in each case under the sole control of the relevant entity. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization, or similar proceeding of Clear Channel Communications, Inc., for the period thereafter that is the shorter of such proceeding and 60 days, the Liquidity Amount shall be reduced to $50.0 million, with a $25.0 million requirement at the issuer and guarantor entities and a $25.0 million requirement at the non-guarantor subsidiaries.

In addition, interest on the Notes accrues daily and is payable into an account established by a trustee for the benefit of the bondholders (the “Trustee Account”). Failure to make daily payment on any day does not constitute an event of default so long as (a) no payment or other transfer by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall have been made on such day under the cash management sweep with Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and (b) on each semiannual interest payment date the aggregate amount of funds in the Trustee Account is equal to at least the aggregate amount of accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes.

The indenture governing the Series A Notes contains covenants that limit the Company and its restricted subsidiaries ability to, among other things:

 

   

incur or guarantee additional debt to persons other than Clear Channel Communications and its subsidiaries or issue certain preferred stock;

   

create liens on its restricted subsidiaries assets to secure such debt;

   

create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to the Company from its restricted subsidiaries that are not guarantors of the notes;

   

enter into certain transactions with affiliates;

   

merge or consolidate with another person, or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets; and

   

sell certain assets, including capital stock of its subsidiaries, to persons other than Clear Channel Communications and its subsidiaries.

The indenture governing the Series A Notes does not include limitations on dividends, distributions, investments or asset sales.

 

100


Table of Contents

The indenture governing the Series B Notes contains covenants that limit the Company and its restricted subsidiaries ability to, among other things:

 

   

incur or guarantee additional debt or issue certain preferred stock;

   

redeem, repurchase or retire the Company’s subordinated debt;

   

make certain investments;

   

create liens on its or its restricted subsidiaries’ assets to secure debt;

   

create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to it from its restricted subsidiaries that are not guarantors of the Notes;

   

enter into certain transactions with affiliates;

   

merge or consolidate with another person, or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets;

   

sell certain assets, including capital stock of its subsidiaries;

   

designate its subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries; and pay dividends, redeem or repurchase capital stock or make other restricted payments; and

   

purchase or otherwise effectively cancel or retire any of the Series B Notes if after doing so the ratio of (a) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Series A Notes to (b) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Series B Notes shall be greater than 0.250. This stipulation ensures, among other things, that as long as the Series A Notes are outstanding, the Series B Notes are outstanding.

Prior to the date of the closing of the CCWH offering, the Company made a demand for and received repayment of $500.0 million on the “Due from Clear Channel Communications” account.

Following such repayment, the Company contributed $500.0 million to the capital of CCOI, which used the proceeds received by it to prepay $500.0 million of the “Debt with Clear Channel Communications” account. Subsequent to this repayment, the outstanding balance of the “Debt with Clear Channel Communications” account was $2.0 billion.

The proceeds of the Notes were used to (i) pay the fees and expenses of the offering, (ii) pay the initial purchasers an underwriting discount, (iii) fund $50.0 million required under the Notes’ indentures of a Liquidity Amount (the $50.0 million Liquidity Amount of the non-guarantor subsidiaries was satisfied) and (iv) make a voluntary prepayment of the remaining $2.0 billion outstanding balance (which is equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Series B Notes) under the note to Clear Channel Communications and subsequently retire the “Debt with Clear Channel Communications”, with the balance of the proceeds available to the Company for general corporate purposes.

In connection with the offering, Clear Channel Communications and the Company modified the terms of the revolving promissory notes (recorded as Due from/to Clear Channel Communications account) to extend the maturity of each revolving promissory note to coincide with the maturity date of the Notes. In addition, the terms were modified to change the interest rate on each revolving promissory note to a fixed per annum rate equal to 9.25%.

Other Debt

Other debt includes various borrowings and capital leases utilized for general operating purposes. Included in the $78.9 million balance at December 31, 2009 is $47.1 million that matures in less than one year.

Debt Covenants

The Clear Channel Communications’ $2.0 billion revolving credit facility contains a significant financial covenant which requires Clear Channel Communications to comply on a quarterly basis with a maximum consolidated senior secured net debt to adjusted EBITDA ratio (maximum of 9.5:1). The financial covenant becomes more restrictive over time beginning in the second quarter of 2013. In its Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2010, CC Media Holdings stated that it was in compliance with this covenant as of December 31, 2009.

 

101


Table of Contents

In addition, as noted above, the Series B Notes indenture restricts the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness and pay dividends based on an incurrence test. In order to incur additional indebtedness the Company’s debt to adjusted EBITDA ratios (as defined by the indenture) must be lower than 6.5:1 and 3.25:1 for total debt and senior debt, respectively. Similarly in order for the Company to pay dividends out of proceeds from indebtedness or proceeds from asset sales, the Company’s debt to adjusted EBITDA ratios (as defined by the indenture) must be lower than 6.0:1 and 3.0:1 for total debt and senior debt, respectively. The Company is in compliance with these covenants as of December 31, 2009.

There are no significant covenants or events of default contained in the revolving promissory note issued by Clear Channel Communications to the Company or the revolving promissory note issued by the Company to Clear Channel Communications.

Debt Maturities

Future maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 2009, are as follows:

 

(In thousands)

  

2010

   $ 47,073

2011

     31,359

2012

     410

2013

     36

2014

     30,000

Thereafter

     2,500,000
      

Total

   $     2,608,878
      

NOTE G — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company leases office space, equipment and the majority of the land occupied by its advertising structures under long-term operating leases. Some of the lease agreements contain renewal options and annual rental escalation clauses (generally tied to the consumer price index), as well as provisions for the payment of utilities and maintenance by the Company.

The Company has minimum franchise payments associated with non-cancelable contracts that enable it to display advertising on such media as buses, taxis, trains, bus shelters and terminals, as well as other similar type surfaces. The majority of these contracts contain rent provisions calculated as either the greater of a percentage of the relevant advertising revenue or a specified guaranteed minimum annual payment. In addition, the Company has commitments relating to required purchases of property, plant, and equipment under certain street furniture contracts.

The Company accounts for its rentals that include renewal options, annual rent escalation clauses, minimum franchise payments and maintenance related to displays under the guidance in ASC Topic 840, Leases .

The Company considers its non-cancelable contracts that enable it to display advertising on buses, taxis, trains, bus shelters, etc. to be leases in accordance with the guidance in ASC 840-10. These contracts may contain minimum annual franchise payments which generally escalate each year. The Company accounts for these minimum franchise payments on a straight-line basis. If the rental increases are not scheduled in the lease, for example an increase based on the CPI, those rents are considered contingent rentals and are recorded as expense when accruable. Other contracts may contain a variable rent component based on revenue. The Company accounts for these variable components as contingent rentals and records these payments as expense when accruable.

The Company accounts for annual rent escalation clauses included in the lease term on a straight-line basis under the guidance in ASC 840-10. The Company considers renewal periods in determining its lease terms if at inception of the lease there is reasonable assurance the lease will be renewed. Expenditures for maintenance are charged to operations as incurred, whereas expenditures for renewal and betterments are capitalized.

 

102


Table of Contents

Most of the Company’s advertising structures are on leased land. In addition, the Company leases certain facilities and equipment. The Company accounts for these leases in accordance with the policies described above.

The Company’s contracts with municipal bodies or private companies relating to street furniture, billboard, transit and malls generally require the Company to build bus stops, kiosks and other public amenities or advertising structures during the term of the contract. The Company owns these structures and is generally allowed to advertise on them for the remaining term of the contract. Once the Company has built the structure, the cost is capitalized and expensed over the shorter of the economic life of the asset or the remaining life of the contract.

Certain of the Company’s contracts contain penalties for not fulfilling its commitments related to its obligations to build bus stops, kiosks and other public amenities or advertising structures. Historically, any such penalties have not materially impacted the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

As of December 31, 2009, the Company’s future minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable operating lease agreements with terms in excess of one year, minimum payments under non-cancelable contracts in excess of one year, and capital expenditure commitments consist of the following:

 

(In thousands)    Non-Cancelable
  Operating Leases  
     Non-Cancelable  
Contracts
   Capital
  Expenditures  

2010

   $ 266,826    $ 407,927    $ 67,372

2011

     218,559      326,238      32,274

2012

     195,030      277,564      13,364

2013

     179,096      213,020      9,970

2014

     154,667      188,663      9,867

Thereafter

     953,517      579,877      3,415
                    

Total

   $ 1,967,695    $ 1,993,289    $ 136,262
                    

Rent expense charged to operations for the post-merger year ended December 31, 2009 was $999.1 million. Total rent expense for the post-merger period from July 31, 2008 through December 31, 2008 was $476.8 million. Total rent expense for the pre-merger period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008 and the pre-merger year ended December 31, 2007 was $685.2 million and $1.1 billion, respectively.

The Company is currently involved in certain legal proceedings and, as required, has accrued its estimate of the probable costs for the resolution of these claims. These estimates have been developed in consultation with counsel and are based upon an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies. It is possible, however, that future results of operations for any particular period could be materially affected by changes in the Company’s assumptions or the effectiveness of its strategies related to these proceedings.

In various areas in which the Company operates, outdoor advertising is the object of restrictive and, in some cases, prohibitive zoning and other regulatory provisions, either enacted or proposed. The impact to the Company of loss of displays due to governmental action has been somewhat mitigated by Federal and state laws mandating compensation for such loss and constitutional restraints.

Certain acquisition agreements include deferred consideration payments based on performance requirements by the seller, generally over a one to five year period. Contingent payments based on performance requirements by the seller typically involve the completion of a development or obtaining appropriate permits that enable the Company to construct additional advertising displays. At December 31, 2009, the Company believes its maximum aggregate contingency, which is subject to performance requirements by the seller, is approximately $35.0 million. As the contingencies have not been met or resolved as of December 31, 2009, these amounts are not recorded. If future payments are made, amounts will be recorded as additional purchase price.

 

103


Table of Contents

NOTE H — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company records net amounts due to or from Clear Channel Communications as “Due from/to Clear Channel Communications” on the consolidated balance sheets. The accounts represent the revolving promissory note issued by the Company to Clear Channel Communications and the revolving promissory note issued by Clear Channel Communications to the Company, in the face amount of $1.0 billion, or if more or less than such amount, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all advances. The accounts accrue interest pursuant to the terms of the promissory notes and are generally payable on demand. Prior to the amendment of the revolving promissory notes in December 2009, interest on the revolving promissory note owed by the Company accrued on the daily net negative cash position based upon LIBOR plus a margin. Interest on the revolving promissory note owed by Clear Channel Communications accrued interest on the daily net positive cash position based upon the average one-month generic treasury bill rate. In connection with the issuance of the CCWH Senior Notes, Clear Channel Communications and the Company modified the terms of the revolving promissory notes to extend the maturity of each revolving promissory note to coincide with the maturity date of the Notes. In addition, the terms were modified to change the interest rate on each revolving promissory note to equal the interest rate on the Notes. Included in the accounts are the net activities resulting from day-to-day cash management services provided by Clear Channel Communications. As a part of these services, the Company maintains collection bank accounts swept daily into accounts of Clear Channel Communications (after satisfying the funding requirements of the Trustee Account). In return, Clear Channel Communications funds the Company’s controlled disbursement accounts as checks or electronic payments are presented for payment. The Company’s claim in relation to cash transferred from its concentration account is on an unsecured basis and is limited to the balance of the “Due from Clear Channel Communications” account. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the asset recorded in “Due from Clear Channel Communications” on the consolidated balance sheet was $123.3 million and $431.6 million, respectively. The net interest income for the post-merger year ended December 31, 2009 was $0.7 million. The net interest income for the post-merger period from July 31, 2008 through December 31, 2008 was $0.9 million. The net interest income for the pre-merger period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008 and for the pre-merger year ended December 31, 2007 was $2.6 million and $3.7 million, respectively. At December 31, 2009, the interest rate on the “Due from Clear Channel Communications” account was 9.25%, which represents the interest rate on the Notes as described above.

At December 31, 2008, the Company had a note in the original principal amount of $2.5 billion to Clear Channel Communications which was prepayable in whole at any time, or in part from time to time. This note accrued interest at a variable per annum rate equal to the weighted average cost of debt for Clear Channel Communications, calculated on a monthly basis. This note was mandatorily payable upon a change of control of the Company (as defined in the note) and, subject to certain exceptions, all net proceeds from debt or equity raised by the Company had to be used to prepay such note. This note is further disclosed in Note F. At December 31, 2008, the interest rate on the $2.5 billion note was 6.0%. In December 2009, the Company made voluntary payments on the note in the amount of the total outstanding balance and subsequently retired the “Debt with Clear Channel Communications” as of December 31, 2009. The interest rate on the $2.5 billion note was 5.7% prior to its retirement.

Clear Channel Communications has a $2.0 billion multi-currency revolving credit facility with a maturity in July 2014 which includes a $150.0 million sub-limit that certain of the Company’s International subsidiaries may borrow against to the extent Clear Channel Communications has not already borrowed against this capacity and is compliance with its covenants under the credit facility. The obligations of these International subsidiaries that are borrowers under the revolving credit facility will be guaranteed by certain of the Company’s material wholly-owned subsidiaries, and secured by substantially all assets of such borrowers and guarantors, subject to permitted liens and other exceptions. The interest rate on outstanding balances under the new credit facility is equal to an applicable margin plus, at Clear Channel Communications’ option, either (i) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (A) the prime lending rate publicly announced by the administrative agent and (B) the Federal funds effective rate from time to time plus 0.50%, or (ii) a Eurocurrency rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs. The applicable margin percentage is 2.40% in the case of base rate loans, and 3.40% in the case of Eurocurrency rate loans, subject to adjustment based upon Clear Channel Communications’ leverage ratio. This note is further disclosed in Note F. At December 31, 2009, the interest rate on this bank credit facility was 3.7%. At December 31, 2009, the outstanding balance on the $150.0 million sub-limit was $30.0 million, with the entire balance to be paid on July 30, 2014. On

 

104


Table of Contents

February 6, 2009, Clear Channel Communications borrowed the remaining availability under its $2.0 billion revolving credit facility, including the remaining availability under the $150.0 million sub-limit.

The Company provides advertising space on its billboards for radio stations owned by Clear Channel Communications. For the post-merger year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recorded $2.8 million in revenue for these advertisements. For the post-merger period from July 31, 2008 through December 31, 2008, the Company recorded $4.0 million in revenue for these advertisements. For the pre-merger period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008, the Company recorded $4.6 million in revenue for these advertisements. For the pre-merger year ended December 31, 2007, the Company recorded $13.8 million in revenue for these advertisements.

Under the Corporate Services Agreement between Clear Channel Communications and the Company, Clear Channel Communications provides management services to the Company, which include, among other things: (i) treasury, payroll and other financial related services; (ii) executive officer services; (iii) human resources and employee benefits services; (iv) legal and related services; (v) information systems, network and related services; (vi) investment services; (vii) procurement and sourcing support services; and (viii) other general corporate services. These services are charged to the Company based on actual direct costs incurred or allocated by Clear Channel Communications based on headcount, revenue or other factors on a pro rata basis. For the post-merger year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recorded $28.5 million as a component of corporate expense for these services. For the post-merger period from July 31, 2008 through December 31, 2008, the Company recorded $13.9 million as a component of corporate expense for these services. For the pre-merger period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008, the Company recorded $14.2 million as a component of corporate expense for these services. For the pre-merger year ended December 31, 2007, the Company recorded $20.3 million as a component of corporate expenses for these services.

Pursuant to the Tax Matters Agreement between Clear Channel Communications and the Company, the operations of the Company are included in a consolidated Federal income tax return filed by Clear Channel Communications. The Company’s provision for income taxes has been computed on the basis that the Company files separate consolidated Federal income tax returns with its subsidiaries. Tax payments are made to Clear Channel Communications on the basis of the Company’s separate taxable income. Tax benefits recognized on the Company’s employee stock option exercises are retained by the Company.

The Company computes its deferred income tax provision using the liability method in accordance with Statement of ASC 740-10, as if the Company was a separate taxpayer. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting bases and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the periods in which the deferred tax asset or liability is expected to be realized or settled. Deferred tax assets are reduced by valuation allowances if the Company believes it is more likely than not some portion or all of the asset will not be realized. The Company’s provision for income taxes is further disclosed in Note I.

Pursuant to the Employee Matters Agreement, the Company’s employees participate in Clear Channel Communications’ employee benefit plans, including employee medical insurance and a 401(k) retirement benefit plan. These costs are recorded as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses and were approximately $9.4 million for the post-merger year ended December 31, 2009. These costs were approximately $6.7 million for the pre-merger period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008, $4.8 million for the post-merger period from July 31, 2008 through December 31, 2008 and $10.4 million for the pre-merger year ended December 31, 2007.

NOTE I — INCOME TAXES

The operations of the Company are included in a consolidated Federal income tax return filed by Clear Channel Communications, Inc. for pre-merger periods and CC Media Holdings, Inc. for the post-merger periods. However, for financial reporting purposes, the Company’s provision for income taxes has been computed on the basis that the Company files separate consolidated Federal income tax returns with its subsidiaries.

 

105


Table of Contents

Significant components of the provision for income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:

(In thousands)

     Post-Merger     Pre-Merger  
     Year Ended
December 31,
2009
    Period from
July 31
through
December 31,
2008
    Period from
January 1
through

July 30,
2008
    Year Ended
December 31,
2007
 

Current — Federal

   $ (38,067   $ (19,435   $ 3,872      $ 61,460   

Current — foreign

     14,907        15,359        24,327        42,984   

Current — state

     6,391        1,031        1,972        7,282   
                                

Total current

     (16,769     (3,045     30,171        111,726   

Deferred — Federal

     (88,972     (229,556     30,169        32,241   

Deferred — foreign

     (30,398     (17,763     (12,662     (1,400

Deferred — state

     (12,971     (21,531     3,898        4,074   
                                

Total deferred

     (132,341     (268,850     21,405        34,915   
                                

Income tax expense (benefit)

   $ (149,110   $ (271,895   $ 51,576      $ 146,641   
                                

For the year ended December 31, 2009 the Company recorded current tax benefits of $16.8 million as compared to current tax expense of $27.1 million for the 2008 full year. The change in current tax was due primarily to the company’s ability to carry back certain net operating losses to prior years. On November 6, 2009, the Worker, Homeownership, and Business Assistance Act of 2009 (the “Act”) was enacted into law. The Act amended Section 172 of the Internal Revenue Code to allow net operating losses realized in a tax year ended after December 31, 2007 and beginning before January 1, 2010 to be carried back for up to five year (such losses were previously limited to a two-year carryback). This change will allow us to carryback fiscal 2009 taxable losses of approximately $128.6 million, based on our projections of projected taxable losses eligible for carryback, to prior years and receive refunds of previously paid Federal income taxes of approximately $45.0 million. The ultimate amount of such refunds realized from net operating loss carryback is dependent on our actual taxable losses for fiscal 2009, which may vary from our current expectations.

Deferred tax benefits decreased $115.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to 2008, primarily due to larger impairment charges recorded in 2008 related to tax deductible intangibles.

The current tax benefit recorded in the post-merger period of 2008 is the result of the Company’s ability to recover a limited amount of the Company’s prior period tax liabilities through certain net operating loss carrybacks. The decrease in current tax expense for the 2008 year when compared to 2007 is primarily the result of a decrease in “Income (loss) before income taxes.” The change in deferred tax expense (benefit) recorded in 2008 compared to 2007 was primarily due to the $292.0 million of deferred tax benefit recorded in the post-merger period related to the impairment charges on tax deductible intangibles. This deferred tax benefit was partially offset by additional tax depreciation deductions as a result of the bonus depreciation provisions enacted as part of the Economic Stimulus Act of 2008.

 

106


Table of Contents

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax liabilities and assets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:

 

(In thousands)

     
     Post-Merger
2009
   Post-Merger
2008

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Intangibles and fixed assets

   $ 805,208    $ 931,708

Foreign

     59,761      87,653

Other investments/partnerships

     177      374

Other

     267      985
             

Total deferred tax liabilities

     865,413      1,020,720

Deferred tax assets:

     

Accrued expenses

     8,546      12,153

Equity in earnings

     195      291

Deferred income

     55      98

Net operating loss carryforwards

     2,423     

Bad debt reserves

     2,732      9,236

Other

     11,545      8,505
             

Total deferred tax assets

     25,496      30,283
             

Net deferred tax liabilities

     839,917      990,437

Less: current portion

     1,994      13,429
             

Long-term net deferred tax liabilities

   $ 841,911    $ 1,003,866
             

For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recorded certain intangible asset impairment charges that are not deductible for tax purposes, which resulted in a reduction of deferred tax liabilities of approximately $152.9 million.

In the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recorded approximately $1.4 billion in additional deferred tax liabilities associated with the applied purchase accounting adjustments resulting from the July 30, 2008 merger transaction. The additional deferred tax liabilities primarily relate to differences between the purchase accounting adjusted book basis and the historical tax basis of the Company’s intangible assets. During the post-merger period ended December 31, 2008, the Company recorded an impairment charge to its permits and tax deductible goodwill resulting in a decrease of approximately $292.0 million in recorded deferred tax liabilities.

At December 31, 2009 and 2008, net deferred tax assets include a deferred tax asset of $11.7 million and $8.6 million, respectively, relating to stock-based compensation expense under ASC 718-10, Compensation—Stock Compensation . Full realization of this deferred tax asset requires stock options to be exercised at a price equaling or exceeding the sum of the grant price plus the fair value of the option at the grant date and restricted stock to vest at a price equaling or exceeding the fair market value at the grant date. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the stock price of the Company’s Common Stock will rise to levels sufficient to realize the entire tax benefit currently reflected in our balance sheet. See Note J for additional discussion of ASC 718-10.

The deferred tax liabilities associated with intangibles and fixed assets primarily relates to the difference in book and tax basis of acquired permits and tax deductible goodwill created from the Company’s various stock acquisitions. In accordance with ASC 350-10, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other , the Company does not amortize its book basis in permits. As a result, this deferred tax liability will not reverse over time unless the Company recognizes future impairment charges related to its permits and tax deductible goodwill or sells its permits. As the Company continues to amortize its tax basis in its permits and tax deductible goodwill, the deferred tax liability will increase over time.

 

107


Table of Contents

The reconciliation of income tax computed at the U.S. Federal statutory tax rates to income tax expense (benefit) is:

 

(In thousands)         
     Post-Merger     Pre-Merger  
     Year Ended
December 31,
2009
    Period from
July 31
through
December 31,
2008
    Period from
January 1
through

July 30,
2008
    Year Ended
December 31,
2007
 

Income tax expense at statutory rates

   $ (357,576   $ (1,151,107   $ 76,014      $ 144,162   

State income taxes, net of Federal tax benefit

     (6,580     (20,500     5,870        11,356   

Foreign taxes

     92,929        95,347        (29,667     (8,791

Nondeductible items

     405        258        351        760   

Tax contingencies

     (2,901     (946     668        6,882   

Impairment charge

     113,712        803,920                 

Other, net

     10,901        1,133        (1,660     (7,728
                                

Income tax expense (benefit)

   $ (149,110   $ (271,895   $ 51,576      $ 146,641   
                                

During 2009, the Company recorded tax benefits of approximately $149.1 million. Foreign loss before income taxes was approximately $309.8 million for 2009. The 2009 income tax benefit and 14.6% effective tax rate were impacted primarily by the goodwill impairment charges which are not deductible for tax purposes (see Note B). In addition, the Company was unable to benefit tax losses in certain foreign jurisdictions due to the uncertainty of the ability to utilize those losses in future years.

During the pre-merger period from January 1, 2008 to July 30, 2008, the Company recorded tax expense of $51.6 million which resulted in an effective tax rate of 23.8%. The decrease in the effective tax rate during this period as compared to 2007 was primarily the result of the gain from the sale of the 50% interest in Clear Channel Independent which was structured as a tax free disposition, thereby resulting in no current tax expense for the period. During the post-merger period from July 31, 2008 to December 31, 2008, the Company recorded tax benefits of $271.9 million which resulted in an effective tax rate of 8.3%. The primary reason for the reduction in effective rate is the result of the goodwill impairment charges recorded in the period which are not deductible for tax purposes (see Note B). In addition, the Company did not record tax benefits on certain tax losses in its foreign operations due to the uncertainty of the ability to utilize those tax losses in the future.

During 2007, the Company recorded tax expense of approximately $146.6 million. Foreign income before income taxes was approximately $143.9 million for 2007. The 2007 income tax expense and 36% effective tax rate were impacted by a favorable foreign income tax rate on the Company’s mix of earnings within its international operations.

All tax liabilities owed by the Company are paid by the Company or on behalf of the Company by Clear Channel Communications through an operating account that represents net amounts due to or from Clear Channel Communications.

The Company continues to record interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in current income tax expense. The total amount of interest accrued at December 31, 2009 and 2008, was $7.3 million and $5.1 million, respectively. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits and accrued interest and penalties at December 31, 2009 and 2008, was $54.9 million and $53.5 million, respectively, and is recorded in “Other long-term liabilities” on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Of this total, $54.9 million represents the amount of unrecognized tax benefits and accrued interest and penalties that, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective income tax rate in future periods.

 

108


Table of Contents

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

(In thousands)       
     Post-Merger     Pre-Merger  
     Year Ended
December 31,

2009
    Period from
July 31 through
December 31,
2008
    Period from
January 1
through

July 30, 2008
 

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 48,406      $ 60,599      $ 55,026   

Increases due to tax positions taken in the current year

     977        4,810        5,927   

Increases due to tax positions taken in previous years

     10,697        1,275          

Decreases due to tax positions taken in previous years

     (4,463     (14,371     (354

Decreases due to settlements with taxing authorities

            (556       

Decreases due to lapse of statute of limitations

     (8,049     (3,351       
                        

Balance at end of period

   $ 47,568      $ 48,406      $ 60,599   
                        

Pursuant to the Tax Matters Agreement between Clear Channel Communications and the Company, the operations of the Company are included in a consolidated Federal income tax return filed by Clear Channel Communications. In addition, the Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in various state and foreign jurisdictions. During 2009, the Company increased its liability for certain issues in prior years in foreign jurisdictions as a result of ongoing audits. In addition, certain liabilities were reversed as a result of the statute of limitations lapsing for certain tax years in foreign jurisdictions. During 2008, the Company favorably settled certain issues in foreign jurisdictions that resulted in the decrease in unrecognized tax benefits. In addition, as a result of the currency fluctuations during 2008, the balance of unrecognized tax benefits decreased approximately $12.0 million. The Company and Clear Channel Communications settled several Federal tax positions for the tax years 1999 through 2004 with the IRS during the year ended December 31, 2007. As a result of this settlement and other state and foreign settlements, the Company reduced its balance of unrecognized tax benefits and accrued interest and penalties by $19.1 million. Of this amount, $0.4 million was recorded as a decrease to current tax expense and $18.7 million as adjustments to current and deferred tax payables. The IRS is currently auditing Clear Channel Communications’ and the Company’s 2007 and pre-merger 2008 tax year and the CC Media Holdings and the Company’s post-merger 2008 tax year. Substantially all material state, local and foreign income tax matters have been concluded for the years through 2003.

NOTE J — SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Stock Options

The Company has granted options to purchase shares of its Class A common stock to employees and directors of the Company and its affiliates under its equity incentive plan at no less than the fair value of the underlying stock on the date of grant. These options are granted for a term not exceeding ten years and are forfeited, except in certain circumstances, in the event the employee or director terminates his or her employment or relationship with the Company or one of its affiliates. These options vest over a period of up to five years. The equity incentive plan contains anti-dilutive provisions that permit an adjustment of the number of shares of the Company’s common stock represented by each option for any change in capitalization.

The Company accounts for its share-based payments using the fair value recognition provisions of ASC 718-10. The fair value of the options is estimated using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model and amortized straight-line to expense over the vesting period. ASC 718-10 requires the cash flows from the tax benefits resulting from tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized for those options (excess tax benefits) to be classified as

 

109


Table of Contents

financing cash flows. The excess tax benefit that is required to be classified as a financing cash inflow after application of ASC 718-10 is not material.

The fair value of each option awarded is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Expected volatilities are based on implied volatilities from traded options on the Company’s stock, historical volatility on the Company’s stock, and other factors. The expected life of options granted represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercise and employee terminations within the valuation model. The Company includes estimated forfeitures in its compensation cost and updates the estimated forfeiture rate through the final vesting date of awards. The risk free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for periods equal to the expected life of the option. The following assumptions were used to calculate the fair value of the Company’s options on the date of grant:

 

     Post-Merger    Pre-Merger
     Year Ended
December 31,
2009
   Period from
July 31
through
December 31,
2008
   Period from
January 1
through

July 30,
2008
   Year Ended
December 31,
2007

Expected volatility

   58%    n/a    27%    27%

Expected life in years

   5.5 – 7.0    n/a    5.5 – 7.0    5.0 – 7.0

Risk-free interest rate

   2.31% – 3.25%    n/a    3.24% – 3.38%    4.76% – 4.89%

Dividend yield

   0%    n/a    0%    0%

The share based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The following table presents the amount of share based compensation recorded for the year ended December 31, 2009, during the five months ended December 31, 2008, the seven months ended July 30, 2008 and the year ended December 31, 2007:

 

(In thousands)

           
     Post-Merger    Pre-Merger
     Year Ended
December 31,
2009
   Period from
July 31
through
December 31,
2008
   Period from
January 1
through

July 30,
2008
   Year Ended
December 31,
2007

Direct operating expenses

   $ 7,612    $ 3,038    $ 5,019    $ 6,951

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     2,777      771      1,804      2,682

Corporate expenses

     1,715      372      585      538
                           

Total share-based payments

   $ 12,104    $ 4,181    $ 7,408    $ 10,171
                           

 

110


Table of Contents

The following table presents a summary of the Company’s stock options outstanding at and stock option activity during the year ended December 31, 2009 (“Price” reflects the weighted average exercise price per share):

 

(In thousands, except per share data)    Options       Price        Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

Outstanding, January 1, 2009

   7,713   $   22.03          

Granted (a)

   2,388     5.92          

Exercised (b)

   —       n/a          

Forfeited

   (167)     17.37          

Expired

   (894)     24.90          
            

Outstanding, December 31, 2009

   9,040     17.58        6.0 years    $ 10,502
            

Exercisable

   3,417     22.82        3.7 years      —  

Expect to vest

   5,061     14.66        7.4 years      9,095

 

(a) The weighted average grant date fair value of the Company’s options granted during the post-merger year ended December 31, 2009 was $3.38 per share. The weighted average grant date fair value of the Company’s options granted during the pre-merger prior from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008 was $7.10 per share. The weighted average grant date fair value of the Company’s options granted during the pre-merger year ended December 31, 2007 was $11.05 per share.

 

(b) No options exercised during the post-merger year ended December 31, 2009. Cash received from option exercises during the pre-merger period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008, was $4.3 million. Cash received from option exercises during the pre-merger year ended December 31, 2007, was $10.8 million. The total intrinsic value of the options exercised during the pre-merger period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008, was $0.7 million. The total intrinsic value of the options exercised during the pre-merger year ended December 31, 2007 was $2.0 million.

A summary of the Company’s nonvested options at and changes during the year ended December 31, 2009, is presented below:

 

(In thousands, except per share data)    Options   Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

Nonvested, January 1, 2009

   4,734   $7.40      

Granted

   2,388   3.38      

Vested (a)

   (1,333)   7.43      

Forfeited

   (166)   6.43      
      

Nonvested, December 31, 2009

   5,623   5.71      
      

 

(a) The total fair value of the options vested during the post-merger year ended December 31, 2009 was $9.9 million. The total fair value of the options vested during the pre-merger period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008 was $5.7 million. The total fair value of the options vested during the post-merger period from July 31 through December 31, 2008 was $2.3 million. The total fair value of the options vested during the pre-merger year ended December 31, 2007 was $2.0 million.

 

111


Table of Contents

Restricted Stock Awards

The Company also grants restricted stock awards to employees and directors of the Company and its affiliates under its equity incentive plan. These common shares hold a legend which restricts their transferability for a term of up to five years and are forfeited, except in certain circumstances, in the event the employee terminates his or her employment or relationship with the Company prior to the lapse of the restriction.

The following table presents a summary of the Company’s restricted stock outstanding at and restricted stock activity during the year ended December 31, 2009 (“Price” reflects the weighted average share price at the date of grant):

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

    
       Awards       Price

Outstanding, January 1, 2009

   351      $ 24.54

Granted

   150        9.03

Vested (restriction lapsed)

   (122     24.90

Forfeited

   (14     22.11
        

Outstanding, December 31, 2009

   365        18.14
        

Unrecognized Share-Based Compensation Cost

As of December 31, 2009, there was $18.1 million of unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested share-based compensation arrangements. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately two years.

 

112


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of Earnings (Loss) per Share

 

(In thousands, except per share data)          
     Post-Merger     Pre-Merger
     Year Ended
December 31,
    Period from
July 31
through
December 31,
    Period from
January 1
through

July 30,
   Year Ended
December 31,
     2009     2008     2008    2007

Basic and diluted numerator:

         

Income (loss) attributable to the Company – Common Shares

   $ (868,189   $ (3,018,637   $ 167,554    $ 245,990

Less: Participating securities dividends

     6,799                   

Income attributable to the Company – Unvested Shares

                   214      281
                             

Income (loss) attributable to the Company

   $ (874,988   $ (3,018,637   $ 167,340    $ 245,709
                             

Denominator:

         

Weighted average common shares – basic

     355,377        355,308        355,178      354,838

Effect of dilutive securities:

         

Stock options and restricted stock awards (1)

                   563      968
                             

Weighted average common shares – diluted

     355,377        355,308        355,741      355,806
                             

Net income (loss) per basic common share

   $ (2.46   $ (8.50   $ 0.47    $ 0.69
                             

Net income (loss) per diluted common share

   $ (2.46   $ (8.50   $ 0.47    $ 0.69
                             
(1) 6.7 million, 7.7 million, 6.3 million and 1.8 million stock options were outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2008 (post-merger), July 30, 2008 (pre-merger) and December 31, 2007 (pre-merger), respectively, that were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because to do so would have been anti-dilutive as the respective options’ strike price was greater than the current market price of the shares.

NOTE K — EMPLOYEE STOCK AND SAVINGS PLANS

The Company’s U.S. employees were eligible to participate in various 401(k) savings and other plans provided by Clear Channel Communications for the purpose of providing retirement benefits for substantially all employees. Under these plans, a Company employee can make pre-tax contributions and the Company will match 50% of the employee’s first 5% of pay contributed to the plan. Employees vest in these Company matching contributions based upon their years of service to the Company. Contributions to these plans of $0.8 million for the post-merger year ended December 31, 2009 were recorded as a component of operating expenses. Contributions of these plans of $1.4 million for the pre-merger period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008, $0.9 million for the post-merger period from July 31, 2008 through December 31, 2008, and $2.3 million the pre-merger year ended December 31, 2007 were recorded as a component of operating expenses. As of April 30, 2009, the Company suspended its matching contribution.

In addition, employees in the Company’s International segment participate in retirement plans administered by the Company which are not part of the 401(k) savings and other plans sponsored by Clear Channel Communications. Contributions to these plans of $17.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 were recorded as a component of operating expenses. Contributions to these plans of $7.7 million for the pre-merger period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008 and $5.5 million for the post-merger period from July 31, 2008 through December 31, 2008 were recorded as a component of operating expenses. Contributions to these plans of $20.1 million were recorded as a component of operating expenses for the pre-merger year ended December 31, 2007.

 

113


Table of Contents

Certain highly compensated executives of the Company are eligible to participate in a non-qualified deferred compensation plan sponsored by Clear Channel Communications, under which such executives are able to make an annual election to defer up to 50% of their annual salary and up to 80% of their bonus before taxes. Matching credits on amounts deferred may be made in the sole discretion of Clear Channel Communications and Clear Channel Communications retains ownership of all assets until distributed. Participants in the plan have the opportunity to allocate their deferrals and any matching credits among different investment options, the performance of which is used to determine the amounts paid to participants under the plan. There is no liability recorded by the Company under this deferred compensation plan as the liability of this plan is that of Clear Channel Communications’.

NOTE L — OTHER INFORMATION

The following details the components of “Other income (expense) — net:”

 

(In thousands)    Post-Merger     Pre-Merger
       Year Ended
December 31,
2009
    Period from
July 31 through
December 31,
2008
    Period from
January 1 through

July 30,
2008
    Year Ended
December 31,
2007

Foreign exchange gain (loss)

   $ (4,207   $ 10,440      $ 9,404      $ 9,388

Dividends on marketable securities

            2,533        5,468       

Other

     (5,161     (859     (1,507     725
                              

Total other income (expense) — net

   $ (9,368   $ 12,114      $ 13,365      $ 10,113
                              

The following details the components of “Other current assets:”

 

(In thousands)

     
     As of December 31,
     2009
Post-Merger
   2008
Post-Merger

Inventory

   $ 24,268    $ 26,802

Deposits

     18,707      5,592

Other prepayments

     50,405      53,195

Deferred tax assets

     1,994      13,429

Other

     72,432      45,682
             

Total other current assets

   $ 167,806    $ 144,700
             

The following details the components of “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)”:

 

(In thousands)             
     As of December 31,  
     2009
Post-Merger
    2008
Post-Merger
 

Cumulative currency translation adjustment

   $ (219,538   $ (329,597

Cumulative unrealized gain on investments

     1,361        17   
                

Total accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

   $ (218,177   $ (329,580
                

 

114


Table of Contents

NOTE M — SEGMENT DATA

The Company has two reportable operating segments, which it believes best reflects how the Company is currently managed – Americas and International. The Americas segment primarily includes operations in the United States, Canada and Latin America, and the International segment includes operations in the U.K, France, Asia and Australia. Share-based payments are recorded by each segment in direct operating and selling, general and administrative expenses.

The following tables presents the Company’s operating segment results for the year ended December 31, 2009; the post-merger period from July 31, 2008 through December 31, 2008, the pre-merger period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008, and the pre-merger year ended December 31, 2007:

 

(in thousands)        Americas          International       Corporate and
other reconciling
items
    Consolidated  

Post-Merger Year Ended December 31, 2009

         

Revenue

   $   1,238,171    $ 1,459,853      $      $ 2,698,024   

Direct operating expenses

     608,078      1,017,005               1,625,083   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     202,196      282,208               484,404   

Depreciation and amortization

     210,280      229,367               439,647   

Impairment charges

                 890,737        890,737   

Corporate expenses

                 65,247        65,247   

Other operating income (expense) – net

                 (8,231     (8,231
                               

Operating income (loss)

   $ 217,617    $ (68,727   $ (964,215   $ (815,325
                               

Identifiable assets

   $   4,722,975    $ 2,216,691      $ 252,756      $ 7,192,422   

Capital expenditures

   $ 84,440    $ 91,513      $      $ 175,953   

Share-based payments

   $ 7,977    $ 2,412      $ 1,715      $ 12,104   

Post-Merger Period from July 31, 2008 through December 31, 2008

  

   

Revenue

   $ 587,427    $ 739,797      $      $ 1,327,224   

Direct operating expenses

     276,602      486,102               762,704   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     114,260      147,264               261,524   

Depreciation and amortization

     90,624      134,089               224,713   

Impairment charges

                 3,217,649        3,217,649   

Corporate expenses

                 31,681        31,681   

Other operating income – net

                 4,870        4,870   
                               

Operating income (loss)

   $ 105,941    $ (27,658   $ (3,244,460   $ (3,166,177
                               

Identifiable assets

   $   5,187,838    $ 2,409,652      $ 453,271      $ 8,050,761   

Capital expenditures

   $ 93,146    $ 66,067      $      $ 159,213   

Share-based payments

   $ 3,012    $ 797      $ 372      $ 4,181   

 

115


Table of Contents
(in thousands)    Americas      International      Corporate and
other reconciling
items
    Consolidated

Pre-Merger Period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008

    

Revenue

   $ 842,831    $ 1,119,232    $      $ 1,962,063

Direct operating expenses

     370,924      748,508             1,119,432

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     138,629      206,217             344,846

Depreciation and amortization

     117,009      130,628             247,637

Corporate expenses

               39,364        39,364

Other operating income – net

               10,978        10,978
                            

Operating income (loss)

   $ 216,269    $ 33,879    $ (28,386   $ 221,762
                            

Capital expenditures

   $ 82,672    $ 116,450    $      $ 199,122

Share-based payments

   $ 5,453    $ 1,370    $ 585      $ 7,408

Pre-Merger Year Ended December 31, 2007

          

Revenue

   $   1,485,058    $ 1,796,778    $      $ 3,281,836

Direct operating expenses

     590,563      1,144,282             1,734,845

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     226,448      311,546             537,994

Depreciation and amortization

     189,853      209,630             399,483

Corporate expenses

               66,080        66,080

Other operating income – net

               11,824        11,824
                            

Operating income (loss)

   $ 478,194    $ 131,320    $ (54,256   $ 555,258
                            

Identifiable assets

   $   2,878,753    $ 2,606,130    $ 450,721      $ 5,935,604

Capital expenditures

   $ 142,826    $ 132,864    $      $ 275,690

Share-based payments

   $ 7,932    $ 1,701    $ 538      $ 10,171

Identifiable assets of $2.4 billion, $2.6 billion, and $2.9 billion derived from the Company’s foreign operations are included in the data above for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Revenue of $1.6 billion derived from the Company’s foreign operations is included in the data above for the year ended December 31, 2009. Revenue of $1.2 billion derived from the Company’s foreign operations is included in the data above for the pre-merger period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008. Revenue of $790.6 million derived from the Company’s foreign operations is included in the data above for the post-merger period from July 31, 2008 through December 31, 2008. Revenue of $1.9 billion derived from the Company’s foreign operations is included in the data above for the pre-merger year ended December 31, 2007.

 

116


Table of Contents

NOTE N — QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Unaudited)

 

(In thousands, except per share data)  
     March 31,     June 30,     September 30,     December 31,  
     2009
Post-Merger
    2008
Pre-Merger
    2009
Post-Merger
    2008
Pre-Merger
    2009
Post-Merger
    2008
Combined
(2)
    2009
Post-Merger
    2008
Post-Merger
 

Revenue

   $ 582,216      $ 775,579      $ 692,117      $ 914,808      $ 660,622      $ 813,375      $ 763,069      $ 785,525   

Operating expenses:

                

Direct operating expenses

     379,608        470,834        392,309        490,244        398,766        463,117        454,400        457,941   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     117,764        144,610        121,342        151,034        108,824        142,377        136,474        168,349   

Depreciation and amortization

     101,908        105,090        114,808        104,764        111,053        118,798        111,878        143,698   

Corporate expenses

     14,246        16,234        15,653        17,819        15,547        16,542        19,801        20,450   

Impairment charges (1)

                   812,390                             78,347        3,217,649   

Other operating income— net

     4,612        2,372        4,353        6,100        1,160        4,034        (18,356     3,342   
                                                                

Operating income (loss)

     (26,698     41,183        (760,032     157,047        27,592        76,575        (56,187     (3,219,220

Interest expense on debt with Clear Channel Communications

     36,975        36,003        36,835        36,953        36,558        43,948        32,543        41,500   

Interest expense

     1,912        2,095        1,362        1,314        1,350        1,470        7,384        1,819   

Interest income on Due from Clear Channel Communications

     114        1,474        111        686        133        1,196        366        96   

Loss on marketable securities

                                 11,315                      59,842   

Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates

     (2,293     78,043        (21,755     1,666        (2,046     (9,814     (5,348     (1,162

Other income (expense)— net

     (3,168     12,547        (2,612     (2,249     492        2,090        (4,080     13,091   
                                                                

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (70,932     95,149        (822,485     118,883        (23,052     24,629        (105,176     (3,310,356

Income tax (expense) benefit

     (20,423     (7,900     133,124        (39,987     (10,999     (8,803     47,408        277,009   
                                                                

Consolidated net income (loss)

     (91,355     87,249        (689,361     78,896        (34,051     15,826        (57,768     (3,033,347

Amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (3,475     (1,657     (263     (1,451     325        6,711        (933     (3,896
                                                                

Net income (loss) attributable to the Company

   $ (87,880   $ 88,906      $ (689,098   $ 80,347      $ (34,376   $ 9,115      $ (56,835   $ (3,029,451
                                                                

Net income (loss) per common share:

                

Basic

   $ (0.25   $ 0.25      $ (1.94   $ 0.23      $ (0.10   $ 0.03      $ (0.18   $ (8.53

Diluted

   $ (0.25   $ 0.25      $ (1.94   $ 0.23      $ (0.10   $ 0.03      $ (0.18   $ (8.53

Stock price:

                

High

   $ 7.74      $ 27.82      $ 7.04      $ 22.49      $ 7.68      $ 18.15      $ 11.29      $ 13.75   

Low

   $ 2.14      $ 18.36      $ 3.29      $ 17.05      $ 3.84      $ 11.88      $ 6.51      $ 3.35   

 

(1) As discussed in Note B, the fourth quarter of 2009 includes a $41.4 million adjustment related to previously recorded impairment charges.

 

(2) The quarterly results of operations for the quarter ended September 30, 2008 is presented on a combined basis and is comprised of two periods: post-merger and pre-merger, which relate to the period succeeding Clear Channel Communications’ merger and the period preceding the merger, respectively. The post-merger and pre-merger quarterly results of operations are presented as follows:

 

117


Table of Contents
(In thousands, except per share data)                   
     Post-Merger     Pre-Merger     Combined  
     Period from
July 31 through
September 30,
2008
    Period from
July 1 through
July 30,
2008
    Quarter Ended
September 30,
2008
 

Revenue

   $ 541,699      $ 271,676      $ 813,375   

Operating expenses:

      

Direct operating expenses

     304,763        158,354        463,117   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     93,175        49,202        142,377   

Depreciation and amortization

     81,015        37,783        118,798   

Corporate expenses

     11,231        5,311        16,542   

Other operating income— net

     1,528        2,506        4,034   
                        

Operating income

     53,043        23,532        76,575   

Interest expense on debt with Clear Channel Communications

     29,440        14,508        43,948   

Interest expense

     966        504        1,470   

Interest income on Due from Clear Channel Communications

     766        430        1,196   

Equity in earnings (loss) of nonconsolidated affiliates

     (947     (8,867     (9,814

Other income (expense)— net

     (977     3,067        2,090   
                        

Income before income taxes

     21,479        3,150        24,629   

Income tax (expense)

     (5,114     (3,689     (8,803
                        

Consolidated net income (loss)

   $ 16,365      $ (539   $ 15,826   

Amount attributable to noncontrolling interest

     5,551        1,160        6,711   
                        

Net income (loss) attributable to the Company

   $ 10,814      $ (1,699   $ 9,115   
                        

Net income (loss) per common share:

      

Basic

   $ 0.03      $ (0.00   $ 0.03   

Diluted

   $ 0.03      $ (0.00   $ 0.03   

 

118


Table of Contents

ITEM 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Not applicable

ITEM 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, who joined us effective January 4, 2010, we have carried out an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act). Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2009 to ensure that information we are required to disclose in reports that are filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC and is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of assets, (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors, and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

As of December 31, 2009, management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act) based on the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on the assessment, management determined that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on those criteria.

Ernst & Young LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements of the Company included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009. The report, which expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, is included in this Item under the heading “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

119


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.

We have audited Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.’s (Holdings) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Holdings’ management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on Holdings’ internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Holdings maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on the COSO criteria .

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Holdings as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2009, the period from July 31, 2008 through December 31, 2008, the period from January 1, 2008 through July 30, 2008, and for the year ended December 31, 2007, and our report dated March 16, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst &Young LLP

San Antonio, Texas

March 16, 2010

 

120


Table of Contents

ITEM 9B. Other Information

Not applicable

 

121


Table of Contents

PART III

ITEM 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required by this item with respect to our executive officers is set forth in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and all other information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in our Definitive Proxy Statement, expected to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of our fiscal year end.

ITEM 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in our Definitive Proxy Statement, expected to be filed within 120 days of our fiscal year end.

ITEM 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in our Definitive Proxy Statement, expected to be filed within 120 days of our fiscal year end.

ITEM 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in our Definitive Proxy Statement, expected to be filed within 120 days of our fiscal year end.

ITEM 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in our Definitive Proxy Statement, expected to be filed within 120 days of our fiscal year end.

 

122


Table of Contents

PART IV

ITEM 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a)1. Financial Statements.

The following consolidated financial statements are included in Item 8:

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008.

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

(a)2. Financial Statement Schedule.

The following financial statement schedule for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 and related report of independent auditors is filed as part of this report and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements.

Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instructions or are in applicable, and therefore have been omitted.

 

123


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

 

(In thousands)              

Description

   Balance at
Beginning of
Period
   Charges to
Costs,
Expenses and
Other
   Write-off of
Accounts
Receivable
   Other (1)     Balance at
End of Period

Year ended

December 31, 2007

   $ 24,827    $ 10,525    $ 8,815    $ 3,204      $ 29,741

Period from

January 1 through July 30, 2008

   $ 29,741    $ 8,588    $ 4,654    $ 2,152      $ 35,827

Period from

July 31 through December 31, 2008

   $ 35,827    $ 24,268    $ 8,155    $ (3,340   $ 48,600

Year ended

December 31, 2009

   $ 48,600    $ 17,580    $ 14,760    $ (350   $ 51,070

 

(1) Primarily foreign currency adjustments.

 

124


Table of Contents

(a)3. Exhibits

 

3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 31, 2006).
3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. as amended (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed February 14, 2008).
4.1    Form of Specimen Class A Common Stock certificate of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-127375 (the “Registration Statement”)).
4.2    Form of Specimen Class B Common Stock certificate of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement).
4.3*    Indenture with respect to 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017, dated as of December 23, 2009, by and among Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc., U.S. Bank National Association and the guarantors party thereto.
4.4*    Indenture with respect to 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017, dated as of December 23, 2009, by and among Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc., U.S. Bank National Association and the guarantors party thereto.
10.1    Master Agreement dated November 16, 2005 between Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. and Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 31, 2006).
10.2    Registration Rights Agreement dated November 16, 2005 between Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. and Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 31, 2006).
10.3    Corporate Services Agreement dated November 16, 2005 between Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. and Clear Channel Management Services, L.P. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 31, 2006).
10.4    Tax Matters Agreement dated November 10, 2005 between Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. and Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 31, 2006).
10.5    Employee Matters Agreement dated November 10, 2005 between Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. and Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 31, 2006).
10.6    Amended and Restated License Agreement dated November 10, 2005 between Clear Channel Identity, L.P. and Outdoor Management Services, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 31, 2006).
10.7    Revolving Promissory Note dated November 10, 2005 payable by Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. to Clear Channel Communications, Inc. in the original principal amount of $1,000,000,000 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 31, 2006).
10.8    Revolving Promissory Note dated November 10, 2005 payable by Clear Channel Communications, Inc. to Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. in the original principal amount of $1,000,000,000

 

125


Table of Contents
  (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 31, 2006).
10.9   Senior Unsecured Term Promissory Note dated August 2, 2005 in the original principal amount of $2.5 billion (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registration Statement).
10.10   First Amendment to Senior Unsecured Term Promissory Note dated October 7, 2005 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registration Statement).
10.11§   Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K dated April 30, 2007).
10.12§   Form of Option Agreement under the Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed December 9, 2005 (File No. 333-130229)).
10.13§   Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed December 9, 2005 (File No. 333-130229)).
10.14§   2006 Annual Incentive Plan of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K dated April 30, 2007).
10.15§   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated July 28, 2008, by and between Mark P. Mays, CC Media Holdings, Inc. and BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to CC Media Holdings’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 30, 2008 (File No. 000-53354)).
10.16§  

Amendment, dated January 20, 2009, to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated July 28, 2008, by and between Mark P. Mays, CC Media Holdings, Inc. and Clear Channel Communications, Inc., as successor to BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 21, 2009).

10.17§   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated July 28, 2008, by and between Randall T. Mays, CC Media Holdings, Inc. and BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to CC Media Holdings’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 30, 2008 (File No. 0-53354)).
10.18*§  

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2009, by and among Randall T. Mays, Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and CC Media Holdings, Inc.

10.19§   Employment Agreement by and between Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. and Paul J. Meyer dated August 5, 2005 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Clear Channel Communications, Inc. Form 8-K (File No. 1-9645) filed August 10, 2005).
10.20*   Purchase Agreement, dated December 18, 2009, by and among Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Moelis & Company LLC, Banc of America Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc.
10.21*   Registration Rights Agreement with respect to 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017, dated December 23, 2009, by and among Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., certain subsidiaries of Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. party thereto, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Moelis

 

126


Table of Contents
  & Company LLC, Banc of America Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc.
10.22*   Registration Rights Agreement with respect to 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017, dated December 23, 2009, by and among Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., certain subsidiaries of Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. party thereto, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Moelis & Company LLC, Banc of America Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc.
10.23***§   Contract of Employment by and between C. William Eccleshare and Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd dated August 31, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 9, 2009).
10.24*   First Amendment, dated as of December 23, 2009, to the Revolving Promissory Note, dated as of November 10, 2005, by Clear Channel Communications, Inc., as Maker, to Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.
10.25*   First Amendment, dated as of December 23, 2009, to the Revolving Promissory Note, dated as of November 10, 2005, by Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., as Maker, to Clear Channel Communications, Inc.
10.26*   Series A Senior Notes Proceeds Loan Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2009, by and between Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. and Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.
10.27*   Series B Senior Notes Proceeds Loan Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2009, by and between Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. and Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.
10.28§   Employment Separation Agreement, dated as of October 19, 2009, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and Herbert W. Hill (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Amendment to Form 10-Q filed November 13, 2009).
10.29§   Contract of Employment, dated as of October 30, 2009, by and between Clear Channel Outdoor Ltd and Jonathan Bevan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 11, 2009).
10.30§   Employment Agreement, effective as of December 15, 2009, by and between Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. and Ronald Cooper (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 11, 2009).
10.31  

Form of Independent Director Indemnification Agreement (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 3, 2009).

10.32  

Form of Affiliate Independent Director Indemnification Agreement (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 3, 2009).

11*   Statement re: Computation of Per Share Earnings.
21*   Subsidiaries of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.
23.1*   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
24*   Power of Attorney (included on signature page).
31.1*   Certification Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2*   Certification Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1**   Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2**   Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

*                Filed herewith

**             This exhibit is furnished herewith and shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

***           Previously filed and being re-filed herewith solely for the purpose of including certain exhibits and schedules previously omitted.

§                Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit pursuant to Item 601 of Regulation S-K.

 

127


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1034, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on March 16, 2010.

 

CLEAR CHANNEL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, INC.

By:

  /s/ Mark P. Mays
 

Mark P. Mays

President and Chief Executive Officer

Power of Attorney

Each person whose signature appears below authorizes Mark P. Mays, Thomas W. Casey and Herbert W. Hill, Jr., or any one of them, each of whom may act without joinder of the others, to execute in the name of each such person who is then an officer or director of the Registrant and to file any amendments to this annual report on Form 10-K necessary or advisable to enable the Registrant to comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect thereof, which amendments may make such changes in such report as such attorney-in-fact may deem appropriate.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Mark P. Mays

Mark P. Mays

  

Chairman of the Board, President, Chief

Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  March 16, 2010

/s/ Thomas W. Casey

Thomas W. Casey

  

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial

Officer)

  March 16, 2010

/s/ Herbert W. Hill, Jr.

Herbert W. Hill, Jr.

  

Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting

Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)

  March 16, 2010

/s/ Randall T. Mays

Randall T. Mays

   Director   March 16, 2010

/s/ Margaret W. Covell

Margaret W. Covell

   Director   March 16, 2010

/s/ Blair E. Hendrix

Blair E. Hendrix

   Director   March 16, 2010

/s/ Daniel G. Jones

Daniel G. Jones

   Director   March 16, 2010

 

128


Table of Contents

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ James M. Raines

James M. Raines

   Director   March 16, 2010

/s/ Marsha McCombs Shields

Marsha McCombs Shields

   Director   March 16, 2010

/s/ Dale W. Tremblay

Dale W. Tremblay

   Director   March 16, 2010

/s/ Scott R. Wells

Scott R. Wells

   Director   March 16, 2010

 

129

EXHIBIT 11 – Computation of Per Share Earnings

 

(In thousands, except per share data)          
     Post-Merger     Pre-Merger
     Year Ended
December 31,
2009
    Period from
July 31
through
December 31,
2008

As adjusted (1)
    Period from
January 1
through

July 30,
2008
As adjusted (1)
   Year Ended
December 31,
2007

As adjusted (1)

Basic and diluted numerator:

         

Net income (loss) attributable to the Company – Common Shares

   $ (868,189   $ (3,018,637   $ 167,554    $ 245,990

Less: Participating securities dividends

     6,799                   

Income (loss) attributable to the Company – Unvested Shares

                   214      281
                             

Income (loss) attributable to the Company per common share – basic and diluted

   $ (874,988   $ (3,018,637   $ 167,340    $ 245,709
                             

Denominator:

         

Weighted average common shares – basic

     355,377        355,308        355,178      354,838

Effect of dilutive securities:

         

Stock options and restricted stock awards (2)

                   563      968
                             

Weighted average common shares – diluted

     355,377        355,308        355,741      355,806
                             

Net income (loss) per basic common share

   $ (2.46   $ (8.50   $ 0.47    $ 0.69
                             

Net income (loss) per diluted common share

   $ (2.46   $ (8.50   $ 0.47    $ 0.69
                             

 

(1) Reflects implementation of Financial Accounting Standards Board Staff Position Emerging Issues Task Force 03-6-1, Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities , codified in ASC 260-10-45. See Note J in Item 8 of Part II of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

 

(2) 6.7 million, 7.7 million, 6.3 million and 1.8 million stock options were outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2008 (post-merger), July 30, 2008 (pre-merger) and December 31, 2007(pre-merger), respectively, that were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because to do so would have been anti-dilutive as the respective options’ strive price was greater than the current market price of the shares.

EXHIBIT 21 – Subsidiaries of Registrant, Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.

 

Name

  

State of Incorporation

1567 Media, LLC    DE
CC CV LP, LLC    DE
CCHCV LP, LLC    DE
Clear Channel Adshel, Inc.    DE
Clear Channel Airports of Georgia, Inc.    GA
Clear Channel Airports of Texas, JV    TX
Clear Channel Branded Cities, LLC    DE
Clear Channel Brazil Holdco, LLC    DE
Clear Channel Digital, LLC    DE
Clear Channel Metra, LLC    DE
Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings Company Canada    DE
Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.    DE
Clear Channel Peoples, LLC    DE
Clear Channel Spectacolor, LLC    DE
Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.    NV
Clear Channel/Interstate Philadelphia, LLC    DE
Eller-PW Company, LLC    CA
Exceptional Outdoor Advertising, Inc.    FL
Get Outdoors Florida, LLC    FL
Interspace Airport Advertising International, LLC    PA
Interspace Services, Inc.    PA
Keller Booth Sumners Joint Venture    TX
Kelnic II Joint Venture    DE
Outdoor Management Services, Inc.    NV
Sunset Billboards, LLC    WA

 

Name

  

Country Of Incorporation

Adcart AB    Sweden
Adshel (Brazil) Ltda    Brazil
Adshel Ireland Limited    Ireland
Adshel Ltd.    United Kingdom
Adshel Ltda    Brazil
Adshel NI Ltd.    United Kingdom
Allied Outdoor Advertising Ltd.    United Kingdom
Arcadia Cooper Properties Ltd.    United Kingdom
Barnett And Son Ltd.    United Kingdom
Bk Studi BV    Netherlands
BPS London Ltd.    United Kingdom
BPS Ltd.    United Kingdom

C.F.D. Billboards Ltd.

CAC City Advertising Company AG

  

United Kingdom

Switzerland

Clear Channel Haidemenos Media SA    Greece
Clear Channel International BV    Netherlands
Clear Channel International Holdings BV    Netherlands
CC LP BV    Netherlands
Clear Channel Netherlands BV    Netherlands
CCO International Holdings BV    Netherlands


Name

  

Country Of Incorporation

CCO Ontario Holdings, Inc.    Canada
China Outdoor Media Investment (HK) Co., Ltd.    Hong Kong
China Outdoor Media Investment, Inc.    British Virgin Islands
City Lights Ltd.    United Kingdom
Clear Channel Adshel AS    Norway
Clear Channel Affitalia SRL    Italy
Clear Channel Baltics & Russia Limited    Russia
Clear Channel Baltics & Russia AB    Sweden
Clear Channel Banners Limited    United Kingdom
Clear Channel Belgium SA    Belgium
Clear Channel Brazil Holding S/A    Brazil
Clear Channel (Central) Ltd.    United Kingdom
Clear Channel Communications India Pvt Ltd    India
Clear Channel CP III BV    Netherlands
Clear Channel CP IV BV    Netherlands
Clear Channel CV    Netherlands
Clear Channel Danmark A/S    Denmark
Clear Channel Entertainment of Brazil Ltda    Brazil
Clear Channel Espana SL    Spain
Clear Channel Espectaculos SL    Spain
Clear Channel Estonia OU    Estonia
Clear Channel European Holdings SAS    France
Clear Channel Felice GmbH    Switzerland
Clear Channel France SA    France
Clear Channel Hillenaar BV    Netherlands
Clear Channel Holding AG    Switzerland
Clear Channel Holding Italia SPA    Italy
Clear Channel Holdings CV    Netherlands
Clear Channel Holdings, Ltd.    United Kingdom
Clear Channel Hong Kong Ltd.    Hong Kong
Clear Channel Outdoor Hungary KFT    Hungary
Clear Channel Ireland Ltd.    Ireland
Clear Channel Italy Outdoor SRL    Italy
Clear Channel Jolly Pubblicita SPA    Italy
Clear Channel KNR Neth Antilles NV    Netherlands Antilles
Clear Channel Latvia    Latvia
Clear Channel Lietuva    Lithuania
Clear Channel (Midlands) Ltd.    United Kingdom
Clear Channel NI Ltd.    United Kingdom
Clear Channel (Northwest) Ltd.    United Kingdom
Clear Channel Norway AS    Norway
Clear Channel Outdoor Company Canada    Canada
Clear Channel Outdoor Limited    United Kingdom
Clear Channel Outdoor Mexico SA de CV    Mexico
Clear Channel Outdoor Mexico, Operaciones SA de CV    Mexico
Clear Channel Outdoor Mexico, Servicios Administrativos, SA de CV    Mexico
Clear Channel Outdoor Mexico, Servicios Corporativos, SA de CV    Mexico
Clear Channel Outdoor Pty Ltd.    Australia


Name

  

Country Of Incorporation

Clear Channel Outdoor Spanish Holdings S.L.    Spain
Clear Channel Overseas Ltd.    United Kingdom
Clear Channel Pacific Pte Ltd.    Singapore
Clear Channel Plakanda Aida GmbH    Switzerland
Clear Channel Plakanda GmbH    Switzerland
Clear Channel Poland Sp ZO.o.    Poland
Clear Channel Sales AB    Sweden
Clear Channel Sao Paulo Participacoes Ltda    Brazil
Clear Channel Scotland Ltd.    Scotland
Clear Channel Singapore Pte Ltd.    Singapore
Clear Channel Smartbike    France
Clear Channel Smart Bike Italia SRL    Italy
Clear Channel Solutions Ltd.    United Kingdom
Clear Channel South America S.A.C.    Peru
Clear Channel Southwest Ltd.    United Kingdom
Clear Channel Suomi Oy    Finland
Clear Channel Sverige AB    Sweden
Clear Channel Tanitim Ve Iletisim AS    Turkey
Clear Channel UK Ltd    United Kingdom
Clear Media Limited    Bermuda
Comurben SA    Morocco
Defi Belgium    Belgium
Defi Czecia    Czech Republic
Defi Deutschland GmbH    Germany
Defi France SAS    France
Defi Group Asia    Hong Kong
Defi Group SAS    France
Defi Italia SPA    Italy
Defi Neolux    Portugal
Defi Poland SP ZO.o    Poland
Defi Hungary Kft    Hungary
Defi Russie    Russia
Defi Ukraine    Ukraine
Dolis BV    Netherlands
Eller Holding Company Cayman I    Cayman Islands
Eller Holding Company Cayman II    Cayman Islands
Eller Media Asesorias Y Comercializacion Publicitaria Ltda    Chile
Eller Media Servicios Publicitarios Ltda    Chile
Epiclove Ltd.    United Kingdom
Equipamientos Urbanos de Canarias SA    Spain
Equipamientos Urbanos Del Sur SL    Spain
Equipamientos Urbanos - Gallega de Publicidad Disseno AIE    Spain
Foxmark UK Ltd.    United Kingdom
Giganto Holding Cayman    Cayman Islands
Giganto Outdoor SA    Chile
Grosvenor Advertising Ltd.    United Kingdom
Hainan Whitehorse Advertising Media Investment Company Ltd.    China
Hillenaar Outdoor Advertising BV    Netherlands


Name

  

Country Of Incorporation

Hillenaar Services BV    Netherlands
Iberdefi (Espagne)    Spain
Illuminated Awnings Systems Ltd.    Ireland
Infotrak SA    Switzerland
Interpubli Werbe AG    Switzerland
Interspace Airport Advertising Australia Pty Ltd.    Australia
Interspace Costa Rica Airport Advertising SA    Costa Rica
Interspace Airport Advertising Curacao NV    Netherlands Antilles
Interspace Airport Advertising Netherlands Antilles NV    Netherlands Antilles
Interspace Airport Advertising West Indies Ltd.    West Indies
Interspace Airport Advertising New Zealand Ltd.    New Zealand
Clear Channel Romania SRL    Romania
Clear Channel Rooftop SRL    Romania
KMS Advertising Ltd.    United Kingdom
L ‘Efficience Publicitaire SA    Belgium
L & C Outdoor Ltda.    Brazil
Landimat    France

Mars Reklam Ve Producksiyon AS

Maurice Stam Ltd.

  

Turkey

United Kingdom

Metrabus    Belgium
Ming Wai Holdings Ltd.    British Virgin Islands
More O’Ferrall Adshel Ltd.    United Kingdom
More Communications Ltd.    United Kingdom
More Media Ltd.    United Kingdom
More O'Ferrall Ltd.    United Kingdom
More O'Ferrall Ireland Ltd.    Ireland
Morebus Ltd.    United Kingdom
Multimark Ltd.    United Kingdom
Nitelites (Ireland) Ltd.    Ireland
Adshel Mexico    Mexico
Outdoor Advertising BV    Netherlands
Outdoor International Holdings BV    Netherlands
Outstanding Media I Stockholm AB    Sweden
Overtop Services SRL    Romania
Paneles Napsa. S.A.    Peru
Parkin Advertising Ltd.    United Kingdom
Plakanda Awi AG    Switzerland
Plakanda GmbH    Switzerland
Plakanda Management AG    Switzerland
Plakanda Ofex AG    Switzerland
Plakatron AG    Switzerland
Postermobile Advertising Ltd.    United Kingdom
Postermobile PLC.    United Kingdom
Premium Holdings Ltd.    United Kingdom
Premium Outdoor Ltd.    United Kingdom
Procom Publicidade via Publica Ltda    Chile
PTKC Rotterdam BV    Netherlands
Pubbli A SPA    Italy
Publicidade Klimes Sao Paulo Ltda    Brazil


Name

  

Country Of Incorporation

Pubblicita Zangari SRL

   Italy
Q Panel SRL    Romania
Racklight SA de CV    Mexico
Regentfile Ltd.    United Kingdom
Rockbox Ltd.    United Kingdom
Signways Ltd.    United Kingdom
Simon Outdoor Ltd.    Russia

Sites International Ltd.

Super Signs Ltd.

Supersigns Polska SP ZO.o.

  

United Kingdom

Bahamas

Poland

Taxi Media Holdings Ltd.    United Kingdom
Taxi Media Ltd.    United Kingdom
Team Relay Ltd.    United Kingdom
The Canton Property Investment Co. Ltd.    United Kingdom
The Kildoon Property Co. Ltd.    United Kingdom
Torpix Ltd.    United Kingdom
Town & City Posters Advertising. Ltd.    United Kingdom
Tracemotion Ltd.    United Kingdom
Trainer Advertising Ltd.    United Kingdom

Urban Media SA

Upright Sprl

  

Belgium

Belgium

Vision Posters Ltd.    United Kingdom
Williams Display Excellence AB    Sweden

Adshel Street Furniture Pty Ltd.

Citysites Outdoor Advertising (West Australia) Pty Ltd.

Adshel New Zealand Ltd.

Citysites Outdoor Advertising (South Australia) Pty Ltd.

Citysites Outdoor Advertising (Albert) Pty Ltd.

Street Furniture (NSW) Pty Ltd.

Urban Design Furniture Pty Ltd.

Citysites Outdoor Advertising Pty Ltd.

Perth Sign Company Pty Ltd.

Phillips Neon Pty Ltd.

Shelter Advertising Pty Ltd

CR Phillips Investments Pty Ltd.

Phillips Finance Pty Ltd.

  

Australia

Australia

New Zealand

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

EXHIBIT 23.1 - Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Ernst & Young LLP

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

 

  1. Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-130229) pertaining to the Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan
  2. Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-132950) pertaining to the Clear Channel Communications, Inc. 2005 401(k) Savings Plan

of our reports dated March 16, 2010, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., included in the Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2009.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

San Antonio, Texas

March 16, 2010

EXHIBIT 31.1   -    CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULES 13A-14(A) AND 15D-14(A) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Mark P. Mays. certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 16, 2010

/s/ MARK P. MAYS

      Mark P. Mays

      President and Chief Executive Officer

EXHIBIT 31.2   -    CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULES 13A-14(A) AND 15D-14(A) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Thomas W. Casey, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 16, 2010

/s/ THOMAS W. CASEY

      Thomas W. Casey

      Chief Financial Officer

EXHIBIT 32.1   -    CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

This certification is provided pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and accompanies the Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “Form 10-K”) for the year ended December 31, 2008 of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. (the “Issuer”). The undersigned hereby certifies that the Form 10-K fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Issuer.

Dated: March 16, 2010

By: /s/ MARK P. MAYS            

Name:   Mark P. Mays

Title:     President and Chief Executive Officer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Issuer and will be furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission, or its staff, upon request.

EXHIBIT 32.2   -    CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

This certification is provided pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and accompanies the Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “Form 10-K”) for the year ended December 31, 2008 of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. (the “Issuer”). The undersigned hereby certifies that the Form 10-K fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Issuer.

Dated: March 16, 2010

By: /s/ THOMAS W. CASEY            

Name:   Thomas W. Casey

Title:     Chief Financial Officer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Issuer and will be furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission, or its staff, upon request.

Exhibit 4.3
EXECUTION COPY
 
 
INDENTURE
Dated as of December 23, 2009
among
CLEAR CHANNEL WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS, INC.
as the Issuer,
CLEAR CHANNEL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, INC.
as Guarantor,
CLEAR CHANNEL OUTDOOR, INC.
as Guarantor,
EACH OF THE OTHER GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO,
and
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent
9.25% SERIES A SENIOR NOTES DUE 2017
 
 

 


 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*
     
Trust Indenture Act Section   Indenture Section
310(a)(1)
  7.10
  (a)(2)
  7.10
  (a)(3)
  N.A.
  (a)(4)
  N.A.
  (a)(5)
  7.10
  (b)
  7.03, 7.10
  (c)
  N.A.
311(a)
  7.11
  (b)
  7.11
  (c)
  N.A.
312(a)
  2.05
  (b)
  12.03
  (c)
  12.03
313(a)
  7.06
  (b)(1)
  N.A.
  (b)(2)
  7.06; 7.07
  (c)
  7.06; 12.02
  (d)
  7.06
314(a)
  4.03; 12.05
  (b)
  N.A.
  (c)(1)
  12.04
  (c)(2)
  12.04
  (c)(3)
  N.A.
  (d)
  N.A.
  (e)
  12.04
  (f)
  N.A.
315(a)
  7.01
  (b)
  7.05; 12.02
  (c)
  7.01
  (d)
  7.01
  (e)
  6.14
316(a)(last sentence)
  2.09
  (a)(1)(A)
  6.05
  (a)(1)(B)
  6.04
  (a)(2)
  N.A
  (b)
  6.07
  (c)
  2.12; 9.04
317(a)(1)
  6.08
  (a)(2)
  6.12
  (b)
  2.04
318(a)
  12.01
  (b)
  N.A.
  (c)
  12.01
 
N.A. means not applicable.
 
*   This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
    1  
 
       
Section 1.01 Definitions
    1  
Section 1.02 Other Definitions
    32  
Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
    33  
Section 1.04 Rules of Construction
    34  
Section 1.05 Acts of Holders
    35  
 
       
ARTICLE 2 THE 2017 A NOTES
    36  
 
       
Section 2.01 Form and Dating; Terms
    36  
Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication
    38  
Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent
    38  
Section 2.04 Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust
    39  
Section 2.05 Holder Lists
    39  
Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange
    39  
Section 2.07 Replacement Notes
    51  
Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes
    51  
Section 2.09 Treasury Notes
    52  
Section 2.10 Temporary Notes
    52  
Section 2.11 Cancellation
    52  
Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest
    53  
Section 2.13 CUSIP Numbers
    53  
 
       
ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION
    53  
 
       
Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee
    53  
Section 3.02 Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed or Purchased
    54  
Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption
    54  
Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption
    55  
Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price
    55  
Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part
    56  
Section 3.07 Optional Redemption
    56  
Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption
    57  
Section 3.09 Offers To Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds
    58  
 
       
ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS
    60  
 
       
Section 4.01 Payment of Notes
    60  
Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency
    61  
Section 4.03 Reports and Other Information
    61  
Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate
    62  
Section 4.05 Taxes
    63  
Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
    63  

-i-


 

         
    Page  
Section 4.07 Limitation on Restricted Payments
    63  
Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
    64  
Section 4.09 Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock
    66  
Section 4.10 Asset Sales
    73  
Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates
    73  
Section 4.12 Liens
    76  
Section 4.13 Corporate Existence
    76  
Section 4.14 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control
    76  
Section 4.15 Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries
    78  
Section 4.16 Liquidity Amount
    79  
 
       
ARTICLE 5 SUCCESSORS
    79  
 
       
Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets
    79  
Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted
    82  
 
       
ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
    82  
 
       
Section 6.01 Events of Default
    82  
Section 6.02 Acceleration
    84  
Section 6.03 Other Remedies
    85  
Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults
    85  
Section 6.05 Control by Majority
    85  
Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits
    85  
Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of 2017 A Notes To Receive Payment
    86  
Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee
    86  
Section 6.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies
    86  
Section 6.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative
    86  
Section 6.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver
    86  
Section 6.12 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
    87  
Section 6.13 Priorities
    87  
Section 6.14 Undertaking for Costs
    88  
 
       
ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE
    88  
 
       
Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee
    88  
Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee
    89  
Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee
    90  
Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer
    90  
Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults
    91  
Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the 2017 A Notes
    91  
Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity
    91  
Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee or Agent
    92  
Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.
    93  
Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification
    93  
Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer
    93  

-ii-


 

         
    Page  
 
       
ARTICLE 8 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
    93  
 
       
Section 8.01 Option To Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
    93  
Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge
    94  
Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance
    94  
Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
    95  
Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
    96  
Section 8.06 Repayment to Issuer
    96  
Section 8.07 Reinstatement
    97  
 
       
ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
    97  
 
       
Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes
    97  
Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes
    98  
Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
    100  
Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents
    100  
Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
    100  
Section 9.06 Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc.
    101  
Section 9.07 Payment for Consent
    101  
 
       
ARTICLE 10 GUARANTEES
    101  
 
       
Section 10.01 Guarantee
    101  
Section 10.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability
    103  
Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery
    103  
Section 10.04 Subrogation
    104  
Section 10.05 Benefits Acknowledged
    104  
Section 10.06 Release of Guarantees
    104  
 
       
ARTICLE 11 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
    105  
 
       
Section 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge
    105  
Section 11.02 Application of Trust Money
    106  
 
       
ARTICLE 12 MISCELLANEOUS
    106  
 
       
Section 12.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls
    106  
Section 12.02 Notices
    106  
Section 12.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes
    107  
Section 12.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
    108  
Section 12.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
    108  
Section 12.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents
    108  
Section 12.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
    108  
Section 12.08 Governing Law
    109  
Section 12.09 Waiver of Jury Trial
    109  
Section 12.10 Force Majeure
    109  
Section 12.11 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
    109  
Section 12.12 Successors
    109  

-iii-


 

         
    Page  
Section 12.13 Severability
    109  
Section 12.14 Counterpart Originals
    110  
Section 12.15 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
    110  
Section 12.16 Qualification of Indenture
    110  
 
       
EXHIBITS
       
 
       
Exhibit A            Form of 2017 A Note
       
Exhibit B            Form of Certificate of Transfer
       
Exhibit C            Form of Certificate of Exchange
       
Exhibit D            Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors
       

-iv-


 

          INDENTURE, dated as of December 23, 2009, among Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “ Issuer ”), Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), as Guarantor, Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“CCO”), as Guarantor, each of the other Guarantors (as defined herein) listed on the signature pages hereto, U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent.
W I T N E S S E T H
          WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the creation of an issue of $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017 (the “ Initial Notes ”); and
          WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture.
          NOW, THEREFORE, the Issuer, the Guarantors, and the Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the 2017 A Notes.
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
Section 1.01 Definitions .
          “ 2017 A Exchange Notes ” means new notes of the Issuer issued in exchange for the 2017 A Notes pursuant to, or as contemplated by, the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement and Section 2.06(f) hereof.
          “ 2017 A Notes ” means the Initial Notes and more particularly means any 2017 A Note authenticated and delivered under the this Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “2017 A Notes” shall also include any Additional 2017 A Notes that may be delivered under a supplemental indenture.
          “ 2017 B Exchange Notes ” means new notes of the Issuer issued in exchange for the 2017 B Notes pursuant to, or as contemplated by, the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement and Section 2.06(f) of the 2017 B Indenture.
          “ 2017 B Indenture ” means the Indenture dated as of the Issue Date by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, with respect to the 2017 B Notes.
          “ 2017 B Notes ” means the 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017 and more particularly means any 2017 B Note authenticated and delivered under the 2017 B Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “2017 B Notes” shall also include any Additional 2017 B Notes that may be delivered under a supplemental indenture.
          “ 2017 B Notes Asset Sale Offer ” means an Asset Sale Offer (as defined in the 2017 B Notes Indenture).
          “ 144A Global Note ” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of,

 


 

and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that shall be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the 2017 A Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.
          “ Acquired Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person,
     (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging, consolidating or amalgamating with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and
     (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.
          “ Additional 2017 A Notes ” means additional 2017 A Notes (other than the Initial Notes and other than 2017 A Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Initial Notes) issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.01 and 4.09 hereof.
          “ Additional 2017 B Notes ” means additional 2017 B Notes (other than the 2017 B Notes issued on the Issue Date and other than 2017 B Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such 2017 B Notes) issued by the Issuer after this offering under the 2017 B Indenture.
          “ Additional Notes ” means both the Additional 2017 A Notes and the Additional 2017 B Notes.
          “ Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.
          “ Agent ” means any Registrar, Transfer Agent or Paying Agent.
          “ Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to any 2017 A Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:
     (a) 1.0% of the principal amount of such 2017 A Note on such Redemption Date; and
     (b) the excess, if any, of (i) the present value at such Redemption Date of (A) the redemption price of such 2017 A Note at December 15, 2012 (such redemption price being set forth in Section 3.07(c) hereof and in Section 5(d) of such 2017 A Note), plus (B) all required remaining interest payments (calculated based on the cash interest rate) due on such 2017 A Note through December 15,2012 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (ii) the principal amount of such 2017 A Note on such Redemption Date.

-2-


 

          “ Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and/or Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.
          “ Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.
          “ Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
          “ Business Day ” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.
          “ Capital Stock ” means:
     (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock or shares in the capital of such corporation;
     (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock;
     (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and
     (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.
          “ Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Capitalized Software Expenditures ” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.
          “ Cash Equivalents ” means:
     (1) United States dollars;
     (2)(a) Canadian dollars, pounds sterling, euro, or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; or
          (b) in the case of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

-3-


 

     (3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
     (4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000 in the case of U.S. banks and $100,000,000 (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;
     (5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;
     (6) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;
     (7) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency), and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;
     (8) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
     (9) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
     (10) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s; and
     (11) investment funds investing at least 95.0% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (10) above.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above; provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.
          “ Cash Management Arrangements ” means the treasury and cash management services pursuant to the Corporate Services Agreement, including any amounts advanced and repaid under the CCOH Mirror Note and the CCU Mirror Note, in each case, solely with respect to the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ cash from operations.

-4-


 

          “ CCO ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ CCOH Mirror Note ” means the Revolving Promissory Note dated as of November 10, 2005 between the Company, as maker, and CCU, as payee, as amended by the first amendment dated as of December 23, 2009, as may be further amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.
          “ CCU ” means Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation, together with its successors.
          “ CCU Credit Event ” means (a) pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law, CCU (i) commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, (ii) consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under applicable Bankruptcy Law, (iii) consents to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property, (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors or (v) generally is not paying its debts as they become due or (b) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that (i) is for relief against CCU in a proceeding in which CCU is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, (ii) appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of CCU, or for all or substantially all of the property of CCU or (iii) orders the liquidation of CCU and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.
          “ CCU Intercompany Note ” means the Senior Unsecured Term Promissory Note dated August 2, 2005 between CCO, as maker, and CCU, as payee, as amended through the Issue Date.
          “ CCU Mirror Note ” means the Revolving Promissory Note dated as of November 10, 2005 between CCU, as maker, and the Company, as payee, as amended by the first amendment dated December 23, 2009, as may be further amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.
          “ Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following after the Issue Date:
     (1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions (other than by merger, consolidation or amalgamation), of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder;
     (2) the Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by (A) any Person (other than any Permitted Holder) or (B) Persons (other than any Permitted Holder) that are together a group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any such group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of
Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of “beneficial ownership” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of more than 50.0% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (other than as a result of a Permitted Debt Restructuring);

-5-


 

     (3) at any time during any consecutive two-year period, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors (together with any new directors whose election by such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors then in office;
     (4) the Company becoming at any time a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of CCU or merging with and into CCU whether or not it is the surviving entity; or
     (5) the Issuer ceasing to be at any time a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company, including because of having merged with and into CCU, the Company or CCO.
          “ Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme.
          “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor thereto.
          “ Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and Capitalized Software Expenditures and amortization of unrecognized prior service costs and actuarial gains and losses related to pensions and other post-employment benefits, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Consolidated Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, the sum, without duplication, of (1) the total amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries set forth on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet (excluding any letters of credit except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts drawn thereunder), plus (2) the greater of the aggregate liquidation value and maximum fixed repurchase price without regard to any change of control or redemption premiums of all Disqualified Stock of the Company and the Restricted Guarantors and all Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:
     (1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest expense (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any, made (less net payments, if any, received), pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (u) any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness

-6-


 

in connection with the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting, as the case may be, in connection with the Transactions or any acquisition, (v) penalties and interest relating to taxes, (w) any Special Interest, any “special interest” with respect to other securities and any liquidated damages for failure to timely comply with registration rights obligations, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, discounted liabilities, commissions, fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) any accretion of accrued interest on discounted liabilities); plus
     (2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less
     (3) interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period.
          For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Consolidated Leverage Ratio ” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, to (b) EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available.
          In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) incurs, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes) or (ii) issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is made (the “ Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date ”), then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period; provided , however, that the Issuer may elect, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee not later than 30 days after entering into any commitment providing for the incurrence of Consolidated Indebtedness, that all or any portion of the Consolidated Indebtedness that could be incurred under such commitment at the time such commitment is entered into shall be treated as incurred and outstanding in such amount for all purposes of this calculation (whether or not such Consolidated Indebtedness is outstanding at the time such commitment is entered into) and any subsequent incurrence of such Consolidated Indebtedness under such commitment (including upon repayment and reborrowing) shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be the incurrence of Consolidated Indebtedness at such subsequent time.
          For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business made (or committed to be made pursuant to a definitive agreement) during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date, and other operational changes that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date shall

-7-


 

be calculated on a pro forma basis as set forth below assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto in the manner set forth below for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
          For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company (and may include cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions resulting from such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized); provided that actions to realize such cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions are taken within 12 months after the date of such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation; provided that no cost savings, synergies or operating expense reductions shall be included pursuant to this paragraph to the extent duplicative of any amounts that are otherwise added back in computing EBITDA with respect to such period.
          For the purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars shall be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve month period immediately prior to the date of determination determined in a manner consistent with that used in calculating EBITDA for the applicable period.
          “ Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that, without duplication,
     (1) any net after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses related thereto) or expenses and Transaction Expenses incurred within 180 days of the Issue Date shall be excluded;
     (2) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period shall be excluded;
     (3) any net after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded;
     (4) any net after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Company, shall be excluded;

-8-


 

     (5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash or Cash Equivalents (or to the extent converted into cash or Cash Equivalents) to such Person or a Subsidiary thereof that is the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such period;
     (6) [Reserved];
     (7) effects of purchase accounting adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and such Subsidiaries) in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP, resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded;
     (8) any net after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or conversion of (a) Indebtedness, (b) Hedging Obligations or (c) other derivative instruments shall be excluded;
     (9) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case, pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP, shall be excluded;
     (10) any non-cash compensation charge or expense, including any such charge or expense arising from the grant of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights or equity incentive programs, and any cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration, or payout of Equity Interests by management of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with the Transactions, shall be excluded;
     (11) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within twelve months after the Issue Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP, or changes as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies, shall be excluded; and
     (12) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Company has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days, expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded.
          “ Contingent Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

-9-


 

     (1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,
     (2) to advance or supply funds
     (a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or
     (b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or
     (3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.
          “ Corporate Services Agreement ” means the Corporate Services Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2005, by and between Clear Channel Management Services, L.P., and the Company, as the same may have been amended or supplemented as of the Issue Date and as may be further amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time; provided that such amendments, supplements, restatements or other modifications are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, not materially adverse to the Holders.
          “ Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee ” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Holders and the Issuer.
          “ Credit Facilities ” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt or credit facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any notes, indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.
          “ Custodian ” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the 2017 A Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.
          “ Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.
          “ Definitive Note ” means a certificated 2017 A Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06(c) hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, as the case may be, except that such 2017 A Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

-10-


 

          “ Depositary ” means, with respect to the 2017 A Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the 2017 A Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.
          “ Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means (1) the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Company, less (2) the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.
          “ Designated Preferred Stock ” means Preferred Stock of the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Company, on the issuance date thereof.
          “ Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the 2017 A Notes or the date the 2017 A Notes are no longer outstanding; provided , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations; provided further that any Capital Stock held by any future, current or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant (or their respective Immediate Family Members) of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any other entity in which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary has an Investment, in each case pursuant to any stock subscription or shareholders’ agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any distributor equity plan or agreement, shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or its Subsidiaries.
          “ Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof.
          “ EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period
     (1) increased (without duplication) by:
     (a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including federal, state, franchise and similar taxes, foreign withholding taxes and foreign unreimbursed

-11-


 

value added taxes of such Person and such Subsidiaries paid or accrued during such period, including penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from any tax examinations, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; provided that the aggregate amount of unreimbursed value added taxes to be added back for any four consecutive quarter period shall not exceed $2,000,000; plus
     (b) Fixed Charges of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period (including (x) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, (y) fees payable in respect of letters of credit and (z) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges) to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (d) any fees, expenses or charges related to any Equity Offering, Investment, acquisition, asset sale, disposition, recapitalization, the incurrence, repayment or refinancing of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Indenture (including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful (including the effects of expensing all transaction related expenses in accordance with ASC 805-10 and gains or losses associated with ASC 460-10)), or the offering, amendment or modification of any debt instrument, including the offering, any amendment or other modification of the 2017 A Notes, the 2017 B Notes, the Exchange Notes or the Senior Credit Facilities; plus
     (e)(w) Transaction Expenses to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, (x) the amount of any severance, relocation costs, curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans, (y) any restructuring charge or reserve deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any restructuring costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Issue Date, and (z) to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities, retention charges, systems establishment costs, conversion costs and excess pension charges and consulting fees incurred in connection with any of the foregoing; provided that the aggregate amount added back pursuant to subclause (z) of this clause (e) shall not exceed 10.0% of the LTM Cost Base in any four consecutive four quarter period; plus
     (f) any other non-cash charges, including any (i) write-offs or write-downs, (ii) equity-based awards compensation expense, (iii) losses on sales, disposals or abandonment of, or any impairment charges or asset write-off related to, intangible assets, long-lived assets and investments in debt and equity securities, (iv) all losses from investments recorded using the equity method and (v) other non-cash charges, non-cash expenses or non-cash losses reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (provided

-12-


 

that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA in such future period to the extent paid, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus
     (g) [Reserved]; plus
     (h) [Reserved]; plus
     (i) solely for purposes of determining the amount of EBITDA in connection with calculating the Consolidated Leverage Ratio and the Senior Leverage Ratio, the amount of cost savings projected by the Company in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions identified and taken on or prior to June 30, 2011; provided that (A) such actions and amounts are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) such actions have an ongoing (and other than temporary) impact on the Company’s direct operating expenses, selling, general and administrative expenses or corporate expenses, as determined in good faith by the Company, (C) no cost savings shall be added pursuant to this clause (i) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges that are otherwise added back in computing EBITDA with respect to such period and (D) the aggregate amount of cost savings added pursuant to this clause (i) shall not exceed in any
four-quarter period ended after September 30, 2009, an amount equal to $58,800,000; plus
     (j) to the extent no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, transaction and advisory fees and related expenses paid or accrued in such period to the Investors to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 4.11 hereof deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (k) any costs or expense deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income by such Person or any such Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Company or a Restricted Guarantor or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of a Guarantor (other than Disqualified Stock);
     (2) decreased by (without duplication) any non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period; and
     (3) increased or decreased by (without duplication):
     (a) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and International Accounting Standards No. 39 and their respective related pronouncements and interpretations; plus or minus, as applicable, and

-13-


 

     (b) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk).
          “ EMU ” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.
          “ Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.
          “ Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or of a direct or indirect parent of the Company (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:
     (1) public offerings with respect to any such Person’s common stock registered on Form S-8;
     (2) issuances to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; and
     (3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.
          “ euro ” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.
          “ Euroclear ” means Euroclear S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.
          “ Excess Proceeds ” has the meaning given to such term in the 2017 B Indenture.
          “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
          “ Exchange Notes ” means both the 2017 A Exchange Notes and the 2017 B Exchange Notes.
          “ Exchange Offer ” has the meaning set forth in the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement.
          “ Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement.
          “ Exchanging Dealer ” has the meaning set forth in the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement.
          “ Excluded Contribution ” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by or contributed to the Company from,
     (1) contributions to its common equity capital, and
     (2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the

-14-


 

Company) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company,
in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be.
          “ Excluded Event ” means any default or acceleration under the Credit Agreement described in the definition of Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date pursuant to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is a borrower or guarantor thereunder subject to a $150,000,000 sublimit thereunder (and any amendments, extensions, modifications, refinancings, refundings, renewals, restatements or supplements thereof so long as the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is a borrower or guarantor thereunder and is subject to the $150,000,000 sublimit thereunder), if such default or acceleration results from, or is attributable to, any event, condition or circumstance (including a CCU Credit Event) attributable to CCU and its Subsidiaries other than the Company and its Subsidiaries so long as, to the extent legally permitted to do so (including pursuant to any suit or other legal proceeding in a court of competent jurisdiction related to a CCU Credit Event), the Company and its Subsidiaries have repaid (or reserved or set aside cash for repayment in a restricted account) the principal amount equal to the Indebtedness and other Obligations owed by the Company and its Subsidiaries under such Credit Agreement.
          “ Excluded Subsidiary ” means (a) any Immaterial Subsidiary, (b) any Foreign Subsidiary of the Company and (c) any Domestic Subsidiary (i) that is a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary of the Company that is a controlled foreign corporation within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code or (ii) that is treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes if substantially all of its assets consist of the stock of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company that is a controlled foreign corporation within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.
          “ Existing Senior Notes ” means CCU’s 4.5% Senior Notes Due 2010, 6.25% Senior Notes Due 2011, 4.4% Senior Notes Due 2011, 5.0% Senior Notes Due 2012, 5.75% Senior Notes Due 2013, 5.5% Senior Notes Due 2014, 4.9% Senior Notes Due 2015, 5.5% Senior Notes Due 2016, 10.75% Senior Cash Pay Notes due 2016, 11.00%/11.75% Senior Toggle Notes due 2016, 6.875% Senior Debentures Due 2018 and 7.25% Debentures Due 2027.
          “ Existing Senior Notes Indentures ” means (a) the Senior Indenture dated as of October 1, 1997 between CCU and The Bank of New York, as trustee, as the same may have been amended or supplemented as of the Issue Date and (b) the Indenture dated as of July 30, 2008 between among CCU, Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as paying agent, registrar and transfer agent, as the same may have been amended or supplemented as of the Issue Date.
          “ Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:
     (1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; plus
     (2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid to any Person other than such Person or any such Subsidiary (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period; plus

-15-


 

     (3) all cash dividends or other distributions paid to any Person other than such Person or any such Subsidiary (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period.
          “ Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof, and any Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.
          “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on the Issue Date.
          “ Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.
          “ Global Notes ” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b), 2.06(d) or 2.06(f) hereof.
          “ Government Securities ” means securities that are:
     (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or
     (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,
which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.
          “ guarantee ” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.
          “ Guarantee ” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuer’s Obligations under this Indenture and the 2017 A Notes (and 2017 A Exchange Notes).
          “ Guarantor ” means, each Person that Guarantees the 2017 A Notes (and 2017 A Exchange Notes) in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.
          “ Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement,

-16-


 

commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.
          “ Holder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the registrar’s books.
          “ Immaterial Subsidiary ” means, at any date of determination, any Subsidiary of the Company (other than a Foreign Subsidiary or a Subsidiary that meets the criteria of clause (c) of the definition of Excluded Subsidiary) that is a Restricted Subsidiary and not a Restricted Guarantor (a) whose total assets, together with the total assets of all such Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Guarantors, at the last day of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Company for which financial statements are publicly available did not exceed 3.5% of Total Assets at such date or (b) whose gross revenues, together with the gross revenues of all such other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Guarantors (other than a Foreign Subsidiary of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company that meets the criteria of clause (c) of the definition of Excluded Subsidiary), for the most recently ended period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company for which financial statements are publicly available did not exceed 3.5% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Immediate Family Member ” means with respect to any individual, such individual’s child, stepchild, grandchild or more remote descendant, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, qualified domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law and daughter-in-law (including adoptive relationships) and any trust, partnership or other bona fide estate-planning vehicle the only beneficiaries of which are any of the foregoing individuals or any private foundation or fund that is controlled by any of the foregoing individuals or any donor-advised fund of which any such individual is the donor.
          “ Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:
     (1) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:
     (a) in respect of borrowed money;
     (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);
     (c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes an obligation in respect of a commercial letter of credit, a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business, (ii) liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business and (iii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; or
     (d) representing any Hedging Obligations;

-17-


 

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit (other than commercial letters of credit) and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;
     (2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and
     (3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person;
provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business.
          “ Indenture ” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.
          “ Indentures ” means both the 2017 B Indenture and this Indenture.
          “ Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.
          “ Indirect Participant ” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.
          “ Initial Notes ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.
          “ Initial Purchasers ” means Goldman, Sachs & Co, Banc of America Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Moelis & Company LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.
          “ Interest Payment Date ” means June 15 and December 15 of each year to stated maturity.
          “ Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.
          “ Investment Grade Securities ” means:
     (1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);
     (2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Company and the Subsidiaries of the Company;

-18-


 

     (3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and
     (4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.
          “ Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers and commission, travel and similar advances to directors, officers, employees and consultants, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property.
          “ Investors ” means Thomas H. Lee Partners L.P. and Bain Capital LLC, each of their respective Affiliates and any investment funds advised or managed by any of the foregoing, but not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.
          “ Issue Date ” means December 23, 2009.
          “ Issuer ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Issuer Order ” means a written request or order signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, and delivered to the Trustee.
          “ Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.
          “ Letter of Transmittal ” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Issuer and sent to all Holders of the 2017 A Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer.
          “ Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.
          “ LTM Cost Base ” means, for any consecutive four quarter period, the sum of (a) direct operating expenses, (b) selling, general and administrative expenses and (c) corporate expenses, in each case excluding depreciation and amortization, of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

-19-


 

          “ Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.
          “ Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.
          “ Non-U.S. Person ” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.
          “ Notes ” means both the 2017 A Notes and the 2017 B Notes. For purposes of this Indenture, the term “Notes” shall also include any Additional Notes that may be issued under a supplemental indenture.
          “ Obligations ” means any principal (including any accretion), interest (including any interest accruing on or subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), premium, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal (including any accretion), interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
          “ Offering Circular ” means the final offering circular, dated December 18, 2009, relating to the sale of the Notes issued on the Issue Date.
          “ Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be.
          “ Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company, the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be, by an Officer of the Company, the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be, that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture.
          “ Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, or the Trustee.
          “ Pari Passu Indebtedness ” means:
     (1) with respect to the Issuer, the 2017 B Notes, the 2017 A Notes and any other Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment to the 2017 A Notes; and
     (2) with respect to any Guarantor, its Guarantee, its guarantee of the 2017 B Notes and any other Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Guarantee.

-20-


 

          “ Participant ” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).
          “ Permitted Asset Swap ” means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person.
          “ Permitted Debt Restructuring ” means (1) any restructuring of all or substantially all of any series, class, tranche or facility of Indebtedness of any direct or indirect parent companies of the Company, (2) any debt workout and similar transactions involving all or substantially all of any series, class, tranche or facility of Indebtedness of any direct or indirect parent companies of the Company, including in connection with any consensual or negotiated arrangement or any court approved or ordered arrangement or plan, (3) any exchange or conversion of all or substantially all of any series, class, tranche or facility of Indebtedness for or to any Equity Interests or any issuance of Equity Interests for cash or other consideration (other than any public offering of Capital Stock and any offering of Capital Stock that is underwritten for resale pursuant to Rule 144A or Regulation S) as result of which all or substantially all of any series, class, tranche or facility of Indebtedness of such direct or indirect parent companies of the Company is repaid, retired, exchanged for equity, cancelled, extinguished or otherwise discharged, or (4) any other transactions that have substantially the effect of any of the foregoing; provided , however , that in each case, such restructuring, debt workout, exchange, conversion or other transaction does not involve the consensual sale for cash consideration of Capital Stock of any such direct or indirect parent company of the Company owned by the Investors.
          “ Permitted Holder ” means any of the Investors and members of management of the Company (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) or CCU or CC Media Holdings, Inc. who are holders of Equity Interests of the Company (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) or CCU or CC Media Holdings, Inc. on the Issue Date and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that (x) in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Investors and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50.0% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and (y) for purposes of this definition, the amount of Equity Interests held by members of management who qualify as “Permitted Holders” shall never exceed the amount of Equity Interests held by such members of management on the Issue Date. Any person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of Section 4.14 hereof (or would result in a Change of Control Offer in the absence of the waiver of such requirement by Holders in accordance with Section 4.14 hereof) shall thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.
          “ Permitted Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:
     (1) pledges, deposits or security by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance, employers’ health tax and other social security laws or similar legislation (including in respect of deductibles, self-insured retention amounts and premiums and adjustments thereto) or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to

-21-


 

secure surety, appeal bonds or letters of credit to which such Person is a party or account party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;
     (2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate actions or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;
     (3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate actions diligently pursued, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP, or for property taxes on property that the Company or any Subsidiary thereof has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;
     (4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case, issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice prior to the Issue Date;
     (5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, servitudes, sewers, electric lines, drains, telegraph and telephone and cable television lines, gas and oil pipelines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including minor defects and irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;
     (6) Liens securing obligations under Indebtedness permitted to be incurred (and so incurred and so classified) pursuant to clause (5) or (18) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; provided , however , that any such Indebtedness that is incurred pursuant to such clause (5) or (18) of Section 4.09(b) hereof remains classified as incurred thereunder; and provided further , however , that Liens securing obligations under Indebtedness permitted to be incurred (and so incurred and so classified) pursuant to clause (18) of Section 4.09(b) hereof extend only to the assets or Equity Interests of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company;
     (7) Liens existing on the Issue Date;
     (8) Liens existing on property or shares of stock or other assets of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property or other assets owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

-22-


 

     (9) Liens existing on property or other assets at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property or such other assets, including any acquisition by means of an amalgamation, merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation; provided further that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (10) Liens securing obligations under Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or a Guarantor permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof;
     (11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations permitted to be incurred under this Indenture;
     (12) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;
     (13) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;
     (14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) financing statement filings regarding operating leases, consignments or accounts entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
     (15) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Guarantor;
     (16) Liens on equipment of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business;
     (17) [Reserved];
     (18) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8), and (9) or in clauses (20) and (33) below; provided that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the obligations under Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8), (9), (20) and (33) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement; provided further , however , that in the case of any Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement of Indebtedness secured by a Lien referred to in clause (20) or clause (33), the principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred for such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement shall be deemed secured by a Lien under clause (20) or clause (33), as applicable, and not this clause (18) for purposes of

-23-


 

determining the principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under clause (20) or clause (33), as applicable;
     (19) deposits made or other security provided in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;
     (20) other Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations which do not exceed $25,000,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding;
     (21) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (5) of Section 6.01(a) hereof so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;
     (22) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;
     (23) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
     (24) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under this Indenture; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;
     (25) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
     (26) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
     (27) [Reserved];
     (28) Liens securing obligations owed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any lender under any Credit Facilities or any Affiliate of such a lender, in each case, in the ordinary course of business in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and cash management services provided by, or any automated clearing house transfers of funds with, lenders under such Credit Facilities or any Affiliate of such a lender;

-24-


 

     (29) the rights reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;
     (30) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
     (31) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted;
     (32) security given to a public utility or any municipality or governmental authority when required by such utility or authority in connection with the operations of that Person in the ordinary course of business; and
     (33) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations under any Credit Facilities which do not exceed $250,000,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding.
          For purposes of this definition, the term “ Indebtedness ” shall be deemed to include interest on and the costs in respect of such Indebtedness.
          “ Permitted Liquidity Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:
     (1) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate actions diligently pursued, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;
     (2) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
     (3) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under this Indenture; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement; and
     (4) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness.
          “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
          “ Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

-25-


 

          “ Private Placement Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) hereof to be placed on all 2017 A Notes issued under this Indenture, except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.
          “ Proceeds Loans ” means (a) the $500,000,000 loan from the Issuer to CCO made on the Issue Date from the proceeds of the issuance of the 2017 A Notes (the “ 2017 A Proceeds Loan ”), and (b) the $2,000,000,000 loan from the Issuer to CCO made on the Issue Date from the proceeds of the Issuance of the 2017 B Notes (the “ 2017 B Proceeds Loan ”).
          “ Proceeds Loan Agreements ” means each of the Proceeds Loan Agreements dated as of the Issue Date between the Issuer and CCO pursuant to which the Proceeds Loans shall be made.
          “ Proof of Claim ” shall mean a proof of claim or debt filed in accordance with and pursuant to any applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Law, the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure and/or a final order of the U.S. bankruptcy court.
          “ Proper Proof of Claim ” shall mean, at any time, a Proof of Claim in an amount not less than the sum of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the 2017 A Notes at such time plus accrued but unpaid interest on the 2017 A Notes at such time.
          “ Public Debt ” means any Indebtedness consisting of bonds, debentures, notes or other similar debt securities issued in (a) a public offering registered under the Securities Act or (b) a private placement to institutional investors that is underwritten for resale in accordance with Rule 144A or Regulation S of such Act, whether or not it includes registration rights entitling the holders of such debt securities to registration thereof with the SEC. The term “ Public Debt ” (i) shall not include the 2017 B Notes (or any Additional 2017 B Notes) or the 2017 A Notes (or any Additional 2017 A Notes) and (ii) shall not be construed to include any Indebtedness issued to institutional investors in a direct placement of such Indebtedness that is not underwritten by an intermediary (it being understood that, without limiting the foregoing, a financing that is distributed to not more than ten Persons (provided that multiple managed accounts and affiliates of any such Persons shall be treated as one Person for the purposes of this definition) shall be deemed not to be underwritten), or any commercial bank or similar Indebtedness, Capitalized Lease Obligation or recourse transfer of any financial asset or any other type of Indebtedness incurred in a manner not customarily viewed as a “securities offering.”
          “ OIB ” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.
          “ Qualified Asset Sale ” means any Asset Sale:
     (1) pursuant to which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and
     (2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:
     (a) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto) of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to

-26-


 

the Notes (or Guarantees) or that are owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which the Company and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing,
     (b) any securities, notes or other obligations or assets received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, and
     (c) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed $75,000,000 at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value
shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this definition and for no other purpose.
          “ Qualified Proceeds ” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Company in good faith.
          “ Rating Agencies ” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the 2017 A Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.
          “ Record Date ” for the interest or Special Interest, if any, payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means the June 1 or December 1 (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding such Interest Payment Date.
          “ Registration Rights Agreements ” means (a) the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the 2017 A Notes, dated the Issue Date, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers (the “ 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement ”), (b) the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the 2017 B Notes, dated the Issue Date, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers (the “ 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement ”) and (c) any similar registration rights agreements with respect to any Additional 2017 A Notes or Additional 2017 B Notes, as applicable.
          “ Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.
          “ Regulation S Global Note ” means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as applicable.
          “ Regulation S Permanent Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon expiration of the Restricted Period.

-27-


 

          “ Regulation S Temporary Global Note ” means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend and the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the 2017 A Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903.
          “ Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(iii) hereof.
          “ Related Business Assets ” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business; provided that any assets received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.
          “ Responsible Officer ” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.
          “ Restricted Definitive Note ” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.
          “ Restricted Global Note ” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.
          “ Restricted Guarantor ” means a Guarantor that is a Restricted Subsidiary.
          “ Restricted Period ” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.
          “ Restricted Subsidiary ” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company (including any Foreign Subsidiary of the Company) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.”
          “ Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.
          “ Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.
          “ Rule 903 ” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.
          “ Rule 904 ” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.
          “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

-28-


 

          “ Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.
          “ SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
          “ Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.
          “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
          “ Senior Credit Facilities ” means the term and revolving credit facilities under the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 13,2008, as amended as of July 9, 2008 and July 28, 2008, by and among CCU, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, including any agreements, collateral documents, guarantees, instruments, mortgages and notes executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, extensions, modifications, refinancings, refundings, renewals, restatements, or supplements thereof and any one or more notes, indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that extend, refinance, refund, renew, replace or defease any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such refinancing, refunding or replacement facility or indenture that increases the amount that may be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity of the loans thereunder or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or other agent, lender or group of lenders or investors.
          “ Senior Leverage Ratio ” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, to (b) EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available.
          In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) incurs, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Pari Passu Indebtedness (other than Pari Passu Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes) or (ii) issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Senior Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Senior Leverage Ratio is made (the “ Senior Leverage Ratio Calculation Date ”), then the Senior Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period; provided , however , that the Issuer may elect, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee not later than 30 days after entering into any commitment providing for the incurrence of any Pari Passu Indebtedness, that all or any portion of the Pari Passu Indebtedness that could be incurred under such commitment at the time such commitment is entered into shall be treated as incurred and outstanding in such amount for all purposes of this calculation (whether or not such Pari Passu Indebtedness is outstanding at the time such commitment is entered into) and any subsequent incurrence of such Pari Passu Indebtedness under such commitment (including upon repayment and reborrowing) shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be the incurrence of Pari Passu Indebtedness at such subsequent time.

-29-


 

          For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business made (or committed to be made pursuant to a definitive agreement) during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Senior Leverage Ratio Calculation Date, and other operational changes that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Senior Leverage Ratio Calculation Date, shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as set forth below assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Senior Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto in the manner set forth below for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
          For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company (and may include cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions resulting from such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized); provided that actions to realize such cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions are taken within 12 months after the date of such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation; provided that no cost savings, synergies or operating expense reductions shall be included pursuant to this paragraph to the extent duplicative of any amounts that are otherwise added back in computing EBITDA with respect to such period.
          For the purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars shall be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve-month period immediately prior to the date of determination determined in a manner consistent with that used in calculating EBITDA for the applicable period.
          “ Shelf Registration Statement ” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement.
          “ Significant Party ” means any Guarantor or Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1,
Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.
          “ Similar Business ” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.

-30-


 

          “ Special Interest ” means all additional interest then owing on the 2017 A Notes pursuant to any Registration Rights Agreement.
          “ Subordinated Indebtedness ” means:
     (1) any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the 2017 A Notes; and
     (2) any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the 2017 A Notes.
          “ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity (excluding charitable foundations) of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person.
          “ Total Assets ” means total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis prepared in accordance with GAAP, shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as may be expressly stated.
          “ Transaction Expenses ” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions.
          “ Transactions ” means the offering and issuance of the Notes for cash on the Issue Date, the making of the Proceeds Loans, the refinancing of the CCU Intercompany Note and the amendments to the CCOH Mirror Note and the CCU Mirror Note and transactions related to any of the foregoing on or prior to the Issue Date and the payment of fees and expenses related to any of the foregoing.
          “ Treasury Rate ” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to December 15, 2012; provided , however , that if the period from the Redemption Date to December 15, 2012 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.
          “ Trust Indenture Act ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).
          “ Trustee ” means U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.
          “ Unrestricted Definitive Note ” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

-31-


 

          “ Unrestricted Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note, substantially in the form of Exhibit A that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing 2017 A Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend.
          “ Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary under the 2017 B Notes; provided that the Company may not designate any Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary under the 2017 A Notes unless such Subsidiary is also designated as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary under the 2017 B Notes; provided further that the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such designation is made under the 2017 B Notes.
          Any such designation by the Company shall be notified by the Company to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.
          “ U.S. Person ” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act.
          “ Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person.
          “ Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:
     (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by
     (2) the sum of all such payments.
          “ Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100.0% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.
Section 1.02 Other Definitions .
         
    Defined in
Term   Section
“2017 A Notes Purchase Offer”
  3.08(b)
“Affiliate Transaction”
  4.11(a)
“Asset Sale”
  4.10
“Authentication Order”
  2.02
“Change of Control Offer”
  4.14(a)
“Change of Control Payment”
  4.14(a)
“Change of Control Payment Date”
  4.14(a)

-32-


 

         
    Defined in
Term   Section
“Covenant Defeasance”
  8.03
“Defeased Covenants”
  8.03
“DTC”
  2.03
“Event of Default”
  6.01(a)
“Guarantor Liquidity Amount”
  4.16
“Guarantor Liquidity Assets”
  4.16
“Guarantor Liquidity Facility”
  4.16
“incur” or “incurrence”
  4.09(a)
“Legal Defeasance”
  8.02
“Liquidity Facilities”
  4.16
“Non-Guarantor Liquidity Amount”
  4.16
“Non-Guarantor Liquidity Assets”
  4.16
“Non-Guarantor Liquidity Facility”
  4.16
“Note Register”
  2.03
“Offer Amount”
  3.09(b)
“Offer Period”
  3.09(b)
“Pari Passu Indebtedness”
  4.10(c)
“Paying Agent”
  2.03
“Payment Blockage Period”
  11.03
“Payment Default”
  11.03
“Purchase Date”
  3.09(b)
“Redemption Date”
  3.07(a)
“Refinancing Indebtedness”
  4.09(b)
“Refunding Capital Stock”
  4.07(b)
“Registrar”
  2.03
“Restricted Payments”
  4.07(a)
“Special Redemption”
  3.08(a)
“Special Redemption Amount”
  3.08(a)
“Special Redemption Date”
  3.08(a)
“Successor Company”
  5.01(a)
“Successor Person”
  5.01(c)
“Transfer Agent”
  2.03
“Treasury Capital Stock”
  4.07(b)
“Trustee Account”
  4.01
Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act .
          Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.
          The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:
          “indenture securities” means the 2017 A Notes;
          “indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a 2017 A Note;

-33-


 

          “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;
          “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and
     “obligor” on the 2017 A Notes and the Guarantees means the Issuer, the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the 2017 A Notes and the Guarantees, respectively.
          All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the Trust Indenture Act have the meanings so assigned to them.
Section 1.04 Rules of Construction .
     Unless the context otherwise requires:
     (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;
     (b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;
     (c) “or” is not exclusive;
     (d) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;
     (e) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;
     (f) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;
     (g) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;
     (h) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article,” “Section” or “clause” refers to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Indenture;
     (i) words used herein implying any gender shall apply to both genders;
     (j) the words “including,” “includes” and similar words shall be deemed to be followed by “without limitation”;
     (k) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock at any time shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock at such time or (ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock at such time, whichever is greater; and
     (l) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision.

-34-


 

     (m) Subordination shall refer to contractual payment subordination and not to structural subordination. This Indenture shall not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured, (2) unsubordinated Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other unsubordinated Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral or (3) Indebtedness as subordinated or junior Indebtedness merely because it is structurally subordinated to other Indebtedness.
Section 1.05 Acts of Holders .
          (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a 2017 A Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.05.
          (b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by or on behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute proof of the authority of the Person executing the same. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.
          (c) The ownership of 2017 A Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.
          (d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any 2017 A Note shall bind every future Holder of the same 2017 A Note and the Holder of every 2017 A Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such 2017 A Note.
          (e) The Issuer may, in the circumstances permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to give any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver or to take any other act, or to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted to be given or taken by Holders. Unless otherwise specified, if not set by the Issuer prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by any Person in respect of any such action, or in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, any such record date shall be the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation.
          (f) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular 2017 A Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such 2017 A Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any notice given or action taken by

-35-


 

a Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this Section 1.05(f) shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part.
          (g) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including DTC, that is the Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and any Person that is the Holder of a Global Note, including DTC, may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices.
          (h) The Issuer may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by DTC entitled under the procedures of such depositary to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders. If such a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date. No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be valid or effective if made, given or taken more than 90 days after such record date.
ARTICLE 2
THE 2017 A NOTES
Section 2.01 Form and Dating; Terms .
          (a) General . The 2017 A Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The 2017 A Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules or usage. Each 2017 A Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The 2017 A Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
          (b) Global Notes . 2017 A Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). 2017 A Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding 2017 A Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each Global Note shall provide that it shall represent up to the aggregate principal amount of 2017 A Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding 2017 A Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding 2017 A Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

-36-


 

          (c) Temporary Global Notes . 2017 A Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the 2017 A Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Restricted Period shall be terminated upon the receipt by the Trustee of:
     (i) a written certificate from the Depositary, together with copies of certificates from Euroclear and Clearstream certifying that they have received certification of non-United States beneficial ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of each Regulation S Temporary Global Note (except to the extent of any beneficial owners thereof who acquired an interest therein during the Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act and who shall take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in a 144A Global Note bearing a Private Placement Legend, all as contemplated by Section 2.06(b) hereof); and
     (ii) an Officer’s Certificate from the Issuer.
          Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.
          (d) Terms . The aggregate principal amount of 2017 A Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.
          The terms and provisions contained in the 2017 A Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer, the Trustee and the Paying Agent and Registrar, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any 2017 A Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
          The 2017 A Notes shall be subject to repurchase by the Issuer pursuant to a 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer as provided in Section 3.08(b) hereof or a Change of Control Offer as provided in Section 4.14 hereof. The 2017 A Notes shall not be redeemable, other than as provided in Article 3 hereof.
          Additional 2017 A Notes ranking pari passu with the Initial Notes may be created and issued from time to time by the Issuer without notice to or consent of the Holders and shall be consolidated with and form a single class with the Initial Notes and shall have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise as the Initial Notes; provided that the Issuer’s ability to issue Additional 2017 A Notes shall be subject to the Issuer’s compliance with Section 4.09 hereof. Any Additional 2017 A Notes shall be issued with the benefit of an indenture supplemental to this Indenture.
          (e) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable . The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of

-37-


 

Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.
Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication .
          At least one Officer shall execute the 2017 A Notes on behalf of the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.
          If an Officer whose signature is on a 2017 A Note no longer holds that office at the time such 2017 A Note is authenticated, such 2017 A Note shall nevertheless be valid.
          A 2017 A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto by the manual or facsimile signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the 2017 A Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.
          On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order (an “ Authentication Order ”), authenticate and deliver the Initial Notes. In addition, at any time, from time to time, the Trustee shall upon receipt of an Authentication Order authenticate and deliver any Additional 2017 A Notes and 2017 A Exchange Notes for an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order for such Additional 2017 A Notes or 2017 A Exchange Notes issued hereunder.
          The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate 2017 A Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate 2017 A Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer.
Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent .
          The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, where 2017 A Notes may be presented for registration (“ Registrar ”), an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, where 2017 A Notes may be presented for transfer or exchange (“ Transfer Agent ”) and an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, where 2017 A Notes may be presented for payment (“ Paying Agent ”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the 2017 A Notes (“ Note Register ”) and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars, one or more co-transfer agents and one or more additional paying agents. The term “ Registrar” includes any co-registrar, the term “ Transfer Agent ” includes any co-transfer agent and the term “ Paying Agent ” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. So long as any series of 2017 A Notes is listed on an exchange and the rules of such exchange so require, the Issuer shall satisfy any requirement of such exchange as to paying agents, registrars and transfer agents and shall comply with any notice requirements required by such exchange in connection with any change of paying agent, registrar or transfer agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar, Transfer Agent or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar.

-38-


 

          The Issuer initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.
          The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. The Issuer initially appoints U.S. Bank National Association to act as the Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent for the 2017 A Notes.
Section 2.04 Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust .
          The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or Special Interest, if any, or interest on the 2017 A Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Issuer, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings (or similar proceedings) relating to the Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the 2017 A Notes.
Section 2.05 Holder Lists .
          The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least two Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of 2017 A Notes and the Issuer shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a).
Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange .
          (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 2.06, a Global Note may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note unless (i) the Depositary (x) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 120 days or (ii) there shall have occurred and be continuing a Default with respect to the 2017 A Notes. Upon the occurrence of any of the events in clause (i) or (ii) above, Definitive Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein shall be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every 2017 A Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note, except for Definitive Notes issued subsequent to any of the events in clause (i) or (ii) above and pursuant to Section 2.06(c) hereof. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another 2017

-39-


 

A Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); provided , however , beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof.
          (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes . The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:
     (i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note . Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided , however , that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).
     (ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes . In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) hereof, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (x) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (y) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903. Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the 2017 A Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.
     (iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof

-40-


 

in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and the Registrar receives the following:
     (A) if the transferee shall take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or
     (B) if the transferee shall take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.
     (iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and:
     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) an Exchanging Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the 2017 A Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;
     (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement;
     (C) such transfer is effected by an Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement; or
     (D) the Registrar receives the following:
     (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or
     (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the

-41-


 

Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
     If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above.
     Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.
     (c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes .
     (i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:
     (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;
     (B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
     (C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
     (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;
     (E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or
     (F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

-42-


 

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such 2017 A Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.
     (ii) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Definitive Notes . Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(i)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) of the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.
     (iii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and if:
     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) an Exchanging Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;
     (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement;
     (C) such transfer is effected by an Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement; or
     (D) the Registrar receives the following:
     (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or
     (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take

-43-


 

delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
     (iv) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such 2017 A Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.
     (d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests .
     (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes . If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such 2017 A Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:
     (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such 2017 A Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;
     (B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
     (C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

-44-


 

     (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;
     (E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or
     (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,
the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the applicable Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the applicable 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the applicable Regulation S Global Note.
     (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such 2017 A Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:
     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) an Exchanging Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the 2017 A Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;
     (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement;
     (C) such transfer is effected by an Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement; or
     (D) the Registrar receives the following:
     (1) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such 2017 A Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (l)(c) thereof; or
     (2) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such 2017 A Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder

-45-


 

substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
     Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.
     (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such 2017 A Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.
          If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.
          (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes . Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer or exchange in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e):
     (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:
     (A) if the transfer shall be made to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
     (B) if the transfer shall be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or

-46-


 

     (C) if the transfer shall be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.
     (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:
     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) an Exchanging Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the 2017 A Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;
     (B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement;
     (C) any such transfer is effected by an Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement; or
     (D) the Registrar receives the following:
     (1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such 2017 A Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or
     (2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such 2017 A Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
     (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such 2017 A Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

-47-


 

          (f) Exchange Offer . Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not Exchanging Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the 2017 A Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not Exchanging Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the 2017 A Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such 2017 A Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the applicable principal amount. Any 2017 A Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, and 2017 A Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture.
          (g) Legends . The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture:
     (i) Private Placement Legend .
     (A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all 2017 A Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:
“THE NOTES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (A) (1) TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (2) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (3) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE), (4) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL INVESTOR THAT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (5) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (B) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL

-48-


 

APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS.”
     (B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(iii), (c)(iv), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all 2017 A Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.
     (ii) Global Note Legend . Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:
“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(h) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”
     (iii) Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend . The Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

-49-


 

“THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).”
          (h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes . At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of 2017 A Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.
          (i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.
     (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.
     (ii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer shall require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05 hereof).
     (iii) Neither the Registrar nor the Issuer shall be required to register the transfer of or exchange any 2017 A Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any 2017 A Note being redeemed in part.
     (iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
     (v) The Issuer shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any 2017 A Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of 2017 A Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any 2017 A Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any 2017 A Note being redeemed in part, (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a 2017 A Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date or (D) to register the transfer of or to exchange any 2017 A Notes selected for redemption or tendered (and not

-50-


 

withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer or a 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer.
     (vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any 2017 A Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any 2017 A Note is registered as the absolute owner of such 2017 A Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including Special Interest, if any) on such 2017 A Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
     (vii) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any 2017 A Note at the office or agency of the Issuer designated pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement 2017 A Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.
     (viii) At the option of the Holder, subject to Section 2.06(a) hereof, 2017 A Notes may be exchanged for other 2017 A Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the 2017 A Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes to which the Holder making the exchange is entitled in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.
     (ix) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.
Section 2.07 Replacement Notes .
          If either (x) any mutilated 2017 A Note is surrendered to the Trustee, the Registrar or the Issuer, or (y) if the Issuer and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the ownership and destruction, loss or theft of any 2017 A Note, then the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order and satisfaction of any other requirements of the Trustee, shall authenticate a replacement 2017 A Note. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a 2017 A Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge for its expenses in replacing a 2017 A Note.
          Every replacement 2017 A Note is a contractual obligation of the Issuer and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other 2017 A Notes duly issued hereunder.
Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes .
          The 2017 A Notes outstanding at any time are all the 2017 A Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a 2017 A

-51-


 

Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds such 2017 A Note.
          If a 2017 A Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, such 2017 A Note shall cease to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced 2017 A Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.
          If the principal amount of any 2017 A Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, such 2017 A Note shall cease to be outstanding and interest thereon shall cease to accrue.
          If the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary of the Company or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay any 2017 A Notes payable on such date, then such 2017 A Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest on and after such date.
Section 2.09 Treasury Notes .
          In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of 2017 A Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, 2017 A Notes owned by the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only 2017 A Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. 2017 A Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to deliver any such direction, waiver or consent with respect to such pledged 2017 A Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or any obligor upon the 2017 A Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or such other obligor.
Section 2.10 Temporary Notes .
          Until certificates representing 2017 A Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary 2017 A Notes. Temporary 2017 A Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated 2017 A Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary 2017 A Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive 2017 A Notes in exchange for temporary 2017 A Notes.
          Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary 2017 A Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits accorded to Holders or beneficial holders, respectively, of 2017 A Notes under this Indenture.
Section 2.11 Cancellation .
          The Issuer at any time may deliver 2017 A Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any 2017 A Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else shall cancel all 2017 A Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of cancelled 2017 A Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act) in its customary manner. Certification of the disposal of all cancelled 2017 A Notes shall be delivered to the Issuer upon its request therefor.

-52-


 

The Issuer may not issue new 2017 A Notes to replace 2017 A Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.
Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest .
          If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the 2017 A Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the 2017 A Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each 2017 A Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.12. The Trustee shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer of such special record date promptly, and in any event at least 20 days before such special record date. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) shall mail or cause to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder a notice at his or her address as it appears in the Note Register that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.
          Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty, each 2017 A Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of, in exchange for or in lieu of any other 2017 A Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other 2017 A Note.
Section 2.13 CUSIP Numbers .
          The Issuer in issuing the 2017 A Notes may use CUSIP numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the 2017 A Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the 2017 A Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer shall as promptly as practicable notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers.
ARTICLE 3
REDEMPTION
Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee .
          If the Issuer elects to redeem 2017 A Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (i) the paragraph or subparagraph of such 2017 A Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of the 2017 A Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.

-53-


 

Section 3.02 Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed or Purchased .
          If less than all of the 2017 A Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Registrar shall select the 2017 A Notes to be redeemed or purchased (a) if such 2017 A Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which such 2017 A Notes are listed or (b) on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable or, to the extent that selection on a pro rata basis is not practicable for any reason, by lot or by such other method as the Registrar shall deem appropriate or as required by the rules of the Depositary. In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular 2017 A Notes to be redeemed or purchased shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Registrar from the outstanding 2017 A Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase.
          The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the 2017 A Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any 2017 A Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. 2017 A Notes and portions of 2017 A Notes selected shall be in amounts of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000; no 2017 A Notes of $2,000 or less can be redeemed in part, except that if all of the 2017 A Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of 2017 A Notes held by such Holder, even if not in a principal amount of at least $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to 2017 A Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of 2017 A Notes called for redemption or purchase.
Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption .
          Subject to Section 3.09 hereof, the Issuer shall mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, notices of redemption at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the purchase or redemption date to each Holder of 2017 A Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address, to the Trustee to forward to each Holder of 2017 A Notes at such Holder’s registered address, or shall otherwise deliver on such time frame such notice in accordance with the procedures of DTC, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 12 hereof.
          The notice shall identify the 2017 A Notes to be redeemed and shall state:
     (a) the redemption date;
     (b) the redemption price;
     (c) that if any 2017 A Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that 2017 A Note that is to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such 2017 A Note, a new 2017 A Note or 2017 A Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original 2017 A Note representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed shall be issued in the name of the Holder of the 2017 A Notes upon cancellation of the original 2017 A Note;
     (d) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

-54-


 

     (e) that 2017 A Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;
     (f) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on 2017 A Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;
     (g) the paragraph or subparagraph of the 2017 A Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the 2017 A Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and
     (h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the 2017 A Notes.
          At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at its expense; provided that the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least two Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.
Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption .
          Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, 2017 A Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price (except as provided in Section 3.07 hereof and in Section 5 of the 2017 A Notes). The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any 2017 A Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other 2017 A Note. Subject to Section 3.05 hereof, on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on 2017 A Notes or portions of 2017 A Notes called for redemption.
Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price .
          On the redemption or purchase date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest (including Special Interest, if any) on all 2017 A Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest (including Special Interest, if any) on, all 2017 A Notes to be redeemed or purchased.
          If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest shall cease to accrue on the 2017 A Notes or the portions of 2017 A Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a 2017 A Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption or purchase date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such 2017 A Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If any 2017 A Note called for redemption or purchase shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or

-55-


 

purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest accrued to the redemption or purchase date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the 2017 A Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.
Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part .
          Upon surrender of a 2017 A Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new 2017 A Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the 2017 A Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed or purchased; provided that each new 2017 A Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. It is understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, only an Authentication Order and not an Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate such new 2017 A Note.
Section 3.07 Optional Redemption .
          (a) Except as set forth below, the Issuer shall not be permitted to redeem the 2017 A Notes. The 2017 A Notes will be payable at par at maturity.
          (b) At any time prior to December 15, 2012, the 2017 A Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person), in whole or in part, upon notice as provided in Section 3.03 hereof at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of the principal amount of such 2017 A Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date” ), and, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders of 2017 A Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. The Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption or purchase may be performed by another Person.
          (c) On and after December 15, 2012, the 2017 A Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person), at the Issuer’s option, in whole or in part, upon notice as provided in Section 3.03 hereof, at any time and from time to time at the redemption prices set forth below. The Issuer may provide in such notice that the payment of the redemption price and the performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. The 2017 A Notes shall be redeemable at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the 2017 A Notes to be redeemed) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record of 2017 A Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on December 15 of each of the years indicated below:
         
    2017 A Notes
Year   Percentage
2012
  106.93750%
2013
  104.62500%
2014
  102.31250%
2015 and thereafter
  100.00000%

-56-


 

          (d) Until December 15, 2012, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions, upon notice as provided in Section 3.03 hereof, redeem up to 35.0% of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of 2017 A Notes at a redemption price equal to 109.250% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to the Issuer; provided that at least 65% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of 2017 A Notes originally issued under this Indenture and any Additional 2017 A Notes issued under this Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further , that each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.
          (e) The Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect thereto may be performed by another Person. Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering.
          (f) The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall select the 2017 A Notes to be purchased in pursuant to Section 3.02 hereof.
Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption .
          (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall make any purchase of, or otherwise effectively cancel or retire, any 2017 A Notes (whether through open market purchases, tender offers, defeasance, offers to purchase required by the 2017 A Notes or otherwise) if, after giving effect thereto and, if applicable, any concurrent purchase of or other action with respect to any 2017 B Notes, the ratio of (a) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the 2017 A Notes to (b) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the 2017 B Notes shall be greater than 0.250; provided , however , that the foregoing restriction shall not be applicable in the case of any Change of Control Offer, a 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer or offer to purchase the 2017 B Notes required to be made under the 2017 B Indenture at the price specified with respect thereto to all holders of the 2017 B Notes, where a violation of the foregoing restriction would occur solely as a result of different offer acceptance rates by the holders of the 2017 B Notes and the 2017 A Notes. References to the 2017 B Notes and the 2017 A Notes in this Section 3.08 do not include any Additional 2017 B Notes or any Additional 2017 A Notes, as applicable.
          (b) If the Issuer makes (1) any optional redemption of the 2017 B Notes, purchase of 2017 B Notes through open-market purchases at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof or offer to purchase the 2017 B Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued but unpaid interest pursuant to Section 4.10(b)(2) of the 2017 B Indenture, the Issuer shall, substantially concurrently therewith, apply a pro rata amount to make an optional redemption of the 2017 A Notes, purchase 2017 A Notes through open-market purchases at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof or offer to purchase the 2017 A Notes (in accordance with procedures similar to those applicable to the 2017 B Notes) to all Holders of 2017 A Notes, in each case, to purchase a pro rata amount of 2017 A Notes at 100%) of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued but unpaid interest (a “2017 A Notes Purchase Offer”), or (2) any 2017 B Notes Asset Sale Offer under the 2017 B Notes Indenture, the Issuer shall, substantially concurrently therewith, apply a pro rata amount to make a 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer to purchase a pro rata amount of 2017 A Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued but

-57-


 

unpaid interest. For purposes of this Section 3.08(b), “pro rata amount” with respect to the 2017 A Notes shall be calculated taking into account all 2017 B Notes and other Pari Passu Indebtedness subject to the applicable redemption, purchase, or offer. Any purchase or redemption of the 2017 B Notes pursuant to Section 5.01(b)(2) of the 2017 B Indenture shall be deemed to be a purchase of 2017 B Notes covered by clause (1) of this Section 3.08(b).
Section 3.09 Offers To Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds .
          (a) The Issuer shall follow the procedures specified in clauses (b) through (f) of this Section 3.09 for any 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer commenced pursuant to Section 3.08(b) hereof.
          (b) A 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “ Offer Period ”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “ Purchase Date ”), the Issuer shall apply the pro rata portion of Excess Proceeds taking into account all 2017 B Notes and other Pari Passu Indebtedness subject to the applicable redemption (the “ Offer Amount ”) to the purchase of 2017 A Notes, or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all 2017 A Notes tendered in response to the 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer. Payment for any 2017 A Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.
          (c) If the Purchase Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, up to but excluding the Purchase Date, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a 2017 A Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender 2017 A Notes pursuant to the 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer.
          (d) Upon the commencement of a 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer, the Issuer shall send, by first-class mail, a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee and the Registrar, or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender 2017 A Notes pursuant to the 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer, shall state:
     (i) that the 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 3.08(b) hereof and the length of time the 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer shall remain open;
     (ii) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;
     (iii) that any 2017 A Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;
     (iv) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any 2017 A Note accepted for payment pursuant to the 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;
     (v) that Holders electing to have a 2017 A Note purchased pursuant to a 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer may elect to have 2017 A Notes purchased in minimum principal amounts of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 only;

-58-


 

     (vi) that Holders electing to have a 2017 A Note purchased pursuant to any 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer shall be required to surrender the 2017 A Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the 2017 A Note completed, or transfer such 2017 A Note by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer, the Depositary, if appointed by the Issuer, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;
     (vii) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the 2017 A Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such 2017 A Note purchased;
     (viii) that, if the aggregate principal amount of 2017 A Notes surrendered by the holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Registrar shall select the 2017 A Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the 2017 A Notes tendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Registrar so that only 2017 A Notes in denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 shall be purchased); and
     (ix) that Holders whose 2017 A Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new 2017 A Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the 2017 A Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer) representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased.
          (e) On or before the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of 2017 A Notes or portions thereof validly tendered pursuant to the 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all 2017 A Notes tendered and (2) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the 2017 A Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of 2017 A Notes or portions thereof so tendered.
          (f) The Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the 2017 A Notes properly tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, and the Issuer shall promptly issue a new 2017 A Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new 2017 A Note to such Holder (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or deliver such new 2017 A Note) in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the 2017 A Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased; provided that each such new 2017 A Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. Any 2017 A Note not so accepted for purchase shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date.
          Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09 or Section 4.10 hereof, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the applicable provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

-59-


 

ARTICLE 4
COVENANTS
Section 4.01 Payment of Notes .
          The Issuer shall have caused the Trustee to establish an account (the “ Trustee Account ”) to be maintained by the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders with respect to payments of interest on the 2017 A Notes, over which the Trustee shall have sole control and dominion. Interest on the 2017 A Notes will accrue, and be payable by or on behalf of the Issuer to the Trustee, daily; provided that the failure by the Issuer to make or have made any such daily payment to the Trustee on any day will not constitute a Default so long as (a) (x) no payment or other transfer by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall have been made on such day under the Cash Management Arrangements or (y) the amount of funds on deposit in the Trustee Account on such day is equal to the amount of interest which has accrued up to and including such day and (b) on each Interest Payment Date the aggregate amount of funds deposited in the Trustee Account is sufficient to pay the aggregate amount of interest on the 2017 A Notes that is payable by the Trustee to Holders of 2017 A Notes on such Interest Payment Date; provided further , however , that payments of interest shall only be deemed to be overdue to the extent that the aggregate amount of funds deposited in the Trustee Account is not sufficient to pay the aggregate amount of interest on the 2017 A Notes that is payable by the Trustee to Holders on the applicable Interest Payment Date. The Issuer or any Guarantor will not be the legal owners of the funds on deposit in the Trustee Account. Such amounts may be in cash in U.S. dollars, in Government Securities or in a combination thereof. Any interest earned on Government Securities held in the Trustee Account will be applied to pay fees and expenses of the Trustee and, to the extent of any excess, returned to the Company. Upon the making by or on behalf of the Issuer of any payment into the Trustee Account, the Issuer’s obligation to pay accrued interest shall be discharged to the extent of the amount so paid. If the Trustee fails to make an interest payment on the 2017 A Notes but the Issuer has deposited the funds with the Trustee, it will not be a Default.
          Unless otherwise expressly requested in writing by the Issuer, the amounts in the Trustee Account shall be held in cash in U.S. dollars.
          The Issuer shall pay all Special Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement.
          The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1.0% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the 2017 A Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Special Interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.
          The Trustee shall pay or cause to be paid the aggregate amount of interest payable on the 2017 A Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the 2017 A Notes. Principal, premium, if any, Special Interest, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Trustee holds as of noon Eastern Time on the Interest Payment Date money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. If an Interest Payment Date is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no additional interest or other amounts shall be payable in respect of the interest period for which such payment is made as a result of such extension of time.

-60-


 

Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency .
          The Issuer shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or Transfer Agent) where 2017 A Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange or presented for payment and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the 2017 A Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.
          The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the 2017 A Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, for such purposes. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.
          The Issuer hereby initially designates the office of the Trustee located at U.S. Bank National Association, 100 Wall Street, 16th floor, New York, NY 10005, as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.
Section 4.03 Reports and Other Information .
          (a) Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, from and after the Issue Date, the Company shall file with the SEC no later than 15 days after the periods set forth below,
     (1) within 90 days (or any other time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 10-K by a non-accelerated filer) after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports on Form 10-K, or any successor or comparable form, containing the information required to be contained therein, or required in such successor or comparable form;
     (2) within 45 days (or any other time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 10-Q by a non-accelerated filer) after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, reports on Form 10-Q containing all quarterly information that would be required to be contained in Form 10-Q, or any successor or comparable form;
     (3) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported, such other reports on Form 8-K, or any successor or comparable form; and
     (4) any other information, documents and other reports which the Company would be required to file with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

-61-


 

in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form; provided that the Company shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event the Company shall make available such information to prospective purchasers of 2017 A Notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the 2017 A Notes, in each case within five days after the time the Company would have been required to file such information with the SEC as required pursuant to this Section 4.03(a). To the extent any such information is not furnished within the time periods specified above in Section 4.03(a) and such information is subsequently furnished (including upon becoming publicly available, by filing such information with the SEC), the Company shall be deemed to have satisfied its obligations with respect thereto at such time and any Default with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been cured; provided that such cure shall not otherwise affect the rights of the Holders under Article 6 hereof if Holders of at least 25.0% in principal amount of the then total outstanding 2017 A Notes have declared the principal of, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding 2017 A Notes to be due and payable immediately and such declaration shall not have been rescinded or cancelled prior to such cure. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, for so long as any 2017 A Notes are outstanding the Company shall furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
          (b) In the event that any direct or indirect parent company of the Company becomes a Guarantor of the 2017 A Notes, the Company may satisfy its obligations in this Section 4.03 with respect to financial information relating to the Company by furnishing financial information relating to such parent; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.
          (c) In connection with the filings with the SEC required pursuant to clauses (1) and (2) above, the Company shall provide notice of, and host, a conference call open to the public to discuss the results for the applicable period.
          (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the requirements of this Section 4.03 shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the exchange offer or the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement by the filing with the SEC of the exchange offer registration statement or shelf registration statement in accordance with the terms of the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act.
Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate .
          (a) The Issuer and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the Trust Indenture Act) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, a certificate from the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every condition and covenant contained in this Indenture during such fiscal year and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default

-62-


 

shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto).
          (b) When any Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture of which the Issuer is aware, or if the Trustee or the holder of any other evidence of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Company gives any notice or takes any other action with respect to a claimed Default of which the Issuer is aware, the Issuer shall promptly (which shall be no more than five Business Days) deliver to the Trustee by registered or certified mail or by facsimile transmission an Officer’s Certificate specifying such event and what action the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto.
Section 4.05 Taxes .
          The Issuer shall pay or discharge, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay or discharge, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, lawful assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate actions or where the failure to effect such payment or discharge is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the 2017 A Notes.
Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws .
          The Issuer and each of the Guarantors covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.
Section 4.07 Limitation on Restricted Payments.
          (a) Without limitation, the Company may and may permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:
     (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution or any payment having the effect thereof on account of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests (in such Person’s capacity as holder of such Equity Interests), including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation other than:
     (a) dividends or distributions payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; or
     (b) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;

-63-


 

     (2) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, including in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation;
     (3) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness other than:
     (a) Indebtedness permitted under clause (8) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; or
     (b) the payment of principal on or the purchase, redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment of principal or such purchase, redemption, defeasance, repurchase or acquisition; or
     (4) make any Investment
(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”).
          (b) The Company shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to become an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless it is also an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the 2017 B Notes and the Company will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary unless it is also a Restricted Subsidiary for purposes of the 2017 B Notes.
Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries .
          (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:
     (1) pay (A) dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or
     (B) any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or
     (3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
          (b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

-64-


 

     (1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Existing Senior Notes and the Existing Senior Notes Indentures;
     (2) (x) the Senior Credit Facilities and the related documentation and (y) the Indentures, the Notes, the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees and the guarantees of the 2017 B Notes;
     (3) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof on the property so acquired;
     (4) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;
     (5) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by or merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in existence at the time of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or amalgamation (but, in any such case, not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person so acquired and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person so acquired and its Subsidiaries or the property or assets so assumed;
     (6) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of (i) the Company or (ii) a Restricted Subsidiary, pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary that impose restrictions on the assets to be sold;
     (7) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 4.09 and 4.12 hereof that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;
     (8) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
     (9) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof;
     (10) customary provisions in any joint venture agreement or other similar agreement relating solely to such joint venture;
     (11) customary provisions contained in any lease, sublease, license, sublicense or similar agreement, including with respect to intellectual property, and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;
     (12) customary provisions contained in any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to any Credit Facilities as permitted pursuant to Sections 4.09 and 4.12 hereof and an Officer reasonably and in good faith determines at the time such Indebtedness is incurred (and at the time of any modification of the terms of any such encumbrance or restriction) that any such encumbrance or restriction will not materially adversely affect the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s ability to make any

-65-


 

payments, when due, with respect to the 2017 A Notes or its Guarantee thereof and any other Indebtedness that is an obligation of the Issuer or such Guarantor and such determination is set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee; and
     (13) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (12) of this Section 4.08(b); provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, no more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.
Section 4.09 Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock .
          (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “ incur ” and collectively, an “ incurrence ”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Issuer and the Guarantors shall not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and the Company shall not permit the Issuer to, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided , however , that (1) the Issuer and the Guarantors may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock (other than Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary), and (2) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if in each case (a) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio at the time such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been no greater than 6.5 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available and (b) the Senior Leverage Ratio at the time such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been no greater than 3.25 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available; provided further , however , that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), more than an aggregate of $30,000,000 of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors is outstanding pursuant to this paragraph at such time; provided further , however , that the Issuer and the Guarantors may incur Subordinated Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness that is Subordinated Indebtedness) if, in each case, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio at the time such additional Subordinated Indebtedness is incurred would have been no greater than 6.5 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Subordinated Indebtedness had been incurred and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at

-66-


 

the beginning of the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available.
     (b) Section 4.09(a) hereof shall not apply to:
     (1) [Reserved];
     (2) the incurrence by (a) the Issuer and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by (i) the 2017 B Notes (including any Guarantee, but excluding any Additional 2017 B Notes) and (ii) the 2017 A Notes (including any guarantee of the 2017 A Notes, but excluding any Additional 2017 A Notes) and (b) CCO of Indebtedness represented by the Proceeds Loans;
     (3) the incurrence by the Issuer and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by (i) the 2017 B Exchange Notes and related guarantees of the 2017 B Exchange Notes to be issued in exchange for the 2017 B Notes (excluding any Additional 2017 B Notes) and guarantees of the 2017 B Exchange Notes pursuant to the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement and (ii) the 2017 A Exchange Notes and related guarantees of the 2017 A Exchange Notes to be issued in exchange for the 2017 A Notes (excluding any Additional 2017 A Notes) and Guarantees pursuant to the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement;
     (4) Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date, including $150,000,000 under the Senior Credit Facilities (other than Indebtedness pursuant to clause (2) of this Section 4.09(b)), and Indebtedness incurred by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any revolving or other line of credit pursuant to which there is an unfunded commitment in effect as of the Issue Date;
     (5) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred or Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock issued by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary), to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Equity Interests of any Person owning such assets in an aggregate principal amount, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and all other Indebtedness incurred and Disqualified Stock and/or Preferred Stock issued and outstanding under this clause (5), not to exceed $25,000,000 at any time outstanding; so long as such Indebtedness exists at the date of such purchase, lease or improvement, or is created within 270 days thereafter;
     (6) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided , however , that upon the drawing of such bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;
     (7) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary,

-67-


 

other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided , however , that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet (other than by application of ASC 460-10 or in respect of acquired contingencies and contingent consideration recorded under ASC 805-10) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet shall not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (7));
     (8) Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing by the Issuer or a Guarantor to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of the Notes, as applicable; provided further , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company, the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (8);
     (9) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Issuer or any parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary) issued to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or pursuant to any pledge of such Preferred Stock constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (9);
     (10) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Section 4.09, exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;
     (11) obligations in respect of self-insurance, customs, stay, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees and other obligations of a like nature provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
     (12) (a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company owed or issued to CCU or any of its Subsidiaries that is a direct or indirect parent company in connection with the Cash Management Arrangements and (b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted Guarantor (other than Disqualified Stock of a parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary) and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (in the case of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, other than the Issuer or any parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary) in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $65,000,000 (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued pursuant to this clause (12)(b) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (12)(b) but shall be deemed incurred

-68-


 

for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness or issued such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (12)(b), with such automatic reclassification subject to the $30,000,000 limitation in the first paragraph of this covenant that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), the availability as of such date of determination under the $30,000,000 sublimit would be exceeded);
     (13) the incurrence by (1) the Issuer and the Guarantors of Indebtedness or the issuance of shares of Disqualified Stock by the Guarantors (other than Disqualified Stock of any parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary), and (2) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor of Indebtedness or the issuance of shares of Disqualified Stock or shares of Preferred Stock, in each case, that serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease:
     (a) any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued as permitted under Section 4.09(a), clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (12)(a) and (14) of this Section 4.09(b) (including with respect to (x) Section 4.09(a), any unfunded commitment for which an Officer’s Certificate has been delivered to the Trustee as provided in the definition of Consolidated Leverage Ratio or Senior Leverage Ratio, and (y) clause (4) above, any revolving or other line of credit pursuant to which there is an unfunded commitment in effect as of the Issue Date), or
     (b) any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock set forth in clause (a) above (including unfunded commitments that serve to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any unfunded commitments under Indebtedness set forth in such clause (a)); provided , however, that in the case of clauses (a) and (b), any unfunded commitment shall continue to be treated as outstanding for purposes of the definition of Consolidated Leverage Ratio and Senior Leverage Ratio, as applicable, to the extent such unfunded commitment was outstanding for purposes thereof prior to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance under this clause (13),
including, in each case, additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees and expenses in connection therewith or incurred as a result of original issue discount, accreted value in excess of the proceeds thereof or the stated principal amount thereof being in excess of the fair value thereof at issuance, in each case, as determined in good faith by the Company (collectively, the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”) prior to its respective maturity; provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:
     (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased (except by virtue of prepayment of such Indebtedness),

-69-


 

     (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness extends, replaces, refunds, refinances, renews or defeases (i) Indebtedness subordinated in right of payment or pari passu to the 2017 A Notes or any Guarantee thereof, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment or pari passu to the 2017 A Notes or the Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively,
     (C) in the case of any Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refinance Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock outstanding under clause (5) above, such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been incurred and to be outstanding under such clause (5), and not this clause (13) for purposes of determining amounts outstanding under such clauses; and
     (D) shall not include:
     (i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Guarantor; or
     (ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
and provided further , however that subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (13) shall not apply to any extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance of any Indebtedness under any Credit Facilities;
     (14) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (in the case of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, other than the Issuer or any parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary) incurred or issued to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided , however, that after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either:
     (i) (A) with respect to Subordinated Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued pursuant to this clause (14), the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof, and (B) with respect to any other Indebtedness, the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to each of the ratio tests set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof, or
     (ii) (A) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is less than the Consolidated Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger, and (B) other than with respect to the incurrence of Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (14), the Senior Leverage Ratio is less than the Senior Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;

-70-


 

provided , however , that in each case, such determination is made on a pro forma basis taking into account such acquisition or merger;
     (15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence;
     (16) [Reserved]
     (17) (a) any guarantee by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Guarantor so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Guarantor is permitted under the terms of this Indenture;
     (b) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Company; or
     (c) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor), the Company or CCO of obligations of any other Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Issuer or a Guarantor);
provided that, in each case, such Restricted Subsidiary shall comply with Section 4.15 hereof;
     (18) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company in an amount not to exceed at any one time outstanding and together with any other Indebtedness incurred under this clause (18) $30,000,000 (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (18) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (18) but shall be deemed incurred under Section 4.09(a) hereof from and after the first date on which such Foreign Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a) hereof without reliance on this clause (18), with such automatic reclassification subject to the $30,000,000 limitation in the first paragraph of this covenant that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), the availability as of such date of determination under the $30,000,000 sublimit would be exceeded;
     (19) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to future, current or former officers, directors, employees and consultants thereof or any direct or indirect parent thereof, their respective estates, heirs, family members, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director, officer or consultant of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement (including any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company in connection with any such repurchase, retirement or acquisition), or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement;

-71-


 

     (20) cash management obligations and Indebtedness in respect of netting services, employee credit card programs and similar arrangements in connection with cash management and deposit accounts; and
     (21) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods purchased in the ordinary course of business.
     (c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09:
     (1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (21) of Section 4.09(b) hereof or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof, the Company, in its sole discretion, may classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and shall only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses of Section 4.09(b) hereof or under Section 4.09(a) hereof; provided that (x) all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facilities on the Issue Date shall be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under clause (4) of Section 4.09(b) hereof, (y) any Secured Indebtedness being reclassified shall only be reclassified to the extent that the Lien is also permitted with respect to such Secured Indebtedness as so reclassified and (z) Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may be reclassified only to the extent that, after giving effect to such reclassification (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), such Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor would be permitted to incur the Indebtedness or issue the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as so reclassified on the date; and
     (2) at the time of incurrence or any reclassification thereafter, the Company shall be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in more than one of the types of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in Sections 4.09(a) and 4.09(b) hereof; provided , however , that (x) with respect to Secured Indebtedness, such Secured Indebtedness may only be classified or reclassified as a type of Indebtedness to the extent such Indebtedness may also be secured by a Lien under this Indenture and (y) with respect to such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock may only be classified or reclassified as a type of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock to the extent such Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor may so incur such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under this Indenture on the date of classification or reclassification.
          (d) Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09.
          (e) For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in

-72-


 

effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not (i) exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus (ii) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing.
          (f) The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing. The principal amount of any non-interest bearing Indebtedness or other discount security constituting Indebtedness at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the Company dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP.
          (g) The Company shall not, and shall not permit the Issuer or any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is contractually subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the 2017 A Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be. Subordination shall refer to contractual payment subordination and not to structural subordination. This Indenture shall not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured, (2) unsubordinated Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other unsubordinated Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral or (3) Indebtedness as subordinated or junior Indebtedness merely because it is structurally subordinated to other Indebtedness.
Section 4.10 Asset Sales .
          There shall be no limitation on (1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (each, an “ Asset Sale ”).
Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates .
          (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of their properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $10,000,000, unless:

-73-


 

     (1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and
     (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $20,000,000, a resolution adopted by the majority of the Board of Directors approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) of this Section 4.11(a).
     (b) Section 4.11 (a) hereof shall not apply to the following:
     (1) (A) transactions between or among the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and (B) any Affiliate Transaction, directly or indirectly, (i) constituting the payment of dividends or making any other distributions to CCU or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the indenture described in clause (b) of the definition of the Existing Senior Notes Indentures) or payment of any Indebtedness owed to CCU or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the indenture described in clause (b) of the definition of the Existing Senior Notes Indentures), (ii) making loans or advances to CCU or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the indenture described in clause (b) of the definition of the Senior Notes Indentures), or (iii) selling, leasing or transferring any properties or assets to CCU or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the indenture described in clause (b) of the definition of the Existing Senior Notes Indentures);
     (2) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07 of the 2017 B Indenture and Investments constituting Permitted Investments (as defined in the 2017 B Indenture);
     (3) for so long as the Company is a member of a group filing a consolidated, combined, unitary, or similar group tax return with any direct or indirect parent company of the Company (regardless of whether the Company is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of such parent company), payments in respect of the hypothetical consolidated, combined, unitary, or similar group tax liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries, determined as if the Company were the common parent of a group of a separate affiliated group of corporations filing a consolidated federal income tax return (or the common parent of the applicable comparable group filing a consolidated, combined, unitary, or similar group tax return under state, local, or foreign law);
     (4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation consistent with past practice or industry practices paid to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (5) transactions in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis;

-74-


 

     (6) any agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby with an affiliate as in effect as of the Issue Date, and any extension, amendment, restatement, modification or other supplement to, or replacement of, any of the foregoing and so long as any such extension, amendment, restatement, modification or other supplement is not materially adverse in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;
     (7) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement, principal investors agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise materially adverse in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors to the Holders when taken as a whole;
     (8) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions, including Transaction Expenses;
     (9) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, contractors, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture which are fair to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as would reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;
     (10) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;
     (11) agreements and transactions between the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and CCU or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the indenture described in clause (b) of the definition of the Existing Senior Notes Indentures), on the other hand;
     (12) payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Investors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors in good faith or as otherwise permitted by this Indenture;
     (13) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and employment agreements, severance arrangements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors in good faith; and

-75-


 

     (14) (a) Investments by the Investors in debt securities of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any payments in respect thereof so long as (i) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities, and (b) payments in respect of any Public Debt or Notes held by Affiliates.
Section 4.12 Liens .
          (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) on any asset or property of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, or any income or profits therefrom or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:
     (1) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the 2017 A Notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or
     (2) in all other cases, the 2017 A Notes or the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured.
          (b) Section 4.12(a) hereof shall not apply to Liens securing the 2017 A Notes and the related Guarantees thereof or the 2017 A Exchange Notes and the related guarantees thereof.
          (c) Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the 2017 A Notes pursuant to this Section 4.12 shall be deemed automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the applicable Lien described in clauses (1) and (2) of Section 4.12(a) hereof.
Section 4.13 Corporate Existence .
          Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Issuer and the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence, in accordance with its organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time).
Section 4.14 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control .
          (a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding 2017 A Notes as set forth in each of Section 5 of the 2017 A Notes and Sections 3.03 and 3.07 hereof, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase all of the 2017 A Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the 2017 A Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer shall send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of 2017 A Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register with a copy to the Trustee, or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, with the following information:

-76-


 

     (1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.14, and that all 2017 A Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer shall be accepted for payment by the Issuer;
     (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”);
     (3) that any 2017 A Note not properly tendered shall remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;
     (4) that unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all 2017 A Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;
     (5) that Holders electing to have any 2017 A Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer shall be required to surrender such 2017 A Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such 2017 A Notes completed, to the Paying Agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;
     (6) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their tendered 2017 A Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such 2017 A Notes; provided that the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the fifth Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the 2017 A Notes, the principal amount of 2017 A Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered 2017 A Notes and its election to have such 2017 A Notes purchased;
     (7) that the Holders whose 2017 A Notes are being repurchased only in part shall be issued new 2017 A Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the 2017 A Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the 2017 A Notes must be equal to a minimum of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in principal amount;
     (8) if such notice is mailed prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control; and
     (9) the other instructions, as determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section 4.14, that a Holder must follow.
          The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. If (a) the notice is mailed in a manner herein provided and (b) any Holder fails to receive such notice or a Holder receives such notice but it is defective, such Holder’s failure to receive such notice or such defect shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the purchase of the 2017 A Notes as to all other Holders that properly received such notice without defect. The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-l under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of 2017 A Notes by the Issuer pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the

-77-


 

provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue thereof.
          (b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent permitted by law,
     (1) accept for payment all 2017 A Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
     (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all 2017 A Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and
     (3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation (and delivery to the Paying Agent) the 2017 A Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such 2017 A Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer.
          (c) The Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all 2017 A Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.
          (d) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 4.14, any purchase pursuant to this Section 4.14 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.02, 3.05 and 3.06 hereof.
Section 4.15 Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries .
          The Company shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, other than a Guarantor or an Immaterial Subsidiary, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness in excess of $10,000,000 of the Issuer or any Guarantor unless:
     (1) such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor, if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the 2017 A Notes or a related Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the 2017 A Notes or such Guarantor’s related Guarantee; and
     (2) such Restricted Subsidiary shall within 30 days deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
provided that this covenant shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary. The Company may elect, in its

-78-


 

sole discretion, to cause any Subsidiary that is not otherwise required to be a Guarantor to become a Guarantor, in which case such Subsidiary shall not be required to comply with the 30 day periods set forth above.
          The Company may elect, in its sole discretion, to cause any Subsidiary that is not otherwise required to be a Restricted Guarantor to become a Restricted Guarantor, in which case such Subsidiary shall not be required to comply with the 30 day periods set forth in clauses (1) and (2) of this Section 4.15.
Section 4.16 Liquidity Amount .
          On the Issue Date, (1) the Issuer and the Guarantors shall have $50,000,000 in any combination of cash, other liquid assets under their sole dominion and control on an unrestricted basis and not subject to any Lien (such cash and liquid assets, the “ Guarantor Liquidity Assets ”) and cash available to be borrowed by the Issuer or the Guarantors in U.S. dollars under any Credit Facility to which the Company is a party (but to which none of its Affiliates (other than the Issuer and Restricted Guarantors) is a party) (the “ Guarantor Liquidity Facility ”) for which all conditions to borrowing have been and remain satisfied (such $50,000,000 amount, the “ Guarantor Liquidity Amount ”) and the Company shall maintain such Liquidity Amount at all times and (2) the Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors shall have, and the Company shall cause the Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to have, $50,000,000 (or an equivalent amount in other currencies) in any combination of cash, other liquid assets under their sole dominion and control on an unrestricted basis and not subject to any Lien (such cash and liquid assets, the “ Non-Guarantor Liquidity Assets ”) and cash available to be borrowed by any one or more of the Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors under any Credit Facility to which none of the Company’s Affiliates (other than the Company and any Restricted Subsidiaries) is a party (the “ Non-Guarantor Liquidity Facility ” and, together with the Guarantor Liquidity Facility, the “ Liquidity Facilities ”) for which all conditions to borrowing have been and remain satisfied (such $50,000,000 amount (or an equivalent amount in other currencies), the
Non-Guarantor Liquidity Amount ”) and the Company shall cause the Non-Guarantor Liquidity Amount to be maintained at all times. The Liquidity Facilities shall only constitute Liquidity Facilities to the extent all conditions to borrowing thereunder are satisfied (other than any notice of borrowing that may be required) and the amount available under any Liquidity Facility shall be part of the Guarantor Liquidity Amount or the Non-Guarantor Liquidity Amount without duplication. Assets that constitute Guarantor Liquidity Assets shall not also constitute Non-Guarantor Liquidity Assets and vice versa. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guarantor Liquidity Assets and the Non-Guarantor Liquidity Assets may be subject to Permitted Liquidity Liens.
ARTICLE 5
SUCCESSORS
Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .
          (a) Neither the Company nor the Issuer may consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, is the surviving corporation), nor may the Company or the Issuer sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, and its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any Person (other than CCU or its Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the indenture described in clause (b) of the definition of Existing Senior Notes Indentures)) unless:

-79-


 

     (1) the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Company, the Issuer or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Company ”); provided that in the case where the Successor Company is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the 2017 A Notes is a corporation;
     (2) the Successor Company, if other than the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, under the Company’s Guarantee or the 2017 A Notes, as applicable, pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
     (3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;
     (4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period,
     (A) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to each of the ratio tests set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof, or
     (B) (x) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or less than such Consolidated Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger and (y) the Senior Leverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or less than such Senior Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;
     (5) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case clause (1)(B) of Section 5.01(c) shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the 2017 A Notes; and
     (6) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture.
          (b) The Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for, the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, under this Indenture and the 2017 A Notes, as applicable. Notwithstanding clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a) hereof,
     (1) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Issuer) may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or a Guarantor; and
     (2) the Company or the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate of the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, solely for the purpose of reorganizing the Company or the Issuer, as

-80-


 

the case may be, in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.
Notwithstanding Sections 5.01(a) and 5.01(b), other than Section 5.01(a)(3) which shall be applicable, any Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer that are not Guarantors may consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into, and the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of, or Equity Interests in, its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions to any Person (such disposition, a “ Foreign Disposition ”); provided , however , that (1) such Foreign Disposition is a Qualified Asset Sale, and (2) if, on a pro forma basis, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio would be equal to or greater than 6.0 to 1.0 or the Senior Leverage Ratio would be equal to or greater than 3.0 to 1.0, then the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase all the outstanding 2017 A Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof in a manner and time frame as would be required if such offer were a Change of Control Offer. If a Foreign Disposition does not constitute a disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer, this paragraph shall not be applicable.
          (c) No Restricted Guarantor shall, and the Company shall not permit any Restricted Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Company or such Restricted Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person (other than CCU or its Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the indenture described in clause (b) of the definition of the Existing Senior Notes Indentures)) unless:
     (1) (A) such Guarantor is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”);
     (B) the Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
     (C) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and
     (D) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture; or
          (2) the transaction is a Qualified Asset Sale.
          (d) In the case of clause (1) of Section 5.01(c) hereof, the Successor Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor (other than the Company, which is covered by Section 5.01(a)) may (1) merge or consolidate with or into or wind up into or transfer all or part of its properties

-81-


 

and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuer, (2) merge with an Affiliate of the Company solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Guarantor in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof or (3) convert into (which may be effected by merger with a Restricted Subsidiary that has substantially no assets and liabilities) a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability corporation or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor (which may be effected by merger so long as the survivor thereof is a Guarantor).
Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted .
          Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Issuer is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the Issuer shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Issuer), and may exercise every right and power of the Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such Successor Person had been named as the Issuer herein; provided that the predecessor Issuer shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest and Special Interest, if any, on the 2017 A Notes except in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all of the Issuer’s assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 hereof.
ARTICLE 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
Section 6.01 Events of Default .
          (a) An “ Event of Default ” wherever used herein means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):
     (1) default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the 2017 A Notes;
     (2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest on or with respect to the 2017 A Notes;
     (3) failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25.0% in principal amount of the then outstanding 2017 A Notes (with a copy to the Trustee) to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (9) of this Section 6.01(a)) contained in this Indenture or the 2017 A Notes;
     (4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted

-82-


 

Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the 2017 A Notes, if both:
     (a) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated final maturity; and
     (b) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $35,000,000 or more at any one time outstanding, in each case, other than as a result of an Excluded Event;
     (5) failure by the Company, the Issuer, or any other Significant Party to pay final non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of $35,000,000, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 90 days after such judgments become final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;
     (6) the Company, the Issuer or any other Significant Party, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:
     (i) commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;
     (ii) consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under applicable Bankruptcy Law;
     (iii) consents to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property;
     (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or
     (v) generally is not paying its debts as they become due;
     (7) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
     (i) is for relief against the Issuer or any Significant Party in a proceeding in which the Issuer or any such Significant Party is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;
     (ii) appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Issuer or any Significant Party, or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or any Significant Party; or

-83-


 

     (iii) orders the liquidation of the Issuer or any Significant Party;
and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days;
     (8) the Guarantee of any Significant Party shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Party, as the case may be, denies in writing that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives written notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of this Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture; and
     (9) failure to maintain the Guarantor Liquidity Amount or the Non-Guarantor Liquidity Amount which failure continues for more than fifteen (15) consecutive business days; provided , however , that upon the event of a CCU Credit Event and during the continuance thereof, for the period that is the shorter of the continuance of the CCU Credit Event and 60 days after the occurrence of such CCU Credit Event, it shall not be an Event of Default if the Guarantor Liquidity Amount and the Non-Guarantor Liquidity Amount shall each be at least $25,000,000 during such period.
          (b) In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) of Section 6.01(a) hereof, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the 2017 A Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose:
     (1) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged; or
     (2) holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or
     (3) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.
Section 6.02 Acceleration .
          If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof with respect to the Issuer or the Company) occurs and is continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25.0% in principal amount of the then total outstanding 2017 A Notes (with a copy to the Trustee) may declare the principal of, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding 2017 A Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be due and payable immediately. The Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate the 2017 A Notes if in the best judgment of the Trustee, acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders of the 2017 A Notes.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof with respect to the Issuer, all outstanding 2017 A Notes shall be due and payable without further action or notice.

-84-


 

Section 6.03 Other Remedies.
          If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the 2017 A Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the 2017 A Notes or this Indenture.
          The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the 2017 A Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a 2017 A Notes in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.
Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults .
          The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding 2017 A Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the 2017 A Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under this Indenture (except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of any 2017 A Note held by a non-consenting Holder) and rescind any acceleration with respect to the 2017 A Notes and its consequences (except if such rescission would conflict with any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction). Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereto.
Section 6.05 Control by Majority .
          Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then total outstanding 2017 A Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a 2017 A Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.
Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits .
          Subject to Section 6.07 hereof, no Holder of a 2017 A Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the 2017 A Notes unless:
     (1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;
     (2) Holders of at least 25.0% in principal amount of the total outstanding 2017 A Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
     (3) Holders of the 2017 A Notes have offered the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;
     (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

-85-


 

     (5) Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding 2017 A Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.
          A Holder of a 2017 A Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a 2017 A Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a 2017 A Note.
Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of 2017 A Notes To Receive Payment .
          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a 2017 A Note to receive payment of principal premium, if any, and Special Interest, if any, and interest on the 2017 A Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the 2017 A Note (including in connection with a 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer or a Change of Control Offer), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee .
          If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer or the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and Special Interest, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the 2017 A Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.
Section 6.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies .
          If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted.
Section 6.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative .
          Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen 2017 A Notes in Section 2.07 hereof, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.
Section 6.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver .
          No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any 2017 A Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this

-86-


 

Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.
Section 6.12 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .
          The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the 2017 A Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the 2017 A Notes including the Guarantors), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to participate as a member in any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the 2017 A Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.
Section 6.13 Priorities .
          If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:
     (i) to the Trustee and the Agents and their respective agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and any Agent and the costs and expenses of collection;
     (ii) to Holders of 2017 A Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the 2017 A Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Special Interest, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the 2017 A Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Special Interest, if any, and interest, respectively; and
     (iii) to the Issuer, to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct, including a Guarantor, if applicable.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, all amounts in the Trustee Account shall be paid first to the Holders of 2017 A Notes. The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of 2017 A Notes pursuant to this Section 6.13.

-87-


 

Section 6.14 Undertaking for Costs .
          In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a 2017 A Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding 2017 A Notes.
ARTICLE 7
TRUSTEE
Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee .
          (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs ; provided that if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered the Trustee indemnity, security or prefunding satisfactory to the Trustee in its sole discretion, as applicable, against loss, liability or expense.
          (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
     (i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
     (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).
          (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:
     (i) this paragraph (c) does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;
     (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

-88-


 

     (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.
          (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to this Section 7.01.
          (e) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the 2017 A Notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.
          (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law or as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer.
          (g) In the absence of bad faith, negligence or wilful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee.
          (h) Subject to the provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee will hold the Trustee Account in trust for the benefit of Holders of 2017 A Notes and shall be responsible for payment of amounts therefrom.
Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee .
          (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.
          (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.
          (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care.
          (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.
          (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer.

-89-


 

          (f) None of the provisions of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise to incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not assured to it.
          (g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or Event of Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the 2017 A Notes and this Indenture.
          (h) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.
          (i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder.
          (j) In the event the Issuer is required to pay Special Interest, the Issuer shall provide written notice to the Trustee of the Issuer’s obligation to pay Special Interest no later than 15 days prior to the next Interest Payment Date which notice shall set forth the amount of the Special Interest to be paid by the Issuer. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holders to determine whether the Special Interest is payable or the amount thereof.
Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee .
          The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of 2017 A Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.
Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer .
          The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the 2017 A Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the 2017 A Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the 2017 A Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the 2017 A Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

-90-


 

Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults.
          If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of 2017 A Notes a notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. The Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default, except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of any covenants contained in Article 4.
Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the 2017 A Notes .
          Within 60 days after each May 15, beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as 2017 A Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the 2017 A Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) (but if no event described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c).
          A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of 2017 A Notes shall be mailed to the Issuer and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the 2017 A Notes are listed in accordance with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d). The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee when the 2017 A Notes are listed on any stock exchange or delisted therefrom.
Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity .
          The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee and any Agent from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse each of the Trustee and each Agent promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services (other than amounts in the Trustee Account). Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements (other than amounts in the Trustee Account) and expenses of the Trustee’s or each such Agent’s agents and counsel.
          The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify each of the Trustee and each Agent for, and hold each of the Trustee and each Agent harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder (including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer or any of the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) or defending itself against any claim whether asserted by any Holder, the Issuer or any Guarantor, or liability in connection with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder). Each of the Trustee and each Agent shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee or any Agent to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee or applicable Agent may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee or any Agent through such Person’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

-91-


 

          The obligations of the Issuer under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee or any Agent, as applicable.
          To secure the payment obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Section 7.07, each of the Trustee and each Agent shall have a Lien prior to the 2017 A Notes on all money or property held or collected by such Person, except money or property held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular 2017 A Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.
          When the Trustee or any Agent incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.
          The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.
Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee or Agent .
          A resignation or removal of the Trustee or any Agent and appointment of a successor Trustee or any successor Agent shall become effective only upon the acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08 by such successor Trustee or successor Agent, as applicable. The Trustee or any Agent may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding 2017 A Notes may remove the Trustee or any Agent by so notifying the Trustee or such Agent and the Issuer in writing. The Issuer may remove the Trustee or any Agent if:
     (a) in the case of the Trustee, such Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;
     (b) the Trustee or such Agent is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent Person or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;
     (c) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or such Agent or such Person’s property; or
     (d) the Trustee or such Agent becomes incapable of acting.
          If the Trustee or any Agent resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee or any Agent for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or successor Agent. Within one year after the successor Trustee or successor Agent takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding 2017 A Notes may appoint a successor Trustee or successor Agent, as applicable, to replace such successor Trustee or successor Agent appointed by the Issuer.
          If a successor Trustee or successor Agent does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee or Agent, as applicable, resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or Agent (at the Issuer’s expense), the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding 2017 A Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee or successor Agent.

-92-


 

          If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
          A successor Trustee or successor Agent shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee or Agent and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee or Agent shall become effective, and the successor Trustee or successor Agent shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee or the applicable Agent under this Indenture. The successor Trustee or successor Agent shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee or Agent shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee or Agent to the successor Trustee or successor Agent, as applicable; provided all sums owing to the retiring Trustee or Agent hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee or any Agent pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee or Agent.
Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc .
          If the Trustee or any Agent consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust or relevant agent business, as applicable, to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee or successor Agent, as applicable.
Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification .
          There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.
          This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Sections 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b).
Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer .
          The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.
ARTICLE 8
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
Section 8.01 Option To Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .
          The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof applied to all outstanding 2017 A Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

-93-


 

Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge .
          Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding 2017 A Notes and Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (“ Legal Defeasance ”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding 2017 A Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (a) and (b) below, to have satisfied all its other obligations under such 2017 A Notes and this Indenture including that of the Guarantors (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same) and to have cured all then existing Events of Default, except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder;
     (a) the rights of Holders of 2017 A Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the 2017 A Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to this Indenture as referenced in Section 8.04 hereof;
     (b) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to 2017 A Notes concerning issuing temporary 2017 A Notes, registration of such 2017 A Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen 2017 A Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;
     (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and
     (d) this Section 8.02.
          Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.
Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance .
          Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants (each, a “ Defeased Covenant , and collectively, the “ Defeased Covenants ”) contained in Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15 and 4.16 hereof and clauses (4) and (5) of Section 5.01(a), Sections 5.01(c) and 5.01(d) hereof with respect to the outstanding 2017 A Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (“ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the 2017 A Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such Defeased Covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such 2017 A Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding 2017 A Notes, the Issuer may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any Defeased Covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such Defeased Covenant or by reason of any reference in any such Defeased Covenant to any other provision

-94-


 

herein or in any other document, and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such 2017 A Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(a)(3), 6.01(a)(4), 6.01(a)(5), 6.01(a)(6) (solely with respect to any Significant Party), 6.01(a)(7) (solely with respect to any Significant Party) and 6.01(a)(8) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.
Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance .
          In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the 2017 A Notes:
     (1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the 2017 A Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as shall be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal amount of, premium, if any, and interest due on the 2017 A Notes on the stated maturity date or on the redemption date, as the case may be, of such principal amount, premium, if any, or interest on such 2017 A Notes, and the Issuer must specify whether such 2017 A Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;
     (2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,
     (a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or
     (b) since the issuance of the 2017 A Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,
in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the 2017 A Notes shall not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and shall be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
     (3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the 2017 A Notes shall not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and shall be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
     (4) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to such other Indebtedness, and in

-95-


 

each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;
     (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any Senior Credit Facility or any other material agreement or instrument governing Indebtedness (other than this Indenture) to which, the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);
     (6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or any Guarantor or others; and
     (7) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.
Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions .
          Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding 2017 A Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such 2017 A Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer or a Guarantor acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such 2017 A Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
          The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding 2017 A Notes.
          Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request of the Issuer any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
Section 8.06 Repayment to Issuer .
     Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, or interest on any 2017 A Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium and Special Interest, if

-96-


 

any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its request or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such 2017 A Notes shall thereafter look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.
Section 8.07 Reinstatement .
          If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the 2017 A Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, or interest on any 2017 A Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such 2017 A Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes .
          Notwithstanding Section 9.02 hereof, the Issuer, any Guarantor (with respect to a Guarantee to which it is a party or this Indenture) and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture and any Guarantee or 2017 A Notes without the consent of any Holder:
     (1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;
     (2) to provide for uncertificated 2017 A Notes in addition to or in place of certificated 2017 A Notes;
     (3) to comply with Section 5.01 hereof;
     (4) to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders in a transaction that complies with this Indenture;
     (5) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;
     (6) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor;
     (7) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;
     (8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof;

-97-


 

     (9) to add a Guarantor under this Indenture;
     (10) to conform the text of this Indenture or the Guarantees or the 2017 A Notes to any provision of the “Description of the Series A Notes” section of the Offering Circular to the extent that such provision in such “Description of the Series A Notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Guarantee or the 2017 A Notes;
     (11) to provide for the issuance of 2017 A Exchange Notes or private exchange notes, which are identical to 2017 A Exchange Notes except that they are not freely transferable; or
     (12) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of 2017 A Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including to facilitate the issuance and administration of the 2017 A Notes; provided , however , that (a) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in 2017 A Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (b) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer 2017 A Notes.
          Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02(b) hereof (to the extent requested by the Trustee), the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into any such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel shall be required in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit D hereto, and delivery of an Officer’s Certificate.
Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes .
          Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, any Guarantee and the 2017 A Notes with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the 2017 A Notes then outstanding, other than 2017 A Notes beneficially owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates, including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, 2017 A Notes, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the 2017 A Notes issued thereunder may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding 2017 A Notes, other than 2017 A Notes beneficially owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for such 2017 A Notes.
          Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of 2017 A Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02(b) hereof (to the extent requested by the Trustee), the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the

-98-


 

Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture.
          It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of 2017 A Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.
          After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the Holders of 2017 A Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.
          Without the consent of each affected Holder of 2017 A Notes, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not, with respect to any 2017 A Notes held by a non-consenting Holder:
     (1) reduce the principal amount of such 2017 A Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;
     (2) reduce the principal amount of or change the fixed final maturity of any such 2017 A Note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such 2017 A Notes (other than provisions relating to Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.14 hereof);
     (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any 2017 A Note;
     (4) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the 2017 A Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the 2017 A Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the 2017 A Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration) or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in this Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all affected Holders;
     (5) make any 2017 A Note payable in money other than that stated therein;
     (6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the 2017 A Notes;
     (7) make any change to this paragraph of this Section 9.02;
     (8) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or interest on such Holder’s 2017 A Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s 2017 A Notes;
     (9) make any change to the ranking of the 2017 A Notes that would adversely affect the Holders;
     (10) except as expressly permitted by this Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any Significant Party in any manner adverse to the Holders of the 2017 A Notes; or

-99-


 

     (11) after the Issuer’s obligation to purchase 2017 A Notes arises thereunder, amend, change or modify in any respect materially adverse to the Holders of the 2017 A Notes the obligations of the Issuer to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change of Control or make and consummate a 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer required to be made or, after such Change or Control has occurred or such requirement has arisen, modify any of the provisions or definitions with respect thereto in a manner that is materially adverse to the Holders of the 2017 A Notes.
          Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, (1) no amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the 2017 A Notes that modifies or waives the specific rights or obligations of any Agent may be made without the consent of such Agent (it being understood that the Trustee’s execution of any such amendment or supplement shall constitute such consent if the Trustee is then also acting as such Agent).
Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act .
          Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the 2017 A Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.
Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents .
          Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a 2017 A Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a 2017 A Note and every subsequent Holder of a 2017 A Note or portion of a 2017 A Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s 2017 A Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any 2017 A Note. However, any such Holder of a 2017 A Note or subsequent Holder of a 2017 A Note may revoke the consent as to its 2017 A Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.
          The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement, or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date unless the consent of the requisite number of Holders has been obtained.
Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes .
          The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any 2017 A Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all 2017 A Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new 2017 A Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.
          Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new 2017 A Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

-100-


 

Section 9.06 Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc.
          The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Issuer may not sign an amendment, supplement or waiver until its board of directors approves it. In executing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be provided with and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and any Guarantors party thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03 hereof). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel shall be required for the Trustee to execute any amendment or supplement adding a new Guarantor under this Indenture.
Section 9.07 Payment for Consent .
          The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to or for the benefit of any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the 2017 A Notes unless such consideration is offered to all Holders and is paid to all Holders that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.
ARTICLE 10
GUARANTEES
Section 10.01 Guarantee .
          Subject to this Article 10, from and after the consummation of the Transactions, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees on a senior unsecured basis to each Holder of a 2017 A Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the 2017 A Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal of, and interest, premium and Special Interest, if any, on the 2017 A Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the 2017 A Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other Obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or under the 2017 A Notes shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any 2017 A Notes or any of such other obligations, the same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment by the Issuer when due of any amount so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.
          The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of this Indenture or the 2017 A Notes, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the 2017 A Notes with respect

-101-


 

to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor (other than payment in full of all of the Obligations of the Issuer hereunder and under the 2017 A Notes). Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the 2017 A Notes and this Indenture or by release in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.
          Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01.
          If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, then this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.
          Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantees.
          Each Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the 2017 A Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the 2017 A Notes or Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the 2017 A Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.
          In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
          The Guarantee issued by any Guarantor shall be a general unsecured senior obligation of such Guarantor, and will rank pari passu in right of payment to all unsubordinated indebtedness of the relevant Guarantor, including, the guarantee by such Guarantor of the 2017 A Notes and, in the case of the Company, the Company’s Obligations under the CCOH Mirror Note. Each Guarantor’s obligations

-102-


 

under its Guarantee will be effectively subordinated to the obligations of the Guarantor under its Secured Indebtedness, if any, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness.
          Each payment to be made by a Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.
Section 10.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability .
          Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of 2017 A Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of any Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.
Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery .
          (a) To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture (or a supplemental indenture pursuant to Section 4.15 hereof) shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by its President, one of its Vice Presidents or one of its Assistant Vice Presidents.
          (b) Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the 2017 A Notes.
          (c) If an officer of a Guarantor whose signature is on this Indenture (or a supplemental indenture pursuant to Section 4.15 hereof) no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates a 2017 A Note, the Guarantee of such Guarantor shall be valid nevertheless.
          (d) The delivery of any 2017 A Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.
          (e) If required by Section 4.15 hereof, the Issuer shall cause any newly created or acquired Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.15 hereof and this Article 10, to the extent applicable.

-103-


 

Section 10.04 Subrogation .
          Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of 2017 A Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.01 hereof; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under this Indenture or the 2017 A Notes shall have been paid in full.
Section 10.05 Benefits Acknowledged .
          Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
Section 10.06 Release of Guarantees .
          A Guarantee by a Restricted Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by such Guarantor, the Issuer or the Trustee is required for the release of such Guarantor’s Guarantee, upon:
     (1) (A) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) of (i) the Capital Stock of such Restricted Guarantor after which the applicable Restricted Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) all or substantially all of the assets of such Restricted Guarantor, which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with Sections 4.10(a)(1) and (2) hereof;
     (B) the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
     (C) such Restricted Guarantor ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of a transaction or designation permitted under this Indenture; provided , however , if such Restricted Guarantor, immediately prior thereto, was a guarantor of other capital markets debt securities of the Issuer or a Guarantor and continues to be a guarantor of such other capital markets debt securities of the Issuer or a Guarantor, no such release shall be permitted;
     (D) the exercise by the Issuer of its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as set forth in Article 8 hereof or the discharge of the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture in accordance with the terms set forth in Article 12 hereof; and
     (2) such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

-104-


 

ARTICLE 11
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
Section 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge .
          This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all 2017 A Notes, when either:
     (1) all 2017 A Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed 2017 A Notes which have been replaced or paid and 2017 A Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
     (2) (A) all 2017 A Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, shall become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption and redeemed within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the 2017 A Notes cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the 2017 A Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption thereof, as the case may be;
     (B) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit or any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to this Indenture or the 2017 A Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any Senior Credit Facility or any other material agreement or instrument governing Indebtedness (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);
     (C) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and
     (D) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the 2017 A Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.
          In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

-105-


 

          Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (A) of clause (2) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of Section 11.02 and Section 8.06 hereof shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.
Section 11.02 Application of Trust Money .
          Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the 2017 A Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Special Interest, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
          If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the 2017 A Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, or interest on any 2017 A Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such 2017 A Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE 12
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 12.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls .
          If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Trust Indenture Act Section 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.
Section 12.02 Notices .
          Any notice or communication by the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:
If to the Issuer and/or any Guarantor:
Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.
200 East Basse Road
San Antonio, TX 78209
Attention: Brian Coleman, Senior Vice President and Treasurer
Telephone: (210) 832-3311
Facsimile: (210) 832-3432

-106-


 

with a copy to:
Ropes & Gray LLP
1211 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY
Attention: Jay J. Kim, Esq.
Telephone: (212) 596-9000
Facsimile: (212) 596-9090
If to the Trustee, the initial Paying Agent and the Registrar:
U.S. Bank National Association
60 Livingston Avenue
St. Paul, Minnesota, 55107
Attention: Clear Channel Administrator
Facsimile: (651) 495-8097
          The Issuer, the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
          All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five calendar days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed by first-class mail; when receipt acknowledged, if faxed; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; and, subject to compliance with the Trust Indenture Act, on the first date on which publication is made, if given by publication; provided that any notice or communication delivered to the Trustee shall be deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof.
          Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first-class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.
          If a notice or communication is mailed or otherwise delivered in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, such notice or communication shall be deemed duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.
          If the Issuer mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.
Section 12.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes .
          Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the 2017 A Notes. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act Section 312(c).

-107-


 

Section 12.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent .
          Upon any request or application by the Issuer or any of the Guarantors to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee:
     (a) An Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and
     (b) An Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.
Section 12.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion .
            Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof or Trust Indenture Act Section 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 314(e) and shall include:
     (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;
     (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
     (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact); and
     (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with; provided , however , that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate or certificates of public officials.
Section 12.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents .
          The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.
Section 12.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders .
          No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their direct or indirect parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the 2017 A Notes, the Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation.

-108-


 

Each Holder by accepting 2017 A Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the 2017 A Notes.
Section 12.08 Governing Law .
          THIS INDENTURE, THE 2017 A NOTES AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
Section 12.09 Waiver of Jury Trial .
          EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE 2017 A NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
Section 12.10 Force Majeure .
          In no event shall the Trustee or any Agent be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services.
Section 12.11 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements .
          This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.
Section 12.12 Successors .
          All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the 2017 A Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.06 hereof.
Section 12.13 Severability .
          In case any provision in this Indenture or in the 2017 A Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

-109-


 

Section 12.14 Counterpart Originals .
          The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. This Indenture may be executed in multiple counterparts which, when taken together, shall constitute one instrument.
Section 12.15 Table of Contents, Headings, etc .
          The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
Section 12.16 Qualification of Indenture .
          The Issuer and the Guarantors shall qualify this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement and shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the 2017 A Notes and printing this Indenture and the 2017 A Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Issuer and the Guarantors any such Officer’s Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.
[Signatures on following page]

-110-


 

         
ISSUER: Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Executive Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer and Secretary 
 
 
GUARANTORS: Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  Clear Channel Adshel, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  1567 Media LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  Clear Channel Spectacolor, LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
[Signature Page to Series A Senior Notes Indenture]

 


 

         
GUARANTORS: Clear Channel Taxi Media, LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings Company Canada
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T . Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  Outdoor Management Services, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  In-ter-space Services, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
[Signature Page to Series A Senior Notes Indenture]

 


 

         
  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent
 
 
  By:   /s/ Richard Prokosch    
    Name:   Richard Prokosch    
    Title:   Vice President   
[Signature Page to Series A Senior Notes Indenture]

 


 

EXHIBIT A
[Face of 2017 A Note]
          [Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
          [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
          [Insert the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
           [THIS NOTE IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 1271 ET SEQ. OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE. THE ISSUE DATE IS [ ]. INFORMATION REGARDING THE ISSUE PRICE, THE YIELD TO MATURITY AND THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT UNDER THIS NOTE CAN BE PROMPTLY OBTAINED BY SENDING A WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE TREASURER OF THE ISSUER AT 200 EAST BASSE ROAD, SAN ANTONIO, TX 78209.]

A-1


 

CUSIP [                      ]
ISIN [                      ] 1
[[RULE 144A] [REGULATION S] GLOBAL NOTE
representing up to
$500,000,000
9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017
     
No.         [$                      ]
CLEAR CHANNEL WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS, INC.
as the Issuer
promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns, the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached hereto] [of                                           United States Dollars] on December 15, 2017.
Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15
Record Dates: June 1 and December 1
 
1   Rule 144A Note CUSIP: 18451QAA6
Rule 144A Note ISIN: US 18451QAA67
Regulation S Note CUSIP: U18294 AA3
Regulation S Note ISIN: USU18294AA32
Exchange Note CUSIP:
Exchange Note ISIN:

A-2


 

IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.
Dated: [ ]
         
  CLEAR CHANNEL WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS, INC.,
as Issuer
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

A-3


 

This is one of the 2017 A Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:
         
  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
 
 
  By:      
    Authorized Signatory   
       

A-4


 

[Back of 2017 A Note]
9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017
     Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.
     1. INTEREST.
     (a) Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “ Issuer ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this 2017 A Note at 9.25% per annum from December 23, 2009 2 until maturity and shall pay the Special Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Issuer shall pay interest and Special Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”). Interest on the 2017 A Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance. The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at 1.0% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable on the 2017 A Notes; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Special Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at 1.0% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable on the 2017 A Notes. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
     (b) Prior to the Issue Date, the Issuer shall have caused the Trustee to establish an account (the “ Trustee Account ”) to be maintained by the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders with respect to payments of interest on the 2017 A Notes, over which the Trustee shall have sole control and dominion. Interest on the 2017 A Notes will accrue, and be payable by or on behalf of the Issuer to the Trustee, daily; provided that the failure by the Issuer to make or have made any such daily payment to the Trustee on any day will not constitute a Default so long as (a) (x) no payment or other transfer by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall have been made on such day under the Cash Management Arrangements or (y) the amount of funds on deposit in the Trustee Account on such day is equal to the amount of interest which has accrued up to and including such day and (b) on each Interest Payment Date the aggregate amount of funds deposited in the Trustee Account is sufficient to pay the aggregate amount of interest on the 2017 A Notes that is payable by the Trustee to Holders of 2017 A Notes on such Interest Payment Date; provided further , however , that payments of interest shall only be deemed to be overdue to the extent that the aggregate amount of funds deposited in the Trustee Account is not sufficient to pay the aggregate amount of interest on the 2017 A Notes that is payable by the Trustee to Holders on the applicable Interest Payment Date. The Issuer or any Guarantor will not be the legal owners of the funds on deposit in the Trustee Account. Such amounts may be in cash in U.S. dollars, in Government Securities or in a combination thereof. Any interest earned on Government Securities held in the Trustee Account will be applied to pay fees and expenses of the Trustee and, to the extent of any excess, returned to the Company. Upon the making by or on behalf of the Issuer of any payment into the Trustee Account, the Issuer’s obligation to pay accrued interest shall be discharged to the extent of the amount so paid. If the Trustee fails to make an interest payment on the 2017 A Notes but the Issuer has deposited the funds with the Trustee, it will not be a Default.
 
2   With respect to the Initial Notes

A-5


 

     2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. Interest, and Special Interest, if any, on the 2017 A Notes shall be paid to the Persons who are registered Holders of the 2017 A Notes at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such 2017 A Notes are canceled after such Record Date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Payment of interest and Special Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds shall be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Special Interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other 2017 A Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.
     3. PAYING AGENT, TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, U.S. Bank National Association shall act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.
     4. INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the 2017 A Notes under an Indenture, dated as of December 23, 2009 (the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuer, the Company, CCO, the other Guarantors party thereto, and the Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent. This 2017 A Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Issuer designated as its 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017. The Issuer shall be entitled to issue Additional 2017 A Notes pursuant to Sections 2.01 and 4.09 of the Indenture. The terms of the 2017 A Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ Trust Indenture Act ”). The 2017 A Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this 2017 A Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
     5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.
     (a) Except as described below under Sections 5(b) and 5(c), the 2017 A Notes shall not be redeemable at the Issuer’s option before December 15, 2012.
     (b) At any time prior to December 15, 2012, the 2017 A Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person), in whole or in part, upon notice as provided in Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of the principal amount of the 2017 A Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”) and, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.
     (c) Until December 15, 2012, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions, redeem up to 35.0% of the aggregate principal amount of 2017 A Notes, upon notice provided as described in Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to 109.250% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of 2017 A Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to the Issuer; provided that at least 50.0%

A-6


 

of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of 2017 A Notes originally issued under the Indenture on the Issue Date and any Additional 2017 A Notes that are 2017 A Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further that each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering. Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering.
     (d) On and after December 15, 2012, the 2017 A Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person), at the Issuer’s option, in whole or in part, upon notice provided as described in Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the 2017 A Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on December 15 of each of the years indicated below:
         
    2017 A
Year   Notes Percentage
2012
  106.93750%
2013
  104.62500%
2014
  102.31250%
2015 and thereafter
  100.00000%
     (e) Any redemption of 2017 A Notes pursuant to this Section 5 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture.
     6. MANDATORY REDEMPTION.
     (a) Notwithstanding the anything to the contrary in the Indenture, none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall make any purchase of, or otherwise effectively cancel or retire any 2017 A Notes (whether through open market purchases, tender offers, defeasance, offers to purchase required by the 2017 A Notes or otherwise) if, after giving effect thereto and, if applicable, any concurrent purchase of or other action with respect to any 2017 B Notes, the ratio of (a) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the 2017 B Notes to (b) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the 2017 A Notes shall be greater than 0.250; provided , however, that the foregoing restriction shall not be applicable in the case of any Change of Control Offer, 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer or offer to purchase the 2017 B Notes required to be made under the 2017 B Indenture at the price specified with respect thereto to all holders of the 2017 B Notes, where a violation of the foregoing restriction would occur solely as a result of different offer acceptance rates by the holders of the 2017 A Notes and the 2017 B Notes. References to the 2017 A Notes and the 2017 B Notes in this Section 6 do not include any Additional 2017 A Notes or any Additional 2017 B Notes, as applicable.
     (b) If the Issuer makes (1) any optional redemption of the 2017 B Notes, purchase of 2017 B Notes through open-market purchases at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof or offer to purchase the 2017 B Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued but unpaid interest pursuant to Section 4.10(b)(2) of the 2017 B Indenture, the Issuer shall, substantially concurrently therewith, apply a pro rata amount to make an optional redemption of the 2017 A Notes, purchase 2017 A

A-7


 

Notes through open-market purchases at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof or offer to purchase the 2017 A Notes (in accordance with procedures similar to those applicable to the 2017 B Notes) to all Holders of 2017 A Notes, in each case, to purchase a pro rata amount of 2017 A Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued but unpaid interest (a “2017 A Notes Purchase Offer”), or (2) any 2017 B Notes Asset Sale Offer under the 2017 B Notes Indenture, the Issuer shall, substantially concurrently therewith, apply a pro rata amount to make a 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer to purchase a pro rata amount of 2017 A Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued but unpaid interest. For purposes of this Section 6(b), “pro rata amount” with respect to the 2017 A Notes shall be calculated taking into account all 2017 B Notes and other Pari Passu Indebtedness subject to the applicable redemption, purchase, or offer. Any purchase or redemption of the 2017 B Notes pursuant to Section 5.01(b)(2) of the 2017 B Indenture shall be deemed to be a purchase of 2017 B Notes covered by clause (1) of this Section 6(b).
     7. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Subject to Section 3.03 of the Indenture, notice of redemption shall be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date (except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 12 of the Indenture) to each Holder whose 2017 A Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the 2017 A Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on 2017 A Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.
     8. OFFERS TO REPURCHASE. If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding 2017 A Notes as set forth in Sections 3.03 and 3.07 of the Indenture and Section 5 hereof, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase all of the 2017 A Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at a price in cash (the “ Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the 2017 A Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. The Change of Control Offer shall be made in accordance with Section 4.14 of the Indenture.
     9. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The 2017 A Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of 2017 A Notes may be registered and 2017 A Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any 2017 A Note or portion of a 2017 A Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any 2017 A Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of (x) any 2017 A Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of 2017 A Notes to be redeemed or (y) any 2017 A Notes selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer or a 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer.
     10. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a 2017 A Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.
     11. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Guarantees or the 2017 A Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.

A-8


 

     12. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the 2017 A Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25.0% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture, the 2017 A Notes or the Guarantees except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the 2017 A Notes notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the 2017 A Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the 2017 A Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of, any of the 2017 A Notes held by a non-consenting Holder. The Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuer is required within five (5) Business Days after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default and what action the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto.
     13. AUTHENTICATION. This 2017 A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.
     14. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the 2017 A Notes, dated as of December 23, 2009, among the Issuer, the Company, CCO, the other Guarantors named therein and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof (the “ 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement ”), including the right to receive Special Interest (as defined in the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement).
     15. GOVERNING LAW. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THE 2017 A NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES.
     16. CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the 2017 A Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the 2017 A Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.
     The Issuer shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to the Issuer at the following address:
Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
200 East Basse Road

A-9


 

San Antonio, TX 78209
Attention: Brian Coleman, Senior Vice President and Treasurer

A-10


 

ASSIGNMENT FORM
    To assign this 2017 A Note, fill in the form below:
     
(I) or (we) assign and transfer this 2017 A Note to:
   
 
   
 
  (Insert assignee’s legal name)
 
(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
 
 
 
 
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
and irrevocably appoint                                                                                                                                                  to transfer this 2017 A Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
         
Date:
       
 
 
 
   
         
 
  Your Signature:    
 
       
 
      (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this 2017 A Note)
         
Signature Guarantee*:
       
 
 
 
   
 
*   Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-11


 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
     If you want to elect to have this 2017 A Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:
o Section 4.10                      o Section 4.14
     If you want to elect to have only part of this 2017 A Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:
$                     
         
Date:
       
 
 
 
   
         
 
  Your Signature:    
 
       
 
      (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this 2017 A Note)
         
 
       Tax Identification No.:    
 
       
         
Signature Guarantee*:
       
 
 
 
   
 
*   Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-12


 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*
     The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $                      . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:
                                 
                    Principal Amount        
                    of        
    Amount of     Amount of increase     this Global Note     Signature of  
    decrease     in Principal     following such     authorized officer  
Date of   in Principal     Amount of this     decrease or     of Trustee or Note  
Exchange   Amount     Global Note     increase     Custodian  
 
                               
 
*   This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form

A-13


 

EXHIBIT B
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
200 East Basse Road
San Antonio, TX 78209
Attention: Brian Coleman, Senior Vice President and Treasurer
U.S. Bank National Association
60 Livingston Avenue
St. Paul, Minnesota, 55107
Attention: Clear Channel Administrator
     Re: 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017
     Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of December 23, 2009 (the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuer, the Company, CCO, the other guarantors party thereto and the Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent, under which the 2017 A Notes have been issued. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
                           (the “ Transferor ”) owns and proposes to transfer the 2017 A Note[s] or interest in such 2017 A Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $                      in such 2017 A Note[s] or interests (the “ Transfer ”), to                      (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:
[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]
     1. [  ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
     2. [  ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in

B-1


 

the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
     3. [  ] CHECK AND COMPLETE IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO ANY PROVISION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OTHER THAN RULE 144A OR REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):
(a) [  ] such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;
or
(b) [  ] such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof;
or
(c) [  ] such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.
     4. [  ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OR OF AN UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE.
     (a) [  ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
     (b) [  ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the

B-2


 

Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
     (c) [  ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO OTHER EXEMPTION. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

B-3


 

     This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.
         
  [Insert Name of Transferor]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
Dated:
       
 
 
 
   

B-4


 

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
1.   The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:
[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]
(a)   [  ] a beneficial interest in the:
  (i)   [  ] 144A Global Note (CUSIP [     ]), or
 
  (ii)   [  ] Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP [     ]), or
(b)   [  ] a Restricted Definitive Note.
 
2.   After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:
[CHECK ONE]
(a)   [  ] a beneficial interest in the:
  (i)   [  ] 144A Global Note (CUSIP [     ]), or
 
  (ii)   [  ] Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP [     ]), or
 
  (iii)   [  ] Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP [     ]); or
(b)   [  ] a Restricted Definitive Note; or
 
(c)   [  ] an Unrestricted Definitive Note, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

B-5


 

EXHIBIT C
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
200 East Basse Road
San Antonio, TX 78209
Attention: Brian Coleman, Senior Vice President and Treasurer
U.S. Bank National Association
60 Livingston Avenue
St. Paul, Minnesota, 55107
Attention: Clear Channel Administrator
Re: 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017
     Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of December 23, 2009 (the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuer, the Company, CCO, the other guarantors party thereto and the Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent, under which the 2017 A Notes have been issued. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
                           (the “ Owner ”) owns and proposes to exchange the 2017 A Note[s] or interest in such 2017 A Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $                      in such 2017 A Note[s] or interests (the “ Exchange ”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:
     1) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE FOR UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE
a) o CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
b) o CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain

C-1


 

compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
c) o CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
d) o CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
     2) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES FOR RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES
a) o CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
b) o CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] o 144A Global Note o Regulation S Global Note, with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

C-2


 

      This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer and are dated                                                                .
         
  [Insert Name of Transferor]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
Dated:
       
 
 
 
   

C-3


 

EXHIBIT D
[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS]
     Supplemental Indenture (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of                      , among                                           (the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), a subsidiary of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).
W I T N E S S E T H
     WHEREAS, Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. (the “ Issuer ”) has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of December 23, 2009, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017 (the “ 2017 A Notes ”);
     WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the 2017 A Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “ Guarantee ”);
     WHEREAS, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is, concurrently herewith, executing a supplemental indenture with respect to the 2017 B Indenture; and
     WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.
     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the 2017 A Notes as follows:
     (1)  Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
     (2)  Agreement to Guarantee . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture including but not limited to Articles 10 and 11 thereof.
     (3)  No Recourse Against Others . No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any of its direct or indirect parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) under the 2017 A Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the 2017 A Notes.

D-1


 

     (4)  Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
     (5)  Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
     (6)  Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
     (7)  The Trustee . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.
     (8)  Subrogation . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof and Section 10.01 of the Indenture; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under the Indenture or the 2017 A Notes shall have been paid in full.
     (9)  Benefits Acknowledged . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
     (10)  Successors . All agreements of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its Successors, except as otherwise provided in the Indenture or in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

D-2


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.
         
  [GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  U.S Bank National Association, as Trustee
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

D-3

Exhibit 4.4
EXECUTION COPY
 
INDENTURE
Dated as of December 23, 2009
among
CLEAR CHANNEL WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS, INC.
as the Issuer,
CLEAR CHANNEL OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, INC.
as Guarantor,
CLEAR CHANNEL OUTDOOR, INC.
as Guarantor,
EACH OF THE OTHER GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO,
and
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent
9.25% SERIES B SENIOR NOTES DUE 2017
 


 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*
         
Trust Indenture Act Section   Indenture Section  
310(a)(1)
    7.10  
(a)(2)
    7.10  
(a)(3)
    N.A.  
(a)(4)
    N.A.  
(a)(5)
    7.10  
(b)
    7.03, 7.10  
(c)
    N.A.  
311(a)
    7.11  
(b)
    7.11  
(c)
    N.A.  
312(a)
    2.05  
(b)
    12.03  
(c)
    12.03  
313(a)
    7.06  
(b)(1)
    N.A.  
(b)(2)
    7.06; 7.07  
(c)
    7.06; 12.02  
(d)
    7.06  
314(a)
    4.03; 12.05  
(b)
    N.A.  
(c)(1)
    12.04  
(c)(2)
    12.04  
(c)(3)
    N.A.  
(d)
    N.A.  
(e)
    12.04  
(f)
    N.A.  
315(a)
    7.01  
(b)
    7.05; 12.02  
(c)
    7.01  
(d)
    7.01  
(e)
    6.14  
316(a)(last sentence)
    2.09  
(a)(1)(A)
    6.05  
(a)(1)(B)
    6.04  
(a)(2)
    N.A.  
(b)
    6.07  
(c)
    2.12; 9.04  
317(a)(1)
    6.08  
(a)(2)
    6.12  
(b)
    2.04  
318(a)
    12.01  
(b)
    N.A.  
(c)
    12.01  
 
N.A. means not applicable.
 
*   This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
    1  
 
       
Section 1.01 Definitions
    1  
Section 1.02 Other Definitions
    37  
Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
    38  
Section 1.04 Rules of Construction
    38  
Section 1.05 Acts of Holders
    39  
 
       
ARTICLE 2 THE 2017 B NOTES
    41  
 
       
Section 2.01 Form and Dating; Terms
    41  
Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication
    42  
Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent
    43  
Section 2.04 Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust
    43  
Section 2.05 Holder Lists
    44  
Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange
    44  
Section 2.07 Replacement Notes
    56  
Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes
    56  
Section 2.09 Treasury Notes
    56  
Section 2.10 Temporary Notes
    57  
Section 2.11 Cancellation
    57  
Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest
    57  
Section 2.13 CUSIP Numbers
    58  
 
       
ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION
    58  
 
       
Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee
    58  
Section 3.02 Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed or Purchased
    58  
Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption
    58  
Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption
    59  
Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price
    60  
Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part
    60  
Section 3.07 Optional Redemption
    60  
Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption
    61  
Section 3.09 Offers To Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds
    62  
 
       
ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS
    64  
 
       
Section 4.01 Payment of Notes
    64  
Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency
    65  
Section 4.03 Reports and Other Information
    65  
Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate
    66  
Section 4.05 Taxes
    67  
Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
    67  

-i-


 

         
    Page  
Section 4.07 Limitation on Restricted Payments
    67  
Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
    73  
Section 4.09 Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock
    74  
Section 4.10 Asset Sales
    82  
Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates
    84  
Section 4.12 Liens
    86  
Section 4.13 Corporate Existence
    87  
Section 4.14 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control
    87  
Section 4.15 Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries
    89  
Section 4.16 Liquidity Amount
    89  
 
       
ARTICLE 5 SUCCESSORS
    90  
 
       
Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets
    90  
Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted
    92  
 
       
ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
    93  
 
       
Section 6.01 Events of Default
    93  
Section 6.02 Acceleration
    95  
Section 6.03 Other Remedies
    95  
Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults
    96  
Section 6.05 Control by Majority
    96  
Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits
    96  
Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of 2017 B Notes To Receive Payment
    96  
Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee
    97  
Section 6.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies
    97  
Section 6.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative
    97  
Section 6.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver
    97  
Section 6.12 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
    97  
Section 6.13 Priorities
    98  
Section 6.14 Undertaking for Costs
    98  
 
       
ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE
    99  
 
       
Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee
    99  
Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee
    100  
Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee
    101  
Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer
    101  
Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults
    101  
Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the 2017 B Notes
    101  
Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity
    102  
Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee or Agent
    103  
Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.
    104  
Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification
    104  
Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer
    104  

-ii-


 

         
    Page  
ARTICLE 8 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
    104  
 
       
Section 8.01 Option To Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
    104  
Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge
    104  
Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance
    105  
Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
    106  
Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
    107  
Section 8.06 Repayment to Issuer
    107  
Section 8.07 Reinstatement
    108  
 
       
ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
    108  
 
       
Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes
    108  
Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes
    109  
Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
  111
Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents
  111
Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
  111
Section 9.06 Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc.
    112  
Section 9.07 Payment for Consent
    112  
 
       
ARTICLE 10 GUARANTEES
    112  
 
       
Section 10.01 Guarantee
    112  
Section 10.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability
    114  
Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery
    114  
Section 10.04 Subrogation
    115  
Section 10.05 Benefits Acknowledged
    115  
Section 10.06 Release of Guarantees
    115  
 
       
ARTICLE 11 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
    116  
 
       
Section 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge
    116  
Section 11.02 Application of Trust Money
    117  
 
       
ARTICLE 12 MISCELLANEOUS
    117  
 
       
Section 12.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls
    117  
Section 12.02 Notices
    117  
Section 12.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes
    118  
Section 12.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
    119  
Section 12.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
    119  
Section 12.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents
    119  
Section 12.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
    119  
Section 12.08 Governing Law
    120  
Section 12.09 Waiver of Jury Trial
    120  
Section 12.10 Force Majeure
    120  
Section 12.11 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
    120  
Section 12.12 Successors
    120  

-iii-


 

         
    Page  
Section 12.13 Severability
    120  
Section 12.14 Counterpart Originals
    121  
Section 12.15 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
    121  
Section 12.16 Qualification of Indenture
    121  
 
       
EXHIBITS
       
 
       
Exhibit A            Form of 2017 B Note
       
Exhibit B            Form of Certificate of Transfer
       
Exhibit C            Form of Certificate of Exchange
       
Exhibit D            Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors
       

-iv-


 

          INDENTURE, dated as of December 23, 2009, among Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “ Issuer ”), Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), as Guarantor, Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ CCO ”), as Guarantor, each of the other Guarantors (as defined herein) listed on the signature pages hereto, U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent.
W I T N E S S E T H
          WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the creation of an issue of $2,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017 (the “ Initial Notes ”); and
          WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture.
          NOW, THEREFORE, the Issuer, the Guarantors, and the Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the 2017 B Notes.
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
Section 1.01 Definitions .
          “ 2017 A Exchange Notes ” means new notes of the Issuer issued in exchange for the 2017 A Notes pursuant to, or as contemplated by, the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement and Section 2.06(f) of the 2017 A Indenture.
          “ 2017 A Indenture ” means the Indenture dated as of the Issue Date by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, with respect to the 2017 A Notes.
          “ 2017 A Notes ” means the 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017 and more particularly means any 2017 A Note authenticated and delivered under the 2017 A Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “2017 A Notes” shall also include any Additional 2017 A Notes that may be delivered under a supplemental indenture.
          “ 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer ” has the meaning given to such term in the 2017 A Notes Indenture.
          “ 2017 B Exchange Notes ” means new notes of the Issuer issued in exchange for the 2017 B Notes pursuant to, or as contemplated by, the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement and Section 2.06(f) hereof.
          “ 2017 B Notes ” means the Initial Notes and more particularly means any 2017 B Note authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “2017 B Notes” shall also include any Additional 2017 B Notes that may be delivered under a supplemental indenture.
          “ 144A Global Note ” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of,

 


 

and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that shall be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the 2017 B Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.
     “ Acquired Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person,
     (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging, consolidating or amalgamating with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and
     (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.
          “ Additional 2017 A Notes ” means additional 2017 A Notes (other than the 2017 A Notes issued on the Issue Date and other than 2017 A Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such 2017 A Notes) issued by the Issuer after this offering under the 2017 A Indenture.
          “ Additional 2017 B Notes ” means additional 2017 B Notes (other than the Initial Notes and other than 2017 B Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Initial Notes) issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.01 and 4.09 hereof.
          “ Additional Notes ” means both the Additional 2017 A Notes and the Additional 2017 B Notes.
          “ Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.
          “ Agent ” means any Registrar, Transfer Agent or Paying Agent.
          “ Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to any 2017 B Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:
     (a) 1.0% of the principal amount of such 2017 B Note on such Redemption Date; and
     (b) the excess, if any, of (i) the present value at such Redemption Date of (A) the redemption price of such 2017 B Note at December 15, 2012 (such redemption price being set forth in Section 3.07(c) hereof and in Section 5(d) of such 2017 B Note), plus (B) all required remaining interest payments (calculated based on the cash interest rate) due on such 2017 B Note through December 15, 2012 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (ii) the principal amount of such 2017 B Note on such Redemption Date.

-2-


 

     “ Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and/or Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.
     “ Asset Sale ” means:
     (1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); or
     (2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;
in each case, other than:
     (a) any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out property or assets in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale or no longer used in the ordinary course of business;
     (b) (i) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described under Section 5.01 hereof and (ii) any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture;
     (c) the making of any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.07 hereof or the making of any Permitted Investment;
     (d) any disposition of property or assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $50,000,000;
     (e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;
     (f) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like properly or assets (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;
     (g) the sale, lease, assignment, sub-lease, license or sub-license of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;
     (h) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
     (i) foreclosures, condemnation, expropriation or any similar action with respect to assets or the granting of Liens not prohibited by this Indenture;

-3-


 

     (j) any disposition of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties as set forth in binding joint venture or similar agreements;
     (k) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted by this Indenture;
     (l) sales of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;
     (m) the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Company are not material to the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;
     (n) voluntary terminations of Hedging Obligations;
     (o) the licensing or sub-licensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business, other than the licensing of intellectual property on a long-term basis;
     (p) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business;
     (q) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations;
     (r) the issuance of directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required by applicable law; or
     (s) any disposition in connection with the Transactions.
          “ Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.
          “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
          “ Business Day ” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.
          “ Capital Stock ” means:
     (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock or shares in the capital of such corporation;
     (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock;
     (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

-4-


 

     (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.
          “ Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Capitalized Software Expenditures ” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.
     “ Cash Equivalents ” means:
     (1) United States dollars;
     (2)(a) Canadian dollars, pounds sterling, euro, or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; or
     (b) in the case of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;
     (3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
     (4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000 in the case of U.S. banks and $100,000,000 (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;
     (5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;
     (6) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;
     (7) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency), and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

-5-


 

     (8) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
     (9) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
     (10) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s; and
     (11) investment funds investing at least 95.0% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (10) above.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above; provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.
          “ Cash Management Arrangements ” means the treasury and cash management services pursuant to the Corporate Services Agreement, including any amounts advanced and repaid under the CCOH Mirror Note and the CCU Mirror Note, in each case, solely with respect to the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ cash from operations.
          “ CCO ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ CCOH Mirror Note ” means the Revolving Promissory Note dated as of November 10, 2005 between the Company, as maker, and CCU, as payee, as amended by the first amendment dated as of December 23, 2009, as may be further amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time not in violation of this Indenture.
          “ CCU ” means Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation, together with its successors.
          “ CCU Credit Event ” means (a) pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law, CCU (i) commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, (ii) consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under applicable Bankruptcy Law, (iii) consents to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property, (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors or (v) generally is not paying its debts as they become due or (b) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that (i) is for relief against CCU in a proceeding in which CCU is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, (ii) appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of CCU, or for all or substantially all of the property of CCU or (iii) orders the liquidation of CCU and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

-6-


 

          “ CCU Intercompany Note” means the Senior Unsecured Term Promissory Note dated August 2, 2005 between CCO, as maker, and CCU, as payee, as amended through the Issue Date.
          “ CCU Mirror Note ” means the Revolving Promissory Note dated as of November 10, 2005 between CCU, as maker, and the Company, as payee, as amended by the first amendment dated December 23, 2009, as may be further amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time not in violation of this Indenture.
     “ Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following after the Issue Date:
     (1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions (other than by merger, consolidation or amalgamation), of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder;
     (2) the Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by (A) any Person (other than any Permitted Holder) or (B) Persons (other than any Permitted Holder) that are together a group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any such group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of “beneficial ownership” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of more than 50.0% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (other than as a result of a Permitted Debt Restructuring);
     (3) at any time during any consecutive two-year period, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors (together with any new directors whose election by such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors then in office;
     (4) the Company becoming at any time a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of CCU or merging with and into CCU whether or not it is the surviving entity; or
     (5) the Issuer ceasing to be at any time a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company, including because of having merged with and into CCU, the Company or CCO.
     “ Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking, Sociėtė Anonyme.
     “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor thereto.
     “ Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and

-7-


 

Capitalized Software Expenditures and amortization of unrecognized prior service costs and actuarial gains and losses related to pensions and other post-employment benefits, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Consolidated Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, the sum, without duplication, of (1) the total amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries set forth on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet (excluding any letters of credit except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts drawn thereunder), plus (2) the greater of the aggregate liquidation value and maximum fixed repurchase price without regard to any change of control or redemption premiums of all Disqualified Stock of the Company and the Restricted Guarantors and all Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:
     (1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest expense (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any, made (less net payments, if any, received), pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (u) any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting, as the case may be, in connection with the Transactions or any acquisition, (v) penalties and interest relating to taxes, (w) any Special Interest, any “special interest” with respect to other securities and any liquidated damages for failure to timely comply with registration rights obligations, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, discounted liabilities, commissions, fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) any accretion of accrued interest on discounted liabilities); plus
     (2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less
     (3) interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period.
          For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Consolidated Leverage Ratio ” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, to (b) EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available.

-8-


 

          In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) incurs, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes) or (ii) issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is made (the “ Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date ”), then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period; provided , however, that the Issuer may elect, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee not later than 30 days after entering into any commitment providing for the incurrence of Consolidated Indebtedness, that all or any portion of the Consolidated Indebtedness that could be incurred under such commitment at the time such commitment is entered into shall be treated as incurred and outstanding in such amount for all purposes of this calculation (whether or not such Consolidated Indebtedness is outstanding at the time such commitment is entered into) and any subsequent incurrence of such Consolidated Indebtedness under such commitment (including upon repayment and reborrowing) shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be the incurrence of Consolidated Indebtedness at such subsequent time.
          For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business made (or committed to be made pursuant to a definitive agreement) during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date, and other operational changes that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as set forth below assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto in the manner set forth below for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
          For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company (and may include cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions resulting from such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized); provided that actions to realize such cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions are taken within 12 months after the date of such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation; provided that no cost savings, synergies or operating expense

-9-


 

reductions shall be included pursuant to this paragraph to the extent duplicative of any amounts that are otherwise added back in computing EBITDA with respect to such period.
          For the purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars shall be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve month period immediately prior to the date of determination determined in a manner consistent with that used in calculating EBITDA for the applicable period.
          “ Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that, without duplication,
     (1) any net after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses related thereto) or expenses and Transaction Expenses incurred within 180 days of the Issue Date shall be excluded;
     (2) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period shall be excluded;
     (3) any net after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded;
     (4) any net after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Company, shall be excluded;
     (5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash or Cash Equivalents (or to the extent converted into cash or Cash Equivalents) to such Person or a Subsidiary thereof that is the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such period;
     (6) [Reserved];
     (7) effects of purchase accounting adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and such Subsidiaries) in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP, resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded;
     (8) any net after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or conversion of (a) Indebtedness, (b) Hedging Obligations or (c) other derivative instruments shall be excluded;
     (9) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets,

-10-


 

investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case, pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP, shall be excluded;
     (10) any non-cash compensation charge or expense, including any such charge or expense arising from the grant of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights or equity incentive programs, and any cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration, or payout of Equity Interests by management of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with the Transactions, shall be excluded;
     (11) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within twelve months after the Issue Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP, or changes as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies, shall be excluded; and
     (12) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Company has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days, expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded.
          “ Contingent Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,
          (1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,
          (2) to advance or supply funds
     (a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or
     (b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or
     (3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.
          “ Corporate Services Agreement ” means the Corporate Services Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2005, by and between Clear Channel Management Services, L.P., and the Company, as the same may have been amended or supplemented as of the Issue Date and as may be further amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time; provided that such amendments, supplements, restatements or other modifications are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, not materially adverse to the Holders.

-11-


 

          “ Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee ” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Holders and the Issuer.
          “ Credit Facilities ” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt or credit facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any notes, indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.
          “ Custodian ” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the 2017 B Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.
          “ Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.
          “ Definitive Note ” means a certificated 2017 B Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06(c) hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, as the case may be, except that such 2017 B Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.
          “ Depositary ” means, with respect to the 2017 B Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the 2017 B Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.
          “ Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means (1) the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Company, less (2) the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.
          “ Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Company, on the issuance date thereof.
          “ Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or

-12-


 

exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the 2017 B Notes or the date the 2017 B Notes are no longer outstanding; provided , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations; provided further that any Capital Stock held by any future, current or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant (or their respective Immediate Family Members) of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any other entity in which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary has an Investment, in each case pursuant to any stock subscription or shareholders’ agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any distributor equity plan or agreement, shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or its Subsidiaries.
          “ Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof.
          “ EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period
     (1) increased (without duplication) by:
     (a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including federal, state, franchise and similar taxes, foreign withholding taxes and foreign unreimbursed value added taxes of such Person and such Subsidiaries paid or accrued during such period, including penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from any tax examinations, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; provided that the aggregate amount of unreimbursed value added taxes to be added back for any four consecutive quarter period shall not exceed $2,000,000; plus
     (b) Fixed Charges of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period (including (x) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, (y) fees payable in respect of letters of credit and (z) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges) to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (d) any fees, expenses or charges related to any Equity Offering, Investment, acquisition, asset sale, disposition, recapitalization, the incurrence, repayment or refinancing of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Indenture (including any

-13-


 

such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful (including the effects of expensing all transaction related expenses in accordance with ASC 805-10 and gains or losses associated with ASC 460-10)), or the offering, amendment or modification of any debt instrument, including the offering, any amendment or other modification of the 2017 B Notes, the 2017 A Notes, the Exchange Notes or the Senior Credit Facilities; plus
     (e)(w) Transaction Expenses to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, (x) the amount of any severance, relocation costs, curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans, (y) any restructuring charge or reserve deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any restructuring costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Issue Date, and (z) to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities, retention charges, systems establishment costs, conversion costs and excess pension charges and consulting fees incurred in connection with any of the foregoing; provided that the aggregate amount added back pursuant to subclause (z) of this clause (e) shall not exceed 10.0% of the LTM Cost Base in any four consecutive four quarter period; plus
     (f) any other non-cash charges, including any (i) write-offs or write-downs, (ii) equity-based awards compensation expense, (iii) losses on sales, disposals or abandonment of, or any impairment charges or asset write-off related to, intangible assets, long-lived assets and investments in debt and equity securities, (iv) all losses from investments recorded using the equity method and (v) other non-cash charges, non-cash expenses or non-cash losses reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA in such future period to the extent paid, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus
     (g) [Reserved]; plus
     (h) [Reserved]; plus
     (i) solely for purposes of determining the amount of EBITDA in connection with calculating the Consolidated Leverage Ratio and the Senior Leverage Ratio, the amount of cost savings projected by the Company in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions identified and taken on or prior to June 30, 2011; provided that (A) such actions and amounts are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) such actions have an ongoing (and other than temporary) impact on the Company’s direct operating expenses, selling, general and administrative expenses or corporate expenses, as determined in good faith by the Company, (C) no cost savings shall be added pursuant to this clause (i) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges that are otherwise added back in computing EBITDA with respect to such period and (D) the aggregate amount of cost savings added pursuant to this clause (i) shall not exceed in any four-quarter period ended after September 30, 2009, an amount equal to $58,800,000; plus

-14-


 

     (j) to the extent no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, transaction and advisory fees and related expenses paid or accrued in such period to the Investors to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 4.11 hereof deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (k) any costs or expense deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income by such Person or any such Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Company or a Restricted Guarantor or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of a Guarantor (other than Disqualified Stock);
     (2) decreased by (without duplication) any non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period; and
     (3) increased or decreased by (without duplication):
     (a) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and International Accounting Standards No. 39 and their respective related pronouncements and interpretations; plus or minus, as applicable, and
     (b) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk).
          “ EMU ” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.
          “ Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.
          “ Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or of a direct or indirect parent of the Company (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:
     (1) public offerings with respect to any such Person’s common stock registered on Form S-8;
     (2) issuances to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; and
     (3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.
     “ euro ” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.

-15-


 

          “ Euroclear ” means Euroclear S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.
          “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
          “ Exchange Notes ” means both the 2017 A Exchange Notes and the 2017 B Exchange Notes.
          “ Exchange Offer ” has the meaning set forth in the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement.
          “ Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement.
          “ Exchanging Dealer ” has the meaning set forth in the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement.
          “ Excluded Contribution ” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by or contributed to the Company from,
     (1) contributions to its common equity capital, and
     (2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Company) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company,
in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be.
          “ Excluded Event ” means any default or acceleration under the Credit Agreement described in the definition of Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date pursuant to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is a borrower or guarantor thereunder subject to a $150,000,000 sublimit thereunder (and any amendments, extensions, modifications, refinancings, refundings, renewals, restatements or supplements thereof so long as the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is a borrower or guarantor thereunder and is subject to the $150,000,000 sublimit thereunder), if such default or acceleration results from, or is attributable to, any event, condition or circumstance (including a CCU Credit Event) attributable to CCU and its Subsidiaries other than the Company and its Subsidiaries so long as, to the extent legally permitted to do so (including pursuant to any suit or other legal proceeding in a court of competent jurisdiction related to a CCU Credit Event), the Company and its Subsidiaries have repaid (or reserved or set aside cash for repayment in a restricted account) the principal amount equal to the Indebtedness and other Obligations owed by the Company and its Subsidiaries under such Credit Agreement.
          “ Excluded Subsidiary ” means (a) any Immaterial Subsidiary, (b) any Foreign Subsidiary of the Company and (c) any Domestic Subsidiary (i) that is a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary of the Company that is a controlled foreign corporation within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code or (ii) that is treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes if substantially all of its

-16-


 

assets consist of the stock of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company that is a controlled foreign corporation within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.
          “ Existing Senior Notes ” means CCU’s 4.5% Senior Notes Due 2010, 6.25% Senior Notes Due 2011, 4.4% Senior Notes Due 2011, 5.0% Senior Notes Due 2012, 5.75% Senior Notes Due 2013, 5.5% Senior Notes Due 2014, 4.9% Senior Notes Due 2015, 5.5% Senior Notes Due 2016,10.75% Senior Cash Pay Notes due 2016, 11.00%/11.75% Senior Toggle Notes due 2016, 6.875% Senior Debentures Due 2018 and 7.25% Debentures Due 2027.
          “ Existing Senior Notes Indentures ” means (a) the Senior Indenture dated as of October 1, 1997 between CCU and The Bank of New York, as trustee, as the same may have been amended or supplemented as of the Issue Date and (b) the Indenture dated as of July 30, 2008 between among CCU, Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as paying agent, registrar and transfer agent, as the same may have been amended or supplemented as of the Issue Date.
          “ Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:
     (1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; plus
     (2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid to any Person other than such Person or any such Subsidiary (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period; plus
     (3) all cash dividends or other distributions paid to any Person other than such Person or any such Subsidiary (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period.
          “ Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof, and any Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.
          “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on the Issue Date.
          “ Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.
          “ Global Notes ” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b), 2.06(d) or 2.06(f) hereof.
          “ Government Securities ” means securities that are:
     (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

-17-


 

     (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,
which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.
          “ guarantee ” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.
          “ Guarantee ” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuer’s Obligations under this Indenture and the 2017 B Notes (and 2017 B Exchange Notes).
          “ Guarantor ” means, each Person that Guarantees the 2017 B Notes (and 2017 B Exchange Notes) in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.
          “ Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.
          “ Holder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the registrar’s books.
          “ Immaterial Subsidiary ” means, at any date of determination, any Subsidiary of the Company (other than a Foreign Subsidiary or a Subsidiary that meets the criteria of clause (c) of the definition of Excluded Subsidiary) that is a Restricted Subsidiary and not a Restricted Guarantor, (a) whose total assets, together with the total assets of all such Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Guarantors, at the last day of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Company for which financial statements are publicly available did not exceed 3.5% of Total Assets at such date or (b) whose gross revenues, together with the gross revenues of all such other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Guarantors (other than a Foreign Subsidiary of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company that meets the criteria of clause (c) of the definition of Excluded Subsidiary), for the most recently ended period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company for which financial statements are publicly available did not exceed 3.5% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Immediate Family Member ” means with respect to any individual, such individual’s child, stepchild, grandchild or more remote descendant, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, qualified domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law and daughter-in-law (including adoptive relationships) and any trust, partnership or other bona fide estate-planning vehicle the

-18-


 

only beneficiaries of which are any of the foregoing individuals or any private foundation or fund that is controlled by any of the foregoing individuals or any donor-advised fund of which any such individual is the donor.
          “ Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:
     (1) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:
     (a) in respect of borrowed money;
     (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);
     (c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes an obligation in respect of a commercial letter of credit, a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business, (ii) liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business and (iii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; or
     (d) representing any Hedging Obligations;
if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit (other than commercial letters of credit) and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;
     (2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and
     (3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person;
provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business.
          “ Indenture ” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.
          “ Indentures ” means both the 2017 A Indenture and this Indenture.
          “ Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

-19-


 

          “ Indirect Participant ” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.
          “ Initial Notes ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.
          “ Initial Purchasers ” means Goldman, Sachs & Co, Banc of America Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Moelis & Company LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.
          “ Interest Payment Date ” means June 15 and December 15 of each year to stated maturity.
          “ Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.
          “ Investment Grade Securities ” means:
     (1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);
     (2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Company and the Subsidiaries of the Company;
     (3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and
     (4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.
          “ Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers and commission, travel and similar advances to directors, officers, employees and consultants, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.07:
     (1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s direct or indirect equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company or applicable Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:

-20-


 

     (a) the Company’s direct or indirect “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less
     (b) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s direct or indirect equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and
     (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Company.
          “ Investors ” means Thomas H. Lee Partners L.P. and Bain Capital LLC, each of their respective Affiliates and any investment funds advised or managed by any of the foregoing, but not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.
          “ Issue Date ” means December 23, 2009.
          “ Issuer ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Issuer Order ” means a written request or order signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, and delivered to the Trustee.
          “ Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.
          “ Letter of Transmittal ” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Issuer and sent to all Holders of the 2017 B Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer.
          “ Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.
          “ LTM Cost Base ” means, for any consecutive four quarter period, the sum of (a) direct operating expenses, (b) selling, general and administrative expenses and (c) corporate expenses, in each case excluding depreciation and amortization, of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.
          “ Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

-21-


 

          “ Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, payments made in order to obtain a necessary consent or required by applicable law, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, other fees and expenses, including title and recordation expenses, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on unsubordinated Indebtedness required (other than required by clause (1), (2), (3), (4) or (5) of Section 4.10(b) hereof) to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction, and in the case of any Asset Sale by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company, a portion of the aggregate cash proceeds equal to the portion of the outstanding Equity Interests of such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary owned by Persons other than the Company and any other Restricted Subsidiary (to the extent such proceeds are committed to be distributed to such Persons). For purposes of this definition only, the term “Asset Sale” shall be deemed to include any Foreign Disposition.
          “ Non-U.S. Person ” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.
          “ Notes ” means both the 2017 A Notes and the 2017 B Notes. For purposes of this Indenture, the term “Notes” shall also include any Additional Notes that may be issued under a supplemental indenture.
          “ Obligations ” means any principal (including any accretion), interest (including any interest accruing on or subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), premium, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal (including any accretion), interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
          “ Offering Circular ” means the final offering circular, dated December 18, 2009, relating to the sale of the Notes issued on the Issue Date.
          “ Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be.
          “ Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company, the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be, by an Officer of the Company, the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be, that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture.

-22-


 

          “ Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, or the Trustee.
          “ Pari Passu Indebtedness ” means:
     (1) with respect to the Issuer, the 2017 B Notes, the 2017 A Notes and any other Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment to the 2017 B Notes; and
     (2) with respect to any Guarantor, its Guarantee, its guarantee of the 2017 A Notes and any other Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Guarantee.
          “ Participant ” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).
          “ Permitted Asset Swap ” means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person.
          “ Permitted Debt Restructuring ” means (1) any restructuring of all or substantially all of any series, class, tranche or facility of Indebtedness of any direct or indirect parent companies of the Company, (2) any debt workout and similar transactions involving all or substantially all of any series, class, tranche or facility of Indebtedness of any direct or indirect parent companies of the Company, including in connection with any consensual or negotiated arrangement or any court approved or ordered arrangement or plan, (3) any exchange or conversion of all or substantially all of any series, class, tranche or facility of Indebtedness for or to any Equity Interests or any issuance of Equity Interests for cash or other consideration (other than any public offering of Capital Stock and any offering of Capital Stock that is underwritten for resale pursuant to Rule 144A or Regulation S) as result of which all or substantially all of any series, class, tranche or facility of Indebtedness of such direct or indirect parent companies of the Company is repaid, retired, exchanged for equity, cancelled, extinguished or otherwise discharged, or (4) any other transactions that have substantially the effect of any of the foregoing; provided , however , that in each case, such restructuring, debt workout, exchange, conversion or other transaction does not involve the consensual sale for cash consideration of Capital Stock of any such direct or indirect parent company of the Company owned by the Investors.
          “ Permitted Holder ” means any of the Investors and members of management of the Company (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) or CCU or CC Media Holdings, Inc. who are holders of Equity Interests of the Company (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) or CCU or CC Media Holdings, Inc. on the Issue Date and any group (within the meaning of Section l3(d)(3) or Section l4(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that (x) in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Investors and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50.0% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and (y) for purposes of this definition, the amount of Equity Interests held by members of management who qualify as “Permitted Holders” shall never exceed the amount of Equity Interests held by such members of management on the Issue Date. Any person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule l3d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any

-23-


 

successor provision) constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of Section 4.14 hereof (or would result in a Change of Control Offer in the absence of the waiver of such requirement by Holders in accordance with Section 4.14 hereof) shall thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.
          “ Permitted Investments ” means:
     (1) any Investment in the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;
     (3) any Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:
     (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or
     (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is amalgamated, merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary,
and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;
     (4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to Section 4.10(a) hereof or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;
     (5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date or made pursuant to a binding commitment in effect on the Issue Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or renewal of any such Investment or binding commitment existing on the Issue Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment or binding commitment as in existence on the Issue Date (including as a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or original issue discount or the issuance of pay-in-kind securities) or (y) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture;
     (6) any Investment acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:
     (a) in exchange for any other Investment, accounts receivable or notes receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment, accounts receivable or notes receivable; or
     (b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;
     (7) Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (10) of Section 4.09(b) hereof;

-24-


 

     (8) any Investment the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies;
     (9) Indebtedness (including any guarantee thereof) permitted under Section 4.09;
     (10) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.11(b) hereof (except transactions described in clauses (2), (5) and (9) of Section 4.11(b) hereof);
     (11) any Investment consisting of a purchase or other acquisition of inventory, supplies, material or equipment;
     (12) Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (12) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (x) $250,000,000 and (y) 3.75% of Total Assets (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided that if such Investment is in Capital Stock of a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed permitted under clause (3) hereof and shall not be included as having been made pursuant to this clause (12);
     (13) Investments in any Indebtedness of CCU or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that substantially concurrently with such Investment, such Indebtedness is cancelled or assigned to CCU or an Affiliate thereof (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) in consideration for a reduction of the amount then owing by the Company under the CCOH Mirror Note, in each case by an amount equal to the fair market value of such Indebtedness;
     (14) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees, directors, officers and consultants not in excess of $500,000 outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate;
     (15) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees consistent with industry practice or past practice, as well as for moving expenses and other similar expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company thereof;
     (16) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements for collection or deposit;
     (17) Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any other Person pursuant to a “local marketing agreement” or similar arrangement relating to a station owned or licensed by such Person;
     (18) any performance guarantee and Contingent Obligations in the ordinary course of business and the creation of liens on the assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in compliance with Section 4.12 hereof;
     (19) any purchase or repurchase of the 2017 B Notes; and

-25-


 

     (20) any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (20) that are at that time outstanding, that does not exceed the greater of (x) $500,000,000 and (y) 7.5% of Total Assets (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided , however , that if such Investment is in Capital Stock of a Person that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed permitted under clause (3) above and shall not be included as having been made pursuant to this clause (20).
          “ Permitted Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:
     (1) pledges, deposits or security by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance, employers’ health tax and other social security laws or similar legislation (including in respect of deductibles, self-insured retention amounts and premiums and adjustments thereto) or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety, appeal bonds or letters of credit to which such Person is a party or account party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;
     (2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate actions or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;
     (3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate actions diligently pursued, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP, or for property taxes on property that the Company or any Subsidiary thereof has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;
     (4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case, issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice prior to the Issue Date;
     (5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, servitudes, sewers, electric lines, drains, telegraph and telephone and cable television lines, gas and oil pipelines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including minor defects and irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

-26-


 

     (6) Liens securing obligations under Indebtedness permitted to be incurred (and so incurred and so classified) pursuant to clause (5) or (18) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; provided , however , that any such Indebtedness that is incurred pursuant to such clause (5) or (18) of Section 4.09(b) hereof remains classified as incurred thereunder; and provided further , however , that Liens securing obligations under Indebtedness permitted to be incurred (and so incurred and so classified) pursuant to clause (18) of Section 4.09(b) hereof extend only to the assets or Equity Interests of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company;
     (7) Liens existing on the Issue Date;
     (8) Liens existing on property or shares of stock or other assets of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property or other assets owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (9) Liens existing on property or other assets at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property or such other assets, including any acquisition by means of an amalgamation, merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation; provided further that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (10) Liens securing obligations under Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or a Guarantor permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof;
     (11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations permitted to be incurred under this Indenture;
     (12) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;
     (13) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;
     (14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) financing statement filings regarding operating leases, consignments or accounts entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
     (15) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Guarantor;
     (16) Liens on equipment of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business;
     (17) [Reserved];

-27-


 

     (18) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8), and (9) or in clauses (20) and (33) below; provided that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the obligations under Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8), (9), (20) and (33) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement; provided further , however , that in the case of any Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement of Indebtedness secured by a Lien referred to in clause (20) or clause (33), the principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred for such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement shall be deemed secured by a Lien under clause (20) or clause (33), as applicable, and not this clause (18) for purposes of determining the principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under clause (20) or clause (33), as applicable;
     (19) deposits made or other security provided in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;
     (20) other Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations which do not exceed $25,000,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding;
     (21) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (5) of Section 6.01(a) hereof so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;
     (22) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;
     (23) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
     (24) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under this Indenture; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;
     (25) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

-28-


 

     (26) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
     (27) [Reserved];
     (28) Liens securing obligations owed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any lender under any Credit Facilities or any Affiliate of such a lender, in each case, in the ordinary course of business in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and cash management services provided by, or any automated clearing house transfers of funds with, lenders under such Credit Facilities or any Affiliate of such a lender;
     (29) the rights reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;
     (30) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
     (31) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted;
     (32) security given to a public utility or any municipality or governmental authority when required by such utility or authority in connection with the operations of that Person in the ordinary course of business; and
     (33) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations under any Credit Facilities which do not exceed $250,000,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding.
          For purposes of this definition, the term “ Indebtedness ” shall be deemed to include interest on and the costs in respect of such Indebtedness.
          “ Permitted Liquidity Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:
     (1) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate actions diligently pursued, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;
     (2) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of

-29-


 

banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
     (3) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under this Indenture; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement; and
     (4) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness.
          “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
          “ Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.
          “ Private Placement Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) hereof to be placed on all 2017 B Notes issued under this Indenture, except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.
          “ Proceeds Loans ” means (a) the $500,000,000 loan from the Issuer to CCO made on the Issue Date from the proceeds of the issuance of the 2017 A Notes (the “ 2017 A Proceeds Loan ”), and (b) the $2,000,000,000 loan from the Issuer to CCO made on the Issue Date from the proceeds of the Issuance of the 2017 B Notes (the “ 2017 B Proceeds Loan ”).
          “ Proceeds Loan Agreements ” means each of the Proceeds Loan Agreements dated as of the Issue Date between the Issuer and CCO pursuant to which the Proceeds Loans shall be made.
          “ Proof of Claim ” shall mean a proof of claim or debt filed in accordance with and pursuant to any applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Law, the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure and/or a final order of the U.S. bankruptcy court.
          “ Proper Proof of Claim ” shall mean, at any time, a Proof of Claim in an amount not less than the sum of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the 2017 B Notes at such time plus accrued but unpaid interest on the 2017 B Notes at such time.
          “ Public Debt ” means any Indebtedness consisting of bonds, debentures, notes or other similar debt securities issued in (a) a public offering registered under the Securities Act or (b) a private placement to institutional investors that is underwritten for resale in accordance with Rule 144A or Regulation S of such Act, whether or not it includes registration rights entitling the holders of such debt securities to registration thereof with the SEC. The term “ Public Debt ” (i) shall not include the 2017 B Notes (or any Additional 2017 B Notes) or the 2017 A Notes (or any Additional 2017 A Notes) and (ii) shall not be construed to include any Indebtedness issued to institutional investors in a direct placement of such Indebtedness that is not underwritten by an intermediary (it being understood that, without limiting the foregoing, a financing that is distributed to not more than ten Persons (provided that multiple managed accounts and affiliates of any such Persons shall be treated as one Person for the purposes of this definition) shall be deemed not to be underwritten), or any commercial bank or similar

-30-


 

Indebtedness, Capitalized Lease Obligation or recourse transfer of any financial asset or any other type of Indebtedness incurred in a manner not customarily viewed as a “securities offering.”
          “ QIB ” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.
          “ Qualified Proceeds ” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Company in good faith.
          “ Rating Agencies ” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the 2017 B Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.
          “ Record Date ” for the interest or Special Interest, if any, payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means the June 1 or December 1 (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding such Interest Payment Date.
          “ Registration Rights Agreements ” means (a) the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the 2017 A Notes, dated the Issue Date, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers (the “ 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement ”), (b) the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the 2017 B Notes, dated the Issue Date, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers (the “ 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement ”) and (c) any similar registration rights agreements with respect to any Additional 2017 A Notes or Additional 2017 B Notes, as applicable.
          “ Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.
          “ Regulation S Global Note ” means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as applicable.
          “ Regulation S Permanent Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon expiration of the Restricted Period.
          “ Regulation S Temporary Global Note ” means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend and the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the 2017 B Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903.
          “ Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(iii) hereof.
          “ Related Business Assets ” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business; provided that any assets received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be

-31-


 

Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.
          “ Responsible Officer ” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.
          “ Restricted Definitive Note ” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.
          “ Restricted Global Note ” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.
          “ Restricted Guarantor ” means a Guarantor that is a Restricted Subsidiary.
          “ Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
          “ Restricted Period ” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.
          “ Restricted Subsidiary ” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company (including any Foreign Subsidiary of the Company) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.”
          “ Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.
           “ Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.
           “ Rule 903 ” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.
           “ Rule 904 ” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.
          “ S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.
          “ Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.
          “ SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
          “ Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

-32-


 

          “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
          “ Senior Credit Facilities ” means the term and revolving credit facilities under the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2008, as amended as of July 9, 2008 and July 28, 2008, by and among CCU, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, including any agreements, collateral documents, guarantees, instruments, mortgages and notes executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, extensions, modifications, refinancings, refundings, renewals, restatements, or supplements thereof and anyone or more notes, indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that extend, refinance, refund, renew, replace or defease any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such refinancing, refunding or replacement facility or indenture that increases the amount that may be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity of the loans thereunder or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or other agent, lender or group of lenders or investors.
          “ Senior Leverage Ratio ” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, to (b) EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available.
          In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) incurs, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Pari Passu Indebtedness (other than Pari Passu Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes) or (ii) issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Senior Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Senior Leverage Ratio is made (the “ Senior Leverage Ratio Calculation Date ”), then the Senior Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period; provided , however , that the Issuer may elect, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee not later than 30 days after entering into any commitment providing for the incurrence of any Pari Passu Indebtedness, that all or any portion of the Pari Passu Indebtedness that could be incurred under such commitment at the time such commitment is entered into shall be treated as incurred and outstanding in such amount for all purposes of this calculation (whether or not such Pari Passu Indebtedness is outstanding at the time such commitment is entered into) and any subsequent incurrence of such Pari Passu Indebtedness under such commitment (including upon repayment and reborrowing) shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be the incurrence of Pari Passu Indebtedness at such subsequent time.
          For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business made (or committed to be made pursuant to a definitive agreement) during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Senior Leverage Ratio Calculation Date, and other operational changes that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Senior Leverage Ratio Calculation Date, shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as set forth below assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers,

-33-


 

amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Senior Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto in the manner set forth below for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
          For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company (and may include cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions resulting from such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized); provided that actions to realize such cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions are taken within 12 months after the date of such Investment, acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation; provided that no cost savings, synergies or operating expense reductions shall be included pursuant to this paragraph to the extent duplicative of any amounts that are otherwise added back in computing EBITDA with respect to such period.
          For the purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars shall be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve-month period immediately prior to the date of determination determined in a manner consistent with that used in calculating EBITDA for the applicable period.
          “ Shelf Registration Statement ” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement.
          “ Significant Party ” means any Guarantor or Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.
          “ Similar Business ” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.
          “ Special Interest ” means all additional interest then owing on the 2017 B Notes pursuant to any Registration Rights Agreement.
          “ Subordinated Indebtedness ” means:
     (1) any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the 2017 B Notes; and
     (2) any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the 2017 B Notes.

-34-


 

          “ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity (excluding charitable foundations) of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person.
          “ Total Assets ” means total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis prepared in accordance with GAAP, shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as may be expressly stated.
          “ Transaction Expenses ” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions.
          “ Transactions ” means the offering and issuance of the Notes for cash on the Issue Date, the making of the Proceeds Loans, the refinancing of the CCU Intercompany Note and the amendments to the CCOH Mirror Note and the CCU Mirror Note and transactions related to any of the foregoing on or prior to the Issue Date and the payment of fees and expenses related to any of the foregoing.
          “ Treasury Rate ” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to December 15, 2012; provided , however , that if the period from the Redemption Date to December 15, 2012 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.
          “ Trust Indenture Act ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).
          “ Trustee ” means U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.
          “ Unrestricted Definitive Note ” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.
          “ Unrestricted Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note, substantially in the form of Exhibit A that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing 2017 B Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend.
          “ Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means:
     (1) any Subsidiary of the Company which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Company, as provided below); and
          (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

-35-


 

          The Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary, in each case other than the Issuer) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than solely any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that:
     (1) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company;
     (2) such designation complies with Section 4.07 hereof; and
     (3) each of:
          (a) the Subsidiary to be so designated; and
          (b) its Subsidiaries
has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, incur any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.
          The Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either:
     (1) the Company could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to each of the ratio tests set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof; or
     (2) (A) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or less than such ratio immediately prior to such designation and (B) the Senior Leverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or less than such ratio immediately prior to such designation; provided , however , that in the case of each of clause (A) and (B), such determination is made on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.
          Any such designation by the Company shall be notified by the Company to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.
          “ U.S. Person ” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act.
          “ Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person.
          “ Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

-36-


 

     (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by
     (2) the sum of all such payments.
          “ Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100.0% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.
Section 1.02 Other Definitions .
         
    Defined in
Term   Section
“Affiliate Transaction”
    4.11 (a)
“Asset Sale Offer”
    4.10 (c)
“Authentication Order”
    2.02  
“Change of Control Offer”
    4.14 (a)
“Change of Control Payment”
    4.14 (a)
“Change of Control Payment Date”
    4.14 (a)
“Covenant Defeasance”
    8.03  
“Defeased Covenants”
    8.03  
“DTC”
    2.03  
“Event of Default”
    6.01 (a)
“Excess Proceeds”
    4.10 (c)
“Guarantor Liquidity Amount”
    4.16  
“Guarantor Liquidity Assets”
    4.16  
“Guarantor Liquidity Facility”
    4.16  
“incur” or “incurrence”
    4.09 (a)
“Legal Defeasance”
    8.02  
“Liquidity Facilities”
    4.16  
“Non-Guarantor Liquidity Amount”
    4.16  
“Non-Guarantor Liquidity Assets”
    4.16  
“Non-Guarantor Liquidity Facility”
    4.16  
“Note Register”
    2.03  
“Offer Amount”
    3.09 (b)
“Offer Period”
    3.09 (b)
“Pari Passu Indebtedness”
    4.10 (c)
“Paying Agent”
    2.03  
“Payment Blockage Period”
    11.03  
“Payment Default”
    11.03  
“Purchase Date”
    3.09 (b)
“Redemption Date”
    3.07 (a)
“Refinancing Indebtedness”
    4.09 (b)
“Refunding Capital Stock”
    4.07 (b)

-37-


 

         
    Defined in
Term   Section
“Registrar”
    2.03  
“Restricted Payments”
    4.07 (a)
“Special Redemption”
    3.08 (a)
“Special Redemption Amount”
    3.08 (a)
“Special Redemption Date”
    3.08 (a)
“Successor Company”
    5.01 (a)
“Successor Person”
    5.01 (c)
“Transfer Agent”
    2.03  
“Treasury Capital Stock”
    4.07 (b)
“Trustee Account”
    4.01  
Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act .
          Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.
          The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:
     “indenture securities” means the 2017 B Notes;
     “indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a 2017 B Note;
     “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;
     “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and
     “obligor” on the 2017 B Notes and the Guarantees means the Issuer, the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the 2017 B Notes and the Guarantees, respectively.
          All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the Trust Indenture Act have the meanings so assigned to them.
Section 1.04 Rules of Construction .
          Unless the context otherwise requires:
     (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;
     (b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;
     (c) “or” is not exclusive;
     (d) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

-38-


 

     (e) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;
     (f) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;
     (g) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;
     (h) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article,” “Section” or “clause” refers to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Indenture;
     (i) words used herein implying any gender shall apply to both genders;
     (j) the words “including,” “includes” and similar words shall be deemed to be followed by “without limitation”;
     (k) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock at any time shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock at such time or (ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock at such time, whichever is greater; and
     (l) the words “herein,” “hereof’ and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision.
     (m) Subordination shall refer to contractual payment subordination and not to structural subordination. This Indenture shall not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured, (2) unsubordinated Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other unsubordinated Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral or (3) Indebtedness as subordinated or junior Indebtedness merely because it is structurally subordinated to other Indebtedness.
Section 1.05 Acts of Holders .
          (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a 2017 B Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.05.
          (b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by or on behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit shall also

-39-


 

constitute proof of the authority of the Person executing the same. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.
          (c) The ownership of 2017 B Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.
          (d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any 2017 B Note shall bind every future Holder of the same 2017 B Note and the Holder of every 2017 B Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such 2017 B Note.
          (e) The Issuer may, in the circumstances permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to give any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver or to take any other act, or to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted to be given or taken by Holders. Unless otherwise specified, if not set by the Issuer prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by any Person in respect of any such action, or in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, any such record date shall be the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation.
          (f) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular 2017 B Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such 2017 B Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any notice given or action taken by a Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this Section 1.05(f) shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part.
          (g) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including DTC, that is the Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and any Person that is the Holder of a Global Note, including DTC, may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices.
          (h) The Issuer may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by DTC entitled under the procedures of such depositary to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders. If such a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date. No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be valid or effective if made, given or taken more than 90 days after such record date.

-40-


 

ARTICLE 2
THE 2017 B NOTES
Section 2.01 Form and Dating; Terms .
          (a) General . The 2017 B Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The 2017 B Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules or usage. Each 2017 B Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The 2017 B Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
          (b) Global Notes . 2017 B Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). 2017 B Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding 2017 B Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each Global Note shall provide that it shall represent up to the aggregate principal amount of 2017 B Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding 2017 B Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding 2017 B Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.
          (c)  Temporary Global Notes . 2017 B Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the 2017 B Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Restricted Period shall be terminated upon the receipt by the Trustee of:
     (i) a written certificate from the Depositary, together with copies of certificates from Euroclear and Clearstream certifying that they have received certification of non-United States beneficial ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of each Regulation S Temporary Global Note (except to the extent of any beneficial owners thereof who acquired an interest therein during the Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act and who shall take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in a 144A Global Note bearing a Private Placement Legend, all as contemplated by Section 2.06(b) hereof); and
     (ii) an Officer’s Certificate from the Issuer.
          Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S

-41-


 

Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.
          (d) Terms . The aggregate principal amount of 2017 B Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.
          The terms and provisions contained in the 2017 B Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer, the Trustee and the Paying Agent and Registrar, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any 2017 B Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
          The 2017 B Notes shall be subject to repurchase by the Issuer pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer as provided in Section 4.10 hereof or a Change of Control Offer as provided in Section 4.14 hereof. The 2017 B Notes shall not be redeemable, other than as provided in Article 3 hereof.
          Additional 2017 B Notes ranking pari passu with the Initial Notes may be created and issued from time to time by the Issuer without notice to or consent of the Holders and shall be consolidated with and form a single class with the Initial Notes and shall have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise as the Initial Notes; provided that the Issuer’s ability to issue Additional 2017 B Notes shall be subject to the Issuer’s compliance with Section 4.09 hereof. Any Additional 2017 B Notes shall be issued with the benefit of an indenture supplemental to this Indenture.
          (e) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable . The provisions of the“Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook“of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.
Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication .
          At least one Officer shall execute the 2017 B Notes on behalf of the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.
          If an Officer whose signature is on a 2017 B Note no longer holds that office at the time such 2017 B Note is authenticated, such 2017 B Note shall nevertheless be valid.
          A 2017 B Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto by the manual or facsimile signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the 2017 B Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.
          On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order (an “ Authentication Order ”), authenticate and deliver the Initial Notes. In addition, at any time, from time to time, the Trustee shall upon receipt of an Authentication Order authenticate and deliver any Additional 2017 B Notes and 2017 B Exchange Notes for an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order for such Additional 2017 B Notes or 2017 B Exchange Notes issued hereunder.

-42-


 

          The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate 2017 B Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate 2017 B Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer.
Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent .
          The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, where 2017 B Notes may be presented for registration (“ Registrar ”), an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, where 2017 B Notes may be presented for transfer or exchange (“ Transfer Agent ”) and an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, where 2017 B Notes may be presented for payment (“ Paying Agent ”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the 2017 B Notes (“ Note Register ”) and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars, one or more co-transfer agents and one or more additional paying agents. The term “ Registrar ” includes any co-registrar, the term “ Transfer Agent ” includes any co-transfer agent and the term “ Paying Agent ” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. So long as any series of 2017 B Notes is listed on an exchange and the rules of such exchange so require, the Issuer shall satisfy any requirement of such exchange as to paying agents, registrars and transfer agents and shall comply with any notice requirements required by such exchange in connection with any change of paying agent, registrar or transfer agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar, Transfer Agent or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar.
          The Issuer initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.
          The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. The Issuer initially appoints U.S. Bank National Association to act as the Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent for the 2017 B Notes.
Section 2.04 Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust .
          The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or Special Interest, if any, or interest on the 2017 B Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Issuer, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings (or similar proceedings) relating to the Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the 2017 B Notes.

-43-


 

Section 2.05 Holder Lists .
          The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least two Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of 2017 B Notes and the Issuer shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a).
Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange .
          (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 2.06, a Global Note may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note unless (i) the Depositary (x) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 120 days or (ii) there shall have occurred and be continuing a Default with respect to the 2017 B Notes. Upon the occurrence of any of the events in clause (i) or (ii) above, Definitive Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein shall be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every 2017 B Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note, except for Definitive Notes issued subsequent to any of the events in clause (i) or (ii) above and pursuant to Section 2.06(c) hereof. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another 2017 B Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); provided, however , beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof.
          (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes . The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:
     (i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note . Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however , that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).

-44-


 

     (ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes . In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) hereof, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (x) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (y) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903. Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the 2017 B Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.
     (iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and the Registrar receives the following:
     (A) if the transferee shall take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or
     (B) if the transferee shall take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.
     (iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and:
     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) an

-45-


 

Exchanging Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the 2017 B Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;
     (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement;
     (C) such transfer is effected by an Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement; or
     (D) the Registrar receives the following:
     (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or
     (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
     If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above.
     Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.
     (c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes .
     (i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

-46-


 

     (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;
     (B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
     (C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
     (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;
     (E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or
     (F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,
the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such 2017 B Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.
     (ii) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Definitive Notes . Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(i)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) of the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.
     (iii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person

-47-


 

who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and if:
     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) an Exchanging Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;
     (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement;
     (C) such transfer is effected by an Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement; or
     (D) the Registrar receives the following:
     (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or
     (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
     (iv) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from or through the Depositary

-48-


 

and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such 2017 B Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.
     (d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests .
     (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes . If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such 2017 B Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:
     (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such 2017 B Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;
     (B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
     (C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
     (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;
     (E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or
     (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,
the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the applicable Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the applicable 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the applicable Regulation S Global Note.
     (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such 2017 B Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:

-49-


 

     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) an Exchanging Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the 2017 B Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;
     (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement;
     (C) such transfer is effected by an Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement; or
     (D) the Registrar receives the following:
     (1) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such 2017 B Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or
     (2) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such 2017 B Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
     Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.
     (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such 2017 B Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.
          If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with

-50-


 

Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.
          (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes . Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer or exchange in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e):
     (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:
     (A) if the transfer shall be made to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
     (B) if the transfer shall be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or
     (C) if the transfer shall be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.
     (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:
     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) an Exchanging Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the 2017 B Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;
     (B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement;
     (C) any such transfer is effected by an Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement; or
     (D) the Registrar receives the following:

-51-


 

     (1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such 2017 B Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or
     (2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such 2017 B Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
     (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such 2017 B Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.
          (f) Exchange Offer . Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not Exchanging Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the 2017 B Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not Exchanging Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the 2017 B Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such 2017 B Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the applicable principal amount. Any 2017 B Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, and 2017 B Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture.
          (g) Legends . The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture:
          (i) Private Placement Legend .

-52-


 

     (A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all 2017 B Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:
“THE NOTES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (A) (1) TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (2) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (3) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE), (4) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL INVESTOR THAT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (5) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (B) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS.”
     (B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(iii), (c)(iv), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all 2017 B Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.
     (ii) Global Note Legend . Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:
“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(h) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE

-53-


 

BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”
     (iii) Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend . The Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:
“THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).”
          (h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes . At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of 2017 B Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.
     (i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges .
          (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.
          (ii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the

-54-


 

Issuer shall require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05 hereof).
     (iii) Neither the Registrar nor the Issuer shall be required to register the transfer of or exchange any 2017 B Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any 2017 B Note being redeemed in part.
     (iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
     (v) The Issuer shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any 2017 B Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of 2017 B Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any 2017 B Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any 2017 B Note being redeemed in part, (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a 2017 B Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date or (D) to register the transfer of or to exchange any 2017 B Notes selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer.
     (vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any 2017 B Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any 2017 B Note is registered as the absolute owner of such 2017 B Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including Special Interest, if any) on such 2017 B Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
     (vii) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any 2017 B Note at the office or agency of the Issuer designated pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement 2017 B Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.
     (viii) At the option of the Holder, subject to Section 2.06(a) hereof, 2017 B Notes may be exchanged for other 2017 B Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the 2017 B Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes to which the Holder making the exchange is entitled in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.
     (ix) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

-55-


 

Section 2.07 Replacement Notes .
          If either (x) any mutilated 2017 B Note is surrendered to the Trustee, the Registrar or the Issuer, or (y) if the Issuer and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the ownership and destruction, loss or theft of any 2017 B Note, then the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order and satisfaction of any other requirements of the Trustee, shall authenticate a replacement 2017 B Note. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a 2017 B Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge for its expenses in replacing a 2017 B Note.
          Every replacement 2017 B Note is a contractual obligation of the Issuer and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other 2017 B Notes duly issued hereunder.
Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes .
          The 2017 B Notes outstanding at any time are all the 2017 B Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a 2017 B Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds such 2017 B Note.
          If a 2017 B Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, such 2017 B Note shall cease to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced 2017 B Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.
          If the principal amount of any 2017 B Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, such 2017 B Note shall cease to be outstanding and interest thereon shall cease to accrue.
          If the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary of the Company or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay any 2017 B Notes payable on such date, then such 2017 B Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest on and after such date.
Section 2.09 Treasury Notes .
          In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of 2017 B Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, 2017 B Notes owned by the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only 2017 B Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. 2017 B Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to deliver any such direction, waiver or consent with respect to such pledged 2017 B Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or any obligor upon the 2017 B Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or such other obligor.

-56-


 

Section 2.10 Temporary Notes .
          Until certificates representing 2017 B Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary 2017 B Notes. Temporary 2017 B Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated 2017 B Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary 2017 B Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive 2017 B Notes in exchange for temporary 2017 B Notes.
          Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary 2017 B Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits accorded to Holders or beneficial holders, respectively, of 2017 B Notes under this Indenture.
Section 2.11 Cancellation .
          The Issuer at any time may deliver 2017 B Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any 2017 B Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else shall cancel all 2017 B Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of cancelled 2017 B Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act) in its customary manner. Certification of the disposal of all cancelled 2017 B Notes shall be delivered to the Issuer upon its request therefor. The Issuer may not issue new 2017 B Notes to replace 2017 B Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.
Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest .
          If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the 2017 B Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the 2017 B Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each 2017 B Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.12. The Trustee shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer of such special record date promptly, and in any event at least 20 days before such special record date. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) shall mail or cause to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder a notice at his or her address as it appears in the Note Register that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.
          Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty, each 2017 B Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of, in exchange for or in lieu of any other 2017 B Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other 2017 B Note.

-57-


 

Section 2.13 CUSIP Numbers .
          The Issuer in issuing the 2017 B Notes may use CUSIP numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the 2017 B Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the 2017 B Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer shall as promptly as practicable notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers.
ARTICLE 3
REDEMPTION
Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee .
          If the Issuer elects to redeem 2017 B Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (i) the paragraph or subparagraph of such 2017 B Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of the 2017 B Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.
Section 3.02 Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed or Purchased .
          If less than all of the 2017 B Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Registrar shall select the 2017 B Notes to be redeemed or purchased (a) if such 2017 B Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which such 2017 B Notes are listed or (b) on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable or, to the extent that selection on a pro rata basis is not practicable for any reason, by lot or by such other method as the Registrar shall deem appropriate or as required by the rules of the Depositary. In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular 2017 B Notes to be redeemed or purchased shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Registrar from the outstanding 2017 B Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase.
          The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the 2017 B Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any 2017 B Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. 2017 B Notes and portions of 2017 B Notes selected shall be in amounts of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000; no 2017 B Notes of $2,000 or less can be redeemed in part, except that if all of the 2017 B Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of 2017 B Notes held by such Holder, even if not in a principal amount of at least $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to 2017 B Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of 2017 B Notes called for redemption or purchase.
Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption .
          Subject to Section 3.09 hereof, the Issuer shall mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, notices of redemption at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the

-58-


 

purchase or redemption date to each Holder of 2017 B Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address, to the Trustee to forward to each Holder of 2017 B Notes at such Holder’s registered address, or shall otherwise deliver on such time frame such notice in accordance with the procedures of DTC, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 12 hereof.
The notice shall identify the 2017 B Notes to be redeemed and shall state:
     (a) the redemption date;
     (b) the redemption price;
     (c) that if any 2017 B Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that 2017 B Note that is to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such 2017 B Note, a new 2017 B Note or 2017 B Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original 2017 B Note representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed shall be issued in the name of the Holder of the 2017 B Notes upon cancellation of the original 2017 B Note;
     (d) the name and address of the Paying Agent;
     (e) that 2017 B Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;
     (f) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on 2017 B Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;
     (g) the paragraph or subparagraph of the 2017 B Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the 2017 B Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and
     (h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the 2017 B Notes.
          At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at its expense; provided that the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least two Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.
Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption .
          Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, 2017 B Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price (except as provided in Section 3.07 hereof and in Section 5 of the 2017 B Notes). The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any 2017 B Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other 2017 B Note. Subject to Section

-59-


 

3.05 hereof, on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on 2017 B Notes or portions of 2017 B Notes called for redemption.
Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price .
          On the redemption or purchase date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest (including Special Interest, if any) on all 2017 B Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest (including Special Interest, if any) on, all 2017 B Notes to be redeemed or purchased.
          If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest shall cease to accrue on the 2017 B Notes or the portions of 2017 B Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a 2017 B Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption or purchase date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such 2017 B Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If any 2017 B Note called for redemption or purchase shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest accrued to the redemption or purchase date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the 2017 B Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.
Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part .
          Upon surrender of a 2017 B Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new 2017 B Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the 2017 B Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed or purchased; provided that each new 2017 B Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. It is understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, only an Authentication Order and not an Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate such new 2017 B Note.
Section 3.07 Optional Redemption .
          (a) Except as set forth below, the Issuer shall not be permitted to redeem the 2017 B Notes. The 2017 B Notes will be payable at par at maturity.
          (b) At any time prior to December 15, 2012, the 2017 B Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person), in whole or in part, upon notice as provided in Section 3.03 hereof at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of the principal amount of such 2017 B Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”), and, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders of 2017 B Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. The Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption or purchase may be performed by another Person.

-60-


 

          (c) On and after December 15, 2012, the 2017 B Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person), at the Issuer’s option, in whole or in part, upon notice as provided in Section 3.03 hereof, at any time and from time to time at the redemption prices set forth below. The Issuer may provide in such notice that the payment of the redemption price and the performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. The 2017 B Notes shall be redeemable at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the 2017 B Notes to be redeemed) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record of 2017 B Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on December 15 of each of the years indicated below:
         
    2017 B Notes  
Year   Percentage  
2012
    106.93750 %
2013
    104.62500 %
2014
    102.31250 %
2015 and thereafter
    100.00000 %
          (d) Until December 15, 2012, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions, upon notice as provided in Section 3.03 hereof, redeem up to 35.0% of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of 2017 B Notes at a redemption price equal to 109.250% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to the Issuer; provided that at least 65% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of 2017 B Notes originally issued under this Indenture and any Additional 2017 B Notes issued under this Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further , that each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.
          (e) The Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect thereto may be performed by another Person. Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering.
          (f) The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall select the 2017 B Notes to be purchased in pursuant to Section 3.02 hereof.
Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption .
          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall make any purchase of, or otherwise effectively cancel or retire, any 2017 B Notes (whether through open market purchases, tender offers, defeasance, offers to purchase required by the 2017 B Notes or otherwise) if, after giving effect thereto and, if applicable, any concurrent purchase of or other action with respect to any 2017 A Notes, the ratio of (a) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the 2017 A Notes to (b) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the 2017 B Notes shall be greater than 0.250; provided , however , that the foregoing restriction shall not be applicable in the case of

-61-


 

any Change of Control Offer, Asset Sale Offer or offer to purchase the 2017 A Notes required to be made under the 2017 A Indenture at the price specified with respect thereto to all holders of the 2017 A Notes, where a violation of the foregoing restriction would occur solely as a result of different offer acceptance rates by the holders of the 2017 B Notes and the 2017 A Notes. References to the 2017 B Notes and the 2017 A Notes in this Section 3.08 do not include any Additional 2017 B Notes or any Additional 2017 A Notes, as applicable.
Section 3.09 Offers To Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds .
          (a) The Issuer shall follow the procedures specified in clauses (b) through (f) of this Section 3.09 for any Asset Sale Offer commenced pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof.
          (b) An Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “ Offer Period ”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “ Purchase Date ”), the Issuer shall apply all Excess Proceeds (the “ Offer Amount ”) to the purchase of 2017 B Notes and, if required, Pari Passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable), or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all 2017 B Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any 2017 B Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.
          (c) If the Purchase Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, up to but excluding the Purchase Date, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a 2017 B Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender 2017 B Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.
          (d) Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall send, by first-class mail, a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee and the Registrar, or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender 2017 B Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state:
     (i) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain open;
     (ii) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;
     (iii) that any 2017 B Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;
     (iv) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any 2017 B Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;
     (v) that Holders electing to have a 2017 B Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have 2017 B Notes purchased in minimum principal amounts of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 only;

-62-


 

     (vi) that Holders electing to have a 2017 B Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the 2017 B Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the 2017 B Note completed, or transfer such 2017 B Note by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer, the Depositary, if appointed by the Issuer, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;
     (vii) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the 2017 B Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such 2017 B Note purchased;
     (viii) that, if the aggregate principal amount of 2017 B Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by the holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Registrar shall select the 2017 B Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rate basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the 2017 B Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Registrar so that only 2017 B Notes in denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 shall be purchased); and
     (ix) that Holders whose 2017 B Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new 2017 B Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the 2017 B Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer) representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased.
          (e) On or before the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of 2017 B Notes or portions thereof validly tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all 2017 B Notes tendered and (2) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the 2017 B Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of 2017 B Notes or portions thereof so tendered.
          (f) The Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the 2017 B Notes properly tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, and the Issuer shall promptly issue a new 2017 B Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new 2017 B Note to such Holder (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or deliver such new 2017 B Note) in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the 2017 B Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased; provided that each such new 2017 B Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. Any 2017 B Note not so accepted for purchase shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date.
          Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09 or Section 4.10 hereof, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the applicable provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

-63-


 

ARTICLE 4
COVENANTS
Section 4.01 Payment of Notes .
          The Issuer shall have caused the Trustee to establish an account (the “ Trustee Account ”) to be maintained by the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders with respect to payments of interest on the 2017 B Notes, over which the Trustee shall have sole control and dominion. Interest on the 2017 B Notes will accrue, and be payable by or on behalf of the Issuer to the Trustee, daily; provided that the failure by the Issuer to make or have made any such daily payment to the Trustee on any day will not constitute a Default so long as (a) (x) no payment or other transfer by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall have been made on such day under the Cash Management Arrangements or (y) the amount of funds on deposit in the Trustee Account on such day is equal to the amount of interest which has accrued up to and including such day and (b) on each Interest Payment Date the aggregate amount of funds deposited in the Trustee Account is sufficient to pay the aggregate amount of interest on the 2017 B Notes that is payable by the Trustee to Holders of 2017 B Notes on such Interest Payment Date; provided further , however , that payments of interest shall only be deemed to be overdue to the extent that the aggregate amount of funds deposited in the Trustee Account is not sufficient to pay the aggregate amount of interest on the 2017 B Notes that is payable by the Trustee to Holders on the applicable Interest Payment Date. The Issuer or any Guarantor will not be the legal owners of the funds on deposit in the Trustee Account. Such amounts may be in cash in U.S. dollars, in Government Securities or in a combination thereof. Any interest earned on Government Securities held in the Trustee Account will be applied to pay fees and expenses of the Trustee and, to the extent of any excess, returned to the Company. Upon the making by or on behalf of the Issuer of any payment into the Trustee Account, the Issuer’s obligation to pay accrued interest shall be discharged to the extent of the amount so paid. If the Trustee fails to make an interest payment on the 2017 B Notes but the Issuer has deposited the funds with the Trustee, it will not be a Default.
          Unless otherwise expressly instructed in writing by the Issuer, the amounts in the Trustee Account shall be held in cash in U.S. dollars.
          The Issuer shall pay all Special Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement.
          The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1.0% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the 2017 B Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Special Interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.
          The Trustee shall pay or cause to be paid the aggregate amount of interest payable on the 2017 B Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the 2017 B Notes. Principal, premium, if any, Special Interest, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Trustee holds as of noon Eastern Time on the Interest Payment Date money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. If an Interest Payment Date is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no additional interest or other amounts shall be payable in respect of the interest period for which such payment is made as a result of such extension of time.

-64-


 

Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency .
          The Issuer shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or Transfer Agent) where 2017 B Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange or presented for payment and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the 2017 B Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.
          The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the 2017 B Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, for such purposes. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.
          The Issuer hereby initially designates the office of the Trustee located at U.S. Bank National Association, 100 Wall Street, 16th floor, New York, NY 10005, as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.
Section 4.03 Reports and Other Information .
          (a) Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, from and after the Issue Date, the Company shall file with the SEC no later than 15 days after the periods set forth below,
     (1) within 90 days (or any other time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 10-K by a non-accelerated filer) after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports on Form 10-K, or any successor or comparable form, containing the information required to be contained therein, or required in such successor or comparable form;
     (2) within 45 days (or any other time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 10-Q by a non-accelerated filer) after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, reports on Form 10-Q containing all quarterly information that would be required to be contained in Form 10-Q, or any successor or comparable form;
     (3) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported, such other reports on Form 8-K, or any successor or comparable form; and
     (4) any other information, documents and other reports which the Company would be required to file with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

-65-


 

in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form; provided that the Company shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event the Company shall make available such information to prospective purchasers of 2017 B Notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the 2017 B Notes, in each case within five days after the time the Company would have been required to file such information with the SEC as required pursuant to this Section 4.03(a). To the extent any such information is not furnished within the time periods specified above in Section 4.03(a) and such information is subsequently furnished (including upon becoming publicly available, by filing such information with the SEC), the Company shall be deemed to have satisfied its obligations with respect thereto at such time and any Default with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been cured; provided that such cure shall not otherwise affect the rights of the Holders under Article 6 hereof if Holders of at least 25.0% in principal amount of the then total outstanding 2017 B Notes have declared the principal of, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding 2017 B Notes to be due and payable immediately and such declaration shall not have been rescinded or cancelled prior to such cure. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, for so long as any 2017 B Notes are outstanding the Company shall furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
          (b) In the event that any direct or indirect parent company of the Company becomes a Guarantor of the 2017 B Notes, the Company may satisfy its obligations in this Section 4.03 with respect to financial information relating to the Company by furnishing financial information relating to such parent; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.
          (c) In connection with the filings with the SEC required pursuant to clauses (1) and (2) above, the Company shall provide notice of, and host, a conference call open to the public to discuss the results for the applicable period.
          (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the requirements of this Section 4.03 shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the exchange offer or the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement by the filing with the SEC of the exchange offer registration statement or shelf registration statement in accordance with the terms of the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act.
Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate .
          (a) The Issuer and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the Trust Indenture Act) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, a certificate from the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every condition and covenant contained in this Indenture during such fiscal year and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default

-66-


 

shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto).
          (b) When any Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture of which the Issuer is aware, or if the Trustee or the holder of any other evidence of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Company gives any notice or takes any other action with respect to a claimed Default of which the Issuer is aware, the Issuer shall promptly (which shall be no more than five Business Days) deliver to the Trustee by registered or certified mail or by facsimile transmission an Officer’s Certificate specifying such event and what action the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto.
Section 4.05 Taxes .
          The Issuer shall pay or discharge, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay or discharge, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, lawful assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate actions or where the failure to effect such payment or discharge is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the 2017 B Notes.
Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws .
          The Issuer and each of the Guarantors covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.
Section 4.07 Limitation on Restricted Payments .
          (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:
          (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution or any payment having the effect thereof on account of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests (in such Person’s capacity as holder of such Equity Interests), including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation other than:
     (a) dividends or distributions payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; or
     (b) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;

-67-


 

     (2) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, including in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation;
     (3) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness other than:
     (a) Indebtedness permitted under clause (8) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; or
     (b) the payment of principal on or the purchase, redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment of principal or such purchase, redemption, defeasance, repurchase or acquisition; or
     (4) make any Restricted Investment
(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”).
          (b) Section 4.07(a) hereof shall not prohibit:
     (1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof,if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;
      (2) (a) the purchase, redemption, defeasance, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“ Treasury Capital Stock ”) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, the substantially concurrent sale or issuance (other than to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or to an employee stock ownership plan, management equity plan, other management or employment benefit plan or agreement or any trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) of, Equity Interests of the Company, or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, to the extent of the cash proceedings actually contributed to the capital of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (“ Refunding Capital Stock ”),
     (b) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Treasury Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or to an employee stock ownership plan, management equity plan, other management or employment benefit plan or agreement or any trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) of the Refunding Capital Stock, and
     (c) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (6)(a) or (b) of Section 4.07(b), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to purchase, redeem, defease, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct

-68-


 

or indirect parent company of the Company) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;
     (3) the purchase, redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, which is incurred in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof so long as:
     (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness being so purchased, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so purchased, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired and any fees and expenses incurred in connection with such purchase, redemption, defeasance, repurchase, exchange, acquisition or retirement and the issuance of such new Indebtedness;
     (b) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the 2017 B Notes or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired for value;
     (c) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so purchased, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired; and
     (d) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so purchased, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired;
     (4) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director, officer or consultant of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement (including any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company in connection with any such repurchase, retirement or acquisition), or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement; provided , however , that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year $7,500,000 with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum of $15,000,000 in any calendar year; provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:
     (a) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the capital of the

-69-


 

Company, Equity Interests of any of the direct or indirect parent companies of the Company, in each case to employees, directors, officers or consultants of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies, that occurs after the Issue Date; plus
     (b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company (or by any direct or indirect parent company to the extent actually contributed in cash to the Company) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less
     (c) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (4);
and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from employees, directors, officers or consultants of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any of the Company’s direct or indirect parent companies shall not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of this Indenture;
     (5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof;
     (6) (a) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (a) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary from the issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock;
     (b) a Restricted Payment to a direct or indirect parent company of the Company, the proceeds of which shall be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent corporation issued after the Issue Date; provided that the amount of Restricted Payments paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the capital of the Company from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or
     (c) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this Section 4.07(b);
provided , however , that, in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c) of this clause (6), for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to each of the ratio tests set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof;

-70-


 

     (7) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;
     (8) [Reserved];
     (9) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;
     (10) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (10) not to exceed $25,000,000;
     (11) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions in an aggregate amount taken together with all other dividends or distributions made pursuant to this clause (11) not to exceed $500,000,000;
     (12) any Restricted Payment used to fund or effect the Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates paid substantially concurrently with the completion of the Transactions, in each case to the extent permitted by Section 4.11 hereof;
     (13) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions similar to those set forth in Sections 4.10 and 4.14 hereof; provided , however , that all 2017 B Notes tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired for value;
     (14) (a) the declaration and payment of dividends, distributions or other amounts or the making of loans or advances by the Company, if applicable, in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of the Company to pay federal, state, local, or foreign income taxes (as the case may be) imposed directly on or paid by such parent to the extent such income taxes are paid by such parent and are attributable to the income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including by virtue of such parent being the common parent of a consolidated, combined, unitary, or similar tax group of which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries are members) and (b) the declaration and payment of dividends, other distributions or other amounts or the making of loans or advances by the Company, if applicable, in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of the Company, if applicable, to pay fees and expenses (including franchise or similar taxes) required to maintain its corporate existence, customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent of the Company, if applicable, and general corporate overhead expenses of any direct or indirect parent of the Company, if applicable, in each case to the extent such fees and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company, if applicable, and its Subsidiaries;
     (15) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries;
     (16) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that complies with Section 5.01 hereof; provided , however , that as a result of such consolidation, merger or transfer

-71-


 

of assets, the Issuer shall make a Change of Control Offer and that all 2017 B Notes tendered by Holders in connection with such Change of Control Offer have been repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired for value;
     (17) (a) any transaction constituting an Investment in connection with the Cash Management Arrangements, in each case, out of cash flow from operations of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries, (b) any transaction constituting a Restricted Payment made with (x) cash flow from operations of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries in lieu of any Investment that would have been permitted by clause (17)(a) and (y) amounts repaid under the CCU Mirror Note, and (c) if the Cash Management Arrangements are no longer in effect, Restricted Payments made with (x) cash flow from operations of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries in an amount that could have been used to make Investments and Restricted Payments if such Cash Management Arrangements referred to in clause (17)(a) were in effect as of the date such Restricted Payment is made pursuant to this clause (17)(c) and (y) amounts repaid under the CCU Mirror Note;
     (18) after December 15, 2010, the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions by the Company made with the proceeds of any Indebtedness; provided , however , that after giving pro forma effect thereto (a) in the case of dividends or distributions made with the proceeds of Subordinated Indebtedness, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio would be less than 6.0 to 1.0 and (b) in the case of dividends or distributions made with the proceeds of any Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness), the Senior Leverage Ratio would be less than 3.0 to 1.0; and
     (19) distributions, by dividend or otherwise, of Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that do not, or no longer, constitute Excess Proceeds or the Net Proceeds of any Foreign Disposition applied in accordance with clauses (2) or (3) of the proviso to the first sentence of the third paragraph under Section 5.01 hereof, in each case, because they were used to make an Asset Sale Offer or offer to purchase the 2017 B Notes as contemplated by such clauses (2) and (3); provided , however , that all 2017 B Notes validly tendered by Holders of 2017 B Notes in the Asset Sale Offer have been purchased and all 2017 A Notes validly tendered by Holders of 2017 A Notes in the 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer have been purchased and, if after giving pro forma effect to such distribution (and any other application of Net Proceeds), the Consolidated Leverage Ratio would be less than 6.0 to 1.0 and the Senior Leverage Ratio would be less than 3.0 to 1.0;
provided , however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (10) and (15) of this Section 4.07(b), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.
          (c) The Company shall not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the second to last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be Investments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation shall be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time under this Section 4.07 or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

-72-


 

Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries .
          (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:
     (1) pay (A) dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or
     (B) any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or
     (3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
          (b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:
     (1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Existing Senior Notes and the Existing Senior Notes Indentures;
     (2) (x) the Senior Credit Facilities and the related documentation and (y) the Indentures, the Notes, the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees and the guarantees of the 2017 A Notes;
     (3) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof on the property so acquired;
     (4) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;
     (5) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by or merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in existence at the time of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or amalgamation (but, in any such case, not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person so acquired and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person so acquired and its Subsidiaries or the property or assets so assumed;
     (6) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of (i) the Company or (ii) a Restricted Subsidiary, pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary that impose restrictions on the assets to be sold;

-73-


 

     (7) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 4.09 and 4.12 hereof that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;
     (8) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
     (9) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof;
     (10) customary provisions in any joint venture agreement or other similar agreement relating solely to such joint venture;
     (11) customary provisions contained in any lease, sublease, license, sublicense or similar agreement, including with respect to intellectual property, and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;
     (12) customary provisions contained in any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to any Credit Facilities as permitted pursuant to Sections 4.09 and 4.12 hereof and an Officer reasonably and in good faith determines at the time such Indebtedness is incurred (and at the time of any modification of the terms of any such encumbrance or restriction) that any such encumbrance or restriction will not materially adversely affect the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s ability to make any payments, when due, with respect to the 2017 B Notes or its Guarantee thereof and any other Indebtedness that is an obligation of the Issuer or such Guarantor and such determination is set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee; and
     (13) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (12) of this Section 4.08(b); provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, no more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.
Section 4.09 Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock .
          (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “ incur ” and collectively, an “ incurrence ”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Issuer and the Guarantors shall not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and the Company shall not permit the Issuer to, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided , however , that (1) the Issuer and the Guarantors may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock (other than Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary), and (2) any Restricted Subsidiary that is

-74-


 

not a Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if in each case (a) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio at the time such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been no greater than 6.5 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available and (b) the Senior Leverage Ratio at the time such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been no greater than 3.25 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available; provided further , however , that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), more than an aggregate of $30,000,000 of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors is outstanding pursuant to this paragraph at such time; provided further , however , that the Issuer and the Guarantors may incur Subordinated Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness that is Subordinated Indebtedness) if, in each case, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio at the time such additional Subordinated Indebtedness is incurred would have been no greater than 6.5 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Subordinated Indebtedness had been incurred and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available.
          (b) Section 4.09(a) hereof shall not apply to:
     (1) [Reserved];
     (2) the incurrence by (a) the Issuer and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by (i) the 2017 B Notes (including any Guarantee, but excluding any Additional 2017 B Notes) and (ii) the 2017 A Notes (including any guarantee of the 2017 A Notes, but excluding any Additional 2017 A Notes) and (b) CCO of Indebtedness represented by the Proceeds Loans;
     (3) the incurrence by the Issuer and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by (i) the 2017 B Exchange Notes and related guarantees of the 2017 B Exchange Notes to be issued in exchange for the 2017 B Notes (excluding any Additional 2017 B Notes) and Guarantees pursuant to the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement and (ii) the 2017 A Exchange Notes and related guarantees of the 2017 A Exchange Notes to be issued in exchange for the 2017 A Notes (excluding any Additional 2017 A Notes) and guarantees of the 2017 A Exchange Notes pursuant to the 2017 A Registration Rights Agreement;
     (4) Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date, including $150,000,000 under the Senior Credit Facilities (other than Indebtedness pursuant to clause (2) of this Section 4.09(b)), and Indebtedness incurred by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any revolving or other line of credit pursuant to which there is an unfunded commitment in effect as of the Issue Date;

-75-


 

     (5) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred or Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock issued by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary), to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Equity Interests of any Person owning such assets in an aggregate principal amount, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and all other Indebtedness incurred and Disqualified Stock and/or Preferred Stock issued and outstanding under this clause (5), not to exceed $25,000,000 at any time outstanding; so long as such Indebtedness exists at the date of such purchase, lease or improvement, or is created within 270 days thereafter;
     (6) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided , however , that upon the drawing of such bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;
     (7) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided , however , that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet (other than by application of ASC 460-10 or in respect of acquired contingencies and contingent consideration recorded under ASC 805-10) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet shall not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (7));
     (8) Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing by the Issuer or a Guarantor to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of the Notes, as applicable; provided further , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company, the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (8);
     (9) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Issuer or any parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary) issued to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or pursuant to any pledge of such Preferred

-76-


 

Stock constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (9);
     (10) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Section 4.09, exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;
     (11) obligations in respect of self-insurance, customs, stay, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees and other obligations of a like nature provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
     (12) (a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company owed or issued to CCU or any of its Subsidiaries that is a direct or indirect parent company in connection with the Cash Management Arrangements and (b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted Guarantor (other than Disqualified Stock of a parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary) and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (in the case of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, other than the Issuer or any parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary) in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $65,000,000 (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued pursuant to this clause (12)(b) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (12)(b) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness or issued such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (12)(b), with such automatic reclassification subject to the $30,000,000 limitation in the first paragraph of this covenant that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), the availability as of such date of determination under the $30,000,000 sublimit would be exceeded);
     (13) the incurrence by (1) the Issuer and the Guarantors of Indebtedness or the issuance of shares of Disqualified Stock by the Guarantors (other than Disqualified Stock of any parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary), and (2) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor of Indebtedness or the issuance of shares of Disqualified Stock or shares of Preferred Stock, in each case, that serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease:
     (a) any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued as permitted under Section 4.09(a), clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (12)(a) and (14) of this Section 4.09(b) (including with respect to (x) Section 4.09(a), any unfunded commitment for which an Officer’s Certificate has been delivered to the Trustee as provided in the definition of Consolidated Leverage Ratio or Senior Leverage Ratio, and (y) clause (4) above, any revolving or other line of credit pursuant to which there is an unfunded commitment in effect as of the Issue Date), or

-77-


 

     (b) any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock set forth in clause (a) above (including unfunded commitments that serve to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any unfunded commitments under Indebtedness set forth in such clause (a)); provided , however , that in the case of clauses (a) and (b), any unfunded commitment shall continue to be treated as outstanding for purposes of the definition of Consolidated Leverage Ratio and Senior Leverage Ratio, as applicable, to the extent such unfunded commitment was outstanding for purposes thereof prior to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance under this clause (13),
including, in each case, additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees and expenses in connection therewith or incurred as a result of original issue discount, accreted value in excess of the proceeds thereof or the stated principal amount thereof being in excess of the fair value thereof at issuance, in each case, as determined in good faith by the Company (collectively, the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”) prior to its respective maturity; provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:
     (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased (except by virtue of prepayment of such Indebtedness),
     (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness extends, replaces, refunds, refinances, renews or defeases (i) Indebtedness subordinated in right of payment or pari passu to the 2017 B Notes or any Guarantee thereof, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment or pari passu to the 2017 B Notes or the Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively,
     (C) in the case of any Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refinance Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock outstanding under clause (5) above, such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been incurred and to be outstanding under such clause (5), and not this clause (13) for purposes of determining amounts outstanding under such clauses; and
     (D) shall not include:
     (i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Guarantor; or
     (ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

-78-


 

and provided further , however that subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (13) shall not apply to any extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance of any Indebtedness under any Credit Facilities;
     (14) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (in the case of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, other than the Issuer or any parent company of the Issuer that is also a Restricted Subsidiary) incurred or issued to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided , however , that after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either:
     (i) (A) with respect to Subordinated Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued pursuant to this clause (14), the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof, and (B) with respect to any other Indebtedness, the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to each of the ratio tests set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof, or
     (ii) (A) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is less than the Consolidated Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger, and (B) other than with respect to the incurrence of Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (14), the Senior Leverage Ratio is less than the Senior Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;
      provided , however , that in each case, such determination is made on a pro forma basis taking into account such acquisition or merger;
     (15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence;
     (16) [Reserved]
     (17) (a) any guarantee by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Guarantor so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Guarantor is permitted under the terms of this Indenture;
     (b) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Company; or
     (c) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor), the Company or CCO of obligations of any other Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Issuer or a Guarantor);
      provided that, in each case, such Restricted Subsidiary shall comply with Section 4.15 hereof;

-79-


 

     (18) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company in an amount not to exceed at any one time outstanding and together with any other Indebtedness incurred under this clause (18) $30,000,000 (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (18) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (18) but shall be deemed incurred under Section 4.09(a) hereof from and after the first date on which such Foreign Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a) hereof without reliance on this clause (18), with such automatic reclassification subject to the $30,000,000 limitation in the first paragraph of this covenant that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), the availability as of such date of determination under the $30,000,000 sublimit would be exceeded;
     (19) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to future, current or former officers, directors, employees and consultants thereof or any direct or indirect parent thereof, their respective estates, heirs, family members, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies to the extent described in clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof;
     (20) cash management obligations and Indebtedness in respect of netting services, employee credit card programs and similar arrangements in connection with cash management and deposit accounts; and
     (21) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods purchased in the ordinary course of business.
     (c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09:
     (1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (21) of Section 4.09(b) hereof or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof, the Company, in its sole discretion, may classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and shall only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses of Section 4.09(b) hereof or under Section 4.09(a) hereof; provided that (x) all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facilities on the Issue Date shall be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under clause (4) of Section 4.09(b) hereof, (y) any Secured Indebtedness being reclassified shall only be reclassified to the extent that the Lien is also permitted with respect to such Secured Indebtedness as so reclassified and (z) Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may be reclassified only to the extent that, after giving effect to such reclassification (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), such Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor would be permitted to incur the Indebtedness or issue the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as so reclassified on the date; and
     (2) at the time of incurrence or any reclassification thereafter, the Company shall be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in

-80-


 

more than one of the types of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in Sections 4.09(a) and 4.09(b) hereof; provided , however , that (x) with respect to Secured Indebtedness, such Secured Indebtedness may only be classified or reclassified as a type of Indebtedness to the extent such Indebtedness may also be secured by a Lien under this Indenture and (y) with respect to such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock may only be classified or reclassified as a type of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock to the extent such Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor may so incur such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under this Indenture on the date of classification or reclassification.
          (d) Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09.
          (e) For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not (i) exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus (ii) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing.
          (f) The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing. The principal amount of any non-interest bearing Indebtedness or other discount security constituting Indebtedness at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the Company dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP.
          (g) The Company shall not, and shall not permit the Issuer or any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is contractually subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the 2017 B Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be. Subordination shall refer to contractual payment subordination and not to structural subordination. This Indenture shall not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured, (2) unsubordinated Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other unsubordinated Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral or (3) Indebtedness

-81-


 

as subordinated or junior Indebtedness merely because it is structurally subordinated to other Indebtedness.
Section 4.10 Asset Sales .
          (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale, unless:
     (1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and
     (2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:
     (a) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto) of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes (or Guarantees) or that are owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which the Company and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing,
     (b) any securities, notes or other obligations or assets received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, and
     (c) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed $75,000,000 at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value
shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose.
     (b) Within 18 months after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale:
     (1) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, then the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale to permanently reduce Obligations under Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Issuer or the Guarantors (other than any Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities) that is secured by a Lien, which Lien is permitted by this Indenture, and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;
     (2) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, then the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale to

-82-


 

permanently reduce Obligations under (i) the 2017 B Notes (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100.0% of the principal amount thereof) or (ii) any other Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto); provided , however , that the Issuer shall equally and ratably reduce (or offer to reduce) Obligations under the 2017 B Notes as provided in Section 5 of each of the Notes and Sections 3.02 and 3.07 hereof, through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 and Section 4.10(c) hereof) to all Holders of 2017 B Notes to purchase a pro rata amount of 2017 B Notes at 100.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued but unpaid interest;
     (3) [Reserved];
     (4) [Reserved];
     (5) by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Issuer or a Guarantor, then such Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Issuer or a Guarantor, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds of such Asset Sale to permanently reduce Obligations under Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not the Issuer or not Guarantors, and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto; or
     (6) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, then the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale to (a) make an Investment in any one or more businesses; provided , however , that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) acquire properties, (c) make capital expenditures or (d) acquire other assets that, in the case of each of clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) either (x) are used or useful in a Similar Business or (y) replace the businesses, properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;
provided , however , that, in the case of clause (6) above, a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Issuer or such other Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds shall be applied to satisfy such commitment within the later of 18 months after receipt of such Net Proceeds and 180 days following such commitment; provided further , however , that if such commitment is cancelled or terminated after the later of such 18 month or 180 day period for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds.
          (c) Any Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale pursuant to Section 4.10(b) that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in Section 4.10(b) hereof shall be deemed to constitute “ Excess Proceeds ”, except the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reduced by the sum of the amount of the 2017 B Notes offered to be purchased in an offer pursuant to clause (2) above and the amount of 2017 A Notes offered to be purchased in a 2017 A Notes Purchase Offer by reason of clause (2) above. When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds with respect to the 2017 B Notes exceeds $50,000,000, the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of the 2017 B Notes and, if required by the terms of any Pari Passu Indebtedness, to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of such 2017 B Notes and the maximum aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if less) of such Pari Passu Indebtedness that is a minimum

-83-


 

of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 thereof (in aggregate principal amount) that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture. The Issuer shall commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $50,000,000 by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC. The Issuer, in its sole discretion, may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale by making an Asset Sale Offer with respect to such Net Proceeds prior to the expiration of the relevant 18 month period (or such longer period provided above) or with respect to Excess Proceeds of $50,000,000 or less.
          To the extent that the aggregate principal amount of 2017 B Notes and the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds with respect to the 2017 B Notes, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, including to make Restricted Payments, subject to the other covenants contained in this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of 2017 B Notes and the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered in an Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds with respect to the 2017 B Notes, the Trustee or the Paying Agent shall select the 2017 B Notes and the Issuer or the agent for such Pari Passu Indebtedness shall select such other Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of the 2017 B Notes and the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.
          (d) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this Section 4.10, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility, including under any Credit Facilities, or otherwise invest or apply such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.
          (e) The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-l under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the 2017 B Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.
Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates .
          (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of their properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $10,000,000, unless:
     (1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and

-84-


 

     (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $20,000,000, a resolution adopted by the majority of the Board of Directors approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) of this Section 4.1 l(a).
     (b) Section 4.11(a) hereof shall not apply to the following:
     (1) transactions between or among the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (2) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07 hereof and Investments constituting Permitted Investments;
     (3) for so long as the Company is a member of a group filing a consolidated, combined, unitary, or similar group tax return with any direct or indirect parent company of the Company (regardless of whether the Company is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of such parent company), payments in respect of the hypothetical consolidated, combined, unitary, or similar group tax liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries, determined as if the Company were the common parent of a group of a separate affiliated group of corporations filing a consolidated federal income tax return (or the common parent of the applicable comparable group filing a consolidated, combined, unitary, or similar group tax return under state, local, or foreign law);
     (4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation consistent with past practice or industry practices paid to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (5) transactions in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis;
     (6) any agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby with an affiliate as in effect as of the Issue Date, including the CCU Mirror Note and the CCOH Mirror Note, and any extension, amendment, restatement, modification or other supplement to, or replacement of, any of the foregoing otherwise permitted by this Indenture and so long as any such extension, amendment, restatement, modification or other supplement is not materially adverse in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;
     (7) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement, principal investors agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing

-85-


 

agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise materially adverse in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors to the Holders when taken as a whole;
     (8) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions, including Transaction Expenses;
     (9) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, contractors, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture which are fair to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as would reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;
     (10) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;
     (11) [Reserved];
     (12) payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Investors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors in good faith or as otherwise permitted by this Indenture;
     (13) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and employment agreements, severance arrangements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors in good faith; and
     (14) (a) Investments by the Investors in debt securities of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any payments in respect thereof so long as (i) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities, and (b) payments in respect of any Public Debt or Notes held by Affiliates.
          (c) Notwithstanding Sections 4.1 l(a) and 4.1 l(b) hereof, the Company will be permitted to engage in any Affiliate Transaction (i) constituting set off or other payments under the CCU Mirror Note and (ii) involving Net Proceeds of Asset Sales (or Excess Proceeds related thereto) or Foreign Dispositions applied in a manner that complies with Sections 4.10 or 5.01 hereof.
Section 4.12 Liens .
          (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) on any asset or property of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, or any income or profits therefrom or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:

-86-


 

     (1) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the 2017 B Notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or
     (2) in all other cases, the 2017 B Notes or the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured.
          (b) Section 4.12(a) hereof shall not apply to Liens securing the 2017 B Notes and the related Guarantees thereof or the 2017 B Exchange Notes and the related guarantees thereof.
          (c) Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the 2017 B Notes pursuant to this Section 4.12 shall be deemed automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the applicable Lien described in clauses (1) and (2) of Section 4.12(a) hereof.
Section 4.13 Corporate Existence .
          Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Issuer and the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence, in accordance with its organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time).
Section 4.14 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control .
          (a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding 2017 B Notes as set forth in each of Section 5 of the 2017 B Notes and Sections 3.03 and 3.07 hereof, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase all of the 2017 B Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at a price in cash (the “ Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the 2017 B Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer shall send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of 2017 B Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register with a copy to the Trustee, or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, with the following information:
     (1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.14, and that all 2017 B Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer shall be accepted for payment by the Issuer;
     (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”);
     (3) that any 2017 B Note not properly tendered shall remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;
     (4) that unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all 2017 B Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

-87-


 

     (5) that Holders electing to have any 2017 B Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer shall be required to surrender such 2017 B Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such 2017 B Notes completed, to the Paying Agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;
     (6) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their tendered 2017 B Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such 2017 B Notes; provided that the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the fifth Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the 2017 B Notes, the principal amount of 2017 B Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered 2017 B Notes and its election to have such 2017 B Notes purchased;
     (7) that the Holders whose 2017 B Notes are being repurchased only in part shall be issued new 2017 B Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the 2017 B Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the 2017 B Notes must be equal to a minimum of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in principal amount;
     (8) if such notice is mailed prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control; and
     (9) the other instructions, as determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section 4.14, that a Holder must follow.
          The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. If (a) the notice is mailed in a manner herein provided and (b) any Holder fails to receive such notice or a Holder receives such notice but it is defective, such Holder’s failure to receive such notice or such defect shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the purchase of the 2017 B Notes as to all other Holders that properly received such notice without defect. The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-l under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of 2017 B Notes by the Issuer pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue thereof.
     (b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent permitted by law,
     (1) accept for payment all 2017 B Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
     (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all 2017 B Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and
     (3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation (and delivery to the Paying Agent) the 2017 B Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the

-88-


 

Trustee stating that such 2017 B Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer.
          (c) The Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all 2017 B Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.
          (d) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 4.14, any purchase pursuant to this Section 4.14 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.02, 3.05 and 3.06 hereof.
Section 4.15 Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries .
          The Company shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, other than a Guarantor or an Immaterial Subsidiary, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness in excess of $10,000,000 of the Issuer or any Guarantor unless:
     (1) such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor, if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the 2017 B Notes or a related Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the 2017 B Notes or such Guarantor’s related Guarantee; and
     (2) such Restricted Subsidiary shall within 30 days deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
provided that this covenant shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary. The Company may elect, in its sole discretion, to cause any Subsidiary that is not otherwise required to be a Guarantor to become a Guarantor, in which case such Subsidiary shall not be required to comply with the 30 day periods set forth above.
          The Company may elect, in its sole discretion, to cause any Subsidiary that is not otherwise required to be a Restricted Guarantor to become a Restricted Guarantor, in which case such Subsidiary shall not be required to comply with the 30 day periods set forth in clauses (1) and (2) of this Section 4.15.
Section 4.16 Liquidity Amount .
          On the Issue Date, (1) the Issuer and the Guarantors shall have $50,000,000 in any combination of cash, other liquid assets under their sole dominion and control on an unrestricted basis and not subject to any Lien (such cash and liquid assets, the “ Guarantor Liquidity Assets ”) and cash available

-89-


 

to be borrowed by the Issuer or the Guarantors in U.S. dollars under any Credit Facility to which the Company is a party (but to which none of its Affiliates (other than the Issuer and Restricted Guarantors) is a party) (the “ Guarantor Liquidity Facility ”) for which all conditions to borrowing have been and remain satisfied (such $50,000,000 amount, the “ Guarantor Liquidity Amount ”) and the Company shall maintain such Liquidity Amount at all times and (2) the Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors shall have, and the Company shall cause the Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to have, $50,000,000 (or an equivalent amount in other currencies) in any combination of cash, other liquid assets under their sole dominion and control on an unrestricted basis and not subject to any Lien (such cash and liquid assets, the “ Non-Guarantor Liquidity Assets ”) and cash available to be borrowed by any one or more of the Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors under any Credit Facility to which none of the Company’s Affiliates (other than the Company and any Restricted Subsidiaries) is a party (the “ Non-Guarantor Liquidity Facility ” and, together with the Guarantor Liquidity Facility, the “Liquidity Facilities”) for which all conditions to borrowing have been and remain satisfied (such $50,000,000 amount (or an equivalent amount in other currencies), the “ Non-Guarantor Liquidity Amount ”) and the Company shall cause the Non-Guarantor Liquidity Amount to be maintained at all times. The Liquidity Facilities shall only constitute Liquidity Facilities to the extent all conditions to borrowing thereunder are satisfied (other than any notice of borrowing that may be required) and the amount available under any Liquidity Facility shall be part of the Guarantor Liquidity Amount or the Non-Guarantor Liquidity Amount without duplication. Assets that constitute Guarantor Liquidity Assets shall not also constitute Non-Guarantor Liquidity Assets and vice versa. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guarantor Liquidity Assets and the Non-Guarantor Liquidity Assets may be subject to Permitted Liquidity Liens.
ARTICLE 5
SUCCESSORS
Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .
          (a) Neither the Company nor the Issuer may consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, is the surviving corporation), nor may the Company or the Issuer sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, and its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:
     (1) the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Company, the Issuer or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company” ) : provided that in the case where the Successor Company is not a corporation, a co- obligor of the 2017 B Notes is a corporation;
     (2) the Successor Company, if other than the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, under the Company’s Guarantee or the 2017 B Notes, as applicable, pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

-90-


 

     (3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;
     (4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period,
     (A) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to each of the ratio tests set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof, or
     (B) (x) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or less than such Consolidated Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger and (y) the Senior Leverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or less than such Senior Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;
     (5) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case clause (1)(B) of Section 5.01(c) shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the 2017 B Notes; and
     (6) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture.
          (b) The Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for, the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, under this Indenture and the 2017 B Notes, as applicable. Notwithstanding clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a) hereof,
     (1) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Issuer) may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or a Guarantor; and
     (2) the Company or the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate of the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, solely for the purpose of reorganizing the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be, in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.
Notwithstanding Sections 5.01(a) and 5.01(b), other than Section 5.01(a)(3) which shall be applicable, any Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer that are not Guarantors may consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into, and the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of, or Equity Interests in, its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions to any Person (such disposition, a “ Foreign Disposition ”); provided , however , that (1) such Foreign Disposition is made in compliance with Sections 4.10(a)(l) and 4.10(a)(2), (2) if, on a pro forma basis, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio would be less than 6.0 to 1.0 and the Senior Leverage Ratio would be less than 3.0 to 1.0, then the Issuer shall apply the Net Proceeds of such Foreign Disposition in accordance with Section 4.10(b) or to make an Asset Sale Offer or otherwise in accordance

-91-


 

with the this Indenture, and (3) if, on a pr o forma basis, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio would be equal to or greater than 6.0 to 1.0 or the Senior Leverage Ratio would be equal to or greater than 3.0 to 1.0, then the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase all the outstanding 2017 B Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof in a manner and time frame as would be required if such offer were a Change of Control Offer. If a Foreign Disposition does not constitute a disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer, this paragraph shall not be applicable.
          (c) No Restricted Guarantor shall, and the Company shall not permit any Restricted Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Company or such Restricted Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:
     (1) (A) such Guarantor is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”):
     (B) the Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
     (C) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and
     (D) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture; or
          (2) the transaction complies with clauses (1) and (2) of Section 4.10(a) hereof.
          (d) In the case of clause (1) of Section 5.01(c) hereof, the Successor Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor (other than the Company, which is covered by Section 5.01 (a)) may (1) merge or consolidate with or into or wind up into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuer, (2) merge with an Affiliate of the Company solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Guarantor in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof or (3) convert into (which may be effected by merger with a Restricted Subsidiary that has substantially no assets and liabilities) a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability corporation or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor (which may be effected by merger so long as the survivor thereof is a Guarantor).
Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted .
          Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in accordance with Section 5.01

-92-


 

hereof, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Issuer is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the Issuer shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Issuer), and may exercise every right and power of the Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such Successor Person had been named as the Issuer herein; provided that the predecessor Issuer shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest and Special Interest, if any, on the 2017 B Notes except in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all of the Issuer’s assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 hereof.
ARTICLE 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
Section 6.01 Events of Default .
          (a) An “ Event of Default ” wherever used herein means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):
     (1) default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the 2017 B Notes;
     (2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest on or with respect to the 2017 B Notes;
     (3) failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25.0% in principal amount of the then outstanding 2017 B Notes (with a copy to the Trustee) to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (9) of this Section 6.01(a)) contained in this Indenture or the 2017 B Notes;
     (4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the 2017 B Notes, if both:
     (a) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated final maturity; and

-93-


 

     (b) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $35,000,000 or more at any one time outstanding, in each case, other than as a result of an Excluded Event;
     (5) failure by the Company, the Issuer, or any other Significant Party to pay final non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of $35,000,000, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 90 days after such judgments become final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;
     (6) the Company, the Issuer or any other Significant Party, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:
     (i) commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;
     (ii) consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under applicable Bankruptcy Law;
     (iii) consents to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property;
     (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or
     (v) generally is not paying its debts as they become due;
     (7) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
     (i) is for relief against the Issuer or any Significant Party in a proceeding in which the Issuer or any such Significant Party is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;
     (ii) appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Issuer or any Significant Party, or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or any Significant Party; or
     (iii) orders the liquidation of the Issuer or any Significant Party;
and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days;
     (8) the Guarantee of any Significant Party shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Party, as the case may be, denies in writing that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives written notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of this Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture; and

-94-


 

     (9) failure to maintain the Guarantor Liquidity Amount or the Non-Guarantor Liquidity Amount which failure continues for more than fifteen (15) consecutive business days; provided , however , that upon the event of a CCU Credit Event and during the continuance thereof, for the period that is the shorter of the continuance of the CCU Credit Event and 60 days after the occurrence of such CCU Credit Event, it shall not be an Event of Default if the Guarantor Liquidity Amount and the Non-Guarantor Liquidity Amount shall each be at least $25,000,000 during such period.
          (b) In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) of Section 6.01(a) hereof, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the 2017 B Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose:
     (1) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged; or
     (2) holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or
     (3) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.
Section 6.02 Acceleration .
          If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof with respect to the Issuer or the Company) occurs and is continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25.0% in principal amount of the then total outstanding 2017 B Notes (with a copy to the Trustee) may declare the principal of, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding 2017 B Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be due and payable immediately. The Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate the 2017 B Notes if in the best judgment of the Trustee, acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders of the 2017 B Notes.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof with respect to the Issuer, all outstanding 2017 B Notes shall be due and payable without further action or notice.
Section 6.03 Other Remedies .
          If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the 2017 B Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the 2017 B Notes or this Indenture.
          The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the 2017 B Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a 2017 B Notes in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

-95-


 

Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults .
          The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding 2017 B Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the 2017 B Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under this Indenture (except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of any 2017 B Note held by a non-consenting Holder) and rescind any acceleration with respect to the 2017 B Notes and its consequences (except if such rescission would conflict with any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction). Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereto.
Section 6.05 Control by Majority .
          Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then total outstanding 2017 B Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a 2017 B Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.
Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits .
          Subject to Section 6.07 hereof, no Holder of a 2017 B Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the 2017 B Notes unless:
     (1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;
     (2) Holders of at least 25.0% in principal amount of the total outstanding 2017 B Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
     (3) Holders of the 2017 B Notes have offered the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;
     (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and
     (5) Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding 2017 B Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.
          A Holder of a 2017 B Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a 2017 B Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a 2017 B Note.
Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of 2017 B Notes To Receive Payment .
          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a 2017 B Note to receive payment of principal premium, if any, and Special Interest, if any, and interest on the 2017 B Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the 2017 B Note (including in connection with an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer), or to bring suit for the enforcement of

-96-


 

any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee .
          If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(l) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer or the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and Special Interest, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the 2017 B Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.
Section 6.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies .
          If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted.
Section 6.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative .
          Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen 2017 B Notes in Section 2.07 hereof, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.
Section 6.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver .
          No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any 2017 B Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.
Section 6.12 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .
          The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the 2017 B Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the 2017 B Notes including the Guarantors), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to participate as a member in any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on

-97-


 

any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the 2017 B Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.
Section 6.13 Priorities .
          If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:
     (i) to the Trustee and the Agents and their respective agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and any Agent and the costs and expenses of collection;
     (ii) to Holders of 2017 B Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the 2017 B Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Special Interest, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the 2017 B Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Special Interest, if any, and interest, respectively; and
     (iii) to the Issuer, to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct, including a Guarantor, if applicable.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, all amounts in the Trustee Account shall be paid first to the Holders of 2017 B Notes. The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of 2017 B Notes pursuant to this Section 6.13.
Section 6.14 Undertaking for Costs .
          In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a 2017 B Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding 2017 B Notes.

-98-


 

ARTICLE 7
TRUSTEE
Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee .
          (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs; provided that if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered the Trustee indemnity, security or perfunding satisfactory to the Trustee in its sole discretion, as applicable, against loss, liability or expense.
          (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
          (i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
          (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).
          (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:
          (i) this paragraph (c) does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;
          (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and
          (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.
          (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to this Section 7.01.
          (e) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the 2017 B Notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

-99-


 

          (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law or as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer.
          (g) In the absence of bad faith, negligence or wilful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee.
          (h) Subject to the provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee will hold the Trustee Account in trust for the benefit of Holders of 2017 B Notes and shall be responsible for payment of amounts therefrom.
Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee .
          (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.
          (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.
          (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care.
          (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.
          (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer.
          (f) None of the provisions of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise to incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not assured to it.
          (g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or Event of Default is received by the Trustee

-100-


 

at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the 2017 B Notes and this Indenture.
          (h) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.
          (i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder.
          (j) In the event the Issuer is required to pay Special Interest, the Issuer shall provide written notice to the Trustee of the Issuer’s obligation to pay Special Interest no later than 15 days prior to the next Interest Payment Date which notice shall set forth the amount of the Special Interest to be paid by the Issuer. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holders to determine whether the Special Interest is payable or the amount thereof.
Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee .
          The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of 2017 B Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.
Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer .
          The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the 2017 B Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the 2017 B Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the 2017 B Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the 2017 B Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.
Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults .
          If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of 2017 B Notes a notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. The Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default, except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of any covenants contained in Article 4.
Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the 2017 B Notes .
          Within 60 days after each May 15, beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as 2017 B Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of

-101-


 

the 2017 B Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) (but if no event described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c).
          A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of 2017 B Notes shall be mailed to the Issuer and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the 2017 B Notes are listed in accordance with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d). The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee when the 2017 B Notes are listed on any stock exchange or delisted therefrom.
Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity .
          The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee and any Agent from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse each of the Trustee and each Agent promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services (other than amounts in the Trustee Account). Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements (other than amounts in the Trustee Account) and expenses of the Trustee’s or each such Agent’s agents and counsel.
          The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify each of the Trustee and each Agent for, and hold each of the Trustee and each Agent harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder (including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer or any of the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) or defending itself against any claim whether asserted by any Holder, the Issuer or any Guarantor, or liability in connection with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder). Each of the Trustee and each Agent shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee or any Agent to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee or applicable Agent may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee or any Agent through such Person’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.
          The obligations of the Issuer under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee or any Agent, as applicable.
          To secure the payment obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Section 7.07, each of the Trustee and each Agent shall have a Lien prior to the 2017 B Notes on all money or property held or collected by such Person, except money or property held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular 2017 B Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.
          When the Trustee or any Agent incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01 (a) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

-102-


 

          The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.
Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee or Agent .
          A resignation or removal of the Trustee or any Agent and appointment of a successor Trustee or any successor Agent shall become effective only upon the acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08 by such successor Trustee or successor Agent, as applicable. The Trustee or any Agent may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding 2017 B Notes may remove the Trustee or any Agent by so notifying the Trustee or such Agent and the Issuer in writing. The Issuer may remove the Trustee or any Agent if:
     (a) in the case of the Trustee, such Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;
     (b) the Trustee or such Agent is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent Person or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;
     (c) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or such Agent or such Person’s property; or
     (d) the Trustee or such Agent becomes incapable of acting.
          If the Trustee or any Agent resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee or any Agent for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or successor Agent. Within one year after the successor Trustee or successor Agent takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding 2017 B Notes may appoint a successor Trustee or successor Agent, as applicable, to replace such successor Trustee or successor Agent appointed by the Issuer.
          If a successor Trustee or successor Agent does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee or Agent, as applicable, resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or Agent (at the Issuer’s expense), the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding 2017 B Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee or successor Agent.
          If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
          A successor Trustee or successor Agent shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee or Agent and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee or Agent shall become effective, and the successor Trustee or successor Agent shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee or the applicable Agent under this Indenture. The successor Trustee or successor Agent shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee or Agent shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee or Agent to the successor Trustee or successor Agent, as applicable; provided all sums owing to the retiring Trustee or Agent hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of

-103-


 

the Trustee or any Agent pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee or Agent.
Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc .
          If the Trustee or any Agent consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust or relevant agent business, as applicable, to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee or successor Agent, as applicable.
Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification .
          There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.
          This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Sections 310(a)(l), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b).
Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer .
          The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 31l(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act Section 31l(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 31l(a) to the extent indicated therein.
ARTICLE 8
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
Section 8.01 Option To Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .
          The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof applied to all outstanding 2017 B Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.
Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge .
          Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding 2017 B Notes and Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (“ Legal Defeasance ”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding 2017 B Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (a) and (b) below, to have satisfied all its other obligations under such 2017 B Notes and this Indenture including that of the Guarantors (and the Trustee, on demand of and at

-104-


 

the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same) and to have cured all then existing Events of Default, except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:
          (a) the rights of Holders of 2017 B Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the 2017 B Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to this Indenture as referenced in Section 8.04 hereof;
          (b) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to 2017 B Notes concerning issuing temporary 2017 B Notes, registration of such 2017 B Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen 2017 B Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;
          (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and
          (d) this Section 8.02.
          Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.
Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance .
               Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants (each, a “ Defeased Covenant , and collectively, the “ Defeased Covenants ”) contained in Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15 and 4.16 hereof and clauses (4) and (5) of Section 5.01(a), Sections 5.01(c) and 5.01(d) hereof with respect to the outstanding 2017 B Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (“ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the 2017 B Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such Defeased Covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such 2017 B Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding 2017 B Notes, the Issuer may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any Defeased Covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such Defeased Covenant or by reason of any reference in any such Defeased Covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document, and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such 2017 B Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(a)(3), 6.01(a)(4), 6.01(a)(5), 6.01(a)(6) (solely with respect to any Significant Party), 6.01(a)(7) (solely with respect to any Significant Party) and 6.01(a)(8) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.

-105-


 

Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance .
     In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the 2017 B Notes:
     (1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the 2017 B Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as shall be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal amount of, premium, if any, and interest due on the 2017 B Notes on the stated maturity date or on the redemption date, as the case may be, of such principal amount, premium, if any, or interest on such 2017 B Notes, and the Issuer must specify whether such 2017 B Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;
     (2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,
     (a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or
     (b) since the issuance of the 2017 B Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,
in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the 2017 B Notes shall not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and shall be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
     (3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the 2017 B Notes shall not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and shall be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
     (4) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to such other Indebtedness, and in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;
     (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any Senior Credit Facility or any other material agreement or instrument governing Indebtedness (other than this Indenture) to which, the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such

-106-


 

Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);
     (6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or any Guarantor or others; and
     (7) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.
Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions .
          Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding 2017 B Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such 2017 B Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer or a Guarantor acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such 2017 B Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Special Interest, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
          The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding 2017 B Notes.
          Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request of the Issuer any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
Section 8.06 Repayment to Issuer .
          Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, or interest on any 2017 B Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium and Special Interest, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its request or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such 2017 B Notes shall thereafter look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

-107-


 

Section 8.07 Reinstatement .
          If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the 2017 B Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, or interest on any 2017 B Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such 2017 B Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes .
          Notwithstanding Section 9.02 hereof, the Issuer, any Guarantor (with respect to a Guarantee to which it is a party or this Indenture) and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture and any Guarantee or 2017 B Notes without the consent of any Holder:
     (1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;
     (2) to provide for uncertificated 2017 B Notes in addition to or in place of certificated 2017 B Notes;
     (3) to comply with Section 5.01 hereof;
     (4) to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders in a transaction that complies with this Indenture;
     (5) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;
     (6) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor;
     (7) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;
     (8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof;
     (9) to add a Guarantor under this Indenture;
     (10) to conform the text of this Indenture or the Guarantees or the 2017 B Notes to any provision of the “Description of the Series B Notes” section of the Offering Circular to the

-108-


 

extent that such provision in such “Description of the Series B Notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Guarantee or the 2017 B Notes;
     (11) to provide for the issuance of 2017 B Exchange Notes or private exchange notes, which are identical to 2017 B Exchange Notes except that they are not freely transferable; or
     (12) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of 2017 B Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including to facilitate the issuance and administration of the 2017 B Notes; provided , however , that (a) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in 2017 B Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (b) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer 2017 B Notes.
          Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02(b) hereof (to the extent requested by the Trustee), the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into any such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel shall be required in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit D hereto, and delivery of an Officer’s Certificate.
Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes .
          Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, any Guarantee and the 2017 B Notes with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the 2017 B Notes then outstanding, other than 2017 B Notes beneficially owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates, including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, 2017 B Notes, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the 2017 B Notes issued thereunder may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding 2017 B Notes, other than 2017 B Notes beneficially owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for such 2017 B Notes.
          Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of 2017 B Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02(b) hereof (to the extent requested by the Trustee), the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture.

-109-


 

          It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of 2017 B Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.
          After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the Holders of 2017 B Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.
          Without the consent of each affected Holder of 2017 B Notes, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not, with respect to any 2017 B Notes held by a non-consenting Holder:
     (1) reduce the principal amount of such 2017 B Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;
     (2) reduce the principal amount of or change the fixed final maturity of any such 2017 B Note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such 2017 B Notes (other than provisions relating to Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.14 hereof);
     (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any 2017 B Note;
     (4) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the 2017 B Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the 2017 B Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the 2017 B Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration) or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in this Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all affected Holders;
     (5) make any 2017 B Note payable in money other than that stated therein;
     (6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the 2017 B Notes;
     (7) make any change to this paragraph of this Section 9.02;
     (8) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or interest on such Holder’s 2017 B Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s 2017 B Notes;
     (9) make any change to the ranking of the 2017 B Notes that would adversely affect the Holders;
     (10) except as expressly permitted by this Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any Significant Party in any manner adverse to the Holders of the 2017 B Notes; or
     (11) after the Issuer’s obligation to purchase 2017 B Notes arises thereunder, amend, change or modify in any respect materially adverse to the Holders of the 2017 B Notes the

-110-


 

obligations of the Issuer to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change of Control or make and consummate an Asset Sale Offer with respect to any Asset Sale that has been consummated or, after such Change or Control has occurred or such Asset Sale has been consummated, modify any of the provisions or definitions with respect thereto in a manner that is materially adverse to the Holders of the 2017 B Notes.
          Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, (1) no amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the 2017 B Notes that modifies or waives the specific rights or obligations of any Agent may be made without the consent of such Agent (it being understood that the Trustee’s execution of any such amendment or supplement shall constitute such consent if the Trustee is then also acting as such Agent).
Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act .
          Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the 2017 B Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.
Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents .
          Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a 2017 B Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a 2017 B Note and every subsequent Holder of a 2017 B Note or portion of a 2017 B Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s 2017 B Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any 2017 B Note. However, any such Holder of a 2017 B Note or subsequent Holder of a 2017 B Note may revoke the consent as to its 2017 B Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.
          The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement, or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date unless the consent of the requisite number of Holders has been obtained.
Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes .
          The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any 2017 B Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all 2017 B Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new 2017 B Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.
          Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new 2017 B Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

-111-


 

Section 9.06 Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc .
          The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Issuer may not sign an amendment, supplement or waiver until its board of directors approves it. In executing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be provided with and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and any Guarantors party thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03 hereof). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel shall be required for the Trustee to execute any amendment or supplement adding a new Guarantor under this Indenture.
Section 9.07 Payment for Consent .
          The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to or for the benefit of any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the 2017 B Notes unless such consideration is offered to all Holders and is paid to all Holders that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.
ARTICLE 10
GUARANTEES
Section 10.01 Guarantee .
          Subject to this Article 10, from and after the consummation of the Transactions, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees on a senior unsecured basis to each Holder of a 2017 B Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the 2017 B Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal of, and interest, premium and Special Interest, if any, on the 2017 B Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the 2017 B Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other Obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or under the 2017 B Notes shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any 2017 B Notes or any of such other obligations, the same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment by the Issuer when due of any amount so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.
          The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of this Indenture or the 2017 B Notes, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the 2017 B Notes with respect

-112-


 

to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor (other than payment in full of all of the Obligations of the Issuer hereunder and under the 2017 B Notes). Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the 2017 B Notes and this Indenture or by release in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.
          Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01.
          If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, then this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.
          Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantees.
          Each Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the 2017 B Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the 2017 B Notes or Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the 2017 B Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.
          In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
          The Guarantee issued by any Guarantor shall be a general unsecured senior obligation of such Guarantor, and will rank pari passu in right of payment to all unsubordinated indebtedness of the relevant Guarantor, including, the guarantee by such Guarantor of the 2017 A Notes and, in the case of the Company, the Company’s Obligations under the CCOH Mirror Note. Each Guarantor’s obligations

-113-


 

under its Guarantee will be effectively subordinated to the obligations of the Guarantor under its Secured Indebtedness, if any, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness.
          Each payment to be made by a Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.
Section 10.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability .
          Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of 2017 B Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of any Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.
Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery .
          (a) To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture (or a supplemental indenture pursuant to Section 4.15 hereof) shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by its President, one of its Vice Presidents or one of its Assistant Vice Presidents.
          (b) Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the 2017 B Notes.
          (c) If an officer of a Guarantor whose signature is on this Indenture (or a supplemental indenture pursuant to Section 4.15 hereof) no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates a 2017 B Note, the Guarantee of such Guarantor shall be valid nevertheless.
          (d) The delivery of any 2017 B Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.
          (e) If required by Section 4.15 hereof, the Issuer shall cause any newly created or acquired Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.15 hereof and this Article 10, to the extent applicable.

-114-


 

Section 10.04 Subrogation .
          Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of 2017 B Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.01 hereof; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under this Indenture or the 2017 B Notes shall have been paid in full.
Section 10.05 Benefits Acknowledged .
          Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
Section 10.06 Release of Guarantees .
          A Guarantee by a Restricted Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by such Guarantor, the Issuer or the Trustee is required for the release of such Guarantor’s Guarantee, upon:
     (1) (A) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) of (i) the Capital Stock of such Restricted Guarantor after which the applicable Restricted Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) all or substantially all of the assets of such Restricted Guarantor, which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with Sections 4.10(a)(1) and (2) hereof;
     (B) the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
     (C) such Restricted Guarantor ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of a transaction or designation permitted under this Indenture; provided , however , if such Restricted Guarantor, immediately prior thereto, was a guarantor of other capital markets debt securities of the Issuer or a Guarantor and continues to be a guarantor of such other capital markets debt securities of the Issuer or a Guarantor, no such release shall be permitted;
     (D) the exercise by the Issuer of its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as set forth in Article 8 hereof or the discharge of the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture in accordance with the terms set forth in Article 12 hereof; and
          (2) such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

-115-


 

ARTICLE 11
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
Section 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge .
          This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all 2017 B Notes, when either:
     (1) all 2017 B Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed 2017 B Notes which have been replaced or paid and 2017 B Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
     (2) (A) all 2017 B Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, shall become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption and redeemed within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the 2017 B Notes cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the 2017 B Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption thereof, as the case may be;
     (B) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit or any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to this Indenture or the 2017 B Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any Senior Credit Facility or any other material agreement or instrument governing Indebtedness (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);
     (C) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and
     (D) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the 2017 B Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.
          In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

-116-


 

          Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (A) of clause (2) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of Section 11.02 and Section 8.06 hereof shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.
Section 11.02 Application of Trust Money .
          Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the 2017 B Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Special Interest, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
          If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the 2017 B Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, premium and Special Interest, if any, or interest on any 2017 B Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such 2017 B Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE 12
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 12.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls .
          If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Trust Indenture Act Section 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.
Section 12.02 Notices .
          Any notice or communication by the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:
If to the Issuer and/or any Guarantor:
Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.
200 East Basse Road
San Antonio, TX 78209
Attention: Brian Coleman, Senior Vice President and Treasurer
Telephone: (210) 832-3311
Facsimile: (210) 832-3432

-117-


 

with a copy to:
Ropes & Gray LLP
1211 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY
Attention: Jay J. Kim, Esq.
Telephone: (212) 596-9000
Facsimile: (212) 596-9090
If to the Trustee, the initial Paying Agent and the Registrar:
U.S. Bank National Association
60 Livingston Avenue
St. Paul, Minnesota, 55107
Attention: Clear Channel Administrator
Facsimile: (651) 495-8097
          The Issuer, the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
          All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five calendar days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed by first-class mail; when receipt acknowledged, if faxed; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; and, subject to compliance with the Trust Indenture Act, on the first date on which publication is made, if given by publication; provided that any notice or communication delivered to the Trustee shall be deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof.
          Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first-class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.
          If a notice or communication is mailed or otherwise delivered in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, such notice or communication shall be deemed duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.
          If the Issuer mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.
Section 12.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes .
          Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the 2017 B Notes. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act Section 312(c).

-118-


 

Section 12.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent .
     Upon any request or application by the Issuer or any of the Guarantors to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee:
     (a) An Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and
     (b) An Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.
Section 12.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion .
          Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof or Trust Indenture Act Section 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 314(e) and shall include:
     (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;
     (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
     (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact); and
     (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with; provided , however , that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate or certificates of public officials.
Section 12.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents .
          The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.
Section 12.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders .
          No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their direct or indirect parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the 2017 B Notes, the Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation.

-119-


 

Each Holder by accepting 2017 B Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the 2017 B Notes.
Section 12.08 Governing Law .
          THIS INDENTURE, THE 2017 B NOTES AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
Section 12.09 Waiver of Jury Trial .
          EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE 2017 B NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
Section 12.10 Force Majeure .
          In no event shall the Trustee or any Agent be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services.
Section 12.11 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements .
          This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.
Section 12.12 Successors .
          All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the 2017 B Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.06 hereof.
Section 12.13 Severability .
          In case any provision in this Indenture or in the 2017 B Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

-120-


 

Section 12.14 Counterpart Originals .
          The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. This Indenture may be executed in multiple counterparts which, when taken together, shall constitute one instrument.
Section 12.15 Table of Contents, Headings, etc .
          The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
Section 12.16 Qualification of Indenture .
          The Issuer and the Guarantors shall qualify this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement and shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the 2017 B Notes and printing this Indenture and the 2017 B Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Issuer and the Guarantors any such Officer’s Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.
[Signatures on following page]

-121-


 

         
ISSUER:  Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Executive Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer and Secretary 
 
 
GUARANTORS:  Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer    
 
  Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  Clear Channel Adshel, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  1567 Media LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  Clear Channel Spectacolor, LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
[Signature Page to Series B Senior Notes Indenture]

 


 

         
GUARANTORS:  Clear Channel Taxi Media, LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings Company
Canada
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  Outdoor Management Services, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  In-ter-space Services, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
[Signature Page to Series B Senior Notes Indenture]

 


 

         
  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent
 
 
  By:   /s/ Richard Prokosch    
    Name:   Richard Prokosch   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
[Signature Page to Series B Senior Notes Indenture]

 


 

EXHIBIT A
[Face of 2017 B Note]
          [Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
          [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
          [Insert the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
           [THIS NOTE IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 1271 ET SEQ. OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE. THE ISSUE DATE IS [ ]. INFORMATION REGARDING THE ISSUE PRICE, THE YIELD TO MATURITY AND THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT UNDER THIS NOTE CAN BE PROMPTLY OBTAINED BY SENDING A WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE TREASURER OF THE ISSUER AT 200 EAST BASSE ROAD, SAN ANTONIO, TX 78209.]

A-1


 

CUSIP [          ]
ISIN [          ] 1
[[RULE 144A][REGULATION S] GLOBAL NOTE
representing up to
$2,000,000,000
9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017
     
No. ___   [$__________]
CLEAR CHANNEL WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS, INC.
as the Issuer
promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns, the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached hereto] [of                                           United States Dollars] on December 15, 2017.
Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15
Record Dates: June 1 and December 1
 
1   Rule l44A Note CUSIP: l845lQ AB4
 
    Rule l44A Note ISIN: US1845lQAB4l
 
    Regulation S Note CUSIP: U18294 AB1
 
    Regulation S Note ISIN: USU18294AB15
 
    Exchange Note CUSIP:
 
    Exchange Note ISIN:

A-2


 

IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.
Dated: [ ]
         
  CLEAR CHANNEL WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS, INC.
as Issuer
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

A-3


 

This is one of the 2017 B Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:
         
  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
 
 
  By:      
    Authorized Signatory   
       

A-4


 

[Back of 2017 B Note]
9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017
          Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.
          1. INTEREST.
          (a) Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “ Issuer ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this 2017 B Note at 9.25% per annum from December 23, 2009 2 until maturity and shall pay the Special Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Issuer shall pay interest and Special Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”). Interest on the 2017 B Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance. The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at 1.0% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable on the 2017 B Notes; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Special Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at 1.0% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable on the 2017 B Notes. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
          (b) Prior to the Issue Date, the Issuer shall have caused the Trustee to establish an account (the “ Trustee Account ”) to be maintained by the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders with respect to payments of interest on the 2017 B Notes, over which the Trustee shall have sole control and dominion. Interest on the 2017 B Notes will accrue, and be payable by or on behalf of the Issuer to the Trustee, daily; provided that the failure by the Issuer to make or have made any such daily payment to the Trustee on any day will not constitute a Default so long as (a) (x) no payment or other transfer by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall have been made on such day under the Cash Management Arrangements or (y) the amount of funds on deposit in the Trustee Account on such day is equal to the amount of interest which has accrued up to and including such day and (b) on each Interest Payment Date the aggregate amount of funds deposited in the Trustee Account is sufficient to pay the aggregate amount of interest on the 2017 B Notes that is payable by the Trustee to Holders of 2017 B Notes on such Interest Payment Date; provided further, however , that payments of interest shall only be deemed to be overdue to the extent that the aggregate amount of funds deposited in the Trustee Account is not sufficient to pay the aggregate amount of interest on the 2017 B Notes that is payable by the Trustee to Holders on the applicable Interest Payment Date. The Issuer or any Guarantor will not be the legal owners of the funds on deposit in the Trustee Account. Such amounts may be in cash in U.S. dollars, in Government Securities or in a combination thereof. Any interest earned on Government Securities held in the Trustee Account will be applied to pay fees and expenses of the Trustee and, to the extent of any excess, returned to the Company. Upon the making by or on behalf of the Issuer of any payment into the Trustee Account, the Issuer’s obligation to pay accrued interest shall be discharged to the extent of the amount so paid. If the Trustee fails to make an interest payment on the 2017 B Notes but the Issuer has deposited the funds with the Trustee, it will not be a Default.
 
2   With respect to the Initial Notes

A-5


 

          2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. Interest, and Special Interest, if any, on the 2017 B Notes shall be paid to the Persons who are registered Holders of the 2017 B Notes at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such 2017 B Notes are canceled after such Record Date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Payment of interest and Special Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds shall be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Special Interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other 2017 B Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.
          3. PAYING AGENT, TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, U.S. Bank National Association shall act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.
          4. INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the 2017 B Notes under an Indenture, dated as of December 23, 2009 (the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuer, the Company, CCO, the other Guarantors party thereto, and the Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent. This 2017 B Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Issuer designated as its 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017. The Issuer shall be entitled to issue Additional 2017 B Notes pursuant to Sections 2.01 and 4.09 of the Indenture. The terms of the 2017 B Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ Trust Indenture Act ”). The 2017 B Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this 2017 B Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
          5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.
          (a) Except as described below under Sections 5(b) and 5(c), the 2017 B Notes shall not be redeemable at the Issuer’s option before December 15, 2012.
          (b) At any time prior to December 15, 2012, the 2017 B Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person), in whole or in part, upon notice as provided in Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of the principal amount of the 2017 B Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”) and, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.
          (c) Until December 15, 2012, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions, redeem up to 35.0% of the aggregate principal amount of 2017 B Notes, upon notice provided as described in Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to 109.250% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of 2017 B Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to the Issuer; provided that at least 50.0%

A-6


 

of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of 2017 B Notes originally issued under the Indenture on the Issue Date and any Additional 2017 B Notes that are 2017 B Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further that each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering. Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering.
          (d) On and after December 15, 2012, the 2017 B Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person), at the Issuer’s option, in whole or in part, upon notice provided as described in Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the 2017 B Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on December 15 of each of the years indicated below:
         
    2017 B  
Year   Notes Percentage  
2012
    106.93750 %
2013
    104.62500 %
2014
    102.31250 %
2015 and thereafter
    100.00000 %
          (e) Any redemption of 2017 B Notes pursuant to this Section 5 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture.
          6. MANDATORY REDEMPTION. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Indenture, none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall make any purchase of, or otherwise effectively cancel or retire any 2017 B Notes (whether through open market purchases, tender offers, defeasance, offers to purchase required by the 2017 B Notes or otherwise) if, after giving effect thereto and, if applicable, any concurrent purchase of or other action with respect to any 2017 A Notes, the ratio of (a) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the 2017 A Notes to (b) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the 2017 B Notes shall be greater than 0.250; provided , however , that the foregoing restriction shall not be applicable in the case of any Change of Control Offer, Asset Sale Offer or offer to purchase the 2017 A Notes required to be made under the 2017 A Indenture at the price specified with respect thereto to all holders of the 2017 A Notes, where a violation of the foregoing restriction would occur solely as a result of different offer acceptance rates by the holders of the 2017 B Notes and the 2017 A Notes. References to the 2017 B Notes and the 2017 A Notes in this Section 6 do not include any Additional 2017 B Notes or any Additional 2017 A Notes, as applicable.
          7. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Subject to Section 3.03 of the Indenture, notice of redemption shall be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date (except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 12 of the Indenture) to each Holder whose 2017 B Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the 2017 B Notes

A-7


 

held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on 2017 B Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.
          8. OFFERS TO REPURCHASE.
          (a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding 2017 B Notes as set forth in Sections 3.03 and 3.07 of the Indenture and Section 5 hereof, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase all of the 2017 B Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at a price in cash (the “ Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the 2017 B Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. The Change of Control Offer shall be made in accordance with Section 4.14 of the Indenture.
          (b) If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consummates an Asset Sale, within 10 Business Days of each date that Excess Proceeds exceed $50,000,000, the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of the 2017 B Notes and, if required by the terms of any Pari Passu Indebtedness, to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the 2017 B Notes and the maximum aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if less) of such Pari Passu Indebtedness that is a minimum of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 (in aggregate principal amount), that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate principal amount of 2017 B Notes and aggregate amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds with respect to the 2017 B Notes, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to compliance with other covenants contained in the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of 2017 B Notes and aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered in an Asset Sale Offer by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds with respect to the 2017 B Notes, the 2017 B Notes (as selected by the Trustee or the Paying Agent) and such Pari Passu Indebtedness (as selected by the agent thereof) shall be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the aggregate principal amount of the 2017 B Notes and the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. Holders of 2017 B Notes that are the subject of an offer to repurchase shall receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Issuer prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such 2017 B Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the 2017 B Notes.
          9. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The 2017 B Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of 2017 B Notes may be registered and 2017 B Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any 2017 B Note or portion of a 2017 B Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any 2017 B Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of (x) any 2017 B Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of 2017 B Notes to be redeemed or (y) any 2017 B Notes selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer.

A-8


 

          10. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a 2017 B Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.
          11. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Guarantees or the 2017 B Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.
          12. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the 2017 B Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25.0% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture, the 2017 B Notes or the Guarantees except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the 2017 B Notes notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the 2017 B Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the 2017 B Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of, any of the 2017 B Notes held by a non-consenting Holder. The Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuer is required within five (5) Business Days after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default and what action the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto.
          13. AUTHENTICATION. This 2017 B Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.
          14. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the 2017 B Notes, dated as of December 23, 2009, among the Issuer, the Company, CCO, the other Guarantors named therein and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof (the “ 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement ”), including the right to receive Special Interest (as defined in the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement).
          15. GOVERNING LAW. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THE 2017 B NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES.
          16. CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the 2017 B Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the 2017 B Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

A-9


 

          The Issuer shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the 2017 B Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to the Issuer at the following address:
Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
200 East Basse Road
San Antonio, TX 78209
Attention: Brian Coleman, Senior Vice President and Treasurer

A-10


 

ASSIGNMENT FORM
          To assign this 2017 B Note, fill in the form below:
     
(I) or (we) assign and transfer this 2017 B Note to:
   
 
   
     
    (Insert assignee’s legal name)
     
 
(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
and irrevocably appoint                                                                                     to transfer this 2017 B Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
Date:                                          
         
 
  Your Signature:    
 
       
 
      (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this 2017 B Note)
Signature Guarantee*:                                                               
 
*   Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-11


 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
     If you want to elect to have this 2017 B Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:
[ ] Section 4.10            [ ] Section 4.14
     If you want to elect to have only part of this 2017 B Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:
$                     
Date:                                          
         
 
  Your Signature:     
 
     
 
    (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this 2017 B Note)
 
       
 
  Tax Identification No.:   
 
       
Signature Guarantee*:                                                               
 
*   Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-12


 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*
          The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $                      . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:
                                 
                    Principal Amount        
                    of        
    Amount of     Amount of increase     this Global Note     Signature of  
    decrease     in Principal     following such     authorized officer  
Date of   in Principal     Amount of this     decrease or     of Trustee or  
Exchange   Amount     Global Note     increase     Note Custodian  
 
                               
 
*   This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

A-13


 

EXHIBIT B
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
200 East Basse Road
San Antonio, TX 78209
Attention: Brian Coleman, Senior Vice President and Treasurer
U.S. Bank National Association
60 Livingston Avenue
St. Paul, Minnesota, 55107
Attention: Clear Channel Administrator
          Re: 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017
          Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of December 23, 2009 (the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuer, the Company, CCO, the other guarantors party thereto and the Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent, under which the 2017 B Notes have been issued. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
                                (the “ Transferor ”) owns and proposes to transfer the 2017 B Note[s] or interest in such 2017 B Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $                      in such 2017 B Note[s] or interests (the “ Transfer ”), to                      (the “ Transferee ”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:
[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]
          1. [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
          2. [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction

B-1


 

was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
          3. [ ] CHECK AND COMPLETE IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO ANY PROVISION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OTHER THAN RULE 144A OR REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):
(a) [ ] such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;
or
(b) [ ] such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof;
or
(c) [ ] such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.
          4. [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OR OF AN UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE.
          (a) [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
          (b) [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the

B-2


 

Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
     (c) [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO OTHER EXEMPTION. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

B-3


 

          This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.
         
  [Insert Name of Transferor]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
Dated:                                          

B-4


 

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
1.   The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:
[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]
(a)   [ ] a beneficial interest in the:
  (i)   [ ] 144A Global Note (CUSIP [ ]), or
 
  (ii)   [ ] Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP [ ]), or
(b)   [ ] a Restricted Definitive Note.
 
2.   After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:
[CHECK ONE]
(a)   [ ] a beneficial interest in the:
  (i)   [ ] 144A Global Note (CUSIP [ ]), or
 
  (ii)   [ ] Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP [ ]), or
 
  (iii)   [ ] Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP [ ]); or
(b)   [ ] a Restricted Definitive Note; or
(c)   [ ] an Unrestricted Definitive Note, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

B-5


 

EXHIBIT C
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
200 East Basse Road
San Antonio, TX 78209
Attention: Brian Coleman, Senior Vice President and Treasurer
U.S. Bank National Association
60 Livingston Avenue
St. Paul, Minnesota, 55107
Attention: Clear Channel Administrator
Re: 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017
          Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of December 23, 2009 (the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuer, the Company, CCO, the other guarantors party thereto and the Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent, under which the 2017 B Notes have been issued. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
                                (the “ Owner ”) owns and proposes to exchange the 2017 B Note[s] or interest in such 2017 B Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $                      in such 2017 B Note[s] or interests (the “ Exchange ”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:
          1) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE FOR UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE
a) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
b) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain

C-1


 

compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
c) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
d) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
          2) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES FOR RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES
a) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
b) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] [ ] 144A Global Note [ ] Regulation S Global Note, with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

C-2


 

          This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer and are dated                      .
         
  [Insert Name of Transferor]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
Dated:                                          

C-3


 

EXHIBIT D
[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS]
          Supplemental Indenture (this “Su pplemental Indenture ”), dated as of             , among             (the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), a subsidiary of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).
W I T N E S S E T H
          WHEREAS, Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. (the “ Issuer” ) has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture ”), dated as of December 23, 2009, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017 (the “ 2017 B Notes ”);
          WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the 2017 B Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “ Guarantee ”);
          WHEREAS, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is, concurrently herewith, executing a supplemental indenture with respect to the 2017 A Indenture; and
          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.
          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the 2017 B Notes as follows:
          (1) Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
          (2) Agreement to Guarantee . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture including but not limited to Articles 10 and 11 thereof.
          (3) No Recourse Against Others . No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any of its direct or indirect parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) under the 2017 B Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the 2017 B Notes.

D-1


 

          (4) Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
          (5) Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
          (6) Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
          (7) The Trustee . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.
          (8) Subrogation . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof and Section 10.01 of the Indenture; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under the Indenture or the 2017 B Notes shall have been paid in full.
          (9) Benefits Acknowledged . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
          (10) Successors . All agreements of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its Successors, except as otherwise provided in the Indenture or in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

D-2


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.
         
  [GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  U.S Bank National Association, as Trustee
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

D-3

Exhibit 10.18
EXECUTION VERSION
AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
     AGREEMENT, dated effective as of December 22, 2009, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (as successor to BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc. (“MergerSub”, the “Company”), CC Media Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”) and Randall T. Mays (“Executive”).
     WHEREAS, the Company, Holdings, and Executive previously entered into an Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of July 28, 2008, as further amended effective January 20, 2009 (the “Existing Agreement”); and
     WHEREAS, the Company, Holdings, and Executive desire to amend and restate the terms of the Existing Agreement, to be effective as of the Effective Date of this Agreement.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants set forth below, the parties hereby amend and restate the Existing Agreement effective as of the Effective Date as follows:
     1.  Employment . The Company hereby agrees to continue to employ Executive as the Chief Financial Officer and as Vice-Chairman of the Company, and Executive hereby accepts such continued employment, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
     2.  Term . The period of employment of Executive by the Company under this Agreement shall commence December 22, 2009 (the “Effective Date”) and shall have an original term from the Effective Date through July 31, 2013 (the “Employment Period”), and shall be automatically extended thereafter for successive terms of one year each, unless either party provides notice to the other at least twelve months prior to the expiration of the original or any extension term that the Agreement is not to be extended. The Employment Period may be sooner terminated by either party in accordance with Section 6 of this Agreement.
     3.  Position and Duties . Executive shall continue to serve as Chief Financial Officer until the date on which the Company hires a new Chief Financial Officer to succeed him. During the Employment Period, Executive shall serve as Vice-Chairman of the Company, and shall report solely and directly to the Chief Executive Officer of Holdings. Executive shall have those powers and duties normally associated with the position of Vice-Chairman of entities comparable to the Company and such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Chief Executive Officer; provided, that such other powers and duties are consistent with Executive’s position as Vice-Chairman. Executive shall be provided with all the support as shall be appropriate to perform such duties of Vice-Chairman, including, but not limited to: office space, stenographic and secretarial assistance and use of the Company-provided airplane, all as otherwise provided in Section 5 of this Agreement. The Executive shall devote as much of his working time, attention and energies during normal business hours (other than absences due to illness or vacation) to satisfactorily perform his duties for the Company. In particular, but not in limitation of the foregoing, following the date on which Executive shall commence to act as Vice-Chairman of the Company, it is the expectation of the parties that Executive shall work no less than 40 hours per month, on average. Notwithstanding the above, Executive shall be permitted to (i) manage Executive’s personal, financial and legal affairs, (ii) serve on civic or

-1-


 

charitable boards or committees or on the Board of Directors of Live Nation Inc. and its committees (it being expressly understood and agreed that Executive’s continuing to serve on any such boards and/or committees on which Executive is serving, or with which Executive is otherwise associated, as of the Effective Date shall be deemed not to interfere with the performance by Executive of his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement), and (iii) deliver lectures or fulfill speaking engagements. During the Employment Period, for so long as Executive remains Vice-Chairman of the Company, Executive shall also serve as a member of the Board of the Company.
4.   Place of Performance . The principal place of employment of Executive shall be at the Company’s principal executive offices in San Antonio, Texas.
5.   Compensation and Related Matters .
     (a) Base Salary and Bonus . During the Employment Period, the Company shall pay Executive a base salary at a rate of not less than $500,000 for calendar year 2009 and, thereafter, not less than $1,000,000 per year (“Base Salary”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon ceasing to act as Chief Financial Officer, Executive’s Base Salary shall be reduced automatically to the rate of $500,000 per year. Executive’s Base Salary shall be paid in approximately equal installments in accordance with the Company’s customary payroll practices. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Holdings (the “Compensation Committee”) shall review Executive’s Base Salary for increase (but not decrease) no less frequently than annually and consistent with the executive compensation practices and guidelines of the Company and Holdings. If Executive’s Base Salary is increased by the Company, such increased Base Salary shall then constitute the Base Salary for all purposes of this Agreement. In addition to Base Salary, Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus (the “Performance Bonus”), which shall be solely at the discretion of the Board of Holdings (and which may be zero). The Performance Bonus, if any, shall be payable in one lump sum between January 1 and March 15 of the year following the year for which the Performance Bonus was earned.
     (b) Expenses and Perquisites . The Company shall promptly reimburse Executive for all reasonable business expenses upon the presentation of reasonably itemized statements of such expenses, in accordance with the Company’s policies and procedures now in force or as such policies and procedures may be modified generally with respect to senior executive officers of the Company. In addition, during the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to, at the sole expense of the Company:
  (i)   the use of an automobile appropriate to his position and no less qualitative than the automobile provided to him immediately prior to the date of this Agreement; and
 
  (ii)   use of a Company-provided aircraft for personal travel, in accordance with Company policy as in effect on November 16, 2006 (the “Aircraft Benefit”), with such usage consistent with past practice.

-2-


 

     (c) Vacation . Executive shall be entitled to the number of weeks of paid vacation per year that he was eligible for immediately prior to the date of this Agreement, but in no event less than four (4) weeks annually provided that, upon ceasing to act as Chief Financial Officer vacation shall be taken at the Executive’s discretion. Vacation shall otherwise be governed by the policies of the Company, as in effect from time to time. In addition to vacation, Executive shall be entitled to the number of sick days and personal days per year that other senior executive officers of the Company with similar tenure are entitled to under the Company’s policies.
     (d) Services Furnished . During the Employment Period, the Company shall furnish Executive with office space, stenographic and secretarial assistance and such other facilities and services no less favorable than what he was receiving immediately prior to the date of this Agreement or, if better, as provided to other senior executive officers of the Company (other than the Chairman Emeritus).
     (e) Welfare, Pension and Incentive Benefit Plans . During the Employment Period, subject to the terms of the applicable plan documents and generally applicable Company policies, Executive (and his spouse and dependents to the extent provided therein) shall be entitled to participate in and be covered under all the welfare benefit plans or programs maintained by the Company from time to time for the benefit of its senior executives (other than benefits maintained exclusively for the Chairman Emeritus), including, without limitation, all medical, hospitalization, dental, disability, accidental death and dismemberment and travel accident insurance plans and programs. During the Employment Period, the Company shall provide to Executive (and his spouse and dependents to the extent provided under the applicable plans or programs) the same type and substantially equivalent levels of participation and employee benefits (other than severance pay plans and, except with the express consent of the Board of Holdings, incentive bonus programs other than as explicitly set forth in Section 5(a) hereof) as are being provided to other senior executives (and their spouses and dependents to the extent provided under the applicable plans or programs) on the Effective Date, subject to modifications affecting all senior executive officers.
     (f) Amendments to Equity Incentive Awards .
     (i) On the Effective Date, the parties shall execute such agreements and amendments to the Executive’s equity incentive awards and other documents as are necessary to provide that upon Executive’s cessation of service as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, with respect to the stock options granted by Holdings to Executive on July 29, 2008 under the 2008 Executive Incentive Plan (the “2008 Stock Options”), two-thirds of the Tranche 1 Options and all of the Tranche 2 Options and Tranche 3 Options (as such terms are defined in the stock option agreement (“Stock Option Agreement”) shall be automatically terminated and of no further force and effect.
     (ii) The parties shall execute such agreements and amendments to the Executive’s equity incentive awards and other documents as are necessary to provide that on and after the Effective Date, notwithstanding any other agreement to the contrary, neither Executive nor any family limited partnership or other estate planning vehicle established by Executive shall have the right to require Holdings (or any other person, including any Investor (as defined in the 2008 Executive Incentive Plan) to purchase any common stock or make payment in

-3-


 

exchange for the cancellation of any stock option at any time or for specified consideration, provided that any shares of common stock of the Company held by Executive shall be free of restrictions on transfer, except those restrictions imposed by law or Holdings Insider Trading Policy, dated July 30, 2008, as amended from time to time.
     (iii) The parties shall execute such agreements and amendments to the Executive’s equity incentive awards and other documents as are necessary to provide that as of the Effective Date: (1) all of Executive’s stock options in Company not forfeited pursuant to paragraph 5(f)(i), will vest immediately and remain exercisable through their original term notwithstanding any agreement that would limit the period of exercisability on account of termination of employment (but otherwise subject to earlier termination in accordance with the terms of Section 7 of the plan and Section 4 of the option agreement); (2) subject to the approval by the Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. (“CCO”) Board (or any Compensation Committee to whom such authority has been delegated) and the provisions of any governing documents, all of Executive’s stock Options in CCO will vest immediately and remain exercisable through their original term notwithstanding any agreement that would limit the period of exercisability on account of termination of employment, (3) if Executive is terminated pursuant to paragraphs 6(a), 6(b), (d) and/or 6 (e) of this Agreement, Executive’s unvested Restricted Stock in the Company will immediately vest and shall be free of restrictions; and (4) subject to the approval by the CCO Board (or any Compensation Committee to whom such authority has been delegated) and the provisions of any governing documents, all of Executive’s unvested Restricted Stock in CCO will immediately vest and be free of restrictions, except those restrictions imposed by law or the CCO Insider Trading Policy, as amended from time to time.
     6.  Termination . Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated during the Employment Period under the following circumstances:
     (a) Death . Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon his death.
     (b) Disability . If, as a result of Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, Executive shall have been substantially unable to perform his duties hereunder notwithstanding the provision of reasonable accommodation for a period of six (6) consecutive months, and within thirty (30) days after written Notice of Termination is given after such six (6) month period Executive shall not have returned to the substantial performance of his duties on a full-time basis, the Company shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment hereunder for “Disability”, and such termination in and of itself shall not be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement.
     (c) Cause . The Company shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment for Cause by providing Executive with a written Notice of Termination, and such termination in and of itself shall not be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean:
     (i) Executive’s conviction of, or a plea of nolo contendre to, a crime constituting a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof that causes material and demonstrable injury, monetarily or otherwise, to the Company; or

-4-


 

     (ii) Executive’s committing or engaging in any act of fraud, embezzlement, or theft against the Company or its Affiliates that causes material and demonstrable injury, monetarily or otherwise to the Company; or
     (iii) Executive’s breach of any provision of Section 11 hereof that causes material and demonstrable injury, monetarily or otherwise, to the Company.
Whether “Cause” exists shall be determined by at least a majority of the members of the Board of the Company at a meeting of the Board called and held for such purpose, provided that at least a majority of the members of the Board of Holdings has determined prior to such meeting that Cause exists.
     (d) Good Reason . Executive may terminate his employment for “Good Reason” by providing the Company with a written Notice of Termination within six (6) months of the event giving rise to “Good Reason”. The following events, without the written consent of Executive, shall constitute “Good Reason”:
     (i) Reduction in Executive’s Base Salary, other than any isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent failure by the Company that is not in bad faith and is cured within ten (10) business days after Executive gives the Company notice of such event;
     (ii) Failure by the Company to provide the Aircraft Benefit or any material breach of its obligations to provide such Benefit, which is other than insubstantial, inadvertent, not in bad faith and is not repeated; or
     (iii) Transfer of Executive’s primary workplace outside the city limits of San Antonio, Texas; or
     (iv) If Mark P. Mays is no longer Chief Executive Officer of the Company.
Executive expressly acknowledges and agrees that the Company’s provision of notice of non-renewal of the Agreement pursuant to Section 2 hereof, alone or in combination with the transition of Executive’s duties to another employee during the notice period, shall not constitute Good Reason.
Executive expressly waives any rights he might otherwise have, under the Existing Agreement or otherwise, to resign for Good Reason or otherwise receive any compensation in the nature of severance or separation pay or benefits as a result of the transaction contemplated by the Merger Agreement (the “Transaction”).

-5-


 

     (e) Without Cause . The Company shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment hereunder without Cause by providing Executive with a Notice of Termination at least thirty (30) days prior to such termination, and such termination shall not in and of itself be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement. In the event of termination pursuant to this Section 6(e), the Board of the Company may elect to waive the period of notice, or any portion thereof, and, if the Board so elects, the Company will pay Executive his Base Salary for the initial thirty (30) days of the notice period or for any lesser remaining portion of such period, payable in accordance with the regular payroll practices of the Company.
     (f) Without Good Reason . Executive shall have the right to terminate his employment hereunder without Good Reason by providing the Company with a Notice of Termination at least thirty (30) days prior to such termination, and such termination shall not in and of itself be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement. In the event of termination pursuant to this Section 6(f), the Board of the Company may elect to waive the period of notice, or any portion thereof, and, if the Board so elects, the Company will pay Executive his Base Salary for the initial thirty (30) days of the notice period or for any lesser remaining portion of such period, payable in accordance with the regular payroll practices of the Company.
     7.  Termination Procedure .
     (a) Notice of Termination . Any termination of Executive’s employment by the Company or by Executive during the Employment Period (other than termination pursuant to Section 6(a)) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 15. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice which indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, and sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated.
     (b) Date of Termination . “Date of Termination” shall mean (i) if Executive’s employment is terminated by his death, the date of death, (ii) if Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 6(b), thirty (30) days after Notice of Termination (provided that Executive shall not have returned to the substantial performance of his duties on a full-time basis during such thirty (30) day period), and (iii) if Executive’s employment is terminated for any other reason, the date on which a Notice of Termination is given or any later date set forth in such Notice of Termination.
     8.  Compensation Upon Termination or During Disability . In the event Executive is disabled or his employment terminates during the Employment Period, the Company shall provide Executive with the payments and benefits set forth below; provided, however, that any obligation of the Company to Executive under Section 8(a), other than for Final Compensation, is expressly conditioned upon Executive signing and returning to the Company a timely and effective release of claims in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F (by the deadline specified therein (any such release submitted by such deadline, the “Executive Release of Claims”)) and delivering it to the Company within thirty (30) days of the date of his separation from service. Following the Company’s receipt of a timely and effective Release of Claims, the Company and Holdings shall execute a release of claims in favor of Executive in the form attached hereto as

-6-


 

Exhibit G (the “Company Release of Claims”). The Executive Release of Claims required for separation benefits in accordance with Section 8(a) creates legally binding obligations on the part of Executive, and the Company and its Affiliates therefore advise Executive and his beneficiary or legal representative, as applicable, to seek the advice of an attorney before signing it.
     (a) Termination By the Company Without Cause or By Executive for Good Reason . If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason:
  (i)   The Company shall pay to Executive his Base Salary, which for purposes of this Section 8(a) shall never be less than $1,000,000, and unused vacation pay accrued or prorated through the Date of Termination (together, the “Final Compensation”) and shall reimburse Executive pursuant to Section 5(b) for reasonable business expenses incurred but not paid prior to such termination of employment. The Final Compensation shall be paid in a lump sum as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination, but in no event later than two and a half months following the end of the taxable year including the Date of Termination.
 
  (ii)   The Company shall continue (1) to pay to Executive his Base Salary, as defined by Section 8(a)(i), for the remainder of the initial Employment Period, and (2) maintain in full force and effect, for the continued benefit of the Executive and his eligible dependents, for the remainder of the initial Employment Period the medical and hospitalization insurance programs in which the Executive and his dependents were participating immediately prior to the Date of Termination, at the level in effect and upon substantially the same terms and conditions (including without limitation contributions required by Executive for such benefits) as existed immediately prior to the Date of Termination; provided, that if Executive or his dependents cannot continue to participate in the Company plans and programs providing these benefits, the Company shall arrange to provide Executive and his dependents with the economic equivalent of such benefits which they otherwise would have been entitled to receive under such plans and programs (the “Continued Benefits”), provided, that such Continued Benefits shall terminate on the date or dates Executive receives equivalent coverage and benefits, without waiting period or pre-existing condition limitations, under the plans and programs of a subsequent employer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8(a)(ii), the aggregate value (as the same would be determined under Section 280G of the Code) of the Continued Benefits shall in no event exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) (the “Aggregate Cap”); accordingly, the Company’s obligation to provide the Continued Benefits shall cease once such value of the Continued Benefits that have been provided to the Executive and/or his dependents reaches the Aggregate Cap, even if such date occurs prior to the end of the initial Employment Period.

-7-


 

  (iii)   The Executive shall be entitled to continued use of any available Company-provided aircraft for personal travel in accordance with Section 5(b)(ii) (the usage of which shall not be unreasonably withheld) through the end of the initial Employment Period.
     (b) Termination By the Company for Cause or By Executive Without Good Reason . If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause or by Executive other than for Good Reason, the Company shall pay Executive the Final Compensation at the time and in the manner set forth in Section 8(a)(i) hereof. The Company shall have no further obligation to Executive upon such termination under this Agreement.
     (c) Disability . During any period that Executive fails to perform his duties hereunder as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness (“Disability Period”), Executive shall continue to receive his full Base Salary set forth in Section 5(a) until his employment is terminated pursuant to Section 6(b), and the Company may, in its discretion, designate another individual to act in Executive’s place, and such designation shall not constitute Good Reason. In the event Executive’s employment is terminated for Disability pursuant to Section 6(b), the Company shall pay to Executive the Final Compensation at the time and in the manner set forth in Section 8(a)(i) hereof. The Company shall have no further obligation to Executive upon such termination under this Agreement.
     (d) Death . If Executive’s employment is terminated by his death, the Company shall pay the Final Compensation to Executive’s beneficiary, legal representatives or estate, as the case may be, at the time and in the manner set forth in Section 8(a)(i) hereof. The Company shall have no further obligation to Executive upon such termination under the Agreement.
     (e) Timing of Payments/Separation from Service . If at the time of Executive’s separation from service, Executive is a “specified employee,” as hereinafter defined, any and all amounts payable under this Section 8 in connection with such separation from service that constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of Code (“Section 409A”), as determined by the Company in its reasonable discretion, and that would (but for this sentence) be payable within six months following such separation from service, shall instead be paid on the date that follows the date of such separation from service by six (6) months. For purposes of the preceding sentence, “separation from service” shall be determined in a manner consistent with subsection (a)(2)(A)(i) of Section 409A and the term “specified employee” shall mean an individual determined by the Company to be a specified employee as defined in subsection (a)(2)(B)(i) of Section 409A.
     9.  Gross-Up Payment .
  (i)   Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event it shall be determined that any payment, award, benefit or distribution (or any acceleration of any payment, award, benefit or

-8-


 

    distribution) to or for the benefit of Executive provided under this Agreement (the “Payments”) would be subject to a twenty percent addition to taxation under Section 409A (“409A Tax”) or any interest or penalties are incurred by Executive with respect to such tax, then the Company shall pay to Executive an additional payment (a “Gross-Up Payment”) in an amount such that after payment by Executive of all 409A Taxes imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the sum of (x) the 409A Taxes, interest, and penalties imposed upon the Payments and (y) the product of any deductions disallowed because of the inclusion of the Gross-Up Payment in Executive’s adjusted gross income and the highest applicable marginal rate of income taxation for the calendar year in which the Gross-Up Payment is to be made. For purposes of determining the amount of the Gross-Up Payment, Executive shall be deemed to (A) pay federal income taxes at the highest marginal rates of federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of taxation for the calendar year in which the Gross-Up Payment is to be made, (B) pay applicable state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rate of taxation for the calendar year in which the Gross-Up Payment is to be made, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes and (C) have otherwise allowable deductions for federal income tax purposes at least equal to those which could be disallowed because of the inclusion of the Gross-Up Payment in Executive’s adjusted gross income.
  (ii)   Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event it shall be determined that any payment, award, benefit or distribution (or any acceleration of any payment, award, benefit or distribution) to or for the benefit of Executive (the “Payments”) as a result of the transactions consummated on July 30, 2008, pursuant to which MergerSub merged with and into the Company (the “Transaction”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”), or any interest or penalties are incurred by Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Excise Tax”), then the Company shall pay to Executive an additional payment (a “Gross-Up Payment”) in an amount such that after payment by Executive of all taxes (including any Excise Tax) imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the sum of (x) the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments and (y) the product of any deductions disallowed because of the inclusion of the Gross-Up Payment in Executive’s adjusted gross income and the highest applicable marginal rate of federal income taxation for the calendar year in which the Gross-Up Payment is to be made. For purposes of determining the amount of the Gross-Up Payment, Executive shall

-9-


 

      be deemed to (A) pay federal income taxes at the highest marginal rates of federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of taxation for the calendar year in which the Gross-Up Payment is to be made, (B) pay applicable state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rate of taxation for the calendar year in which the Gross-Up Payment is to be made, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes and (C) have otherwise allowable deductions for federal income tax purposes at least equal to those which could be disallowed because of the inclusion of the Gross-Up Payment in Executive’s adjusted gross income.
 
  (iii)   Subject to the provisions of Section 9(i) and 9(ii), as applicable, all determinations required to be made under this Section 9, including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required, the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determinations, shall be made by a nationally recognized public accounting firm that is selected by the Company (the “Accounting Firm”) which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and Executive within fifteen (15) business days of the receipt of notice from the Company or Executive that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company or Executive (collectively, the “Determination”). All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company, and the Company shall enter into any reasonable agreement requested by the Accounting Firm in connection with the performance of the services hereunder. The Gross-Up Payment under this Section 9 with respect to any Payments made to Executive shall be made to the relevant tax authorities no later than the date on which the 409A Tax or Excise Tax on such Payments is due to the relevant tax authorities. If the Accounting Firm determines that no 409A Tax or Excise Tax is payable by Executive, it shall furnish Executive with a written opinion to such effect, and to the effect that failure to report the 409A Tax or Excise Tax, if any, on Executive’s applicable federal income tax return should not result in the imposition of a negligence or similar penalty.
 
  (iv)   As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the Determination, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by the Company should have been made (“Underpayment”) or Gross-Up Payments are made by the Company which should not have been made (“Overpayment”), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. In the event that Executive thereafter is required to make payment of any Excise Tax or additional Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment (together with interest at the rate provided in Section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the Code)

-10-


 

      shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive. In the event the amount of the Gross-Up Payment exceeds the amount necessary to reimburse Executive for his Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Overpayment that has been made and any such Overpayment (together with interest at the rate provided in Section 1274(b)(2) of the Code) shall be promptly paid by Executive (to the extent he has received a refund if the applicable Excise Tax has been paid to the Internal Revenue Service) to or for the benefit of the Company. Executive shall cooperate, to the extent his expenses are reimbursed by the Company, with any reasonable requests by the Company in connection with any contest or disputes with the Internal Revenue Service in connection with the Excise Tax.
 
  (v)   Executive expressly acknowledges and agrees that the Gross-Up Payment in Paragraph 9(ii) is limited exclusively to Excise Tax that may come due in connection with Payments to or for the benefit of Executive as a result of the Transaction, and that Executive will not be entitled to any Gross-Up Payments as a result of any change of control that may occur following the Effective Date.
     10.  Mitigation . Executive shall not be required to mitigate amounts payable under this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, and there shall be no offset against amounts due Executive under this Agreement on account of subsequent employment except as specifically provided herein. Additionally, amounts owed to Executive under this Agreement shall not be offset by any claims the Company may have against Executive, and the Company’s obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any other circumstances, including, without limitation, any counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which the Company may have against Executive or others.
     11.  Restrictive Covenants .
     (a) Confidential Information .
  (i)   Executive acknowledges that the Company and its Affiliates continually develop Confidential Information, that Executive has developed and will develop Confidential Information for the Company or its Affiliates, and that Executive has learned and will learn of Confidential Information during the course of his employment. Executive will comply with the policies and procedures of the Company and its Affiliates for protecting Confidential Information. Executive shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company all trade secrets and Confidential Information, knowledge or data relating to the Company, its Affiliates and their businesses and investments, which shall have been obtained by Executive during Executive’s employment by the Company and which is not generally available

-11-


 

      public knowledge (other than by acts of Executive in violation of this Agreement or by any other person having an obligation of confidentiality to the Company or any of its Affiliates). Except as may be required or appropriate in connection with carrying out his duties under this Agreement, Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company or as may otherwise be required by law or any legal process, or as is necessary in connection with any adversarial proceeding against the Company (in which case Executive shall use his reasonable best efforts in cooperating with the Company in obtaining a protective order against disclosure by a court of competent jurisdiction), use, communicate or divulge any such trade secrets, Confidential Information, knowledge or data to anyone other than the Company and those designated by the Company or on behalf of the Company in the furtherance of its business. Executive understands that this restriction shall continue to apply after his employment terminates, regardless of the reason for such termination.
 
      For purposes of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” shall mean any and all information of the Company and its Affiliates that is not generally known by those with whom the Company or any of its Affiliates competes or does business, or with whom the Company or any of its Affiliates plans to compete or do business, and any and all information, publicly known in whole or in part or not, which, if disclosed by the Company or any of its Affiliates, would assist in competition against them. Confidential Information includes without limitation such information relating to (i) the development, research, testing, manufacturing, marketing and financial activities of the Company and its Affiliates, (ii) the costs, sources of supply, financial performance and strategic plans of the Company and its Affiliates, (iii) the identity and special needs of the customers of the Company and its Affiliates and (iv) the people and organizations with whom the Company and its Affiliates have business relationships and the nature and substance of those relationships. Confidential Information also includes any information that the Company or any of its Affiliates has received, or may receive hereafter, belonging to customers or others with any understanding, express or implied, that the information would not be disclosed to others.
 
      For purposes of this Agreement, “Affiliates” shall mean all persons and entities directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Company, where control may be by management authority, contract or equity interest. For the avoidance of doubt, Affiliates includes Holdings.
 
  (ii)   All documents, records, tapes and other media of every kind and description relating to the business, present or otherwise, of the Company or its Affiliates, and any copies, in whole or in part,

-12-


 

      thereof (the “Documents”), whether or not prepared by Executive, shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Company and its Affiliates. Executive shall safeguard all Documents and shall surrender to the Company at the time his employment terminates, or at such earlier time or times as the Board of the Company or Holdings or its designee may specify, all Documents then in Executive’s possession or control.
     (b) Restricted Activities . Executive hereby agrees that some restrictions on his activities during and after his employment are necessary to protect the goodwill, trade secrets, Confidential Information and other legitimate interests of the Company and its Affiliates. In consideration of Executive’s employment hereunder, and the Company’s agreement to grant Executive access to trade secrets and other Confidential Information of the Company and its Affiliates and to their customers, and in view of the confidential position to be held by Executive hereunder, Executive agrees as follows:
  (i)   Non-Solicitation . During the Employment Period and during the two year period immediately following termination of the Employment Period (the “Restricted Period”), Executive shall not, directly or indirectly: (A) hire, solicit for hiring or assist in any way in the hiring of any employee or independent contractor of the Company or any of its Affiliates, or induce or otherwise attempt to influence any employee or independent contractor to terminate or diminish such employment or contractor relationship or to become employed by any other radio broadcasting station or any other entity engaged in the radio business, the television business or in any other business in which the Company or any of its Affiliates is engaged (which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes without limitation the business of providing clients with advertising opportunities through billboards, street furniture displays, transit displays and other out-of-home advertising displays, such as wallscapes, spectaculars and mall displays (the “Outdoor Business”)), or (B) solicit or encourage any customer of the Company or any of its Affiliates to terminate or diminish its relationship with them, or seek to persuade any such customer or prospective customer to conduct with anyone else any business or activity which such customer or prospective customer conducts or could conduct with the Company or any of its Affiliates. For purposes of this Agreement, an “employee” of the Company or any of its Affiliates is any person who was such at any time within the preceding two years; a “customer” of the Company or any of its Affiliates is any person or entity who is or has been a customer at any time within the preceding two years; and a “prospective customer” is any person or entity whose business has been solicited on behalf of the Company or any of its Affiliates at any time within the preceding two years, other than by form letter, blanket mailing or published advertisement. Notwithstanding this provision, during the Restricted Period, Executive will not be prohibited from hiring or soliciting his current assistant to work for him following his termination of employment with the Company.

-13-


 

  (ii)   Non-Competition. For the six months following his termination of employment with the Company, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, whether as owner, partner, investor, consultant, agent, employee, co-venturer or otherwise, compete with the Company or any of its Affiliates within the United States or anywhere else in the world where the Company or any of its Affiliates does business, or undertake any planning for any business competitive with the Company or any of its Affiliates. Specifically, but without limiting the foregoing, Executive agrees not to engage in any manner in any activity that is directly or indirectly competitive or potentially competitive with the business of the Company or any of its Affiliates as conducted or under consideration at any time during Executive’s employment, and Executive further agrees not to work for or provide services to, in any capacity, whether as an employee, independent contractor or otherwise, whether with or without compensation, any person or entity that is engaged in any business that is competitive with the business of the Company or any of its Affiliates for which the Executive has provided services, as conducted or in planning during his employment. For the purposes of this Section 11, the business of the Company and its Affiliates shall include the radio and television businesses, the Outdoor Business and any other business that was conducted or in planning during the Executive’s employment. The foregoing, however, shall not prevent Executive’s direct or beneficial ownership of up to five percent (5%) of the debt or equity securities of any entity, whether or not in the same or competing business.
     (c) Assignment of Rights to Intellectual Property.
  (i)   Executive shall promptly and fully disclose all Intellectual Property to the Company. Executive hereby assigns and agrees to assign to the Company (or as otherwise directed by the Company) Executive’s full right, title and interest in and to all Intellectual Property. Executive agrees to execute any and all applications for domestic and foreign patents, copyrights or other proprietary rights and to do such other acts (including without limitation the execution and delivery of instruments of further assurance or confirmation) requested by the Company to assign the Intellectual Property to the Company and to permit the Company to enforce any patents, copyrights or other proprietary rights to the Intellectual Property. Executive will not charge the Company for time spent in complying with these obligations. All copyrightable works that Executive creates shall be considered “work made for hire” and shall, upon creation, be owned exclusively by the Company.

-14-


 

  (ii)   For purposes of this Agreement, “Intellectual Property” means inventions, discoveries, developments, methods, processes, compositions, works, concepts and ideas (whether or not patentable or copyrightable or constituting trade secrets) conceived, made, created, developed or reduced to practice by Executive (whether alone or with others, whether or not during normal business hours or on or off Company premises) during Executive’s employment that relate to either the Products or any prospective activity of the Company or any of its Affiliates or that make use of Confidential Information or any of the equipment or facilities of the Company or any of its Affiliates; and “Products” means all products planned, researched, developed, tested, manufactured, sold, licensed, leased or otherwise distributed or put into use by the Company or any of its Affiliates, together with all services provided or planned by the Company or any of its Affiliates, during Executive’s employment.
     (d) Conflict of Interest. Executive agrees that, during his employment with the Company, he will not undertake any outside activity, whether or not competitive with the business of the Company or its Affiliates, that could reasonably give rise to a conflict of interest with the Company or any of its Affiliates.
     (e) Modification of Covenants . The parties hereby acknowledge that the restrictions in this Section 11 have been specifically negotiated and agreed to by the parties hereto, and are limited only to those restrictions necessary to protect the Company and its Affiliates from unfair competition. Executive acknowledges that he has carefully read and considered all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the restrictions in Section 11 hereof, and agrees without reservation that each of the restraints contained herein is necessary for the reasonable and proper protection of the goodwill, trade secrets, Confidential Information and other legitimate interests of the Company and its Affiliates; and that each and every one of those restraints is reasonable in respect to subject matter, length of time and geographic area. Executive acknowledges that the Company operates in major, medium and small-sized markets throughout the United States and many foreign countries, that the effect of Section 11(b) may be to prevent him from working in a competitive business after his termination of employment hereunder, and that these restraints, individually or in the aggregate, will not prevent him from obtaining other suitable employment during the period in which he is bound by such restraints. The parties hereby agree that if the scope or enforceability of any provision, paragraph or subparagraph of this Section 11 is in any way disputed at any time, and should a court find that such restrictions are overly broad, the court shall modify and enforce the covenant to permit its enforcement to the maximum extent permitted by law. Each provision, paragraph and subparagraph of this Section 11 is separable from every other provision, paragraph, and subparagraph, and constitutes a separate and distinct covenant.
     (f) Remedies . Executive hereby expressly acknowledges that any breach or threatened breach by Executive of any of the terms set forth in Section 11 of this Agreement would result in significant, irreparable and continuing injury to the Company, the monetary value of which would be difficult to establish or measure. Therefore,

-15-


 

Executive agrees that, in addition to any other remedies available to it, the Company shall be entitled to preliminary and permanent injunctive relief in a court of appropriate jurisdiction against any breach or threatened breach, without having to post bond, as well as the recovery of all reasonable attorney’s fees expended in enforcing its rights hereunder, if the Company is the prevailing party.
     12.  Indemnification .
     (a) General . The Company agrees that if Executive is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”), by reason of the fact that Executive is or was a trustee, director or officer of the Company, Holdings, or any subsidiary thereof, or is or was serving at the request of the Company or any subsidiary as a trustee, director, officer, member, employee or agent of another corporation or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including, without limitation, service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether or not the basis of such Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a trustee, director, officer, member, employee or agent while serving as a trustee, director, officer, member, employee or agent, Executive shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent authorized by Texas law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, against all Expenses incurred or suffered by Executive in connection therewith, and, notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, such indemnification shall continue as to Executive even if Executive has ceased to be an officer, director, trustee or agent, or is no longer employed by the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of his heirs, executors and administrators.
     (b) Expenses . As used in this Agreement, the term “Expenses” shall include, without limitation, damages, losses, judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties, excise taxes, settlements, costs, attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, and disbursements and costs of attachment or similar bonds, investigations, and any expenses of establishing a right to indemnification under this Agreement.
     (c) Enforcement . If a valid claim or request under this Agreement is not paid by the Company or on its behalf within thirty (30) days after a written claim or request has been received by the Company, Executive may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Company to recover the unpaid amount of the claim or request and, if successful in whole or in part, Executive shall be further entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such suit. All obligations for indemnification hereunder shall be subject to, and paid in accordance with, applicable Texas law.
     (d) Partial Indemnification . If Executive is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of any Expenses, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Executive for the portion of such Expenses to which Executive is entitled.
     (e) Advances of Expenses . Expenses incurred by Executive in connection with any Proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance upon request of Executive that the Company pay such Expenses; but, only in the event that Executive shall have delivered in writing to the Company (i) an undertaking to reimburse the Company for Expenses with respect to which Executive is not entitled to indemnification and (ii) an affirmation of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Company has been met.

-16-


 

     (f) Notice of Claim . Executive shall give to the Company notice of any claim made against him for which indemnification will or could be sought under this Agreement. In addition, Executive shall give the Company such information and cooperation as it may reasonably require and as shall be within Executive’s power and at such times and places as are mutually convenient for Executive and the Company.
     (g) Defense of Claim . With respect to any Proceeding as to which Executive notifies the Company of the commencement thereof:
  (i)   The Company will be entitled to participate therein at its own expense; and
 
  (ii)   Except as otherwise provided below, to the extent that it may wish, the Company will be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Executive, which in the Company’s sole discretion may be regular counsel to the Company and may be counsel to other officers and directors of the Company or any subsidiary. Executive shall also have the right to employ his own counsel in such action, suit or proceeding if he reasonably concludes that failure to do so would involve a conflict of interest between the Company and Executive, and, under such circumstances, the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the Company.
 
  (iii)   The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Executive under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any action or claim effected without its written consent. The Company shall not settle any action or claim in any manner which would impose any penalty or limitation on Executive without Executive’s written consent. Neither the Company nor Executive will unreasonably withhold or delay their consent to any proposed settlement.
     (h) Non-exclusivity . The right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a Proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Section 12 shall not be exclusive of any other right which Executive may have or hereafter may acquire under any statute, provision of the declaration of trust or certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the Company, Holdings or any subsidiary, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or trustees or otherwise.
     13.  Arbitration . Except as provided for in Section 11 of this Agreement, if any contest or dispute arises between the parties with respect to this Agreement, such contest or dispute shall be submitted to binding arbitration for resolution in San Antonio, Texas in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Employment Dispute Resolution Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. The decision of the appointed arbitrator shall be final and binding on both parties, and any court of competent jurisdiction may enter judgment upon the award. The losing party shall pay all expenses relating to such arbitration, including, but not limited to, the prevailing party’s legal fees and expenses.

-17-


 

     14.  Successors; Binding Agreement .
     (a) Company’s Successors . No rights or obligations of the Company under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred, except that the Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, “Company” shall mean the Company as hereinabove defined and any successor to its business and/or assets (by merger, purchase or otherwise) which executes and delivers the agreement provided for in this Section 14 or which otherwise becomes bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by operation of law.
     (b) Executive’s Successors . No rights or obligations of Executive under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred by Executive other than his right to payments or benefits hereunder, which may be transferred only by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Upon Executive’s death, this Agreement and all rights of Executive hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s beneficiary or beneficiaries, personal or legal representatives, or estate, to the extent any such person succeeds to Executive’s interests under this Agreement. Executive shall be entitled to select and change a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive any benefit or compensation payable hereunder following Executive’s death by giving the Company written notice thereof. In the event of Executive’s death or a judicial determination of his incompetence, reference in this Agreement to Executive shall be deemed, where appropriate, to refer to his beneficiary(ies), estate or other legal representative(s). If Executive should die following his Date of Termination while any amounts would still be payable to him hereunder if he had continued to live, all such amounts unless otherwise provided herein shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to such person or persons so designated in writing by Executive, or otherwise to his legal representatives or estate.
     15.  Notice . For the purposes of this Agreement, notices, demands and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered either personally or by United States certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:
If to Executive:
Randall T. Mays
200 East Basse Road
San Antonio, Texas 78209
with a copy to:
Schmoyer Reinhard LLP
3619 Paesanos Parkway, Suite 202
San Antonio, Texas 78231
Attn: Shannon B. Schmoyer

-18-


 

If to the Company:
CC Media Holdings, Inc.
200 East Basse Road
San Antonio, Texas 78209
Attention: Secretary
and
Clear Channel Communications, Inc.
200 East Basse Road
San Antonio, Texas 78209
Attention: General Counsel
with a copy to:
Ropes & Gray LLP
One International Place
Boston, MA 02110
Attention: Loretta Richard
or to such other address as any party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.
     16.  Miscellaneous . No provisions of this Agreement may be amended, modified, or waived unless such amendment or modification is agreed to in writing signed by Executive and by a duly authorized officer of the Company, and such waiver is set forth in writing and signed by the party to be charged. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party which are not set forth expressly in this Agreement. The respective rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall survive Executive’s termination of employment and the termination of this Agreement to the extent necessary for the intended preservation of such rights and obligations. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas without regard to its conflicts of law principles.
     17.  Validity . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.
     18.  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

-19-


 

     19.  Entire Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein, and supersedes all prior agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations or warranties, whether oral or written, by any officer, employee or representative of any party hereto in respect of such subject matter, including but not limited to the Existing Agreement, and excluding only any existing obligations on the part of Executive with respect to Confidential Information, assignment of intellectual property, non-competition and the like. Any prior agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein is hereby terminated and cancelled.
     20.  Taxes . All payments hereunder shall be subject to any required withholding of federal, state and local taxes pursuant to any applicable law or regulation. The Company, Holdings, Sponsor Group and Executive shall each use reasonable best efforts to minimize all taxes that may be due in connection with any award or payment made pursuant to this Agreement, including in connection with the Restricted Stock Award; provided, that Executive shall only be required to use such reasonable best efforts to the extent that Executive will not be economically disadvantaged as a result of such efforts.
     21.  Noncontravention . The Company represents that the Company is not prevented from entering into or performing this Agreement by the terms of any law, order, rule or regulation, its by-laws or declaration of trust, or any agreement to which it is a party, other than which would not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s ability to enter into or perform this Agreement.
     22.  Section Headings . The section headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, and they form no part of this Agreement and shall not affect its interpretation.
Remainder of page intentionally left blank

-20-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
Clear Channel Communications, Inc.
         
   
By:   /s/ Mark P. Mays    
  Name:   Mark P. Mays   
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer   
 
CC Media Holdings, Inc.
 
 
By:   /s/ Mark P. Mays    
  Name:   Mark P. Mays   
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer   
 
   
  /s/ Randall T. Mays    
  Randall T. Mays   
     
 
[ SIGNATURE PAGE TO RANDALL T. MAYS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT ]

 


 

EXHIBIT F TO RANDALL T. MAYS AGREEMENT
RELEASE OF CLAIMS
     FOR AND IN CONSIDERATION OF the benefits to be provided me in connection with the termination of my employment, as set forth in the employment agreement between me, Randall T. Mays (“Executive”), Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (as successor to BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc. (“MergerSub”, the “Company”), and CC Media Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”) effective as of December 22, 2009 (the “Agreement”), which are conditioned on my signing this Release of Claims and to which I am not otherwise entitled, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, I, on my own behalf and on behalf of my heirs, executors, administrators, beneficiaries, representatives and assigns, and all others connected with or claiming through me, hereby release and forever discharge the Company, Holdings and all of their respective subsidiaries and other affiliates, past, present and future officers, directors, trustees, shareholders, employees, agents, general and limited partners, members, managers, joint venturers, representatives, successors and assigns, and all others connected with any of them, all of the foregoing both individually and in their official capacities, from any and all causes of action, rights or claims of any type or description, known or unknown, which I have had in the past, now have, or might now have, through the date of my signing of this Release of Claims, in any way resulting from, arising out of or connected with my employment by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or other affiliates or the termination of that employment or pursuant to any federal, state or local law, regulation or other requirement (including without limitation Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act, and the fair employment practices laws of the state or states in which I have been employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or other affiliates, each as amended from time to time).
Excluded from the scope of this Release of Claims is (i) any claim arising under the terms of the Agreement after the effective date of this Release of Claims, (ii) any right of indemnification or contribution that I have pursuant to the Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or other affiliates, and (iii) any claims under any of the equity incentive plan and equity-based award agreements referenced in the Agreement with respect to any securities (including shares, options, and any other equity-based rights) that I continue to hold after I sign this Release of Claims.
In signing this Release of Claims, I acknowledge my understanding that I may not sign it prior to the termination of my employment, but that I may consider the terms of this Release of Claims for up to twenty-one (21) days (or such longer period as the Company may specify) from the later of the date my employment with the Company terminates or the date I receive this Release of Claims. I also acknowledge that I am advised by the Company and its subsidiaries and other affiliates to seek the advice of an attorney prior to signing this Release of Claims; that I have had sufficient time to consider this Release of

 


 

Claims and to consult with an attorney, if I wished to do so, or to consult with any other person of my choosing before signing; and that I am signing this Release of Claims voluntarily and with a full understanding of its terms.
I further acknowledge that, in signing this Release of Claims, I have not relied on any promises or representations, express or implied, that are not set forth expressly in the Agreement. I understand that I may revoke this Release of Claims at any time within seven (7) days of the date of my signing by written notice to the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company and that this Release of Claims will take effect only upon the expiration of such seven-day revocation period and only if I have not timely revoked it.
Intending to be legally bound, I have signed this Release of Claims under seal as of the date written below.
           
Signature:       
   
Name (please print):     
     
Date Signed:    

 


 

EXHIBIT G TO RANDALL T. MAYS AGREEMENT

RELEASE OF CLAIMS
     FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, and as required by the agreement between Randall T. Mays (“Executive”), Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (as successor to BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc. (“MergerSub”, the “Company”), and CC Media Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”) effective as of December 22 2009, the Company, and Holdings, , on their own behalf and on behalf of their predecessors, affiliates and successors, and each of their past, present, and future officers, directors, employees, representatives, attorneys, insurers, agents and assigns, individually and in their official capacities, hereby release and forever discharge Randall T. Mays from any and all causes of action, rights or claims of any type or description, known or unknown, which they have had in the past, now have, or might now have, through the date of signing of this Release of Claims, in any way resulting from, arising out of or connected with Executive’s employment by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or other affiliates or the termination of that employment or pursuant to any federal, state or local law, regulation or other requirements, including without limitation those arising under common law.
Excluded from the scope of this Release of Claims is (i) any claim arising after the effective date of this Release of Claims; and (ii) any claims relating to Executive’s commission of fraud, criminal acts, or other substantial, willful and intentional misconduct related to the Executive’s employment with the Company or any of its affiliates.

1


 

Intending to be legally bound, the parties below have signed this Release of Claims under seal as of the date written below.
         
Clear Channel Communications, Inc.
 
 
By:      
         
       
    Name:      
    Title:  
 
 
CC Media Holdings, Inc.
 
   
By:      
         
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

 

Exhibit 10.20
EXECUTION COPY
Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
9.25% Series A Senior Notes Due 2017
9.25% Series B Senior Notes Due 2017
Purchase Agreement
December 18, 2009
Goldman, Sachs & Co.,
     As representative of the several Purchasers
     named in Schedule I
hereto, 85 Broad Street, New
York, New York 10004
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Issuer”), an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to issue and sell to the Purchasers named in Schedule I hereto (the “Purchasers”) an aggregate of $500.0 million principal amount of 9.25% Series A Senior Notes Due 2017 (the “2017 A Notes”) and an aggregate of $2.0 billion principal amount of 9.25% Series B Senior Notes Due 2017 (the “2017 B Notes” and, together with the 2017 A Notes, the “Securities”). The Securities will be guaranteed as to the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest by the Company, Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc. (“CCOI”) and each of the subsidiaries of the Company named in Schedule II hereto (the Company, CCOI and such subsidiaries, the “Guarantors”, and such guarantees, the “Guarantees”).
1.   Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the each of the Purchasers that:
  (a)   A preliminary offering circular, dated December 18, 2009 (the “Preliminary Offering Circular”), and an offering circular, dated December 18, 2009 (the “Offering Circular”), have been prepared in connection with the offering of the Securities. The Preliminary Offering Circular, as amended and supplemented immediately prior to the Applicable Time (as defined in Section 1(b)), is hereinafter referred to as the “Pricing Circular”. Any reference to the Preliminary Offering Circular, the Pricing Circular or the Offering Circular shall be deemed to refer to and include any Additional Issuer Information (as defined in Section 5(f)) furnished by the Company prior to the completion of the distribution of the Securities. The Preliminary Offering Circular or the Offering Circular and any amendments or supplements thereto did not and will not, as of their respective dates, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this


 

      representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by a Purchaser through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein;
 
  (b)   For the purposes of this Agreement, the “Applicable Time” is 2:30 p.m. (Eastern time) on the date of this Agreement; the Pricing Circular as supplemented by the information set forth in Schedule IV hereto (collectively, the “Pricing Disclosure Package”), taken together as of the Applicable Time, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and each Company Supplemental Disclosure Document (as defined in Section 6(i)) listed on Schedule III hereto does not conflict with the information contained in the Pricing Circular or the Offering Circular and each such Company Supplemental Disclosure Document, as supplemented by and taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to statements or omissions made in a Company Supplemental Disclosure Document in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by a Purchaser through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein;
 
  (c)   Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Circular any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Circular; and, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Pricing Circular, there has not been any change in the capital stock or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Circular;
 
  (d)   The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property and good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them, except as described in the Offering Circular or except to the extent that the failure to have good and marketable title to any real or personal property would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; all such real property and personal property is free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Pricing Circular or such as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole;
 
  (e)   The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with power and authority (corporate and

2


 

      other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Pricing Circular, and has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing in such other jurisdictions would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; and each significant subsidiary (as such term is defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X) of the Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation;
 
  (f)   The Issuer has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Nevada, with power and authority (corporate and other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Pricing Circular, and has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing in such other jurisdictions would not have a material adverse effect on the Issuer and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; and each significant subsidiary (as such term is defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X) of the Issuer has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation;
 
  (g)   Each Guarantor that is a corporation has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation; each Guarantor that is a limited liability company has been duly formed and is validly existing as a limited liability company in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of formation; and each Guarantor that is a limited partnership has been duly formed and is validly existing as a limited partnership in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of formation; each Guarantor has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing in such other jurisdictions would not have a material adverse effect on such Guarantor;
 
  (h)   The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Pricing Circular, and all of the issued shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; and all of the issued shares of capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and (except as otherwise set forth in the Pricing Circular) are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims;
 
  (i)   The Securities have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered pursuant to this Agreement, will have been duly executed, authenticated by the Trustee, issued and delivered and will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Issuer entitled to the benefits provided by the indenture related to the 2017 A Notes, to be dated as of December 23, 2009 (the “Series A Indenture”) or the indenture related to the 2017 B Notes, to be dated as of December 23, 2009 (the “Series B Indenture” and, together with the Series A Indenture, the

3


 

      “Indentures”), in each case, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (the “Trustee”), under which they are to be issued; the Indentures have been duly authorized and, when executed and delivered by the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, the Indentures will constitute valid and legally binding instruments, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles; and the Securities and the Indentures will conform to the descriptions thereof in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Offering Circular and will be in substantially the form previously delivered to you;
 
  (j)   Each Guarantor has duly authorized its Guarantee and, when issued and delivered pursuant to this Agreement and the Indentures, will have been duly executed, issued and delivered and will constitute a valid and binding obligation of the related Guarantor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles; and the Guarantees will conform to the description thereof in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Offering Circular;
 
  (k)   The Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement related to the 2017 A Notes, to be dated as of December 23, 2009 (the “ Series A Registration Rights Agreement”) and the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement related to the 2017 B Notes, to be dated as of December 23, 2009 (the “Series B Registration Rights Agreement” and, together with the Series A Registration Rights Agreement, the “Registration Rights Agreements”), which will be substantially in the form previously delivered to you, have been duly authorized and as of the Time of Delivery (as defined herein) will have been duly executed and delivered by the Issuer and the Guarantors and will constitute valid and legally binding agreements enforceable against the Issuer and the Guarantors in accordance with their respective terms, subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles; and the Registration Rights Agreements will conform to the descriptions thereof in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Offering Circular;
 
  (I)   None of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including, without limitation, the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities) will violate or result in a violation of Section 7 of the Exchange Act, or any regulation promulgated thereunder, including, without limitation, Regulations T, U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System;
 
  (m)   Prior to the date hereof, neither the Issuer, the Guarantors nor any of their respective affiliates has taken any action which is designed to or which has constituted or which could have been reasonably expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Issuer or any Guarantor in connection with the offering of the Securities and the Guarantees;
 
  (n)   The issue and sale of the Securities and the Guarantees and the compliance by the Issuer and the Guarantors with all of the provisions of the Securities, the Guarantees, the Indentures, the Registration Rights Agreements and this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein and therein contemplated will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture,

4


 

      mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other material agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws or other applicable organizational documents of the Issuer or any of the Guarantors or any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties is required for the issue and sale of the Securities and the Guarantees or the consummation by the Issuer and the Guarantors of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Indentures or the Registration Rights Agreements, except for the filing of a registration statement by the Issuer with the Commission pursuant to the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreements and such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Securities by the Purchasers;
 
  (o)   Neither the Issuer nor any of the Guarantors is in violation of its Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws or other applicable organizational documents or in default in the performance or observance of any material obligation, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other material agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound;
 
  (p)   The statements set forth in the Pricing Circular and the Offering Circular under the caption “Description of the Notes”, insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms of the Securities and the Guarantees, under the caption “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations”, and under the caption “Plan of Distribution”, insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the laws and documents referred to therein, are accurate, complete and fair in all material respects;
 
  (q)   Other than as set forth in the Pricing Circular, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or of which any property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is the subject which, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the current or future financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; and, to the Company’s knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or threatened by others;
 
  (r)   When the Securities and the Guarantees are issued and delivered pursuant to this Agreement, neither the Securities nor the Guarantees will be of the same class (within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Act) as securities which are listed on a national securities exchange registered under Section 6 of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or quoted in a U.S. automated inter-dealer quotation system;

5


 

  (s)   The Company is subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;
 
  (t)   Neither the Issuer nor any of the Guarantors is, or after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof, is required to register as an “investment company”, as such term is defined in the United States Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”);
 
  (u)   Neither the Issuer, the Guarantors nor any of their affiliates nor any person acting on behalf of any of them (other than the Purchasers about which no representation is made) has offered or sold the Securities by means of any general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Rule 502(c) under the Act or, with respect to Securities sold outside the United States to non-U.S. persons (as defined in Rule 902 under the Act), by means of any directed selling efforts within the meaning of Rule 902 under the Act, and the Company, any affiliate of the Company and any person acting on its or their behalf in connection with Securities sold outside the United States to non-U.S. persons (as defined in Rule 902 under the Act), if any, has complied with and will implement the “offering restriction” within the meaning of such Rule 902;
 
  (v)   Within the preceding six months, none of the Issuer, the Guarantors or any person acting on behalf of the Issuer or the Guarantors has offered or sold to any person any Securities or Guarantees, or any securities of the same or a similar class as the Securities or Guarantees, other than Securities and Guarantees offered or sold to the Purchasers hereunder. The Issuer and the Guarantors will take reasonable precautions designed to insure that any offer or sale, direct or indirect, in the United States or to any U.S. person (as defined in Rule 902 under the Act) of any Securities or Guarantees or any substantially similar security issued by the Issuer, within six months subsequent to the date on which the distribution of the Securities and the Guarantees has been completed (as notified to the Company by Goldman, Sachs & Co.), is made under restrictions and other circumstances reasonably designed not to affect the status of the offer and sale of the Securities and the Guarantees in the United States and to U.S. persons contemplated by this Agreement as transactions exempt from the registration provisions of the Act;
 
  (w)   The Company maintains a system of internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) that complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act and has been designed by the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, or under their supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2008, and the Company is not aware of any material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting;
 
  (x)   Since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Circular, there has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting;

6


 

  (y)   The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act; such disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company and its subsidiaries is made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer by others within those entities; and such disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of September 30, 2009;
 
  (z)   The Issuer, the Guarantors and each of their respective subsidiaries have all licenses, franchises, permits, authorizations, approvals and orders and other concessions of and from all governmental or regulatory authorities that are necessary to own or lease their properties and conduct their businesses as described in the Pricing Circular, except to the extent that the failure to have any such license, franchise, permit, authorization, approval, order or concession would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole;
 
  (aa)   The Guarantors listed on Schedule II, other than the Company, together with the Issuer, constitute on the date hereof and on the Closing Date all of the direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company incorporated or otherwise organized within the United States; and
 
  (bb)   Ernst & Young LLP, which has audited certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, is an independent registered public accounting firm as required by the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
 
  (cc)   The Indentures will comply in all material respects with the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.
 
  (dd)   Except as otherwise disclosed in the Offering Circular, none of the foreign subsidiaries of Clear Channel Communications, Inc. is a borrower under (i) the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2008, among Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (as successor to BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc.), the Subsidiary Co-Borrowers party thereto, the Foreign Subsidiary Revolving Borrowers party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, the lenders party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and the other agents party thereto, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of July 9, 2008 and Amendment No. 2, dated as of July 28, 2008 or (ii) the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2008, among Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (as successor to BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc.), the Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto, Clear Channel Capital I, LLC, the lenders party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and the other agents party thereto, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of July 9, 2008 and Amendment No. 2, dated as of July 28, 2008.
2.   Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Issuer and the Guarantors agree to issue and sell to each of the Purchasers, and each of the Purchasers agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Issuer and the Guarantors, at a purchase price of 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest, if any, from December 23, 2009 to the Time of Delivery hereunder, the principal amount of Securities (including the Guarantees thereof) set forth opposite the name of the Purchaser in Schedule I hereto. Concurrently therewith, CCOI shall be required, and hereby agrees, to pay to Goldman, Sachs & Co., on behalf of the Purchasers, an amount equal to 1.75% of the principal amount of the Securities.

7


 

3.   Upon the authorization by you of the release of the Securities and Guarantees, the Purchasers propose to offer the Securities for sale upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Offering Circular, and each Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with the Issuer, the Company and the other Guarantors that:
  (a)   It will offer and sell the Securities only: (i) to persons who it reasonably believes are “qualified institutional buyers” (“QIBs”) within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Act in transactions meeting the requirements of Rule 144A or (ii) upon the terms and conditions set forth in Annex I to this Agreement;
 
  (b)   It is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Act; and
 
  (c)   It will not offer or sell the Securities by any form of general solicitation or general advertising, including but not limited to the methods described in Rule 502(c) under the Act.
4. (a) The Securities to be purchased by each Purchaser hereunder will be represented by one or more definitive global Securities in book-entry form which will be deposited by or on behalf of the Issuer with The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or its designated custodian. The Issuer and the Guarantors will deliver the Securities and the Guarantees to Goldman, Sachs & Co., for the account of each Purchaser, against payment by or on behalf of such Purchaser of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer in Federal (same day) funds, by causing DTC to credit the Securities to the account of Goldman, Sachs & Co. at DTC. The Issuer will cause the certificates representing the Securities to be made available to Goldman, Sachs & Co. for checking at least twenty-four hours prior to the Time of Delivery (as defined below) at the office of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, 825 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10019-7475 (the “Closing Location”). The time and date of such delivery and payment shall be 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on December 23, 2009 or such other time and date as Goldman, Sachs & Co. and the Company or Issuer may agree upon in writing. Such time and date are herein called the “Time of Delivery”.
  (b)   The documents to be delivered at the Time of Delivery by or on behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 8 hereof, including the cross-receipt for the Securities and any additional documents requested by the Purchasers pursuant to Section 8(h) hereof, will be delivered at such time and date at the Closing Location, and the Securities and the Guarantees will be delivered at DTC or its designated custodian, all at the Time of Delivery. A meeting will be held at the Closing Location at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next preceding the Time of Delivery, at which meeting the final drafts of the documents to be delivered pursuant to the preceding sentence will be available for review by the parties hereto. For the purposes of this Section 4, “New York Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
5.   Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agrees with each of the Purchasers:
  (a)   To prepare the Offering Circular in a form approved by you; to make no amendment or any supplement to the Offering Circular which shall be disapproved by you promptly after reasonable notice thereof; and to furnish you with copies thereof;

8


 

  (b)   Promptly from time to time to take such action as you may reasonably request to qualify the Securities for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as you may request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Securities, provided that in connection therewith neither the Issuer nor the Guarantors shall be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction;
 
  (c)   To furnish the Purchasers with written and electronic copies thereof in such quantities as you may from time to time reasonably request, and if, at any time prior to the expiration of nine months after the date of the Offering Circular, any event shall have occurred as a result of which the Offering Circular as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made when such Offering Circular is delivered, not misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary or desirable during such same period to amend or supplement the Offering Circular, to notify you and upon your request to prepare and furnish without charge to each Purchaser and to any dealer in securities as many written and electronic copies as you may from time to time reasonably request of an amended Offering Circular or a supplement to the Offering Circular which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance;
 
  (d)   During the period beginning from the date hereof and continuing until the date 90 days after the Time of Delivery, not to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, except as provided hereunder any securities of the Issuer or the Company that are substantially similar to the Securities or the Guarantees without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co.;
 
  (e)   Not to be or become, at any time prior to the expiration of two years after the Time of Delivery, an open-end investment company, unit investment trust, closed-end investment company or face-amount certificate company that is or is required to be registered under Section 8 of the Investment Company Act;
 
  (f)   At any time when the Company is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, for the benefit of holders from time to time of Securities, to furnish at its expense, upon request, to holders of Securities and prospective purchasers of securities information (the “Additional Issuer Information”) satisfying the requirements of subsection (d)(4)(i) of Rule 144A under the Act;
 
  (g)   Except for such documents that are publicly available on EDGAR, to furnish to the holders of the Securities as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year an annual report (including a balance sheet and statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries certified by independent public accountants) and, as soon as practicable after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year (beginning with the fiscal quarter ending after the date of the Offering Circular), to make available to the holders of the Securities consolidated summary financial information of the Company and its subsidiaries for such quarter in reasonable detail;

9


 

  (h)   During the period of one year after the Time of Delivery, the Issuer and the Guarantors will not, and will not permit any of their respective “affiliates” (as defined in Rule 144 under the Act) to, resell any of the Securities which constitute “restricted securities” under Rule 144 that have been reacquired by any of them; and
 
  (i)   To use the net proceeds received by them from the sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement in the manner specified in the Pricing Circular under the caption “Use of Proceeds”.
6.  
(i) Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Securities that, if the offering of the Securities contemplated by this Agreement were conducted as a public offering pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Act with the Commission, would constitute an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 under the Act (any such offer is hereinafter referred to as a “Company Supplemental Disclosure Document”);
(ii) Each Purchaser represents and agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Company and Goldman, Sachs & Co., such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, other than one or more term sheets relating to the Securities containing customary information and conveyed to purchasers of securities, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Securities that, if the offering of the Securities contemplated by this Agreement were conducted as a public offering pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Act with the Commission, would constitute a “free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act (any such offer (other than any such term sheets), is hereinafter referred to as a “Purchaser Supplemental Disclosure Document”); and
(iii) Any Company Supplemental Disclosure Document or Purchaser Supplemental Disclosure Document the use of which has been consented to by the Company and Goldman, Sachs & Co. is listed on Schedule III hereto.
7.   Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, covenant and agree with the several Purchasers that the Issuer and the Guarantors will pay or cause to be paid the following: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ counsel and accountants in connection with the issue of the Securities and all other expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, reproduction and filing of the Preliminary Offering Circular and the Offering Circular and any amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Purchasers and dealers; (ii) the cost of printing or producing any Agreement among the Purchasers, this Agreement, the Indentures, the Registration Rights Agreements, the Blue Sky Memorandum, closing documents (including any compilations thereof) and any other documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Securities; (iii) all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Securities for offering and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 5(b) hereof, including the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Purchasers in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky and legal investment surveys; (iv) any fees charged by securities rating services for rating the Securities; (v) the cost of preparing the Securities; (vi) the fees and expenses of the Trustee

10


 

    and any agent of the Trustee and the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Trustee in connection with the Indentures, the Securities and the Guarantees; (vii) all costs and expenses of the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers related to any roadshows or investor presentations, including, without limitation, the costs of printing or producing any investor presentation materials; (viii) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section. It is understood, however, that, except as provided in this Section, and Sections 9 and 12 hereof, the Purchasers will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees of their counsel, transfer taxes on resale of any of the Securities by them, and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.
 
8.   The obligations of the Purchasers hereunder shall be subject, in their discretion, to the condition that all representations and warranties and other statements of the Issuer and the Guarantors herein are, at and as of the Time of Delivery, true and correct, the condition that the Issuer and the Guarantors shall have performed all of its obligations hereunder theretofore to be performed, and the following additional conditions:
  (a)   You shall have received from Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, counsel for the Purchasers, such opinion or opinions, dated the Time of Delivery, with respect to such matters as the Purchasers may require, and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.
 
  (b)   (i) Ropes & Gray LLP, counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to you their written opinion and negative assurance letter, (ii) Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP, counsel for Clear Channel Communications, Inc., shall have furnished to you their written opinion (iii) Lionel Sawyer & Collins, counsel for the Issuer and certain Guarantors, shall have furnished to you their written opinion and (iv) Dechert LLP, counsel for certain Guarantors, shall have furnished to you their written opinion, in the case of each of clauses (i)-(iv), in form and substance satisfactory to you, dated the Time of Delivery and to the effect set forth in Annex II hereto.
 
  (c)   On the date of the Offering Circular prior to the execution of this Agreement and also at the Time of Delivery, Ernst & Young LLP shall have furnished to you a letter or letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof, in form and substance previously agreed to by you;
 
  (d)   (i) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall have sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Circular any loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Circular, and
(ii) Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Pricing Circular there shall not have been any change in the capital stock or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in or affecting the general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Circular,

11


 

      the effect of which, in any such case described in clause (i) or (ii), is in your judgment so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or the delivery of the Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated in this Agreement and in the Offering Circular;
 
  (e)   On or after the Applicable Time (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded the Company’s debt securities by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization”, as that term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Act, and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, with possible negative implications, its rating of any of the Company’s debt securities;
 
  (f)   On or after the Applicable Time there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Company’s securities on the New York Stock Exchange; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by either Federal or New York State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (iv) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or (v) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in your judgment makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or the delivery of the Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Offering Circular;
 
  (g)   The Purchasers shall have received a counterpart of each Registration Rights Agreement that shall have been executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Issuer and each Guarantor; and
 
  (h)   The Issuer and the Guarantors shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to you at the Time of Delivery certificates of officers of the Issuer and the Guarantors reasonably satisfactory to you as to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Issuer and the Guarantors herein at and as of such Time of Delivery, as to the performance by the Issuer and the Company of all of its obligations hereunder to be performed at or prior to such Time of Delivery, as to the matters set forth in subsection (d) of this Section and as to such other matters as you may reasonably request.
 
  (i)   The Issuer shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to you certificates of foreign qualifications of the Issuer and each of the Guarantors with respect to each of the jurisdictions in which such entities are qualified to do business as set forth on Schedule V.
9.   (a) The Issuer and the Guarantors will indemnify and hold harmless each Purchaser against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Purchaser may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Offering Circular, the Pricing Circular, the Offering Circular, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Company Supplemental Disclosure Document, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will

12


 

    reimburse each Purchaser for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Purchaser in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor shall be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any Preliminary Offering Circular, the Pricing Circular, the Offering Circular or any such amendment or supplement, or any Company Supplemental Disclosure Document, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Purchaser through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein.
  (b)   Each Purchaser will indemnify and hold harmless the Issuer and each Guarantor against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Issuer may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Offering Circular, the Pricing Circular, the Offering Circular, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Company Supplemental Disclosure Document, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in any Preliminary Offering Circular, the Pricing Circular, the Offering Circular or any such amendment or supplement, or any Company Supplemental Disclosure Document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Issuer by such Purchaser through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein; and will reimburse the Issuer and the Guarantors for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Issuer and the Guarantors in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred.
 
  (c)   Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under such subsection. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from

13


 

      all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
 
  (d)   If the indemnification provided for in this Section 9 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Issuer and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Purchasers on the other from the offering of the Securities. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law or if the indemnified party failed to give the notice required under subsection (c) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits, but also the relative fault of the Issuer and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Purchasers on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Issuer and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Purchasers on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Issuer and the Guarantors bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Purchasers, in each case as set forth in the Offering Circular. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Issuer and the Guarantors on the one hand or the Purchasers on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Issuer, the Guarantors and the Purchasers agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this subsection (d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Purchasers were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this subsection (d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (d), no Purchaser shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to investors were offered to investors exceeds the amount of any damages which such Purchaser has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. The Purchasers’ obligations in this subsection (d) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.
 
  (e)   The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the Issuer or the Guarantors may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to any affiliate of each Purchaser and each person, if any, who controls any Purchaser within the meaning of the Act; and the obligations of the Purchasers under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective

14


 

      Purchasers may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Issuer or any Guarantor and to each person, if any, who controls the Issuer or any Guarantor within the meaning of the Act.
10.   (a) If any Purchaser shall default in its obligation to purchase the Securities which it has agreed to purchase hereunder, you may in your discretion arrange for you or another party or other parties to purchase such Securities on the terms contained herein. If within thirty-six hours after such default by any Purchaser you do not arrange for the purchase of such Securities, then the Issuer shall be entitled to a further period of thirty-six hours within which to procure another party or other parties satisfactory to you to purchase such Securities on such terms. In the event that, within the respective prescribed periods, you notify the Issuer that you have so arranged for the purchase of such Securities, or the Issuer notifies you that it has so arranged for the purchase of such Securities, you or the Issuer shall have the right to postpone the Time of Delivery for a period of not more than seven days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Offering Circular, or in any other documents or arrangements, and the Issuer agrees to prepare promptly any amendments to the Offering Circular which in your opinion may thereby be made necessary. The term “Purchaser” as used in this Agreement shall include any person substituted under this Section with like effect as if such person had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Securities.
  (b)   If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Securities of a defaulting Purchaser or Purchasers by you and the Issuer as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate principal amount of such Securities which remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate principal amount of all the Securities, then the Issuer shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Purchaser to purchase the principal amount of Securities which such Purchaser agreed to purchase hereunder and, in addition, to require each non-defaulting Purchaser to purchase its pro rata share (based on the principal amount of Securities which such Purchaser agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Securities of such defaulting Purchaser or Purchasers for which such arrangements have not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Purchaser from liability for its default.
 
  (c)   If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Securities of a defaulting Purchaser or Purchasers by you and the Issuer as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate principal amount of Securities which remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate principal amount of all the Securities, or if the Issuer shall not exercise the right described in subsection (b) above to require non-defaulting Purchasers to purchase Securities of a defaulting Purchaser or Purchasers, then this Agreement shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Purchaser, the Issuer or any Guarantor, except for the expenses to be borne by the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Purchasers as provided in Section 7 hereof and the indemnity and contribution agreements in Section 9 hereof; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Purchaser from liability for its default.
11.   The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Issuer, the Guarantors and the several Purchasers, as set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any Purchaser or any controlling person of any Purchaser, or the Issuer or the Company, or

15


 

    any officer or director or controlling person of the Issuer or the Company, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Securities.
 
12.   If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Section 10 hereof, neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall then be under any liability to any Purchaser except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof; but, if for any other reason, the Securities are not delivered by or on behalf of the Issuer as provided herein, the Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will reimburse the Purchasers through you for all expenses, including fees and disbursements of counsel, reasonably incurred by the Purchasers in making preparations for the purchase, sale and delivery of the Securities, but neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor shall then be under any further liability to any Purchaser except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof; provided, however, if the Securities are not delivered by or on behalf of the Issuer because of a failure of a condition set forth in clause (i), (iii), (iv) or (v) of Section 8(f), neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor shall be required to reimburse any Purchaser for any expenses, including fees and disbursements of counsel.
 
13.   In all dealings hereunder, you shall act on behalf of each of the Purchasers, and the parties hereto shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of any Purchaser made or given by you.
 
14.   All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and if to the Purchasers shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to you as the representative at 85 Broad Street, 20th Floor, New York, New York 10004, Attention: Registration Department; and if to the Issuer or any Guarantor shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the address of the Company set forth in the Offering Circular, Attention: Secretary; provided, however, that any notice to a Purchaser pursuant to Section 9(c) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to such Purchaser at its address set forth in its Purchasers’ Questionnaire, or telex constituting such Questionnaire, which address will be supplied to the Company or the Issuer by you upon request. Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect upon receipt thereof.
 
15.   In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Purchasers are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Company, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the initial purchasers to properly identify their respective clients.
 
16.   This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the benefit of, the Purchasers, the Issuer, the Guarantors and, to the extent provided in Sections 9 and 11 hereof, the officers and directors of the Issuer and the Guarantors and each person who controls the Issuer or the Company or any Purchaser, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. No purchaser of any of the Securities from any Purchaser shall be deemed a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.
 
17.   Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement.

16


 

18.   The Issuer and the Guarantors acknowledge and agree that (i) the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Issuer and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the several Purchasers, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction each Purchaser is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Issuer or the Guarantors, (iii) no Purchaser has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Issuer or the Guarantors with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Purchaser has advised or is currently advising the Issuer or the Guarantors on other matters) or any other obligation to the Issuer and the Guarantors except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement and (iv) the Issuer and the Guarantors have consulted their own legal and financial advisors to the extent they deemed appropriate. The Issuer and the Guarantors agree that they will not claim that a Purchaser, or any of them, has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Issuer or the Guarantors, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.
 
19.   This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Purchasers, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement does not supersede any engagement letter entered into by any Purchaser and the Company or any of its affiliates in connection with the offering of the Securities and the transactions relating thereto, all of which shall remain in full force and effect.
 
20.   This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
 
21.   The Issuer, the Guarantors and each of the Purchasers hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
22.   This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such respective counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.
 
23.   Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Issuer and the Guarantors (and the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ employees, representatives, and other agents) are authorized to disclose to any and all persons, the tax treatment and tax structure of the potential transaction and all materials of any kind (including tax opinions and other tax analyses) provided to the Issuer or the Guarantors relating to that treatment and structure, without the Purchasers’ imposing any limitation of any kind. However, any information relating to the tax treatment and tax structure shall remain confidential (and the foregoing sentence shall not apply) to the extent necessary to enable any person to comply with securities laws. For this purpose, “tax treatment” means US federal and state income tax treatment, and “tax structure” is limited to any facts that may be relevant to that treatment.
If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us one for the Issuer and the Representative plus one for each counsel counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Purchasers, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement between each of the Purchasers, the Issuer and the

17


 

Guarantors. It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Purchasers is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Purchasers, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company for examination upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority of the signers thereof.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

18


 

             
    Very truly yours,    
 
           
    Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays
 
Name: Randall T. Mays
   
 
      Title: Executive Vice President, Chief    
 
                Financial Officer, Secretary    
 
           
    Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays
 
Name: Randall T. Mays
   
 
      Title: Chief Financial Officer    
 
           
    Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays
 
Name: Randall T. Mays
   
 
      Title: Chief Financial Officer    
 
           
    Clear Channel Adshel, Inc.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays
 
Name: Randall T. Mays
   
 
      Title: Chief Financial Officer    
 
           
    1567 Media LLC    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays
 
Name: Randall T. Mays
   
 
      Title: Chief Financial Officer    
[ Purchase Agreement ]

 


 

             
    Clear Channel Spectacolor, LLC    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays
 
Name: Randall T. Mays
   
 
      Title: Chief Financial Officer    
 
           
    Clear Channel Taxi Media, LLC    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays
 
Name: Randall T. Mays
   
 
      Title: Chief Financial Officer    
 
           
    Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings Company Canada    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays
 
Name: Randall T. Mays
   
 
      Title: Chief Financial Officer    
 
           
    Outdoor Management Services, Inc.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays
 
Name: Randall T. Mays
   
 
      Title: Chief Financial Officer    
 
           
    In-ter-space Services, Inc.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays
 
Name: Randall T. Mays
   
 
      Title: Chief Financial Officer    
[ Purchase Agreement ]

 


 

         
Accepted as of the date hereof:    
Goldman, Sachs & Co.    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Goldman, Sachs & Co.
 
(Goldman, Sachs & Co.)
   
 
       
as Representative of the several Purchasers    
[ Purchase Agreement ]

 


 

Schedule I
                 
    Principal     Principal  
    Amount of     Amount of  
    Series A Notes     Series B Notes  
    to be     to be  
Purchaser   Purchased     Purchased  
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
  $ 200,000,000     $ 800,000,000  
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
    100,000,000       400,000,000  
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
    70,000,000       280,000,000  
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
    35,000,000       140,000,000  
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
    35,000,000       140,000,000  
Moelis & Company LLC
    35,000,000       140,000,000  
Banc of America Securities LLC
    12,500,000       50,000,000  
Barclays Capital Inc.
    12,500,000       50,000,000  
 
               
 
           
Total
  $ 500,000,000     $ 2,000,000,000  
 
           

 


 

SCHEDULE II
GUARANTORS
1567 Media LLC
Clear Channel Adshel, Inc.
Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings Company Canada
Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.
Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.
Clear Channel Spectacolor, LLC
Clear Channel Taxi Media, LLC
In-ter-space Services, Inc.
Outdoor Management Services, Inc.

 


 

SCHEDULE III
Approved Supplemental Disclosure Documents:
Company Supplemental Disclosure Documents:
1. Series A Senior Notes Pricing Supplement, dated as of December 18, 2009, attached as Schedule IV hereto.
2. Series B Senior Notes Pricing Supplement, dated as of December 18, 2009, attached as Schedule IV hereto.
Purchaser Supplemental Disclosure Documents:
None.

 


 

SCHEDULE IV
[Attached behind this page]

 


 

PRICING SUPPLEMENT OF CLEAR CHANNEL WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS, INC.
This Pricing Supplement is qualified in its entirety by reference to Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.’s Confidential Preliminary Offering Circular dated December 11, 2009, as modified by the Confidential Preliminary Offering Circular dated December 18, 2009 (as so modified, the “Preliminary Offering Circular”). The information in this Pricing Supplement supplements the Preliminary Offering Circular and supersedes the information in the Preliminary Offering Circular to the extent inconsistent with the information in the Preliminary Offering Circular.
Series A Senior Notes
     
Issuer:
  Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
Security Description:
  Senior Notes
Distribution:
  144A/Reg S with Registration Rights
Maturity:
  December 15, 2017
Face Amount:
  $500,000,000
Gross Proceeds:
  $500,000,000
Coupon:
  9.250%
Price to Public:
  100.000%
Yield to Maturity:
  9.250%
Settlement Date:
  December 23, 2009 (T+3)
Interest Payment Dates:
  June 15 and December 15, beginning June 15, 2010
Optional Redemption:
  Callable, on or after the following dates, and at the following prices:
         
    Date   Price
 
  December 15, 2012   106.93750%
 
  December 15, 2013   104.6250%
 
  December 15, 2014   102.31250%
 
  December 15, 2015 and thereafter   100.000%
     
Equity Clawback:
  Prior to December 15, 2012 may redeem up to 35.00% at 109.250%
Spread to Treasury:
  602
Reference Treasury:
  4.25% UST due November 15, 2017
Joint Book-Running Managers:
  Goldman, Sachs & Co.
 
  Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
 
  Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
 
  Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
 
  Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
Co-Managers:
  Banc of America Securities LLC
 
  Barclays Capital Inc.
 
  Moelis & Company Inc.
         
CUSIP/ISIN:   144A   Reg S
 
  CUSIP: 18451Q AA6   CUSIP: U18294 AA3
 
  ISIN: US18451QAA67   ISIN: USU18294AA32
 
This communication is for informational purposes only and does not constitute an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy any security. No offer to buy securities described herein can be accepted, and no part of the purchase price thereof can be received, unless the person making such investment decision has received and reviewed the information contained in the relevant prospectus or offering circular in making their investment decisions. This communication is not intended to be a confirmation as required under Rule 10b-10 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. A formal confirmation will be delivered to you separately. This notice shall not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy, nor shall there be any sale of the notes in any state or jurisdiction in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful. The Series A Senior Notes and the Series B Senior Notes will be offered and sold to qualified institutional buyers in the United States in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), and to persons in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S under the Act. The notes have not been registered under the Act or any state securities laws, and may not be offered or sold in the United States or to U.S. persons absent registration or an applicable exemption from the registration requirements.

1 of 2


 

PRICING SUPPLEMENT OF CLEAR CHANNEL WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS, INC.
This Pricing Supplement is qualified in its entirety by reference to Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.’s Confidential Preliminary Offering Circular dated December 11, 2009, as modified by the Confidential Preliminary Offering Circular dated December 18, 2009 (as so modified, the “Preliminary Offering Circular”). The information in this Pricing Supplement supplements the Preliminary Offering Circular and supersedes the information in the Preliminary Offering Circular to the extent inconsistent with the information in the Preliminary Offering Circular.
Series B Senior Notes
     
Issuer:
  Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
Security Description:
  Senior Notes
Distribution:
  144A/Reg S with Registration Rights
Maturity:
  December 15, 2017
Face Amount:
  $2,000,000,000
Gross Proceeds:
  $2,000,000,000
Coupon:
  9.250%
Price to Public:
  100.000%
Yield to Maturity:
  9.250%
Settlement Date:
  December 23, 2009 (T+3)
Interest Payment Dates:
  June 15 and December 15, beginning June 15, 2010
Optional Redemption:
  Callable, on or after the following dates, and at the following prices:
         
    Date   Price
 
  December 15, 2012   106.93750%
 
  December 15, 2013   104.6250%
 
  December 15, 2014   102.31250%
 
  December 15, 2015 and thereafter   100.000%
     
Equity Clawback:
  Prior to December 15, 2012 may redeem up to 35.00% at 109.250%
Spread to Treasury:
  602
Reference to Treasury:
  4.25% UST due November 15, 2017
Joint Book-Running Managers:
  Goldman, Sachs & Co.
 
  Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
 
  Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
 
  Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
 
  Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
Co-Managers:
  Banc of America Securities LLC
 
  Barclays Capital Inc.
 
  Moelis & Company Inc.
         
CUSIP/ISIN:   144A   Reg S
 
  CUSIP: 18451Q AB4   CUSIP: U18294 AB1
 
  ISIN: US18451QAB41   ISIN: USU18294AB15
 
This communication is for informational purposes only and does not constitute an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy any security. No offer to buy securities described herein can be accepted, and no part of the purchase price thereof can be received, unless the person making such investment decision has received and reviewed the information contained in the relevant prospectus or offering circular in making their investment decisions. This communication is not intended to be a confirmation as required under Rule 10b-10 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. A formal confirmation will be delivered to you separately. This notice shall not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy, nor shall there be any sale of the notes in any state or jurisdiction in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful. The Series A Senior Notes and the Series B Senior Notes will be offered and sold to qualified institutional buyers in the United States in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), and to persons in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S under the Act. The notes have not been registered under the Act or any state securities laws, and may not be offered or sold in the United States or to U.S. persons absent registration or an applicable exemption from the registration requirements.

2 of 2


 

SCHEDULE V
CERTIFICATES OF FOREIGN QUALIFICATIONS
         
 
  Jurisdiction of    
 
  Formation/Incorporation   States Qualified
ISSUER
         
Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
  Nevada   N/A
 
       
GUARANTORS
       
 
       
Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.
  Delaware   DC
 
       
Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.
  Delaware   AZ, DC, NE, MA, NJ, IN, MI, GA, AL, MN, AK, TN, NC, VA,
ND, VT, WA, OK, NH, NM, PA, SC, WI, NY, SD, CA, TX, MT,
WY, CT, FL, KY, IL, LA, MO, MS, OH, CO, MD, ID, UT, AR,
KS, ME, IA, NV, OR, WV
 
       
Clear Channel Adshel, Inc.
  Delaware   DC
 
       
1567 Media LLC
  Delaware   NY

 


 

         
 
  Jurisdiction of    
 
  Formation/Incorporation    States Qualified
 
       
Clear Channel Spectacolor, LLC
  Delaware   NJ, NV, NY
 
       
Clear Channel Taxi Media, LLC
  Delaware   AZ, DC, MA, MI, NV, GA, WA, NY, TN, RI, CA, TX, FL, UT, MO, IL, MD, PA
 
       
Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings Company Canada
  Delaware   N/A
 
       
Outdoor Management Service, Inc.
  Nevada   N/A
 
       
In-ter-space Services, Inc.
  Pennsylvania   NE, MA, NJ, IN, MI, GA, AL, MN, AK, TN, NC, VA, OR, ND, VT, WA, OK, NV, NH, WV, NM, SC, WI, NY,
SD, CA, TX, ME, MT, OH, CO, CT, FL, KY, ID, IL, AR, KS, LA, MO, IA, MS, PA, AZ, MD

 


 

ANNEX I
(1)   The Securities have not been registered under the Act and may not be offered or sold within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. persons except in accordance with Regulation S under the Act or pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Act. The Purchaser represents that it has offered and sold the Securities, and will offer and sell the Securities (i) as part of its distribution at any time and (ii) otherwise until 40 days after the later of the commencement of the offering and the Time of Delivery, only in accordance with Rule 903 of Regulation S or Rule 144A under the Act. Accordingly, the Purchaser agrees that neither it, its affiliates nor any persons acting on its or their behalf has engaged or will engage in any directed selling efforts with respect to the Securities, and it and they have complied and will comply with the offering restrictions requirement of Regulation S. The Purchaser agrees that, at or prior to confirmation of sale of Securities (other than a sale pursuant to Rule 144A), it will have sent to each distributor, dealer or person receiving a selling concession, fee or other remuneration that purchases Securities from it during the restricted period a confirmation or notice to substantially the following effect:
 
    “The Securities covered hereby have not been registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) and may not be offered and sold within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. persons (i) as part of their distribution at any time or (ii) otherwise until 40 days after the later of the commencement of the offering and the closing date, except in either case in accordance with Regulation S (or Rule 144A if available) under the Securities Act. Terms used above have the meaning given to them by Regulation S.”
 
    Terms used in this paragraph have the meanings given to them by Regulation S.
 
    The Purchaser further agrees that it has not entered and will not enter into any contractual arrangement with respect to the distribution or delivery of the Securities, except with its affiliates or with the prior written consent of the Issuer.
 
(2)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, Securities in registered form may be offered, sold and delivered by the Purchaser in the United States and to U.S. persons pursuant to Section 3 of this Agreement without delivery of the written statement required by paragraph (1) above.
 
(3)   The Purchaser agrees that it will not offer, sell or deliver any of the Securities in any jurisdiction outside the United States except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable laws thereof, and that it will take at its own expense whatever action is required to permit its purchase and resale of the Securities in such jurisdictions. The Purchaser understands that no action has been taken to permit a public offering in any jurisdiction outside the United States where action would be required for such purpose.

 


 

ANNEX II (i)
FORM OF LEGAL OPINION OF ROPES & GRAY LLP
     Each Covered Guarantor listed on Schedule I hereto under the heading “Delaware Corporations” (a) is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and (b) has the corporate Power to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to conduct its business as described in the Offering Circular.
     Each of the Covered Guarantors listed on Schedule I hereto under the heading “Delaware Limited Liability Companies” (a) is a limited liability company validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State; of Delaware and (b). has the limited liability company power under its certificate of formation, its limited liability company agreement and the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to conduct its business as described in the Offering Circular.
     The Indentures have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the Covered Guarantors. Each Indenture constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and each Guarantor, enforceable against the Issuer and each Guarantor in accordance with its terms.
     Assuming due execution and authentication by the Trustee in the manner provided for in the Indentures, the Notes, when delivered against payment of the consideration therefor in accordance with the Purchase Agreement, constitute the valid and binding obligations of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms.
     The Guarantees have been duly authorized by each of the Covered Guarantors, and assuming that the Notes have been issued, authenticated and delivered against payment of the consideration therefor in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement, the Guarantees constitute valid and binding obligations of each of the Guarantors, enforceable against each of the Guarantors in accordance with their terms.
     The Registration Rights Agreements have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the Covered Guarantors. Each Registration Rights Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and each Guarantor, enforceable against the Issuer and each Guarantor in accordance with its terms.
     The Purchase Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the Covered Guarantors.
     The Proceeds Loan Agreements have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by CCOI . Each Proceeds Loan Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of each of CCOI and the Issuer, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms.

 


 

     Each of the Intercompany Amendments has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by CCOH.
     Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
     The execution and delivery by each Covered Guarantor of each of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the issuance and sale of the Guarantees by the Covered Guarantors will not violate or require the repurchase of securities under the charter or by-laws or limited liability company agreement, as applicable, of any of the Covered Guarantors. The execution and delivery by CCU, the Issuer and each Guarantor of each of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the issuance and sale of the Notes by the Issuer and of the Guarantees by the Guarantors will not (a) violate any Covered Laws or (b) result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any of the agreements, instruments, court orders, judgments or decrees listed on Scheduler IV hereto. With regard to clause (a) above, we do not express any opinion as to compliance with state securities or “Blue Sky” laws or as to compliance with the antifraud provisions on federal or state securities laws.
     No consent, approval, authorization or other order of, or registration or filing with, any court or other governmental or regulatory authority or agency is required under the Covered Laws for the execution and delivery by CCU, the Issuer or any of the Guarantors of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, or the issuance and delivery of the Notes or the Guarantees, except (i) such as may have beep obtained or made or as may be required under state securities or “Blue Sky” laws and (ii) as may be required under federal or state securities or “Blue Sky” laws in connection with the registration statement to be filed to exchange any and all of each series of Notes for a like aggregate principal amount of new notes (the “ Exchange Notes ”) or any registration statement for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 covering all of the Notes and declared effective under the Act, as contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement.
     Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers set forth in the Purchase Agreement, it is not necessary in connection with the offer, sale and delivery of the Notes in the manner contemplated by the Purchase Agreement and the Offering Circular to register the offer or sale of the Notes or the Guarantees under the Act or to qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, it being understood that we express no opinion as to any resale of Notes subsequent to the initial resale thereof by the Initial Purchasers.
     We are not representing CCOH or any of its Subsidiaries-in any pending litigation in which it is a named defendant that challenges the validity or enforceability of, or seeks to enjoin the performance of, the Transaction Documents.

 


 

ANNEX II (ii)
FORM OF LEGAL OPINION OF TEXAS COUNSEL
     The Company is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of Texas and has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Intercompany Amendments and to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for CC Media Holdings, Inc. for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.
     The Intercompany Amendments have been duly authorized, executed, and delivered by the Company.
     The Intercompany Amendments to which it is a party, constitutes the valid and binding obligation of each of the Company, Clear Channel Outdoor, and CCOH, enforceable against each of the Company, Clear Channel Outdoor, and CCOH in accordance with their terms.
     The execution, delivery, and performance of the Intercompany Amendments to which the Company, Clear Channel Outdoor or CCOH is a party, by the Company, Clear Channel Outdoor, or CCOH, will not result (a) in a violation of any law, rule or regulation that is an Included Law (as defined below), (b) in a violation of any Reviewed Order, or (c) in a violation of the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the Company.
     No authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body (each, a “ Filing ”) is required under any of the Included Laws for the due execution and delivery of the Intercompany Amendments to which the Company, Clear Channel Outdoor or CCOH is a party, by the Company, Clear Channel Outdoor, or CCOH, and the performance by the Company, Clear Channel Outdoor, or CCOH, of its obligations under the Intercompany Amendments to which it is a party, except for those which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect, except (i) Filings necessary in order to obtain and maintain perfection of liens, (ii) routine Filings necessary in connection with the conduct of the business of the Company, Clear Channel Outdoor or CCOH, as applicable, (iii) Filings necessary in connection with the exercise of remedies under the Intercompany Amendments, (iv) such other Filings as have been obtained or made, (v) Filings required under Federal and state securities laws, (vi) Filings related to environmental matters, ERISA matters, taxes, and intellectual property, and (vii) Filings required to maintain corporate and similar standing and existence.

 


 

ANNEX II (iii)
FORM OF LEGAL OPINION OF NEVADA COUNSEL
     Each of the Issuer and the Nevada Guarantor is a corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Nevada.
     Each of the Issuer and the Nevada Guarantor has the corporate power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as currently conducted and to execute, deliver and perform the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.
     Each of the Issuer and Nevada Guarantor has duly authorized, executed and delivered each Transaction Document to which it is a party.
     The execution, delivery and performance by each of the Issuer and Nevada Guarantor of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the compliance by each of the Issuer and Nevada Guarantor with all of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the consummation of the transactions therein contemplated will not conflict with, result in violation of, or constitute a default under (a) the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation or By-laws of the Issuer or Nevada Guarantor, (b) any Nevada law or regulation or (c) to our actual knowledge, any judgment, writ, injunction, decree, order or ruling of any Nevada court or governmental authority binding on the Issuer or Nevada Guarantor or any agreement to which the Issuer or Nevada Guarantor is a party.
     No consent, approval, waiver, license, or authorization or other action by or filing with any Nevada governmental authority is required on the part of the Issuer or Nevada Guarantor in connection with the consummation by the Issuer or Nevada Guarantor of the transactions contemplated to be performed pursuant to the Transaction Documents or the execution, delivery and performance by the Issuer or Nevada Guarantor of their respective obligations thereunder.

 


 

ANNEX II (iv)
FORM OF LEGAL OPINION OF PENNSYLVANIA COUNSEL
     The Pennsylvania Guarantor is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and has all requisite corporate power and corporate authority to conduct its business as it is, to our knowledge, currently conducted.
     The Pennsylvania Guarantor has all requisite corporate power and corporate authority to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby.
     The execution, delivery and performance by the Pennsylvania Guarantor of the Transaction Documents has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Pennsylvania Guarantor.
     The Transaction Documents have been duly executed and delivered by the Pennsylvania Guarantor.
     The execution and delivery by the Pennsylvania Guarantor of the Transaction Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, do not (a) violate the provisions of its Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws or (b) violate the provisions of the state laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania applicable to it.
     No authorization, approval or consent of, and no filing or registration with, any governmental or regulatory authority or agency of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania is required on the part of the Pennsylvania Guarantor for the execution or delivery by it of the Transaction Documents or for the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

Exhibit 10.21
EXECUTION COPY
Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
9.25% Series A Senior Notes Due 2017
unconditionally guaranteed as to the
payment of principal, premium,
if any, and interest by the Guarantors
 
Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement
December 23, 2009
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
     As representative of the several Purchasers
     named in Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement
85 Broad Street
New York, NY 10004
Ladies and Gentlemen:
          Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to the Purchasers (as defined herein) upon the terms set forth in the Purchase Agreement (as defined herein) $500,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017. As an inducement to the Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement and in satisfaction of a condition to the obligations of the Purchasers thereunder, the Company and the Guarantors agree with the Purchasers for the benefit of holders (as defined herein) from time to time of the Registrable Securities (as defined herein) as follows:
          1. Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”), the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:
      “Base Interest” shall mean the interest that would otherwise accrue on the Securities under the terms thereof and the Indenture, without giving effect to the provisions of this Agreement.
     The term “broker-dealer” shall mean any broker or dealer registered with the Commission under the Exchange Act.
      “Business Day” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 13e-4(a)(3) promulgated by the Commission under the Exchange Act, as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.
      “Closing Date" shall mean the date on which the Securities are initially issued.

1


 

      “Commission” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other federal agency at the time administering the Exchange Act or the Securities Act, whichever is the relevant statute for the particular purpose.
      “Effective Time,” in the case of (i) an Exchange Registration, shall mean the time and date as of which the Commission declares the Exchange Registration Statement effective or as of which the Exchange Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective and (ii) a Shelf Registration, shall mean the time and date as of which the Commission declares the Shelf Registration Statement effective or as of which the Shelf Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective.
      “Electing Holder” shall mean any holder of Registrable Securities that has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in accordance with Section 3(d)(ii) or Section 3(d)(iii) and the instructions set forth in the Notice and Questionnaire.
      “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder, as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.
      “Exchange Offer” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a).
      “Exchange Registration” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 3(c).
      “Exchange Registration Statement” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a).
      “Exchange Securities” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a).
      “Guarantor” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Indenture.
     The term “holder” shall mean each of the Purchasers and other persons who acquire Securities from time to time (including any successors or assigns), in each case for so long as such person owns any Securities.
      “IDEA System” means the IDEA filing system of the Commission and the rules and regulations pertaining thereto promulgated by the Commission in Regulation S-T under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, in each case as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time (and without regard to format).
      “Indenture” shall mean the trust indenture related to the Series A Notes, dated as of December 23, 2009, between the Company, the Guarantors and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, as the same may be amended from time to time.
      “Notice and Questionnaire” means a Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.
     The term “person” shall mean a corporation, limited liability company, association, partnership, organization, business, individual, government or political subdivision thereof or governmental agency.
      “Purchase Agreement” shall mean the Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2009, between the Purchasers, the Company and the Guarantors relating to the Securities.

2


 

      “Purchasers” shall mean the Purchasers named in Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement.
      “Registrable Securities” shall mean the Securities; provided, however, that a Security shall cease to be a Registrable Security upon the earliest to occur of the following: (i) in the circumstances contemplated by Section 2(a), the Security has been exchanged for an Exchange Security in an Exchange Offer as contemplated in Section 2(a) (provided that any Exchange Security that, pursuant to the last two sentences of Section 2(a), is included in a prospectus for use in connection with resales by broker-dealers shall be deemed to be a Registrable Security with respect to Sections 5, 6 and 9 until resale of such Registrable Security has been effected within the Resale Period); (ii) in the circumstances contemplated by Section 2(b), a Shelf Registration Statement registering such Security under the Securities Act has been declared or becomes effective and such Security has been sold or otherwise transferred by the holder thereof pursuant to and in a manner contemplated by such effective Shelf Registration Statement; (iii) subject to Section 8(b), such Security is actually sold by the holder thereof pursuant to Rule 144 under circumstances in which any legend borne by such Security relating to restrictions on transferability thereof, under the Securities Act or otherwise, is removed by the Company or pursuant to the Indenture; or (iv) such Security shall cease to be outstanding.
      “Registration Default” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c).
      “Registration Default Period” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c).
      “Registration Expenses” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 4.
      “Resale Period” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a).
      “Restricted Holder” shall mean (i) a holder that is an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405, (ii) a holder who acquires Exchange Securities outside the ordinary course of such holder’s business, (iii) a holder who has arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing Exchange Securities and (iv) a holder that is a broker-dealer, but only with respect to Exchange Securities received by such broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer in exchange for Registrable Securities acquired by the broker-dealer directly from the Company.
      “Rule 144,” “Rule 405”, “Rule 415”, “Rule 424”, “Rule 430B” and “Rule 433” shall mean, in each case, such rule promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.
      “Securities” shall mean the $500,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017 (the “Series A Notes”) to be issued and sold to the Purchasers, and securities issued in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof pursuant to the Indenture. Each Security is entitled to the benefit of the guarantees provided by the Guarantors in the Indenture (the “Guarantees”) and, unless the context otherwise requires, any reference herein to a “Security,” an “Exchange Security” or a “Registrable Security” shall include a reference to the related Guarantees.
      “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder, as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.

3


 

      “Shelf Registration” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b).
      “Shelf Registration Statement” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b).
      “Special Interest” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c).
      “Suspension Period” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b).
      “Trust Indenture Act” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder, as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.
      “Trustee” shall mean U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee under the Indenture, together with any successors thereto in such capacity.
          Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference herein to a “Section” or “clause” refers to a Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Agreement, and the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section or other subdivision.
     2. Registration Under the Securities Act.
     (a) Except as set forth in Section 2(b) below, the Company and the Guarantors agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to file under the Securities Act, within 210 days after the Closing Date, a registration statement relating to an offer to exchange (such registration statement, the “Exchange Registration Statement”, and such offer, the “Exchange Offer”) any and all of the Securities for a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities issued by the Company and guaranteed by the Guarantors, which debt securities and guarantees are substantially identical to the Securities and the related Guarantees, respectively (and are entitled to the benefits of the Indenture), except that they have been registered pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and do not contain provisions for Special Interest contemplated in Section 2(c) below (such new debt securities hereinafter called “Exchange Securities”). The Company and the Guarantors agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act no later than 270 days after the Closing Date. The Exchange Offer will be registered under the Securities Act on the appropriate form and will comply with all applicable tender offer rules and regulations under the Exchange Act. Unless the Exchange Offer would not be permitted by applicable law or Commission policy, the Company further agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to (i) commence the Exchange Offer promptly (but no later than 10 Business Days) following the Effective Time of such Exchange Registration Statement, (ii) hold the Exchange Offer open for at least 20 Business Days in accordance with Regulation 14E promulgated by the Commission under the Exchange Act and (iii) exchange Exchange Securities for all Registrable Securities that have been properly tendered and not withdrawn promptly following the expiration of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer will be deemed to have been “completed” only (i) if the debt securities and related guarantees received by holders other than Restricted Holders in the Exchange Offer for Registrable Securities are, upon receipt, transferable by each such holder without restriction under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and (ii) upon the Company having exchanged, pursuant to the Exchange Offer, Exchange Securities for all Registrable Securities that have been properly tendered and not withdrawn before the expiration of the Exchange Offer, which shall be on a date that is at least 20 and not more than 30 Business Days following the commencement of the Exchange Offer. The Company

4


 

and the Guarantors agree, that upon request, they will (x) include in the Exchange Registration Statement a prospectus for use in any resales by any holder of Exchange Securities that is a broker-dealer and (y) keep such Exchange Registration Statement effective for a period (the “Resale Period”) beginning when Exchange Securities are first issued in the Exchange Offer and ending upon the earlier of the expiration of the 180 th day after the Exchange Offer has been completed or such time as such broker-dealers no longer own any Registrable Securities. With respect to such Exchange Registration Statement, such holders shall have the benefit of the rights of indemnification and contribution set forth in Subsections 6(a), (c), (d) and (e).
     (b) If (i) on or prior to the time the Exchange Offer is completed existing law or Commission interpretations are changed such that the debt securities or the related guarantees received by holders other than Restricted Holders in the Exchange Offer for Registrable Securities are not or would not be, upon receipt, transferable by each such holder without restriction under the Securities Act, (ii) the Effective Time of the Exchange Registration Statement is not within 270 days following the Closing Date and the Exchange Offer has not been completed within 30 Business Days of such Effective Time or (iii) any holder of Registrable Securities notifies the Company prior to the 20 th Business Day following the completion of the Exchange Offer that: (A) it is prohibited by law or Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer, (B) it may not resell the Exchange Securities to the public without delivering a prospectus and the prospectus supplement contained in the Exchange Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales or (C) it is a broker-dealer and owns Securities acquired directly from the Company or an affiliate of the Company, then the Company and the Guarantors shall, in lieu of (or, in the case of clause (iii), in addition to) conducting the Exchange Offer contemplated by Section 2(a), file under the Securities Act no later than 30 days after the time such obligation to file arises (but no earlier than 210 days after the Closing Date), a “shelf” registration statement providing for the registration of, and the sale on a continuous or delayed basis by the holders of, all of the Registrable Securities, pursuant to Rule 415 or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission (such filing, the “Shelf Registration” and such registration statement, the “Shelf Registration Statement”). The Company and the Guarantors agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to become or be declared effective no later than 90 days after such Shelf Registration Statement filing obligation arises (but no earlier than 270 days after the Closing Date); provided, that if at any time the Company is or becomes a “well-known seasoned issuer” (as defined in Rule 405) and is eligible to file an “automatic shelf registration statement” (as defined in Rule 405), then the Company and the Guarantors shall file the Shelf Registration Statement in the form of an automatic shelf registration statement as provided in Rule 405. The Company and the Guarantors agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective for a period ending on the earlier of the second anniversary of the Effective Time or such time as there are no longer any Registrable Securities outstanding. No holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities unless such holder is an Electing Holder. The Company and the Guarantors agree, after the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement and promptly upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities that is not then an Electing Holder, to use commercially reasonable efforts to enable such holder to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, any action necessary to identify such holder as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement (whether by post-effective amendment thereto or by filing a prospectus pursuant to Rules 430B and 424(b) under the

5


 

Securities Act identifying such holder), provided, however, that nothing in this sentence shall relieve any such holder of the obligation to return a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in accordance with Section 3(d)(iii). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2(b), upon notice to the Electing Holders, the Company may suspend the use or the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement which shall not exceed 45 days in any three-month period or 90 days in any twelve-month period (a “Suspension Period”) if the Board of Directors of the Company determines that there is a valid business purpose for suspension of the Shelf Registration Statement; provided that the Company shall promptly notify the Electing Holders when the Shelf Registration Statement may once again be used or is effective.
     (c) In the event that (i) the Company and the Guarantors have not filed the Shelf Registration Statement on or before the date on which such Shelf Registration Statement is required to be filed pursuant to Section 2(b), or (ii) the Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement has not become effective or been declared effective by the Commission on or before the date on which such registration statement is required to become or be declared effective pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(b), respectively, or (iii) the Exchange Offer has not been completed within 30 Business Days after the Effective Time of the Exchange Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Offer (if the Exchange Offer is then required to be made) or (iv) any Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement required by Section 2(a) or Section 2(b) is filed and declared effective but shall thereafter either be withdrawn by the Company or shall become subject to an effective stop order issued pursuant to Section 8(d) of the Securities Act suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement (except as specifically permitted herein, including, with respect to any Shelf Registration Statement, during any applicable Suspension Period in accordance with the last sentence of Section 2(b)) without being succeeded immediately by an additional registration statement filed and declared effective (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a “Registration Default” and each period during which a Registration Default has occurred and is continuing, a “Registration Default Period’), then, as liquidated damages for such Registration Default, subject to the provisions of Section 9(b), special interest (“Special Interest”), in addition to the Base Interest, shall accrue on all Registrable Securities then outstanding at a per annum rate of 0.25% for the first 90 days of the Registration Default Period and at a per annum rate of 0.50% thereafter for the remaining portion of the Registration Default Period.
     (d) Any reference herein to a registration statement or prospectus as of any time shall be deemed to include any document incorporated, or deemed to be incorporated, therein by reference as of such time; and any reference herein to any post-effective amendment to a registration statement or to any prospectus supplement as of any time shall be deemed to include any document incorporated, or deemed to be incorporated, therein by reference as of such time.
     3. Registration Procedures.
          If the Company and the Guarantors file a registration statement pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(b), the following provisions shall apply:
     (a) At or before the Effective Time of the Exchange Registration or any Shelf Registration, whichever may occur first, the Company shall qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

6


 

     (b) In the event that such qualification would require the appointment of a new trustee under the Indenture, the Company shall appoint a new trustee thereunder pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture.
     (c) In connection with the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations with respect to the registration of Exchange Securities as contemplated by Section 2(a) (the “Exchange Registration”), if applicable, the Company and the Guarantors shall:
     (i) use commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and file with the Commission an Exchange Registration Statement on any form which may be utilized by the Company and the Guarantors and which shall permit the Exchange Offer and resales of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers during the Resale Period to be effected as contemplated by Section 2(a), and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Exchange Registration Statement to become effective no later than 270 days after the Closing Date;
     (ii) as soon as practicable prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Exchange Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein as may be necessary to effect and maintain the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement for the periods and purposes contemplated in Section 2(a) and as may be required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the instructions applicable to the form of such Exchange Registration Statement, and promptly provide each broker-dealer holding Exchange Securities with such number of copies of the prospectus included therein (as then amended or supplemented), in conformity in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act, as such broker-dealer reasonably may request prior to the expiration of the Resale Period, for use in connection with resales of Exchange Securities;
     (iii) promptly notify each broker-dealer that has requested or received copies of the prospectus included in such Exchange Registration Statement, and confirm such advice in writing, (A) when such Exchange Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or any prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to such Exchange Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (B) of any comments by the Commission and by the blue sky or securities commissioner or regulator of any state with respect thereto or any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such Exchange Registration Statement or prospectus or for additional information, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, (D) if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company or any of the Guarantors contemplated by Section 5 cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (E) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Exchange Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, (F) the occurrence of any event that causes the Company to become an “ineligible issuer” as defined in Rule 405, or (G) if at any time during the Resale Period when a prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, that such Exchange Registration Statement, prospectus, prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment does not conform in all material respects to the applicable

7


 

requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;
     (iv) in the event that the Company and the Guarantors would be required, pursuant to Section 3(c)(iii)(G), to notify any broker-dealers holding Exchange Securities (except as otherwise permitted during any Suspension Period), promptly prepare and furnish to each such holder a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of such Exchange Securities during the Resale Period, such prospectus shall conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;
     (v) use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto at the earliest practicable date;
     (vi) use commercially reasonable efforts to (A) register or qualify the Exchange Securities under the securities laws or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as are contemplated by Section 2(a) no later than the commencement of the Exchange Offer, to the extent required by such laws, (B) keep such registrations or qualifications in effect and comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of offers, sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions until the expiration of the Resale Period, (C) take any and all other actions as may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each broker-dealer holding Exchange Securities to consummate the disposition thereof in such jurisdictions and (D) obtain the consent or approval of each governmental agency or authority, whether federal, state or local, which may be required to effect the Exchange Registration, the Exchange Offer and the offering and sale of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers during the Resale Period; provided, however, that neither the Company nor the Guarantors shall be required for any such purpose to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for the requirements of this Section 3(c)(vi), (2) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or become subject to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (3) make any changes to its certificate of incorporation or by-laws or other governing documents or any agreement between it and its stockholders;
     (vii) obtain a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities, not later than the applicable Effective Time; and
     (viii) make generally available to its securityholders no later than eighteen months after the Effective Time of such Exchange Registration Statement, an “earning statement” of the Company, the Guarantors and their respective subsidiaries complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158 thereunder).
     (d) In connection with the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations with respect to the Shelf Registration, if applicable, the Company and the Guarantors shall:

8


 

     (i) prepare and file with the Commission, within the time periods specified in Section 2(b), a Shelf Registration Statement on any form which may be utilized by the Company and which shall register all of the Registrable Securities for resale by the holders thereof in accordance with such method or methods of disposition as may be specified by the holders of Registrable Securities as, from time to time, may be Electing Holders and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to become effective within the time periods specified in Section 2(b);
     (ii) mail the Notice and Questionnaire to the holders of Registrable Securities (A) not less than 30 days prior to the anticipated Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement or (B) in the case of an “automatic shelf registration statement” (as defined in Rule 405), mail the Notice and Questionnaire to the holders of Registrable Securities not later than the Effective Time of such Shelf Registration Statement, and in any such case no holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement, and no holder shall be entitled to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities at any time, unless and until such holder has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company;
     (iii) after the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement, upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities that is not then an Electing Holder, promptly send a Notice and Questionnaire to such holder; provided that the Company shall not be required to take any action to name such holder as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or to enable such holder to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities until such holder has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company;
     (iv) as soon as practicable prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Shelf Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein as may be necessary to effect and maintain the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement for the period specified in Section 2(b) and as may be required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the instructions applicable to the form of such Shelf Registration Statement, and furnish to the Electing Holders copies of any such supplement or amendment simultaneously with or prior to its being used or filed with the Commission to the extent such documents are not publicly available on the Commission’s IDEA System;
     (v) comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all of the Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the Electing Holders provided for in such Shelf Registration Statement;
     (vi) provide the Electing Holders and not more than one counsel for all the Electing Holders the opportunity to participate in the preparation of such Shelf Registration Statement, each prospectus included therein or filed with the Commission and each amendment or supplement thereto;
     (vii) for a reasonable period prior to the filing of such Shelf Registration Statement, and throughout the period specified in Section 2(b), make available at

9


 

reasonable times at the Company’s principal place of business or such other reasonable place for inspection by the persons referred to in Section 3(d)(vi) who shall certify to the Company that they have a current intention to sell the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration such financial and other information and books and records of the Company and the Guarantors, and cause the officers, employees, counsel and independent certified public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors to respond to such inquiries, as shall be reasonably necessary (and in the case of counsel, not violate an attorney-client privilege, in such counsel’s reasonable belief), in the judgment of the respective counsel referred to in Section 3(d)(vi), to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act; provided, however, that the foregoing inspection and information gathering on behalf of the Electing Holders shall be conducted by one counsel designated by the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities held by the Electing Holders at the time outstanding and provided further that each such party shall be required to maintain in confidence and not to disclose to any other person any information or records reasonably designated by the Company or the Guarantors as being confidential, until such time as (A) such information becomes a matter of public record (whether by virtue of its inclusion in such Shelf Registration Statement or otherwise), or (B) such person shall be required so to disclose such information pursuant to a subpoena or order of any court or other governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the matter (subject to the requirements of such order, and only after such person shall have given the Company prompt prior written notice of such requirement), or (C) such information is required to be set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or in an amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to such prospectus in order that such Shelf Registration Statement, prospectus, amendment or supplement, as the case may be, complies with applicable requirements of the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations of the Commission and does not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;
     (viii) promptly notify each of the Electing Holders and confirm such advice in writing, (A) when such Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or any prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to such Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (B) of any comments by the Commission and by the blue sky or securities commissioner or regulator of any state with respect thereto or any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such Shelf Registration Statement or prospectus or for additional information, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, (D) if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company or any of the Guarantors set forth in Section 5 cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (E) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, (F) the occurrence of any event that causes the Company or any of the Guarantors to become an “ineligible issuer” as defined in Rule 405, or (G) if at any time when a prospectus is required to be delivered under

10


 

the Securities Act, that such Shelf Registration Statement, prospectus, prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment does not conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;
     (ix) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto at the earliest practicable date;
     (x) if requested by any Electing Holder, promptly incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as is required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and as such Electing Holder specifies should be included therein relating to the terms of the sale of such Registrable Securities, including information with respect to the principal amount of Registrable Securities being sold by such Electing Holder, the name and description of such Electing Holder, the offering price of such Registrable Securities and any discount, commission or other compensation payable in respect thereof and with respect to any other terms of the offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold by such Electing Holder; and make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment promptly after notification of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;
     (xi) furnish to each Electing Holder and the counsel referred to in Section 3(d)(vi) an executed copy (or a conformed copy) of such Shelf Registration Statement, each such amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits thereto (in the case of an Electing Holder of Registrable Securities, upon request) and documents incorporated by reference therein) and such number of copies of such Shelf Registration Statement (excluding exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein unless specifically so requested by such Electing Holder) and of the prospectus included in such Shelf Registration Statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus), in conformity in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act to the extent such documents are not available through the Commission’s IDEA System, and such other documents, as such Electing Holder may reasonably request in order to facilitate the offering and disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Electing Holder and to permit such Electing Holder to satisfy the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; and subject to Section 3(e), the Company hereby consents to the use of such prospectus (including such preliminary and summary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto by each such Electing Holder (subject to any applicable Suspension Period), in each case in the form most recently provided to such person by the Company, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by the prospectus (including such preliminary and summary prospectus) or any supplement or amendment thereto;
     (xii) use commercially reasonable efforts to (A) register or qualify the Registrable Securities to be included in such Shelf Registration Statement under such securities laws or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Electing Holder shall reasonably request, (B) keep such registrations or qualifications in effect and

11


 

comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of offers, sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions during the period the Shelf Registration Statement is required to remain effective under Section 2(b) and for so long as may be necessary to enable any such Electing Holder to complete its distribution of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, (C) take any and all other actions as may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each such Electing Holder to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of such Registrable Securities and (D) obtain the consent or approval of each governmental agency or authority, whether federal, state or local, which may be required to effect the Shelf Registration or the offering or sale in connection therewith or to enable the selling holder or holders to offer, or to consummate the disposition of, their Registrable Securities; provided, however, that neither the Company nor the Guarantors shall be required for any such purpose to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for the requirements of this Section 3(d)(xii), (2) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or become subject to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (3) make any changes to its certificate of incorporation or by-laws or other governing documents or any agreement between it and its stockholders;
     (xiii) unless any Registrable Securities shall be in book-entry only form, cooperate with the Electing Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold, which certificates, if so required by any securities exchange upon which any Registrable Securities are listed, shall be printed, penned, lithographed, engraved or otherwise produced by any combination of such methods, on steel engraved borders, and which certificates shall not bear any restrictive legends;
     (xiv) obtain a CUSIP number for all Securities that have been registered under the Securities Act, not later than the applicable Effective Time;
     (xv) notify in writing each holder of Registrable Securities of any proposal by the Company to amend or waive any provision of this Agreement pursuant to Section 9(h) and of any amendment or waiver effected pursuant thereto, each of which notices shall contain the text of the amendment or waiver proposed or effected, as the case may be; and
     (xvi) make generally available to its securityholders no later than eighteen months after the Effective Time of such Shelf Registration Statement an “earning statement” of the Company and its subsidiaries complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158 thereunder).
     (e) In the event that the Company would be required, pursuant to Section 3(d)(viii)(G), to notify the Electing Holders, the Company shall promptly prepare and furnish to each of the Electing Holders a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing. Each Electing Holder agrees that upon receipt of any notice from the Company pursuant to Section 3(d)(viii)(G), such Electing Holder shall forthwith discontinue the disposition of

12


 

Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement applicable to such Registrable Securities until such Electing Holder shall have received copies of such amended or supplemented prospectus, and if so directed by the Company, such Electing Holder shall deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities in such Electing Holder’s possession at the time of receipt of such notice.
     (f) In the event of a Shelf Registration, in addition to the information required to be provided by each Electing Holder in its Notice and Questionnaire, the Company may require such Electing Holder to furnish to the Company such additional information regarding such Electing Holder and such Electing Holder’s intended method of distribution of Registrable Securities as may be required in order to comply with the Securities Act. Each such Electing Holder agrees to notify the Company as promptly as practicable of any inaccuracy or change in information previously furnished by such Electing Holder to the Company or of the occurrence of any event in either case as a result of which any prospectus relating to such Shelf Registration contains or would contain an untrue statement of a material fact regarding such Electing Holder or such Electing Holder’s intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities or omits to state any material fact regarding such Electing Holder or such Electing Holder’s intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing, and promptly to furnish to the Company any additional information required to correct and update any previously furnished information or required so that such prospectus shall not contain, with respect to such Electing Holder or the disposition of such Registrable Securities, an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing.
     (g) Until the expiration of one year after the Closing Date, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its “affiliates” (as defined in Rule 144) to, resell any of the Securities that have been reacquired by any of them except pursuant to an effective registration statement, or a valid exemption from the registration requirements, under the Securities Act.
     (h) As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer, each holder of Registrable Securities shall furnish, upon the request of the Company, a written representation to the Company (which may be contained in the letter of transmittal or “agent’s message” transmitted via The Depository Trust Company’s Automated Tender Offer Procedures, in either case contemplated by the Exchange Registration Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an “affiliate” of the Company, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, or if it is such an “affiliate”, it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable, (B) it is not engaged in and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer, (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Securities in its ordinary course of business, (D) if it is a broker-dealer that holds Securities that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Securities acquired directly from the Company or any of its affiliates), it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales of the Exchange Securities received by it in the Exchange Offer, (E) if it is a broker-dealer, that it did not purchase the Securities to be exchanged in the Exchange Offer from the Company or any of its affiliates, and (F) it is not acting on behalf of any person who could not truthfully and completely make the representations contained in the foregoing subclauses (A) through (E).

13


 

          4. Registration Expenses.
               The Company and the Guarantors agree to bear and to pay or cause to be paid promptly all expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including (a) all Commission and any FINRA registration, filing and review fees and expenses including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Eligible Holders in connection with such registration, filing and review, (b) all fees and expenses in connection with the qualification of the Registrable Securities and the Exchange Securities, as applicable, for offering and sale under the State securities and blue sky laws referred to in Section 3(d)(xii) and determination of their eligibility for investment under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Electing Holders may designate, including any reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Electing Holders in connection with such qualification and determination, (c) all expenses relating to the preparation, printing, production, distribution and reproduction of each registration statement required to be filed hereunder, each prospectus included therein or prepared for distribution pursuant hereto, each amendment or supplement to the foregoing, the expenses of preparing the Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, for delivery and the expenses of printing or producing any selling agreements and blue sky or legal investment memoranda and all other documents in connection with the offering, sale or delivery of Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, to be disposed of (including certificates representing the Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable), (d) messenger, telephone and delivery expenses relating to the offering, sale or delivery of Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, and the preparation of documents referred in clause (c) above, (e) fees and expenses of the Trustee under the Indenture, any agent of the Trustee and any counsel for the Trustee and of any collateral agent or custodian, (f) internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of the Company’s officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), (g) fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel and independent certified public accountants of the Company, (h) reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of one counsel for the Electing Holders retained in connection with a Shelf Registration, as selected by the Electing Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities held by Electing Holders (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company), (i) any fees charged by securities rating services for rating the Registrable Securities or the Exchange Securities, as applicable, and 0) fees, expenses and disbursements of any other persons, including special experts, retained by the Company in connection with such registration (collectively, the “Registration Expenses”). To the extent that any Registration Expenses are incurred, assumed or paid by any holder of Registrable Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, the Company shall reimburse such person for the full amount of the Registration Expenses so incurred, assumed or paid promptly after receipt of a request therefor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the holders of the Registrable Securities being registered shall pay all agency fees and commissions and underwriting discounts and commissions, if any, and transfer taxes, if any, attributable to the sale of such Registrable Securities and Exchange Securities, as applicable, and the fees and disbursements of any counsel or other advisors or experts retained by such holders (severally or jointly), other than the counsel and experts specifically referred to above.
          5. Representations and Warranties.
               Each of the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each Purchaser and each of the holders from time to time of Registrable Securities that:

14


 

     (a) Each registration statement covering Registrable Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, and each prospectus (including any preliminary or summary prospectus) contained therein or furnished pursuant to Section 3(c) or Section 3(d) and any further amendments or supplements to any such registration statement or prospectus, when it becomes effective or is filed with the Commission, as the case may be, will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and at all times subsequent to the Effective Time when a prospectus would be required to be delivered under the Securities Act, other than (A) from (i) such time as a notice has been given to holders of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 3(c)(iii)(G) or Section 3(d)(viii)(G) until (ii) such time as the Company furnishes an amended or supplemented prospectus pursuant to Section 3(c)(iv) or Section 3(e) or (B) during any applicable Suspension Period, each such registration statement, and each prospectus (including any summary prospectus) contained therein or furnished pursuant to Section 3(c) or Section 3(d), as then amended or supplemented, will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by a holder of Registrable Securities expressly for use therein.
     (b) Any documents incorporated by reference in any prospectus referred to in Section 5(a), when they become or became effective or are or were filed with the Commission, as the case may be, will conform or conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, as applicable, and none of such documents will contain or contained an untrue statement of a material fact or will omit or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by a holder of Registrable Securities expressly for use therein.
     (c) The compliance by the Company and the Guarantors with all of the provisions of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company, the Guarantors or any of their respective subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company, the Guarantors or any of their respective subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company, the Guarantors or any of their respective subsidiaries is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, as amended, or the by-laws or other governing documents, as applicable, of the Company or the Guarantors or (iii) result in any violation of any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company, the Guarantors or any of their respective subsidiaries or any of their respective properties; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body is required for the consummation by the Company and the Guarantors of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except (x) the registration under the Securities Act of the Registrable Securities and the Exchange Securities, as applicable, and qualification of the

15


 

Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, (y) such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or blue sky laws in connection with the offering and distribution of the Registrable Securities and the Exchange Securities, as applicable, and (z) such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications that have been obtained and are in full force and effect as of the date hereof.
     (d) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and by the Guarantors.
          6. Indemnification and Contribution.
     (a) Indemnification by the Company and the Guarantors. The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will indemnify and hold harmless each of the holders of Registrable Securities included in an Exchange Registration Statement and each of the Electing Holders as holders of Registrable Securities included in a Shelf Registration Statement against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such holder or such Electing Holder may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Exchange Registration Statement or any Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, under which such Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities were registered under the Securities Act, or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus (including, without limitation, any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433) contained therein or furnished by the Company to any such holder or any such Electing Holder, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each such holder and each such Electing Holder for any and all legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that neither the Company nor the Guarantors shall be liable to any such person in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, or preliminary, final or summary prospectus (including, without limitation, any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433), or amendment or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such person expressly for use therein.
     (b) Indemnification by the Electing Holders. The Company may require, as a condition to including any Registrable Securities in any Shelf Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2(b), that the Company shall have received an undertaking reasonably satisfactory to it from each Electing Holder of Registrable Securities included in such Shelf Registration Statement, severally and not jointly, to (i) indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Guarantors and all other Electing Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Shelf Registration Statement, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company, the Guarantors or such other Electing Holders may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus (including, without limitation, any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433) contained therein or furnished by the Company to any Electing Holder,

16


 

or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Electing Holder expressly for use therein, and (ii) reimburse the Company and the Guarantors for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company and the Guarantors in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that no such Electing Holder shall be required to undertake liability to any person under this Section 6(b) for any amounts in excess of the dollar amount of the proceeds to be received by such Electing Holder from the sale of such Electing Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration.
     (c) Notices of Claims, Etc. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above of written notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party pursuant to the indemnification provisions of or contemplated by this Section 6, notify such indemnifying party in writing of the commencement of such action; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under the indemnification provisions of or contemplated by Section 6(a) or Section 6(b). In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, such indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, such indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
     (d) Contribution. If for any reason the indemnification provisions contemplated by Section 6(a) or Section 6(b) are unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue

17


 

statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such indemnifying party or by such indemnified party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 6(d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 6(d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6(d), no Electing Holder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the dollar amount of the proceeds received by such holder from the sale of any Registrable Securities (after deducting any fees, discounts and commissions applicable thereto) exceeds the amount of any damages which such holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The holders’ obligations in this Section 6(d) to contribute shall be several in proportion to the principal amount of Registrable Securities registered by them and not joint.
     (e) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 6 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company or the Guarantors may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer, director and partner of each holder, each Electing Holder, and each person, if any, who controls any of the foregoing within the meaning of the Securities Act; and the obligations of the holders and the Electing Holders contemplated by this Section 6 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective holder or Electing Holder may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company or the Guarantors and to each person, if any, who controls the Company or any of the Guarantors within the meaning of the Securities Act, as well as to each officer and director of the other holders and to each person, if any, who controls such other holders within the meaning of the Securities Act.
          7. Underwritten Offerings.
               Each holder of Registrable Securities hereby agrees with the Company and each other such holder that no holder of Registrable Securities may participate in any underwritten offering hereunder unless (a) the Company gives its prior written consent to such underwritten offering, (b) the managing underwriter or underwriters thereof shall be designated by Electing Holders holding at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities to be included in such offering, provided that such designated managing underwriter or underwriters is or are reasonably acceptable to the Company, (c) each holder of Registrable Securities participating in such underwritten offering agrees to sell such holder’s Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled selecting the managing underwriter or underwriters hereunder and (d) each holder of Registrable Securities participating in such underwritten offering completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. The Company hereby agrees with each holder of Registrable Securities that, to the extent it consents to an underwritten offering hereunder, it will negotiate in good faith and execute all indemnities,

18


 

underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements, including using commercially reasonable efforts to procure customary legal opinions and auditor “comfort” letters.
          8. Rule 144.
     (a) Facilitation of Sales Pursuant to Rule 144. The Company and each of the Guarantors covenant to the holders of Registrable Securities that to the extent it shall be required to do so under the Exchange Act, the Company and the Guarantors shall timely file the reports required to be filed by it under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act (including the reports under Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act referred to in subparagraph (c)(1) of Rule 144), and shall take such further action as any holder of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitations of the exemption provided by Rule 144. Upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities in connection with that holder’s sale pursuant to Rule 144, the Company and the Guarantors shall deliver to such holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.
     (b) Availability of Rule 144 Not Excuse for Obligations under Section 2. The fact that holders of Registrable Securities may become eligible to sell such Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144 shall not (1) cause such Securities to cease to be Registrable Securities or (2) excuse the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations set forth in Section 2 of this Agreement, including without limitation the obligations in respect of an Exchange Offer, Shelf Registration and Special Interest.
          9. Miscellaneous.
     (a) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company and each of the Guarantors represents, warrants, covenants and agrees that it has not granted, and shall not grant, registration rights with respect to Registrable Securities, Exchange Securities or Securities, as applicable, or any other securities which would be inconsistent with the terms contained in this Agreement.
     (b) Specific Performance. The parties hereto acknowledge that there would be no adequate remedy at law if the Company or the Guarantors fail to perform any of their obligations hereunder and that the Purchasers and the holders from time to time of the Registrable Securities may be irreparably harmed by any such failure, and accordingly agree that the Purchasers and such holders, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled at law or in equity, shall be entitled to compel specific performance of the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, in any court of the United States or any State thereof having jurisdiction. Time shall be of the essence in this Agreement.
     (c) Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands, waivers and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand, if delivered personally, by facsimile or by courier, or three days after being deposited in the mail (registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested) as follows: If to the Company, to it at 200 East Basse Road, San Antonio, TX 78209, Attention: General Counsel, and if to a holder, to the address of such holder set forth in the security register or other records of the Company, or to such other address as the Company

19


 

or any such holder may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.
     (d) Parties in Interest. All the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto, the holders from time to time of the Registrable Securities and the respective successors and assigns of the foregoing. In the event that any transferee of any holder of Registrable Securities shall acquire Registrable Securities, in any manner, whether by gift, bequest, purchase, operation of law or otherwise, such transferee shall, without any further writing or action of any kind, be deemed a beneficiary hereof for all purposes and such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such transferee shall be entitled to receive the benefits of, and be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by all of the applicable terms and provisions of this Agreement. If the Company shall so request, any such successor, assign or transferee shall agree in writing to acquire and hold the Registrable Securities subject to all of the applicable terms hereof.
     (e) Survival. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and each other provision set forth in this Agreement or made pursuant hereto shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation (or statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any holder of Registrable Securities, any director, officer or partner of such holder, or any controlling person of any of the foregoing, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the transfer and registration of Registrable Securities by such holder and the consummation of an Exchange Offer.
     (f) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
     (g) Headings. The descriptive headings of the several Sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
     (h) Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Agreement and the other writings referred to herein (including the Indenture and the form of Securities) or delivered pursuant hereto which form a part hereof contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by a written instrument duly executed by the Company and the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities at the time outstanding. Each holder of any Registrable Securities at the time or thereafter outstanding shall be bound by any amendment or waiver effected pursuant to this Section 9(h), whether or not any notice, writing or marking indicating such amendment or waiver appears on such Registrable Securities or is delivered to such holder.
     (i) Inspection. For so long as this Agreement shall be in effect, this Agreement and a complete list of the names and addresses of all the record holders of Registrable Securities shall be made available for inspection and copying on any Business Day by any holder of Registrable Securities for proper purposes only (which shall include any purpose related to the rights of the holders of Registrable Securities under the Securities, the Indenture and

20


 

this Agreement) at the offices of the Company at the address thereof set forth in Section 9(c) and at the office of the Trustee under the Indenture.
     (j) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the parties in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such respective counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.
     (k) Severability. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained in this Agreement shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

21


 

     If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us one for the Company and the Representative plus one for each counsel counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Purchasers, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement between each of the Purchasers, the Guarantors and the Company. It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Purchasers is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Purchasers, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company for examination upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority of the signers thereof.
         
  Very truly yours,

Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Executive Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer, Secretary 
 
 
  Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  Clear Channel Adshel, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  1567 Media LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
[Series A Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

         
  Clear Channel Spectacolor, LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  Clear Channel Taxi Media, LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings Company
Canada
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  Outdoor Management Services, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
  In-ter-space Services, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
    Name:   Randall T. Mays    
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
[Series A Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

Accepted as of the date hereof:
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
             
By:
  /s/ Goldman, Sachs & Co.
 
       
 
  (Goldman, Sachs & Co.)        
 
           
On behalf of each of the Purchasers        
[Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement]

23


 

Exhibit A
Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
INSTRUCTION TO DTC PARTICIPANTS
(Date of Mailing)
URGENT — IMMEDIATE ATTENTION REQUESTED
DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE: [DATE] *
The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) has identified you as a DTC Participant through which beneficial interests in the Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017 (the “Securities”) are held.
The Company is in the process of registering the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933 for resale by the beneficial owners thereof. In order to have their Securities included in the registration statement, beneficial owners must complete and return the enclosed Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire.
It is important that beneficial owners of the Securities receive a copy of the enclosed materials as soon as possible as their rights to have the Securities included in the registration statement depend upon their returning the Notice and Questionnaire by [Deadline For Response]. Please forward a copy of the enclosed documents to each beneficial owner that holds interests in the Securities through you. If you require more copies of the enclosed materials or have any questions pertaining to this matter, please contact Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., 200 East Basse Road, San Antonio, TX 78209, Attention: General Counsel.
 
*   Not less than 28 calendar days from date of mailing.
A-1

 


 

Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
Notice of Registration Statement
and
Selling Securityholder Questionnaire
(Date)
Reference is hereby made to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement (the “Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement”) between Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) and the Purchasers named therein. Pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, the Company has filed or will file with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission’) a registration statement on Form [___] (the “Shelf Registration Statement”) for the registration and resale under Rule 415 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), of the Company’s 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017 (the “Securities”). A copy of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the Shelf Registration Statement and can be obtained from the Commission’s website at www.sec.gov . All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.
Each beneficial owner of Registrable Securities (as defined below) is entitled to have the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by it included in the Shelf Registration Statement. In order to have Registrable Securities included in the Shelf Registration Statement, this Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire (“Notice and Questionnaire”) must be completed, executed and delivered to the Company’s counsel at the address set forth herein for receipt ON OR BEFORE [Deadline for Response]. Beneficial owners of Registrable Securities who do not properly complete, execute and return this Notice and Questionnaire by such date (i) will not be named as selling securityholders in the Shelf Registration Statement and (ii) may not use the Prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities.
Certain legal consequences arise from being named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus. Accordingly, holders and beneficial owners of Registrable Securities are advised to consult their own securities law counsel regarding the consequences of being named or not being named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.
The term “Registrable Securities” is defined in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.
A-2

 


 

ELECTION
The undersigned holder (the “Selling Securityholder”) of Registrable Securities hereby elects to include in the Shelf Registration Statement the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by it and listed below in Item (3). The undersigned, by signing and returning this Notice and Questionnaire, agrees to be bound with respect to such Registrable Securities by the terms and conditions of this Notice and Questionnaire and the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 6 of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, as if the undersigned Selling Securityholder were an original party thereto.
Pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, the undersigned has agreed to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its officers who sign any Shelf Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), against certain loses arising out of an untrue statement, or the alleged untrue statement, of a material fact in the Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus or the omission, or alleged omission, to state a material fact required to be stated in such Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus, but only to the extent such untrue statement or omission, or alleged untrue statement or omission, was made in reliance on and in conformity with the information provided in this Notice and Questionnaire.
Upon any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, the Selling Securityholder will be required to deliver to the Company and Trustee the Notice of Transfer set forth in Appendix A to the Prospectus and as Exhibit B to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.
The Selling Securityholder hereby provides the following information to the Company and represents and warrants that such information is accurate and complete:
A-3

 


 

QUESTIONNAIRE
(1) (a) Full legal name of Selling Securityholder:
 
   
 
  (b)   Full legal name of registered Holder (if not the same as in (a) above) of Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) below:
 
     
 
 
  (c)   Full legal name of DTC Participant (if applicable and if not the same as (b) above) through which Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) below are held:
 
     
 
(2)   Address for notices to Selling Securityholder:
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
                 
 
  Telephone:            
               
 
  Fax:            
               
 
  Contact Person:            
               
    E-mail for Contact Person:        
               
(3)   Beneficial Ownership of Securities:
      Except as set forth below in this Item (3), the undersigned does not beneficially own any Securities.
 
  (a)   Principal amount of Registrable Securities beneficially owned:
 
 
      CUSIP No(s). of such Registrable Securities:
 
 
  (b)   Principal amount of Securities other than Registrable Securities beneficially owned:
 
     
 
 
      CUSIP No(s). of such other Securities:
 
 
  (c)   Principal amount of Registrable Securities that the undersigned wishes to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement:   
 
 
      CUSIP No(s). of such Registrable Securities to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement:
 
(4)   Beneficial Ownership of Other Securities of the Company:
      Except as set forth below in this Item (4), the undersigned Selling Securityholder is not the beneficial or registered owner of any other securities of the Company, other than the Securities listed above in Item (3).
 
      State any exceptions here:
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 

A-4


 

(5)   Individuals who exercise dispositive powers with respect to the Securities:
      If the Selling Securityholder is not an entity that is required to file reports with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (a “Reporting Company”), then the Selling Securityholder must disclose the name of the natural person(s) who exercise sole or shared dispositive powers with respect to the Securities. Selling Securityholders should disclose the beneficial holders, not nominee holders or other such others of record. In addition, the Commission has provided guidance that Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 should be used by analogy when determining the person or persons sharing voting and/or dispositive powers with respect to the Securities.
 
  (a)   Is the holder a Reporting Company?
 
      Yes                                  No                     
 
      If “No”, please answer Item (5)(b).
 
  (b)   List below the individual or individuals who exercise dispositive powers with respect to the Securities:
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
      Please note that the names of the persons listed in (b) above will be included in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.
(6)   Relationships with the Company:
      Except as set forth below, neither the Selling Securityholder nor any of its affiliates, officers, directors or principal equity holders (5% or more) has held any position or office or has had any other material relationship with the Company (or its predecessors or affiliates) during the past three years.
 
      State any exceptions here:
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
(7)   Plan of Distribution:
      Except as set forth below, the undersigned Selling Securityholder intends to distribute the Registrable Securities listed above in Item (3) only as follows (if at all): Such Registrable Securities may be sold from time to time directly by the undersigned Selling Securityholder. Such Registrable Securities may be sold in one or more transactions at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. Such sales may be effected in transactions (which may involve crosses or block transactions) (i) on any national securities exchange or quotation service on which the Registered Securities may be listed or quoted at the time of sale, (ii) in the over-the-counter market, (iii) in transactions otherwise than on such exchanges or services or in the over-the-counter market, or (iv) through the writing of options. In connection with sales of the

A-5


 

      Registrable Securities or otherwise, the Selling Securityholder may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers, which may in turn engage in short sales of the Registrable Securities in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The Selling Securityholder may also sell Registrable Securities short and deliver Registrable Securities to close out such short positions, or loan or pledge Registrable Securities to broker-dealers that in turn may sell such securities.
 
      State any exceptions here:
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
      Note: In no event may such method(s) of distribution take the form of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities without the prior written agreement of the Company.
(8)   Broker-Dealers:
      The Commission requires that all Selling Securityholders that are registered broker-dealers or affiliates of registered broker-dealers be so identified in the Shelf Registration Statement. In addition, the Commission requires that all Selling Securityholders that are registered broker-dealers be named as underwriters in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus, even if they did not receive the Registrable Securities as compensation for underwriting activities.
 
  (a)   State whether the undersigned Selling Securityholder is a registered broker-dealer:
 
      Yes                                  No                     
 
  (b)   If the answer to (a) is “Yes”, you must answer (i) and (ii) below, and (iii) below if applicable. Your answers to (i) and (ii) below, and (iii) below if applicable, will be included in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.
  (i)   Were the Securities acquired as compensation for underwriting activities?
      Yes                                  No                     
 
      If you answered “Yes”, please provide a brief description of the transaction(s) in which the Securities were acquired as compensation:
  (ii)   Were the Securities acquired for investment purposes?
      Yes                                  No                     
  (iii)   If you answered “No” to both (i) and (ii), please explain the Selling Securityholder’s reason for acquiring the Securities:
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 

A-6


 

  (c)   State whether the undersigned Selling Securityholder is an affiliate of a registered broker-dealer and, if so, list the name(s) of the broker-dealer affiliate(s):
 
      Yes                                  No                     
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
  (d)   If you answered “Yes” to question (c) above:
  (i)   Did the undersigned Selling Securityholder purchase Registrable Securities in the ordinary course of business?
      Yes                                  No                     
 
      If the answer is “No” to question (d)(i), provide a brief explanation of the circumstances in which the Selling Securityholder acquired the Registrable Securities:
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
  (ii)   At the time of the purchase of the Registrable Securities, did the undersigned Selling Securityholder have any agreements, understandings or arrangements, directly or indirectly, with any person to dispose of or distribute the Registrable Securities?
      Yes                                  No                     
 
      If the answer is “Yes” to question (d)(ii), provide a brief explanation of such agreements, understandings or arrangements:
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
      If the answer is “No” to Item (8)(d)(i) or “Yes” to Item (8)(d)(ii), you will be named as an underwriter in the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus.
(9)   Hedging and short sales:
  (a)   State whether the undersigned Selling Securityholder has or will enter into “hedging transactions” with respect to the Registrable Securities:
 
      Yes                                  No                     
 
      If “Yes”, provide below a complete description of the hedging transactions into which the undersigned Selling Securityholder has entered or will enter and the purpose of such hedging transactions, including the extent to which such hedging transactions remain in place:
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 

A-7


 

  (b)   Set forth below is Interpretation A.65 of the Commission’s July 1997 Manual of Publicly Available Interpretations regarding short selling:
 
      “An issuer filed a Form S-3 registration statement for a secondary offering of common stock which is not yet effective. One of the selling shareholders wanted to do a short sale of common stock “against the box” and cover the short sale with registered shares after the effective date. The issuer was advised that the short sale could not be made before the registration statement becomes effective, because the shares underlying the short sale are deemed to be sold at the time such sale is made. There would, therefore, be a violation of Section 5 if the shares were effectively sold prior to the effective date.”
 
      By returning this Notice and Questionnaire, the undersigned Selling Securityholder will be deemed to be aware of the foregoing interpretation.
*   *   *   *   *
By signing below, the Selling Securityholder acknowledges that it understands its obligation to comply, and agrees that it will comply, with the provisions of the Exchange Act, particularly Regulation M (or any successor rule or regulation).
The Selling Securityholder hereby acknowledges its obligations under the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and certain other persons as set forth in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.
In the event that the Selling Securityholder transfers all or any portion of the Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) above after the date on which such information is provided to the Company, the Selling Securityholder agrees to notify the transferee(s) at the time of the transfer of its rights and obligations under this Notice and Questionnaire and the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.
By signing below, the Selling Securityholder consents to the disclosure of the information contained herein in its answers to Items (1) through (9) above and the inclusion of such information in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus. The Selling Securityholder understands that such information will be relied upon by the Company in connection with the preparation of the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.
In accordance with the Selling Securityholder’s obligation under Section 3(d) of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement to provide such information as may be required by law for inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement, the Selling Securityholder agrees to promptly notify the Company of any inaccuracies or changes in the information provided herein which may occur subsequent to the date hereof at any time while the Shelf Registration Statement remains in effect and to provide such additional information that the Company may reasonably request regarding such Selling Securityholder and the intended method of distribution of Registrable Securities in order to comply with the Securities Act. Except as otherwise provided in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, all notices hereunder and pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement shall be made in writing, by hand-delivery, first-class mail, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery as follows:

A-8


 

  (i)   To the Company:
 
 
 
 
  (ii)   With a copy to:
 
 
 
 
Once this Notice and Questionnaire is executed by the Selling Securityholder and received by the Company’s counsel, the terms of this Notice and Questionnaire, and the representations and warranties contained herein, shall be binding on, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the respective successors, heirs, personal representatives, and assigns of the Company and the Selling Securityholder (with respect to the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by such Selling Securityholder and listed in Item (3) above. This Notice and Questionnaire shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York.

A-9


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Notice and Questionnaire to be executed and delivered either in person or by its duly authorized agent.
Dated:                                            
         
  Selling Securityholder
(Print/type full legal name of beneficial owner of Registrable Securities)
 
 
     
  By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
PLEASE RETURN THE COMPLETED AND EXECUTED NOTICE AND QUESTIONNAIRE FOR RECEIPT ON OR BEFORE [DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE] TO THE COMPANY’S COUNSEL AT:
 
 
 
 

A-10


 

Exhibit B
NOTICE OF TRANSFER PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT
[Name of Trustee]
Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings,
Inc. c/o [Name of Trustee]
[Address of Trustee]
Attention: Trust Officer
      Re:   Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”)
9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017
Dear Sirs:
Please be advised that                      has transferred $                      aggregate principal amount of the above-referenced Notes pursuant to an effective Registration Statement on Form [                      ] (File No. 333-                      ) filed by the Company.
We hereby certify that the prospectus delivery requirements, if any, of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, have been satisfied and that the above-named beneficial owner of the Notes is named as a “Selling Holder” in the Prospectus dated [date] or in supplements thereto, and that the aggregate principal amount of the Notes transferred are the Notes listed in such Prospectus opposite such owner’s name.
Dated:
         
  Very truly yours,
 
 
 
     (Name)   
 
  By:      
    (Authorized Signature)   
       
 

B-1

Exhibit 10.22
EXECUTION COPY
Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
9.250/0 Series B Senior Notes Due 2017
unconditionally guaranteed as to the
payment of principal, premium,
if any, and interest by the Guarantors
 
Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement
December 23, 2009
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
     As representative of the several Purchasers named in
     Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement
85 Broad Street New
York, NY 10004
Ladies and Gentlemen:
          Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to the Purchasers (as defined herein) upon the terms set forth in the Purchase Agreement (as defined herein) $2,000,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017. As an inducement to the Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement and in satisfaction of a condition to the obligations of the Purchasers thereunder, the Company and the Guarantors agree with the Purchasers for the benefit of holders (as defined herein) from time to time of the Registrable Securities (as defined herein) as follows:
           1. Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement (this ’’Agreement’), the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:
      “Base Interest” shall mean the interest that would otherwise accrue on the Securities under the terms thereof and the Indenture, without giving effect to the provisions of this Agreement.
     The term “broker-dealer” shall mean any broker or dealer registered with the Commission under the Exchange Act.
      “Business Day” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 13e-4(a)(3) promulgated by the Commission under the Exchange Act, as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.
      “Closing Date” shall mean the date on which the Securities are initially issued.

1


 

      “Commission” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other federal agency at the time administering the Exchange Act or the Securities Act, whichever is the relevant statute for the particular purpose.
      “Effective Time,” in the case of (i) an Exchange Registration, shall mean the time and date as of which the Commission declares the Exchange Registration Statement effective or as of which the Exchange Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective and (ii) a Shelf Registration, shall mean the time and date as of which the Commission declares the Shelf Registration Statement effective or as of which the Shelf Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective.
      “Electing Holder” shall mean any holder of Registrable Securities that has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in accordance with Section 3(d)(ii) or Section 3(d)(iii) and the instructions set forth in the Notice and Questionnaire.
      “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder, as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.
      “Exchange Offer” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a).
      “Exchange Registration” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 3(c).
      “Exchange Registration Statement” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a).
      “Exchange Securities” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a).
      “Guarantor” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Indenture.
     The term “holder” shall mean each of the Purchasers and other persons who acquire Securities from time to time (including any successors or assigns), in each case for so long as such person owns any Securities.
      “IDEA System” means the IDEA filing system of the Commission and the rules and regulations pertaining thereto promulgated by the Commission in Regulation S-T under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, in each case as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time (and without regard to format).
      “Indenture” shall mean the trust indenture related to the Series B Notes, dated as of December 23, 2009, between the Company, the Guarantors and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, as the same may be amended from time to time.
      “Notice and Questionnaire” means a Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.
     The term “person” shall mean a corporation, limited liability company, association, partnership, organization, business, individual, government or political subdivision thereof or governmental agency.
      “Purchase Agreement” shall mean the Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2009, between the Purchasers, the Company and the Guarantors relating to the Securities.

2


 

      “Purchasers” shall mean the Purchasers named in Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement.
      “Registrable Securities” shall mean the Securities; provided, however, that a Security shall cease to be a Registrable Security upon the earliest to occur of the following: (i) in the circumstances contemplated by Section 2(a), the Security has been exchanged for an Exchange Security in an Exchange Offer as contemplated in Section 2(a) (provided that any Exchange Security that, pursuant to the last two sentences of Section 2(a), is included in a prospectus for use in connection with resales by broker-dealers shall be deemed to be a Registrable Security with respect to Sections 5, 6 and 9 until resale of such Registrable Security has been effected within the Resale Period); (ii) in the circumstances contemplated by Section 2(b), a Shelf Registration Statement registering such Security under the Securities Act has been declared or becomes effective and such Security has been sold or otherwise transferred by the holder thereof pursuant to and in a manner contemplated by such effective Shelf Registration Statement; (iii) subject to Section 8(b), such Security is actually sold by the holder thereof pursuant to Rule 144 under circumstances in which any legend borne by such Security relating to restrictions on transferability thereof, under the Securities Act or otherwise, is removed by the Company or pursuant to the Indenture; or (iv) such Security shall cease to be outstanding.
      “Registration Default” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c).
      “Registration Default Period” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c).
      “Registration Expenses” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 4.
      “Resale Period” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a).
      “Restricted Holder” shall mean (i) a holder that is an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405, (ii) a holder who acquires Exchange Securities outside the ordinary course of such holder’s business, (iii) a holder who has arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing Exchange Securities and (iv) a holder that is a broker-dealer, but only with respect to Exchange Securities received by such broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer in exchange for Registrable Securities acquired by the broker-dealer directly from the Company.
      “Rule 144,” “Rule 405”, “Rule 415’: “Rule 424”, “Rule 430B” and “Rule 433” shall mean, in each case, such rule promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.
      “Securities” shall mean the $2,000,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017 (the “Series B Notes”) to be issued and sold to the Purchasers, and securities issued in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof pursuant to the Indenture. Each Security is entitled to the benefit of the guarantees provided by the Guarantors in the Indenture (the “Guarantees”) and, unless the context otherwise requires, any reference herein to a “Security,” an “Exchange Security” or a “Registrable Security” shall include a reference to the related Guarantees.
      “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder, as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.

3


 

      “Shelf Registration” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b).
      “Shelf Registration Statement” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b).
      “Special Interest” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c).
      “Suspension Period” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b).
      ’’Trust Indenture Act” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder, as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.
      “Trustee” shall mean U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee under the Indenture, together with any successors thereto in such capacity.
          Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference herein to a “Section” or “clause” refers to a Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Agreement, and the words “herein,” “hereof’ and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section or other subdivision.
           2. Registration Under the Securities Act.
     (a) Except as set forth in Section 2(b) below, the Company and the Guarantors agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to file under the Securities Act, within 210 days after the Closing Date, a registration statement relating to an offer to exchange (such registration statement, the “Exchange Registration Statement”, and such offer, the “Exchange Offer’) any and all of the Securities for a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities issued by the Company and guaranteed by the Guarantors, which debt securities and guarantees are substantially identical to the Securities and the related Guarantees, respectively (and are entitled to the benefits of the Indenture), except that they have been registered pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and do not contain provisions for Special Interest contemplated in Section 2(c) below (such new debt securities hereinafter called “Exchange Securities’). The Company and the Guarantors agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act no later than 270 days after the Closing Date. The Exchange Offer will be registered under the Securities Act on the appropriate form and will comply with all applicable tender offer rules and regulations under the Exchange Act. Unless the Exchange Offer would not be permitted by applicable law or Commission policy, the Company further agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to (i) commence the Exchange Offer promptly (but no later than 10 Business Days) following the Effective Time of such Exchange Registration Statement, (ii) hold the Exchange Offer open for at least 20 Business Days in accordance with Regulation 14E promulgated by the Commission under the Exchange Act and (iii) exchange Exchange Securities for all Registrable Securities that have been properly tendered and not withdrawn promptly following the expiration of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer will be deemed to have been “completed” only (i) if the debt securities and related guarantees received by holders other than Restricted Holders in the Exchange Offer for Registrable Securities are, upon receipt, transferable by each such holder without restriction under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and (ii) upon the Company having exchanged, pursuant to the Exchange Offer, Exchange Securities for all Registrable Securities that have been properly tendered and not withdrawn before the expiration of the Exchange Offer, which shall be on a date that is at least 20 and not more than 30 Business Days following the commencement of the Exchange Offer. The Company

4


 

and the Guarantors agree, that upon request, they will (x) include in the Exchange Registration Statement a prospectus for use in any resales by any holder of Exchange Securities that is a broker-dealer and (y) keep such Exchange Registration Statement effective for a period (the “Resale Period”) beginning when Exchange Securities are first issued in the Exchange Offer and ending upon the earlier of the expiration of the 180 th day after the Exchange Offer has been completed or such time as such broker-dealers no longer own any Registrable Securities. With respect to such Exchange Registration Statement, such holders shall have the benefit of the rights of indemnification and contribution set forth in Subsections 6(a), (c), (d) and (e).
     (b) If (i) on or prior to the time the Exchange Offer is completed existing law or Commission interpretations are changed such that the debt securities or the related guarantees received by holders other than Restricted Holders in the Exchange Offer for Registrable Securities are not or would not be, upon receipt, transferable by each such holder without restriction under the Securities Act, (ii) the Effective Time of the Exchange Registration Statement is not within 270 days following the Closing Date and the Exchange Offer has not been completed within 30 Business Days of such Effective Time or (iii) any holder of Registrable Securities notifies the Company prior to the 20 th Business Day following the completion of the Exchange Offer that: (A) it is prohibited by law or Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer, (B) it may not resell the Exchange Securities to the public without delivering a prospectus and the prospectus supplement contained in the Exchange Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales or (C) it is a broker-dealer and owns Securities acquired directly from the Company or an affiliate of the Company, then the Company and the Guarantors shall, in lieu of (or, in the case of clause (iii), in addition to) conducting the Exchange Offer contemplated by Section 2(a), file under the Securities Act no later than 30 days after the time such obligation to file arises (but no earlier than 210 days after the Closing Date), a “shelf’ registration statement providing for the registration of, and the sale on a continuous or delayed basis by the holders of, all of the Registrable Securities, pursuant to Rule 415 or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission (such filing, the “Shelf Registration” and such registration statement, the “Shelf Registration Statement’). The Company and the Guarantors agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to become or be declared effective no later than 90 days after such Shelf Registration Statement filing obligation arises (but no earlier than 270 days after the Closing Date); provided, that if at any time the Company is or becomes a “well-known seasoned issuer” (as defined in Rule 405) and is eligible to file an “automatic shelf registration statement” (as defined in Rule 405), then the Company and the Guarantors shall file the Shelf Registration Statement in the form of an automatic shelf registration statement as provided in Rule 405. The Company and the Guarantors agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective for a period ending on the earlier of the second anniversary of the Effective Time or such time as there are no longer any Registrable Securities outstanding. No holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities unless such holder is an Electing Holder. The Company and the Guarantors agree, after the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement and promptly upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities that is not then an Electing Holder, to use commercially reasonable efforts to enable such holder to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, any action necessary to identify such holder as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement (whether by post- effective amendment thereto or by filing a prospectus pursuant to Rules 430B and 424(b) under the

5


 

Securities Act identifying such holder), provided, however, that nothing in this sentence shall relieve any such holder of the obligation to return a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in accordance with Section 3(d)(iii). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2(b), upon notice to the Electing Holders, the Company may suspend the use or the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement which shall not exceed 45 days in any three-month period or 90 days in any twelve-month period (a “Suspension Period’) if the Board of Directors of the Company determines that there is a valid business purpose for suspension of the Shelf Registration Statement; provided that the Company shall promptly notify the Electing Holders when the Shelf Registration Statement may once again be used or is effective.
     (c) In the event that (i) the Company and the Guarantors have not filed the Shelf Registration Statement on or before the date on which such Shelf Registration Statement is required to be filed pursuant to Section 2(b), or (ii) the Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement has not become effective or been declared effective by the Commission on or before the date on which such registration statement is required to become or be declared effective pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(b), respectively, or (iii) the Exchange Offer has not been completed within 30 Business Days after the Effective Time of the Exchange Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Offer (if the Exchange Offer is then required to be made) or (iv) any Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement required by Section 2(a) or Section 2(b) is filed and declared effective but shall thereafter either be withdrawn by the Company or shall become subject to an effective stop order issued pursuant to Section 8(d) of the Securities Act suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement (except as specifically permitted herein, including, with respect to any Shelf Registration Statement, during any applicable Suspension Period in accordance with the last sentence of Section 2(b)) without being succeeded immediately by an additional registration statement filed and declared effective (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a “Registration Default” and each period during which a Registration Default has occurred and is continuing, a “Registration Default Period’), then, as liquidated damages for such Registration Default, subject to the provisions of Section 9(b), special interest (“Special Interest’), in addition to the Base Interest, shall accrue on all Registrable Securities then outstanding at a per annum rate of 0.25% for the first 90 days of the Registration Default Period and at a per annum rate of 0.50% thereafter for the remaining portion of the Registration Default Period.
     (d) Any reference herein to a registration statement or prospectus as of any time shall be deemed to include any document incorporated, or deemed to be incorporated, therein by reference as of such time; and any reference herein to any post-effective amendment to a registration statement or to any prospectus supplement as of any time shall be deemed to include any document incorporated, or deemed to be incorporated, therein by reference as of such time.
           3. Registration Procedures.
          If the Company and the Guarantors file a registration statement pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(b), the following provisions shall apply:
     (a) At or before the Effective Time of the Exchange Registration or any Shelf Registration, whichever may occur first, the Company shall qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

6


 

     (b) In the event that such qualification would require the appointment of a new trustee under the Indenture, the Company shall appoint a new trustee thereunder pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture.
     (c) In connection with the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations with respect to the registration of Exchange Securities as contemplated by Section 2(a) (the “Exchange Registration’), if applicable, the Company and the Guarantors shall:
     (i) use commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and file with the Commission an Exchange Registration Statement on any form which may be utilized by the Company and the Guarantors and which shall permit the Exchange Offer and resales of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers during the Resale Period to be effected as contemplated by Section 2(a), and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Exchange Registration Statement to become effective no later than 270 days after the Closing Date;
     (ii) as soon as practicable prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Exchange Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein as may be necessary to effect and maintain the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement for the periods and purposes contemplated in Section 2(a) and as may be required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the instructions applicable to the form of such Exchange Registration Statement, and promptly provide each broker-dealer holding Exchange Securities with such number of copies of the prospectus included therein (as then amended or supplemented), in conformity in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act, as such broker-dealer reasonably may request prior to the expiration of the Resale Period, for use in connection with resales of Exchange Securities;
     (iii) promptly notify each broker-dealer that has requested or received copies of the prospectus included in such Exchange Registration Statement, and confirm such advice in writing, (A) when such Exchange Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or any prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to such Exchange Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (8) of any comments by the Commission and by the blue sky or securities commissioner or regulator of any state with respect thereto or any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such Exchange Registration Statement or prospectus or for additional information, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, (0) if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company or any of the Guarantors contemplated by Section 5 cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (E) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Exchange Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, (F) the occurrence of any event that causes the Company to become an “ineligible issuer” as defined in Rule 405, or (G) if at any time during the Resale Period when a prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, that such Exchange Registration Statement, prospectus, prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment does not conform in all material respects to the applicable

7


 

requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;
     (iv) in the event that the Company and the Guarantors would be required, pursuant to Section 3(c)(iii)(G), to notify any broker-dealers holding Exchange Securities (except as otherwise permitted during any Suspension Period), promptly prepare and furnish to each such holder a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of such Exchange Securities during the Resale Period, such prospectus shall conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;
     (v) use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto at the earliest practicable date;
     (vi) use commercially reasonable efforts to (A) register or qualify the Exchange Securities under the securities laws or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as are contemplated by Section 2(a) no later than the commencement of the Exchange Offer, to the extent required by such laws, (B) keep such registrations or qualifications in effect and comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of offers, sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions until the expiration of the Resale Period, (C) take any and all other actions as may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each broker-dealer holding Exchange Securities to consummate the disposition thereof in such jurisdictions and (0) obtain the consent or approval of each governmental agency or authority, whether federal, state or local, which may be required to effect the Exchange Registration, the Exchange Offer and the offering and sale of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers during the Resale Period; provided, however, that neither the Company nor the Guarantors shall be required for any such purpose to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for the requirements of this Section 3(c)(vi), (2) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or become subject to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (3) make any changes to its certificate of incorporation or by-laws or other governing documents or any agreement between it and its stockholders;
     (vii) obtain a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities, not later than the applicable Effective Time; and
     (viii) make generally available to its securityholders no later than eighteen months after the Effective Time of such Exchange Registration Statement, an “earning statement” of the Company, the Guarantors and their respective subsidiaries complying with Section 11 (a) of the Securities Act (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158 thereunder).
     (d) In connection with the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations with respect to the Shelf Registration, if applicable, the Company and the Guarantors shall:

8


 

     (i) prepare and file with the Commission, within the time periods specified in Section 2(b), a Shelf Registration Statement on any form which may be utilized by the Company and which shall register all of the Registrable Securities for resale by the holders thereof in accordance with such method or methods of disposition as may be specified by the holders of Registrable Securities as, from time to time, may be Electing Holders and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to become effective within the time periods specified in Section 2(b);
     (ii) mail the Notice and Questionnaire to the holders of Registrable Securities (A) not less than 30 days prior to the anticipated Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement or (8) in the case of an “automatic shelf registration statement” (as defined in Rule 405), mail the Notice and Questionnaire to the holders of Registrable Securities not later than the Effective Time of such Shelf Registration Statement, and in any such case no holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement, and no holder shall be entitled to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities at any time, unless and until such holder has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company;
     (iii) after the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement, upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities that is not then an Electing Holder, promptly send a Notice and Questionnaire to such holder; provided that the Company shall not be required to take any action to name such holder as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or to enable such holder to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities until such holder has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company;
     (iv) as soon as practicable prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Shelf Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein as may be necessary to effect and maintain the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement for the period specified in Section 2(b) and as may be required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the instructions applicable to the form of such Shelf Registration Statement, and furnish to the Electing Holders copies of any such supplement or amendment simultaneously with or prior to its being used or filed with the Commission to the extent such documents are not publicly available on the Commission’s IDEA System;
     (v) comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all of the Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the Electing Holders provided for in such Shelf Registration Statement;
     (vi) provide the Electing Holders and not more than one counsel for all the Electing Holders the opportunity to participate in the preparation of such Shelf Registration Statement, each prospectus included therein or filed with the Commission and each amendment or supplement thereto;
     (vii) for a reasonable period prior to the filing of such Shelf Registration Statement, and throughout the period specified in Section 2(b), make available at

9


 

reasonable times at the Company’s principal place of business or such other reasonable place for inspection by the persons referred to in Section 3(d)(vi) who shall certify to the Company that they have a current intention to sell the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration such financial and other information and books and records of the Company and the Guarantors, and cause the officers, employees, counsel and independent certified public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors to respond to such inquiries, as shall be reasonably necessary (and in the case of counsel, not violate an attorney-client privilege, in such counsel’s reasonable belief), in the judgment of the respective counsel referred to in Section 3(d)(vi), to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act; provided, however, that the foregoing inspection and information gathering on behalf of the Electing Holders shall be conducted by one counsel designated by the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities held by the Electing Holders at the time outstanding and provided further that each such party shall be required to maintain in confidence and not to disclose to any other person any information or records reasonably designated by the Company or the Guarantors as being confidential, until such time as (A) such information becomes a matter of public record (whether by virtue of its inclusion in such Shelf Registration Statement or otherwise), or (B) such person shall be required so to disclose such information pursuant to a subpoena or order of any court or other governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the matter (subject to the requirements of such order, and only after such person shall have given the Company prompt prior written notice of such requirement), or (C) such information is required to be set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or in an amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to such prospectus in order that such Shelf Registration Statement, prospectus, amendment or supplement, as the case may be, complies with applicable requirements of the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations of the Commission and does not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;
     (viii) promptly notify each of the Electing Holders and confirm such advice in writing, (A) when such Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or any prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to such Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (B) of any comments by the Commission and by the blue sky or securities commissioner or regulator of any state with respect thereto or any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such Shelf Registration Statement or prospectus or for additional information, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, (D) if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company or any of the Guarantors set forth in Section 5 cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (E) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, (F) the occurrence of any event that causes the Company or any of the Guarantors to become an “ineligible issuer” as defined in Rule 405, or (G) if at any time when a prospectus is required to be delivered under

10


 

the Securities Act, that such Shelf Registration Statement, prospectus, prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment does not conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;
     (ix) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto at the earliest practicable date;
     (x) if requested by any Electing Holder, promptly incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as is required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and as such Electing Holder specifies should be included therein relating to the terms of the sale of such Registrable Securities, including information with respect to the principal amount of Registrable Securities being sold by such Electing Holder, the name and description of such Electing Holder, the offering price of such Registrable Securities and any discount, commission or other compensation payable in respect thereof and with respect to any other terms of the offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold by such Electing Holder; and make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment promptly after notification of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;
     (xi) furnish to each Electing Holder and the counsel referred to in Section 3(d)(vi) an executed copy (or a conformed copy) of such Shelf Registration Statement, each such amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits thereto (in the case of an Electing Holder of Registrable Securities, upon request) and documents incorporated by reference therein) and such number of copies of such Shelf Registration Statement (excluding exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein unless specifically so requested by such Electing Holder) and of the prospectus included in such Shelf Registration Statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus), in conformity in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act to the extent such documents are not available through the Commission’s IDEA System, and such other documents, as such Electing Holder may reasonably request in order to facilitate the offering and disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Electing Holder and to permit such Electing Holder to satisfy the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; and subject to Section 3(e), the Company hereby consents to the use of such prospectus (including such preliminary and summary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto by each such Electing Holder (subject to any applicable Suspension Period), in each case in the form most recently provided to such person by the Company, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by the prospectus (including such preliminary and summary prospectus) or any supplement or amendment thereto;
     (xii) use commercially reasonable efforts to (A) register or qualify the Registrable Securities to be included in such Shelf Registration Statement under such securities laws or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Electing Holder shall reasonably request, (8) keep such registrations or qualifications in effect and

11


 

comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of offers, sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions during the period the Shelf Registration Statement is required to remain effective under Section 2(b) and for so long as may be necessary to enable any such Electing Holder to complete its distribution of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, (C) take any and all other actions as may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each such Electing Holder to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of such Registrable Securities and (D) obtain the consent or approval of each governmental agency or authority, whether federal, state or local, which may be required to effect the Shelf Registration or the offering or sale in connection therewith or to enable the selling holder or holders to offer, or to consummate the disposition of, their Registrable Securities; provided, however, that neither the Company nor the Guarantors shall be required for any such purpose to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for the requirements of this Section 3(d)(xii), (2) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or become subject to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (3) make any changes to its certificate of incorporation or by-laws or other governing documents or any agreement between it and its stockholders;
     (xiii) unless any Registrable Securities shall be in book-entry only form, cooperate with the Electing Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold, which certificates, if so required by any securities exchange upon which any Registrable Securities are listed, shall be printed, penned, lithographed, engraved or otherwise produced by any combination of such methods, on steel engraved borders, and which certificates shall not bear any restrictive legends;
     (xiv) obtain a CUSIP number for all Securities that have been registered under the Securities Act, not later than the applicable Effective Time;
     (xv) notify in writing each holder of Registrable Securities of any proposal by the Company to amend or waive any provision of this Agreement pursuant to Section 9(h) and of any amendment or waiver effected pursuant thereto, each of which notices shall contain the text of the amendment or waiver proposed or effected, as the case may be; and
     (xvi) make generally available to its securityholders no later than eighteen months after the Effective Time of such Shelf Registration Statement an “earning statement” of the Company and its subsidiaries complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act (inclUding, at the option of the Company, Rule 158 thereunder).
     (e) In the event that the Company would be required, pursuant to Section 3(d)(viii)(G), to notify the Electing Holders, the Company shall promptly prepare and furnish to each of the Electing Holders a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing. Each Electing Holder agrees that upon receipt of any notice from the Company pursuant to Section 3(d)(viii)(G), such Electing Holder shall forthwith discontinue the disposition of

12


 

Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement applicable to such Registrable Securities until such Electing Holder shall have received copies of such amended or supplemented prospectus, and if so directed by the Company, such Electing Holder shall deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities in such Electing Holder’s possession at the time of receipt of such notice.
     (f) In the event of a Shelf Registration, in addition to the information required to be provided by each Electing Holder in its Notice and Questionnaire, the Company may require such Electing Holder to furnish to the Company such additional information regarding such Electing Holder and such Electing Holder’s intended method of distribution of Registrable Securities as may be required in order to comply with the Securities Act. Each such Electing Holder agrees to notify the Company as promptly as practicable of any inaccuracy or change in information previously furnished by such Electing Holder to the Company or of the occurrence of any event in either case as a result of which any prospectus relating to such Shelf Registration contains or would contain an untrue statement of a material fact regarding such Electing Holder or such Electing Holder’s intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities or omits to state any material fact regarding such Electing Holder or such Electing Holder’s intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing, and promptly to furnish to the Company any additional information required to correct and update any previously furnished information or required so that such prospectus shall not contain, with respect to such Electing Holder or the disposition of such Registrable Securities, an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing.
     (g) Until the expiration of one year after the Closing Date, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its “affiliates” (as defined in Rule 144) to, resell any of the Securities that have been reacquired by any of them except pursuant to an effective registration statement, or a valid exemption from the registration requirements, under the Securities Act.
     (h) As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer, each holder of Registrable Securities shall furnish, upon the request of the Company, a written representation to the Company (which may be contained in the letter of transmittal or “agent’s message” transmitted via The Depository Trust Company’s Automated Tender Offer Procedures, in either case contemplated by the Exchange Registration Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an “affiliate” of the Company, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, or if it is such an “affiliate”, it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable, (8) it is not engaged in and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer, (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Securities in its ordinary course of business, (D) if it is a broker-dealer that holds Securities that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Securities acquired directly from the Company or any of its affiliates), it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales of the Exchange Securities received by it in the Exchange Offer, (E) if it is a broker-dealer, that it did not purchase the Securities to be exchanged in the Exchange Offer from the Company or any of its affiliates, and (F) it is not acting on behalf of any person who could not truthfully and completely make the representations contained in the foregoing subclauses (A) through (E).

13


 

      4. Registration Expenses.
          The Company and the Guarantors agree to bear and to payor cause to be paid promptly all expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including (a) all Commission and any FINRA registration, filing and review fees and expenses including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Eligible Holders in connection with such registration, filing and review, (b) all fees and expenses in connection with the qualification of the Registrable Securities and the Exchange Securities, as applicable, for offering and sale under the State securities and blue sky laws referred to in Section 3(d)(xii) and determination of their eligibility for investment under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Electing Holders may designate, including any reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Electing Holders in connection with such qualification and determination, (c) all expenses relating to the preparation, printing, production, distribution and reproduction of each registration statement required to be filed hereunder, each prospectus included therein or prepared for distribution pursuant hereto, each amendment or supplement to the foregoing, the expenses of preparing the Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, for delivery and the expenses of printing or producing any selling agreements and blue sky or legal investment memoranda and all other documents in connection with the offering, sale or delivery of Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, to be disposed of (including certificates representing the Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable), (d) messenger, telephone and delivery expenses relating to the offering, sale or delivery of Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, and the preparation of documents referred in clause (c) above, (e) fees and expenses of the Trustee under the Indenture, any agent of the Trustee and any counsel for the Trustee and of any collateral agent or custodian, (f) internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of the Company’s officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), (g) fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel and independent certified public accountants of the Company, (h) reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of one counsel for the Electing Holders retained in connection with a Shelf Registration, as selected by the Electing Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities held by Electing Holders (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company), (i) any fees charged by securities rating services for rating the Registrable Securities or the Exchange Securities, as applicable, and 0) fees, expenses and disbursements of any other persons, including special experts, retained by the Company in connection with such registration (collectively, the “Registration Expenses’). To the extent that any Registration Expenses are incurred, assumed or paid by any holder of Registrable Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, the Company shall reimburse such person for the full amount of the Registration Expenses so incurred, assumed or paid promptly after receipt of a request therefor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the holders of the Registrable Securities being registered shall pay all agency fees and commissions and underwriting discounts and commissions, if any, and transfer taxes, if any, attributable to the sale of such Registrable Securities and Exchange Securities, as applicable, and the fees and disbursements of any counselor other advisors or experts retained by such holders (severally or jointly), other than the counsel and experts specifically referred to above.
      5. Representations and Warranties.
          Each of the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each Purchaser and each of the holders from time to time of Registrable Securities that:

14


 

     (a) Each registration statement covering Registrable Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, and each prospectus (including any preliminary or summary prospectus) contained therein or furnished pursuant to Section 3(c) or Section 3(d) and any further amendments or supplements to any such registration statement or prospectus, when it becomes effective or is filed with the Commission, as the case may be, will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and at all times subsequent to the Effective Time when a prospectus would be required to be delivered under the Securities Act, other than (A) from (i) such time as a notice has been given to holders of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 3(c)(iii)(G) or Section 3(d)(viii)(G) until (ii) such time as the Company furnishes an amended or supplemented prospectus pursuant to Section 3(c)(iv) or Section 3(e) or (8) during any applicable Suspension Period, each such registration statement, and each prospectus (including any summary prospectus) contained therein or furnished pursuant to Section 3(c) or Section 3(d), as then amended or supplemented, will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by a holder of Registrable Securities expressly for use therein.
     (b) Any documents incorporated by reference in any prospectus referred to in Section 5(a), when they become or became effective or are or were filed with the Commission, as the case may be, will conform or conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, as applicable, and none of such documents will contain or contained an untrue statement of a material fact or will omit or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by a holder of Registrable Securities expressly for use therein.
     (c) The compliance by the Company and the Guarantors with all of the provisions of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company, the Guarantors or any of their respective subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company, the Guarantors or any of their respective subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company, the Guarantors or any of their respective subsidiaries is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, as amended, or the by-laws or other governing documents, as applicable, of the Company or the Guarantors or (iii) result in any violation of any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company, the Guarantors or any of their respective subsidiaries or any of their respective properties; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body is required for the consummation by the Company and the Guarantors of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except (x) the registration under the Securities Act of the Registrable Securities and the Exchange Securities, as applicable, and qualification of the

15


 

Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, (y) such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or blue sky laws in connection with the offering and distribution of the Registrable Securities and the Exchange Securities, as applicable, and (z) such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications that have been obtained and are in full force and effect as of the date hereof.
     (d) This Agreement has been dUly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and by the Guarantors.
      6. Indemnification and Contribution.
     (a) Indemnification by the Company and the Guarantors. The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will indemnify and hold harmless each of the holders of Registrable Securities included in an Exchange Registration Statement and each of the Electing Holders as holders of Registrable Securities included in a Shelf Registration Statement against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such holder or such Electing Holder may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Exchange Registration Statement or any Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, under which such Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities were registered under the Securities Act, or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus (including, without limitation, any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433) contained therein or furnished by the Company to any such holder or any such Electing Holder, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each such holder and each such Electing Holder for any and all legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that neither the Company nor the Guarantors shall be liable to any such person in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, or preliminary, final or summary prospectus (including, without limitation, any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433), or amendment or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such person expressly for use therein.
     (b) Indemnification by the Electing Holders. The Company may require, as a condition to including any Registrable Securities in any Shelf Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2(b), that the Company shall have received an undertaking reasonably satisfactory to it from each Electing Holder of Registrable Securities included in such Shelf Registration Statement, severally and not jointly, to (i) indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Guarantors and all other Electing Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Shelf Registration Statement, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company, the Guarantors or such other Electing Holders may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus (including, without limitation, any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433) contained therein or furnished by the Company to any Electing Holder,

16


 

or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Electing Holder expressly for use therein, and (ii) reimburse the Company and the Guarantors for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company and the Guarantors in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that no such Electing Holder shall be required to undertake liability to any person under this Section 6(b) for any amounts in excess of the dollar amount of the proceeds to be received by such Electing Holder from the sale of such Electing Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration.
     (c) Notices of Claims, Etc. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above of written notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party pursuant to the indemnification provisions of or contemplated by this Section 6, notify such indemnifying party in writing of the commencement of such action; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under the indemnification provisions of or contemplated by Section 6(a) or Section 6(b). In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, such indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, such indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal expenses of other counselor any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
     (d) Contribution. If for any reason the indemnification provisions contemplated by Section 6(a) or Section 6(b) are unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue

17


 

statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such indemnifying party or by such indemnified party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 6(d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 6(d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6(d), no Electing Holder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the dollar amount of the proceeds received by such holder from the sale of any Registrable Securities (after deducting any fees, discounts and commissions applicable thereto) exceeds the amount of any damages which such holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11 (f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The holders’ obligations in this Section 6(d) to contribute shall be several in proportion to the principal amount of Registrable Securities registered by them and not joint.
     (e) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 6 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company or the Guarantors may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer, director and partner of each holder, each Electing Holder, and each person, if any, who controls any of the foregoing within the meaning of the Securities Act; and the obligations of the holders and the Electing Holders contemplated by this Section 6 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective holder or Electing Holder may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company or the Guarantors and to each person, if any, who controls the Company or any of the Guarantors within the meaning of the Securities Act, as well as to each officer and director of the other holders and to each person, if any, who controls such other holders within the meaning of the Securities Act.
      7. Underwritten Offerings.
               Each holder of Registrable Securities hereby agrees with the Company and each other such holder that no holder of Registrable Securities may participate in any underwritten offering hereunder unless (a) the Company gives its prior written consent to such underwritten offering, (b) the managing underwriter or underwriters thereof shall be designated by Electing Holders holding at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities to be included in such offering, provided that such designated managing underwriter or underwriters is or are reasonably acceptable to the Company, (c) each holder of Registrable Securities participating in such underwritten offering agrees to sell such holder’s Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled selecting the managing underwriter or underwriters hereunder and (d) each holder of Registrable Securities participating in such underwritten offering completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. The Company hereby agrees with each holder of Registrable Securities that, to the extent it consents to an underwritten offering hereunder, it will negotiate in good faith and execute all indemnities,

18


 

underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements, including using commercially reasonable efforts to procure customary legal opinions and auditor “comfort” letters.
      8. Rule 144.
     (a) Facilitation of Sales Pursuant to Rule 144. The Company and each of the Guarantors covenant to the holders of Registrable Securities that to the extent it shall be required to do so under the Exchange Act, the Company and the Guarantors shall timely file the reports required to be filed by it under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act (including the reports under Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act referred to in subparagraph (c)(1) of Rule 144), and shall take such further action as any holder of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitations of the exemption provided by Rule 144. Upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities in connection with that holder’s sale pursuant to Rule 144, the Company and the Guarantors shall deliver to such holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.
     (b) Availability of Rule 144 Not Excuse for Obligations under Section 2. The fact that holders of Registrable Securities may become eligible to sell such Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144 shall not (1) cause such Securities to cease to be Registrable Securities or (2) excuse the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations set forth in Section 2 of this Agreement, including without limitation the obligations in respect of an Exchange Offer, Shelf Registration and Special Interest.
      9. Miscellaneous.
     (a) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company and each of the Guarantors represents, warrants, covenants and agrees that it has not granted, and shall not grant, registration rights with respect to Registrable Securities, Exchange Securities or Securities, as applicable, or any other securities which would be inconsistent with the terms contained in this Agreement.
     (b) Specific Performance. The parties hereto acknowledge that there would be no adequate remedy at law if the Company or the Guarantors fail to perform any of their obligations hereunder and that the Purchasers and the holders from time to time of the Registrable Securities may be irreparably harmed by any such failure, and accordingly agree that the Purchasers and such holders, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled at law or in equity, shall be entitled to compel specific performance of the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, in any court of the United States or any State thereof having jurisdiction. Time shall be of the essence in this Agreement.
     (c) Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands, waivers and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand, if delivered personally, by facsimile or by courier, or three days after being deposited in the mail (registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested) as follows: If to the Company, to it at 200 East Basse Road, San Antonio, TX 78209, Attention: General Counsel, and if to a holder, to the address of such holder set forth in the security register or other records of the Company, or to such other address as the Company

19


 

or any such holder may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.
     (d) Parties in Interest. All the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto, the holders from time to time of the Registrable Securities and the respective successors and assigns of the foregoing. In the event that any transferee of any holder of Registrable Securities shall acquire Registrable Securities, in any manner, whether by gift, bequest, purchase, operation of law or otherwise, such transferee shall, without any further writing or action of any kind, be deemed a beneficiary hereof for all purposes and such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such transferee shall be entitled to receive the benefits of, and be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by all of the applicable terms and provisions of this Agreement. If the Company shall so request, any such successor, assign or transferee shall agree in writing to acquire and hold the Registrable Securities subject to all of the applicable terms hereof.
     (e) Survival. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and each other provision set forth in this Agreement or made pursuant hereto shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation (or statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any holder of Registrable Securities, any director, officer or partner of such holder, or any controlling person of any of the foregoing, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the transfer and registration of Registrable Securities by such holder and the consummation of an Exchange Offer.
     (f) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
     (g) Headings. The descriptive headings of the several Sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
     (h) Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Agreement and the other writings referred to herein (including the Indenture and the form of Securities) or delivered pursuant hereto which form a part hereof contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by a written instrument duly executed by the Company and the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities at the time outstanding. Each holder of any Registrable Securities at the time or thereafter outstanding shall be bound by any amendment or waiver effected pursuant to this Section 9(h), whether or not any notice, writing or marking indicating such amendment or waiver appears on such Registrable Securities or is delivered to such holder.
     (i) Inspection. For so long as this Agreement shall be in effect, this Agreement and a complete list of the names and addresses of all the record holders of Registrable Securities shall be made available for inspection and copying on any Business Day by any holder of Registrable Securities for proper purposes only (which shall include any purpose related to the rights of the holders of Registrable Securities under the Securities, the Indenture and

20


 

this Agreement) at the offices of the Company at the address thereof set forth in Section 9(c) and at the office of the Trustee under the Indenture.
     U) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the parties in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such respective counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.
     (k) Severability. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained in this Agreement shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

21


 

     If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us one for the Company and the Representative plus one for each counsel counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Purchasers, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement between each of the Purchasers, the Guarantors and the Company. It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Purchasers is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Purchasers, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company for examination upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority of the signers thereof.
                 
    Very truly yours,    
 
               
    Clera Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.    
 
               
    By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
             
 
      Name:   Randall T. Mays    
 
      Title:   Executive Vice President, Chief    
 
          Financial Officer, Secretary    
 
               
    Clera Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.    
 
               
    By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
             
 
      Name:   Randall T. Mays    
 
      Title:   Chief Financial Officer    
 
               
    Clera Channel Outdoor, Inc.    
 
               
    By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
             
 
      Name:   Randall T. Mays    
 
      Title:   Chief Financial Officer    
 
               
    Clera Channel Adshel, Inc.    
 
               
    By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
             
 
      Name:   Randall T. Mays    
 
      Title:   Chief Financial Officer    
 
               
    1567 Media LLC    
 
               
    By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
             
 
      Name:   Randall T. Mays    
 
      Title:   Chief Financial Officer    
[Series B Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

                 
    Clear Channel Spectacolor, LLC    
 
               
    By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
             
 
      Name:   Randall T. Mays    
 
      Title:   Chief Financial Officer    
 
               
    Clear Channel Taxi Media, LLC    
 
               
    By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
             
 
      Name:   Randall T. Mays    
 
      Title:   Chief Financial Officer    
 
               
    Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings Company Canada    
 
               
    By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
             
 
      Name:   Randall T. Mays    
 
      Title:   Chief Financial Officer    
 
               
    Outdoor Management Services, Inc.    
 
               
    By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
             
 
      Name:   Randall T. Mays    
 
      Title:   Chief Financial Officer    
 
               
    Inter-space Services, Inc.    
 
               
    By:   /s/ Randall T. Mays    
             
 
      Name:   Randall T. Mays    
 
      Title:   Chief Financial Officer    
[Series B Registration Rights Agreement}

 


 

Accepted as of the date hereof:
         
Goldman, Sachs & Co.    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Goldman, Sachs & Co.    
 
 
 
(Goldman, Sachs & Co.)
   
On behalf of each of the Purchasers
[Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement]

23


 

Exhibit A
Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
INSTRUCTION TO DTC PARTICIPANTS
(Date of Mailing)
URGENT — IMMEDIATE ATTENTION REQUESTED
DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE: [DATE]*
The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) has identified you as a DTC Participant through which beneficial interests in the Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. (the “Company’) 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017 (the “Securities’) are held.
The Company is in the process of registering the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933 for resale by the beneficial owners thereof. In order to have their Securities included in the registration statement, beneficial owners must complete and return the enclosed Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire.
It is important that beneficial owners of the Securities receive a copy of the enclosed materials as soon as possible as their rights to have the Securities included in the registration statement depend upon their returning the Notice and Questionnaire by [Deadline For Response]. Please forward a copy of the enclosed documents to each beneficial owner that holds interests in the Securities through you. If you require more copies of the enclosed materials or have any questions pertaining to this matter, please contact Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., 200 East Basse Road, San Antonio, TX 78209, Attention: General Counsel.
 
*   Not less than 28 calendar days from date of mailing.

A-1


 

Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
Notice of Registration Statement
and
Selling Securityholder Questionnaire
(Date)
Reference is hereby made to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement (the “Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement’’) between Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. (the “Company’’) and the Purchasers named therein. Pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, the Company has filed or will file with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission’’) a registration statement on Form [       ] (the “Shelf Registration Statement’’) for the registration and resale under Rule 415 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), of the Company’s 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017 (the “Securities’’). A copy of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the Shelf Registration Statement and can be obtained from the Commission’s website at www.sec.gov . All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.
Each beneficial owner of Registrable Securities (as defined below) is entitled to have the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by it included in the Shelf Registration Statement. In order to have Registrable Securities included in the Shelf Registration Statement, this Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire (“Notice and Questionnaire’’) must be completed, executed and delivered to the Company’s counsel at the address set forth herein for receipt ON OR BEFORE [Deadline for Response]. Beneficial owners of Registrable Securities who do not properly complete, execute and return this Notice and Questionnaire by such date (i) will not be named as selling securityholders in the Shelf Registration Statement and (ii) may not use the Prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities.
Certain legal consequences arise from being named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus. Accordingly, holders and beneficial owners of Registrable Securities are advised to consult their own securities law counsel regarding the consequences of being named or not being named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.
The term “Registrable Securities” is defined in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

A-2


 

ELECTION
The undersigned holder (the “Selling SecurityhoJder”) of Registrable Securities hereby elects to include in the Shelf Registration Statement the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by it and listed below in Item (3). The undersigned, by signing and returning this Notice and Questionnaire, agrees to be bound with respect to such Registrable Securities by the terms and conditions of this Notice and Questionnaire and the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 6 of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, as if the undersigned Selling Securityholder were an original party thereto.
Pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, the undersigned has agreed to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its officers who sign any Shelf Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act’), against certain loses arising out of an untrue statement, or the alleged untrue statement, of a material fact in the Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus or the omission, or alleged omission, to state a material fact required to be stated in such Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus, but only to the extent such untrue statement or omission, or alleged untrue statement or omission, was made in reliance on and in conformity with the information provided in this Notice and Questionnaire.
Upon any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, the Selling Securityholder will be required to deliver to the Company and Trustee the Notice of Transfer set forth in Appendix A to the Prospectus and as Exhibit B to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.
The Selling Securityholder hereby provides the following information to the Company and represents and warrants that such information is accurate and complete:

A-3


 

QUESTIONNAIRE
         
(1)
  (a)   Full legal name of Selling Securityholder:
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
  (b)   Full legal name of registered Holder (if not the same as in (a) above) of Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) below:
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
  (c)   Full legal name of DTC Participant (if applicable and if not the same as (b) above) through which Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) below are held:
 
       
 
       
(2) Address for notices to Selling Securityholder:
             
             
 
           
             
 
           
             
 
           
 
      Telephone:
   
 
       
 
           
 
      Fax:
   
 
           
 
           
 
      Contact Person:
   
 
       
 
           
 
      E-mail for Contact Person:
   
 
       
(3) Beneficial Ownership of Securities:
         
 
      Except as set forth below in this Item (3), the undersigned does not beneficially own any Securities.
 
       
 
  (a)   Principal amount of Registrable Securities beneficially owned:   
 
      CUSIP No(s). of such Registrable Securities:   
 
       
 
  (b)   Principal amount of Securities other than Registrable Securities beneficially owned:   
 
      CUSIP No(s). of such other Securities:   
 
       
 
  (c)   Principal amount of Registrable Securities that the undersigned wishes to be included in the Shelf Registration
Statement:     
 
      CUSIP No(s). of such Registrable Securities to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement:    
(4) Beneficial Ownership of Other Securities of the Company:
     
 
  Except as set forth below in this Item (4), the undersigned Selling Securityholder is not the beneficial or registered owner of any other securities of the Company, other than the Securities listed above in Item (3).
 
   
 
  State any exceptions here:
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   

A-4


 

(5) Individuals who exercise dispositive powers with respect to the Securities:
         
 
      If the Selling Securityholder is not an entity that is required to file reports with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (a “Reporting Company”), then the Selling Securityholder must disclose the name of the natural person(s) who exercise sole or shared dispositive powers with respect to the Securities. Selling Securityholders should disclose the beneficial holders, not nominee holders or other such others of record. In addition, the Commission has provided guidance that Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 should be used by analogy when determining the person or persons sharing voting and/or dispositive powers with respect to the Securities.
 
       
 
  (a)   Is the holder a Reporting Company?
 
       
 
      Yes                                           No                               
 
       
 
      If “No”, please answer Item (5)(b).
 
       
 
  (b)   List below the individual or individuals who exercise dispositive powers with respect to the Securities:
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
      Please note that the names of the persons listed in (b) above will be included in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.
(6) Relationships with the Company:
         
 
      Except as set forth below, neither the Selling Securityholder nor any of its affiliates, officers, directors or principal equity holders (5% or more) has held any position or office or has had any other material relationship with the Company (or its predecessors or affiliates) during the past three years.
 
       
 
      State any exceptions here:
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
(7) Plan of Distribution:
         
 
      Except as set forth below, the undersigned Selling Securityholder intends to distribute the Registrable Securities listed above in Item (3) only as follows (if at all): Such Registrable Securities may be sold from time to time directly by the undersigned Selling Securityholder. Such Registrable Securities may be sold in one or more transactions at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. Such sales may be effected in transactions (which may involve crosses or block transactions) (i) on any national securities exchange or quotation service on which the Registered Securities may be listed or quoted at the time of sale, (ii) in the over-the-counter market, (iii) in transactions otherwise than on such exchanges or services or in the over-the-counter market, or (iv) through the writing of options. In connection with sales of the

A-5


 

         
 
      Registrable Securities or otherwise, the Selling Securityholder may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers, which may in turn engage in short sales of the Registrable Securities in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The Selling Securityholder may also sell Registrable Securities short and deliver Registrable Securities to close out such short positions, or loan or pledge Registrable Securities to broker-dealers that in turn may sell such securities.
 
       
 
      State any exceptions here:
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
 
      Note: In no event may such methodes) of distribution take the form of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities without the prior written agreement of the Company.
(8) Broker-Dealers:
         
 
      The Commission requires that all Selling Securityholders that are registered broker-dealers or affiliates of registered broker-dealers be so identified in the Shelf Registration Statement. In addition, the Commission requires that all Selling Securityholders that are registered broker-dealers be named as underwriters in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus, even if they did not receive the Registrable Securities as compensation for underwriting activities.
 
       
 
  (a)   State whether the undersigned Selling Securityholder is a registered broker-dealer:
 
       
 
      Yes                                            No                               
 
       
 
  (b)   If the answer to (a) is “Yes”, you must answer (i) and (ii) below, and (iii) below if applicable. Your answers to (i) and (ii) below, and (iii) below if applicable, will be included in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.
 
 
      (i) Were the Securities acquired as compensation for underwriting activities?
 
       
 
      Yes                                            No                               
 
       
 
      If you answered “Yes”, please provide a brief description of the transaction(s) in which the Securities were acquired as compensation:
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
 
      (ii) Were the Securities acquired for investment purposes?
 
 
      Yes                                            No                               
 
 
      (iii) If you answered “No” to both (i) and (ii), please explain the Selling Securityholder’s reason for acquiring the Securities:
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       

A-6


 

         
 
  (c)   State whether the undersigned Selling Securityholder is an affiliate of a registered broker-dealer and, if so, list the name(s) of the broker-dealer affiliate(s):
 
       
 
      Yes                                            No                               
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
 
  (d)   If you answered “Yes” to question (c) above:
 
       
 
      (i) Did the undersigned Selling Securityholder purchase Registrable Securities in the ordinary course of business?
 
       
 
      Yes                                           No                               
 
       
 
      If the answer is “No” to question (d)(i), provide a brief explanation of the circumstances in which the Selling Securityholder acquired the Registrable Securities:
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
 
      (ii) At the time of the purchase of the Registrable Securities, did the undersigned Selling Securityholder have any agreements, understandings or arrangements, directly or indirectly, with any person to dispose of or distribute the Registrable Securities?
 
       
 
      Yes                                            No                               
 
       
 
      If the answer is “Yes” to question (d)(ii), provide a brief explanation of such agreements, understandings or arrangements:
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
 
      If the answer is “No” to Item (B)(d)(i) or “Yes” to Item (B)(d)(ii), you will be named as an underwriter in the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus.
(9) Hedging and short sales:
         
 
  (a)   State whether the undersigned Selling Securityholder has or will enter into “hedging transactions” with respect to the Registrable Securities:
 
       
 
      Yes                                            No                               
 
       
 
      If “Yes”, provide below a complete description of the hedging transactions into which the undersigned Selling Securityholder has entered or will enter and the purpose of such hedging transactions, including the extent to which such hedging transactions remain in place:
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       

A-7


 

  (b)   Set forth below is Interpretation A.65 of the Commission’s July 1997 Manual of Publicly Available Interpretations regarding short selling:
 
      “An issuer filed a Form S-3 registration statement for a secondary offering of common stock which is not yet effective. One of the selling shareholders wanted to do a short sale of common stock “against the box” and cover the short sale with registered shares after the effective date. The issuer was advised that the short sale could not be made before the registration statement becomes effective, because the shares underlying the short sale are deemed to be sold at the time such sale is made. There would, therefore, be a violation of Section 5 if the shares were effectively sold prior to the effective date.”
 
      By returning this Notice and Questionnaire, the undersigned Selling Securityholder will be deemed to be aware of the foregoing interpretation.
*   *   *   *   *
By signing below, the Selling Securityholder acknowledges that it understands its obligation to comply, and agrees that it will comply, with the provisions of the Exchange Act, particularly Regulation M (or any successor rule or regulation).
The Selling Securityholder hereby acknowledges its obligations under the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and certain other persons as set forth in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.
In the event that the Selling Securityholder transfers all or any portion of the Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) above after the date on which such information is provided to the Company, the Selling Securityholder agrees to notify the transferee(s) at the time of the transfer of its rights and obligations under this Notice and Questionnaire and the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.
By signing below, the Selling Securityholder consents to the disclosure of the information contained herein in its answers to Items (1) through (9) above and the inclusion of such information in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus. The Selling Securityholder understands that such information will be relied upon by the Company in connection with the preparation of the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.
In accordance with the Selling Securityholder’s obligation under Section 3(d) of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement to provide such information as may be required by law for inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement, the Selling Securityholder agrees to promptly notify the Company of any inaccuracies or changes in the information provided herein which may occur subsequent to the date hereof at any time while the Shelf Registration Statement remains in effect and to provide such additional information that the Company may reasonably request regarding such Selling Securityholder and the intended method of distribution of Registrable Securities in order to comply with the Securities Act. Except as otherwise provided in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, all notices hereunder and pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement shall be made in writing, by hand-delivery, first-class mail, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery as follows:

A-8


 

             
 
  (i) To the Company:        
 
           
 
     
 
   
 
           
 
     
 
   
 
           
 
     
 
   
 
           
 
     
 
   
 
           
 
     
 
   
 
           
 
  (ii) With a copy to:        
 
           
 
     
 
   
 
           
 
     
 
   
 
           
 
     
 
   
 
           
 
     
 
   
 
           
 
     
 
   
Once this Notice and Questionnaire is executed by the Selling Securityholder and received by the Company’s counsel, the terms of this Notice and Questionnaire, and the representations and warranties contained herein, shall be binding on, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the respective successors, heirs, personal representatives, and assigns of the Company and the Selling Securityholder (with respect to the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by such Selling Securityholder and listed in Item (3) above. This Notice and Questionnaire shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York.

A-9


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Notice and Questionnaire to be executed and delivered either in person or by its duly authorized agent.
Dated:                                          
         
 
 
     
 
    Selling Securityholder
    (Print/type full legal name of beneficial owner of Registrable Securities)
 
       
 
  By:    
 
       
    Name:
    Title:
PLEASE RETURN THE COMPLETED AND EXECUTED NOTICE AND QUESTIONNAIRE FOR RECEIPT ON OR BEFORE [DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE] TO THE COMPANY’S COUNSEL
AT:
 
 
 
 
 

A-10


 

Exhibit B
NOTICE OF TRANSFER PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT
[Name of Trustee]
Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
c/o [Name of Trustee]
[Address of Trustee]
Attention: Trust Officer
          Re:   Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”)
9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017
Dear Sirs:
Please be advised that                      has transferred $                      aggregate principal amount of the above-referenced Notes pursuant to an effective Registration Statement on Form [                      ] (File No. 333-                      ) filed by the Company.
We hereby certify that the prospectus delivery requirements, if any, of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, have been satisfied and that the above-named beneficial owner of the Notes is named as a “Selling Holder” in the Prospectus dated [date] or in supplements thereto, and that the aggregate principal amount of the Notes transferred are the Notes listed in such Prospectus opposite such owner’s name. .
Dated:
             
    Very truly yours,    
 
           
 
     
 
(Name)
   
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
(Authorized Signature)
   

B-1

Exhibit 10.23
CONTRACT OF EMPLOYMENT
THIS CONTRACT is made the 31 August 2009 and is made between:
(1)   CLEAR CHANNEL OUTDOOR LTD whose registered office is 33 Golden Square London W1F 9JT (the Company ); and
 
(2)   CHRISTOPHER WILLIAM ECCLESHARE of 9 The Mount, London NW3 6SZ ( You ).
 
1.   GENERAL
 
1.1   This Contract of Employment (the Contract) sets out the particulars of your employment with the Company as at the date of this Contract and complies with section 1 of the Employment Rights Act 1996.
 
1.2   Your employment under this agreement will begin with effect from 31 August 2009. For the purposes of the Employment Rights Act 1996, your period of continuous employment with the Company shall begin on the same date (the Employment ).
 
1.3   In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Contract and the Employee Handbook, the terms of this Contract will prevail.
 
1.4   In this Contract, Group Company shall mean any company which is for the time being a subsidiary or holding company of the Company (as defined in section 736 of the Companies Act 1985) and any company in which the Company or any subsidiary or holding company of the Company (as defined in section 736 of the Companies Act 1985) has a beneficial ownership of or controls 20% or more of the issued share capital.
 
2.   JOB TITLE/DUTIES
 
2.1   You are employed as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, International (Europe, the Middle East and Asia) and will report to the Chief Executive Officer of Clear Channel Outdoor (“Global CEO”), currently Mark Mays (Your Director). The Company reserves the right to change Your Director to another person who is Global CEO or of commensurate position at any time without your prior agreement although the Company will notify you of any such change.

1


 

2.2   You will devote the whole of your working time attention and abilities to the duties which you will perform on behalf of the Company and any Group Company for the time being and you will not during the course of the Employment without the prior written consent of Your Director provide your services to or engage in any other business or activity which is in any way similar or related to the business of the Company or any Group Company.
 
2.3   You acknowledge and agree that the Company has the right to monitor your use of computer and telecommunications equipment provided to you for the purpose of the Employment and including your use of internet, email and telephone correspondence.
 
2.4   You will promptly disclose to the Board in writing:
  2.4.1   any actual or intended material breach of duty or lawful obligation owed by you or by any other employee to the Company or any Group Company of which you become aware;
 
  2.4.2   any offer of employment made to you or any offer of employment made to any other employee of the Company or any Group Company of which you become aware in each case where that offer of employment is made by or on behalf of any third party engaged in providing products or services in outdoor advertising in competition with the Company or any Group Company;
 
  2.4.3   any approach made by or on behalf of any third party, whether to you or to any other employee of the Company or any Group Company of which you become aware and which you know (or ought reasonably to have known) is intended to result in the diversion of business away from the Company or any Group Company.
    For the avoidance of doubt, it is acknowledged that you hold a non-executive directorship with Hays plc and may continue to do so and that, on that ceasing, you may with the Company’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld) take up one non-executive role at any given time with a business that does not compete with the Company or any Group Company.
2.5   You acknowledge and agree that you are at all times during your employment, including during any period of suspension or during any Garden Leave Period, subject to a duty of goodwill, trust, confidence, exclusive service, faith and fidelity to the Company. These duties include, without limitation the duty throughout the duration of this Contract:

2


 

  2.5.1   not to compete with the Company or any Group Company;
 
  2.5.2   not to make preparations (during such hours as you should be providing services under this Contract) to compete with the Company or any Group Company after this Contract has terminated;
 
  2.5.3   not to solicit in competition with the Company or any Group Company any customer or customers of the Company or Group Company;
 
  2.5.4   not to entertain invitations to provide services either in a personal capacity or on behalf of any third party from actual or prospective customers of the Company or any Group Company where such invitations relate to services which could be provided by the Company or any Group Company;
 
  2.5.5   not to offer employment elsewhere to employees of the company or any Group Company (other than employment by the Company or any Group Company);
 
  2.5.6   not to copy or memorise confidential information or trade secrets of the Company or any Group Company with a view to using or disclosing such information for a purpose other than for the benefit of the Company or the Group Company; and
 
  2.5.7   not to conspire, collude, cooperate with or otherwise encourage, procure or assist any third party to do anything which, if done by you, would be a breach of 2.5.1 to 2.5.6 above.
3.   PLACE OF WORK
 
3.1   Your normal place of work will be 33 Golden Square, London, W1F 9JT however you will be required to travel to other places within the United Kingdom and abroad as required to fulfil your duties. The Company’s policies relating to travel and expenses as amended from time to time will apply in respect of the costs of such travel. The Company also reserves the right to change your normal place of work to any other location within Greater London which is the Company’s headquarters.
 
4.   HOURS OF WORK
 
4.1   Your normal hours of work are 9 am to 5.30 pm, Monday to Friday. You will work such additional hours and at different times as may reasonably be required to meet the needs of

3


 

 
 
 
 
 
    the business.     
4.2   There is no contractual right to overtime and any overtime payments are at the sole and absolute discretion of the Company.
 
4.3   You agree that the limits on working time in Regulation 4(1) of the Working Time Regulations 1998 will not apply to your Employment ( opt-out ). You may (subject to the provisions of the Regulations) give three months’ written notice to the Company that you wish to revoke your agreement to this opt-out.
 
5.   REMUNERATION
 
 
5.1   You will be paid your basic salary monthly in arrears by credit transfer to your Bank account on or about the 25 th day of each month at the rate of £402,685 per annum (each instalment being deemed to accrue rateably from day to day). Your salary (and any other payments (if any) due to you from time to time under the terms of this agreement) will be paid to you via the Company’s payroll subject to appropriate deductions for income tax and National Insurance contributions.
 
5.2   Your basic salary will be reviewed annually from 1 April at the absolute discretion of the Company.
 
5.3   Details of the bonus arrangements applicable to you are set out in Schedule 2.
 
5.4   In addition to your basic salary, you will be entitled to receive a non-pensionable car allowance of £18,000 per annum. This allowance will be paid in equal monthly instalments with your salary less tax and National Insurance contributions. The allowance shall be deemed to include all costs of road fund licence, insurance premiums and running costs of the car, including fuel, oil, maintenance and repairs.
 
5.5   During this agreement, you will be entitled to participate at the Company’s expense in the Company’s life assurance and private medical insurance schemes. Your membership of these schemes is subject to the rules of those schemes from time to time (and any replacement schemes provided by the Company) and to you (and if appropriate your spouse and dependent children) being eligible to participate in or benefit from such schemes pursuant to their rules. If any scheme provider (including but not limited to any insurance company) refuses for any reason (whether based on its own interpretation of the terms of the

4


 

    insurance policy or otherwise) to provide any benefits, the Company is not liable to provide any replacement benefits of the same or similar kind or to pay compensation in lieu of such benefit.
5.6   The Company will contribute to a personal pension plan registered under Chapter 2 Part 4 of the Finance Act 2004 nominated by you an annual amount equal to 15% of your annual basic salary from time to time, unless you first notify the Company in writing (in sufficient time to allow the Company to reduce any such payment) that the Company should make a lower contribution in order that you may avoid exceeding a level of personal pension inputs which shall give rise to an annual allowance charge. In this paragraph, expressions shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the same meaning as in sections 227 to 238 inclusive of the Finance Act 2004. There is no contracting out certificate in force with respect to your employment pursuant to this Agreement.
 
5.7   You may be granted further stock awards from time to time at the discretion of the Company.
 
6.   ABSENCE FROM WORK
 
6.1   If you are absent for any reason you should inform the Company as soon as possible but by the end of the first day.
 
6.2   You must submit a medical certificate to the Company signed by your doctor as to the reason for the absence if you are absent for any period of 8 consecutive days or more. A new medical certificate should be sent each week thereafter.
 
6.3   For the purposes of Statutory Sick Pay the agreed “qualifying days” are Monday to Friday.
 
6.4   There is no contractual entitlement to sick pay in the event of absence from work by reason of illness or incapacity. Any payment made will be at the sole and absolute discretion of the Company as detailed in the employee handbook.
 
6.5   For the avoidance of doubt the provisions of this clause 6 will not prejudice or limit in any way the Company’s right to terminate the Employment pursuant to clauses 8 or otherwise pursuant to its terms.
 
6.6   The Company reserves the right to require you at any time to undergo a medical examination and you authorise the Company’s Board of Directors to have unconditional access to any report or reports (including copies) produced as a result of any such examination as the

5


 

    Board may from time to time require to the extent the contents are relevant to your ability to carry out your duties.
 
7.   HOLIDAYS
 
7.1   You are entitled to the following holidays during which you will be paid your normal remuneration:
  7.1.1   Subject to clause 7.2 below, eight Statutory holidays, which are New Year’s Day, Good Friday, Easter Monday, May Day, Spring Bank Holiday, Late Summer Bank Holiday, Christmas Day and Boxing Day unless on any such Bank Holiday you are required to carry out your duties of the Employment, in which case you will be given another day’s holiday in lieu of the Bank Holiday worked.
 
  7.1.2   additional entitlement period of 30 working days accumulating at the rate of 2.5 days per completed calendar month’s service. This entitlement is subject to the following sub clauses of this Clause 7 and shall be taken at times to be agreed in advance with the Company.
7.2   The Company reserves the right to require you to work on any statutory holiday. In the event that you are required to work on a statutory holiday you will be given a day’s holiday in lieu to be taken at a time to be agreed with Your Director.
 
7.3   The holiday year is the calendar year from 1 January to 31 December and you should take your holidays during this period. You will not be permitted to carry over more than 5 unused holiday days’ entitlement into a following holiday year except in exceptional circumstances with the express written consent of Your Director.
 
7.4   You may not take as holiday more than 10 working days consecutively out of your entitlement without the prior written consent of the Company.
 
7.5   If you leave the Employment with outstanding holiday entitlement, you will, in addition to any other sums to which you may be entitled, be paid a sum representing salary for the number of days’ holiday entitlement outstanding. If you leave the Employment having taken more than the accumulated holiday entitlement for the current holiday year then a sum equivalent to wages for the additional holiday taken will be deducted from any final payment to you and the balance will be paid to you.

6


 

7.6   A day’s pay for holiday pay purposes is calculated as 1/260 th of your annual basic salary.
 
7.7   The Company may require that you take any unused holiday during a period of notice being served by you and if the Company exercises its right to place you on garden leave pursuant to clause 8.5 below, you will be deemed to take any accrued untaken holiday during your garden leave period and so will have no separate entitlement to payment for it when your Employment actually terminates. You have no right to take holiday during a period of notice except with the Company’s prior agreement.
 
8.   TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
 
8.1   Subject to clause 8.7 the Company may terminate the employment by serving not less than twelve months’ notice in writing. You may resign your employment by serving not less than six months’ notice in writing.
 
8.2   Subject to clause 8.7, as an alternative to notice pursuant to clause 8.1, the Company may, in its absolute discretion terminate this Contract without prior notice and make a) a payment in lieu of the basic salary (but not other benefits) to which you would have been entitled during the period of notice of termination provided under clause 8.1 and b) a payment of 20% of the amount payable in a) above in lieu of the benefits to which you would have been entitled during the period of notice of termination provided under clause 8.1.
 
8.3   Once notice has been given, either by the Company or by you pursuant to clause 8.1, the Company may in its absolute discretion, at any time during such notice terminate this Contract and make a) a payment in lieu of the basic salary (but not other benefits) to which you would have been entitled during the during the unexpired period of notice and b) a payment of 20% of the amount payable in a) above in lieu of the benefits to which you would have been entitled during the unexpired period of notice.
 
8.4   The Company shall have the right to suspend you (subject to the continued payment of your salary and benefits) pending any investigation into any potential dishonesty, gross misconduct or any other circumstances which may give rise to a right to the Company to terminate your employment for such period as it thinks fit.
 
8.5   You agree that you have no right to be provided with work by the Company and at any time after either you or the Company have given notice to terminate the Employment (or if you breach this Contract by resigning without giving the required notice and the Company does not accept your resignation on that basis) then the Company may:

7


 

  8.5.1   require you not to carry out your duties or to exercise your powers or responsibilities under this Contract during the remaining period of your notice period (or any part of such period);
 
  8.5.2   require you to resign immediately from any offices you may hold in the Company or in any Group Company;
 
  8.5.3   require you not to attend your place of work or any other premises of the Company or any Group Company during the remaining period of your notice (or any part of such period);
 
  8.5.4   require you not to make contact with any employees, agents or customers or clients of the Company or any Group Company except as directed by the Company during the remaining period of your notice (or any part of such period);
 
  8.5.5   require you to return to the Company all documents, computer disks and other property (including summaries, extracts or copies) belonging to the Company or any Group Company or to its or their clients or customers;
 
  8.5.6   require you to work from your home and/or to carry out exceptional duties or special projects outside the normal scope of your duties and responsibilities provided these are commensurate with your status.
    The exercise of the right contained in this clause 8.5 shall be described in this Contract as Garden Leave and the period during which it is exercised shall be described as the Garden Leave Period .
 
8.6   If the Company exercises its right under clause 8.5 above it will continue to pay to you your normal contractual remuneration as described in 5 above as long as you comply with your obligations under this Contract. Where the Company terminates your employment during any financial year the Company will pay your annual bonus as set out in Schedule 2 pro-rata for the period of the year worked to the date of termination PROVIDED THAT the bonus payment shall be calculated at year end based on actual audited results and shall be paid as soon as possible at the commencement of the following financial year.
 
8.7   Nothing in this Contract prevents the Company from terminating the Employment summarily in the event of any serious breach by you of any material and fundamental term(s)

8


 

    of this Contract (including, without limitation, breach of clause 18.2) or any gross misconduct by you. In the event of such termination, the Company shall not be obliged to make you any further payment beyond the amount of any remuneration and payment in lieu of outstanding untaken holiday entitlement actually accrued up to and including the date of such termination and the Company shall be entitled to deduct from such remuneration any sums you owe it or any Group Company, to which deduction you hereby expressly consent.
 
8.8   At any time during the Employment, including during any Garden Leave Period, the Company may require you to return promptly to the Company all original and copy documents, software and any other information-storing medium belonging or relating to the Company or any other Group Company and any other property belonging to the Company or any Group Company or belonging to any third party who has provided the property to the Company or any Group Company for the use of that company which is in your possession or under your control.
 
8.9   You will on the termination of your employment for any reason return to the Company all confidential information or property belonging or relating to the business of the Company or any Group Company which is in your possession or under your control on the Termination Date, including but not limited to any company car, mobile telephone, laptop computer, software, disks or data (held in whatever form) and keys.
 
9.   RESIGNATION AS DIRECTOR
 
9.1   Without prejudice to clause 8.5.2 you will on termination of your Employment for any reason at the request of the Company resign immediately without claim for compensation:
 
9.1.1   as a director of the Company and any Group Company of which you are a director; and
 
9.1.2   from all trusteeships held by you of any pension scheme or other trusts established by the Company or any Group Company or any other company with which you have had dealings as a consequence of your employment with the Company.
 
9.2   If you fail to resign within seven days of request, the Company is irrevocably authorised to appoint a person to execute any documents and to do everything necessary to effect such resignation or resignations on your behalf.

9


 

10.   INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
 
10.1   You acknowledge that because of the nature of your duties and the particular responsibilities arising as a result of such duties that you owe to the Company and any Group Company you have a special obligation to further the interests of the Company and each Group Company.
 
10.2   You shall promptly disclose to the Company any idea or invention created in the manner prescribed by sections 39(1) and 39(2) of the Patents Act 1977. Any such inventions will then be dealt with in accordance with the provisions expressed in that Act.
 
10.3   You acknowledge that all trade marks, registered designs, design rights, copyright, database rights and other intellectual property rights (together, where registerable with the right to apply for registration of the same, aside from those described in clause 10.2), whether in existence now or coming into existence at any time in the future, will, on creation either during the normal course of employment or by using materials, tools or knowledge made available through your employment, vest in and be the exclusive property of the Company or any Group Company which the Company shall nominate and if required to do so (whether during or after the termination of his employment), you shall execute all instruments and do all things necessary to vest ownership in the above rights in the Company as sole beneficial owner. Where the same does not automatically vest by Act of Parliament, you shall immediately assign the same to the Company. You irrevocably waive all your rights pursuant to sections 77 to 83 inclusive of the Copyright Designs and Patents Act 1988 and any statutory amendment thereto.
 
10.4   You appoint the Company to be your attorney in your name and on your behalf to execute any such instrument or do any such thing necessary for the purpose of giving to the Company or its nominee, the full benefit of the provisions of this clause 10 and acknowledge in favour of any third party that a certificate in writing signed by any director or secretary of the Company, that any instrument or act falls within the authority conferred shall be conclusive evidence that such is the case.
 
10.5   Clauses 10.1, 10.2, 10.3 and 10.4 cannot be amended or varied other than by written agreement with the parties.
 
11.   NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE

10


 

    The Company’s normal retirement age for Directors is 65.
 
12.   CONFIDENTIALITY AND RESTRICTIONS
 
12.1   In consideration for the payments and other benefits due to you under this Contract, you agree to enter into the restrictions in Schedule 1 to protect the legitimate interests of the Company and any other Group Company.
 
12.2   You agree that if you receive any offer of employment or any other work during your Employment (including any Garden Leave Period) or at any time during the Restricted Period, you will give to the person offering you the employment or engagement a copy of this clause 12 and Schedule 1.
 
13.   GRIEVANCE AND DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES
 
13.1   The disciplinary rules and procedure and the grievance procedure applicable to the Employment are set out in the Employee Handbook.
 
13.2   Please note that those rules and procedures are not part of your contract of employment and do not have contractual force and effect unless expressly stated to the contrary.
 
14.   DATA PROTECTION
 
14.1   Your personal data will be held by the Company in its manual and automated filing systems. You hereby consent to the processing and disclosure of such data internally and, so far as is reasonably necessary, externally in order for the Employment under this Contract to be performed, for decisions to be made regarding your employment, or for the purpose of any potential sale or transfer of at least 50% (fifty per cent) or the shares of the Company or any Group Company or any potential sale or transfer of any business of the Company or any Group Company to which in either case you are at the relevant time assigned including, in the event of a potential sale or transfer, disclosure of such data to any proposed purchases or its advisers in confidence.
 
14.2   You further consent to the Company processing and disclosing sensitive data internally and externally to professional advisors in confidence or medical practitioners including medical information for the purpose of assessing your ability to continue with Employment and data regarding sex, marital status, race, ethnic origin, disability for a purpose of monitoring to ensure equality of opportunity within the Company.

11


 

14.3   You shall keep the Company informed of changes to his personal data.
 
15.   DEDUCTIONS
 
    For the purposes of the Employment Rights Act 1996, you hereby authorise the Company at any time during the continuance of this Contract and in any event on termination howsoever arising, to deduct from your remuneration (which for this purpose includes salary, pay in lieu of notice, commission, bonus, holiday pay and sick pay) all debts owed by you to the Company or any Group Company, including but without limitation the balance outstanding of any loans (and interest where appropriate) advanced by the Company to you, the cost of repairing any damage or loss to the Company’s property caused by you.
 
16.   COLLECTIVE AGREEMENTS
 
16.1   There are no collective agreements that directly affect the terms and conditions of your employment.
 
17.   SMOKING POLICY
 
17.1   The Company operates a no smoking policy in respect of all of its premises.
 
18.   PRIOR AND OTHER AGREEMENTS
 
18.1   This Contract cancels and is in substitution for all previous letters of engagement, agreements and arrangements (whether oral or in writing) relating to the subject matter hereof between the Company or any Group Company and you all of which shall be deemed to have been terminated by mutual consent.
 
18.2   You hereby warrant that by entering into this Contract and performing your duties hereunder you will not be in breach of any terms or obligations under any further or other agreement with any third party.
 
19.   CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999
 
19.1   This Contract does not confer rights on your spouse or dependants or any third party under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999. Clauses 2, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 15 and 18 of this agreement do confer rights and shall be enforceable by any Group Company under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999. Save as expressly stated, no other rights are conferred on any Group Company or to any other third party.

12


 

20.   GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION
 
20.1   This agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the law of England and Wales.
 
20.2   The parties to this agreement submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English Courts in relation to any claim, dispute or matter arising out of or relating to this agreement.
 
20.3   Any delay by the Company in exercising any of its rights under this agreement will not constitute a waiver of such rights.
EXECUTED as a Deed by the parties on the date set out at the beginning of this Contract
SIGNED and delivered as a deed by CLEAR
CHANNEL OUTDOOR LIMITED
acting by
two directors or by one director and the secretary:
     
Director
   
Signature
  /s/ Jonathan Bevan:
Name
  JONATHAN BEVAN
 
   
Director/Secretary
   
Signature
  /s/ Mark Mays:
Name
  MARK MAYS
SIGNED by CHRISTOPHER WILLIAM
ECCLESHARE
: /s/ William Eccleshare

13


 

SCHEDULE 1
PART 1
CONFIDENTIALITY
1   You acknowledge that in the ordinary course of your employment you will be exposed to information about the Company’s business and the business of each Group Company and that of the Company’s and each Group Company’s suppliers and customers which amounts to a trade secret, is confidential or is commercially sensitive and which may not be readily available to others engaged in a similar business to that of the Company or any Group Company or to the general public and which if disclosed will be liable to cause significant harm to the Company or any such Group Company. Such information (whether recorded in writing, on computer disk or in any other medium) is referred to as “Confidential Information”. You have therefore agreed to accept the restrictions in this Schedule.
 
2   You will not either directly or indirectly during this agreement or after its termination without limit in time for his own purposes or for any purposes other than those of the Company or any Group Company (for any reason and in any manner) use or divulge or communicate to any person, firm, company or organisation except to those officials of the Company or any Group Company whose province it is to know the same any secret or Confidential Information or information constituting a trade secret acquired or discovered by you in the course of your employment with the Company relating to the private affairs or business of the Company or any Group Company or their suppliers, customers, management or shareholders.
 
3   The restrictions contained in this clause do not apply to:
  a.   any disclosure authorised by the Board or required in the ordinary and proper course of your employment or as required by the order of the court of competent jurisdiction or an appropriate regulatory authority or otherwise required by law; or
 
  b.   any information, or Confidential Information that you can demonstrate was known to you prior to the commencement of your employment by the Company or by any Group Company;
 
  c.   a protected disclosure by you, in accordance with the provisions of the Public Interest Disclosure Act 1998.
4   You will not other than with the approval of Your Director make or issue any press, radio or

14


 

    television statement, or publish or submit for publication any letter or article relating directly or indirectly to the business affairs of the Company or Group Company save in the ordinary course of carrying out your duties .
 
5   The provisions set out above are without prejudice to your duties and obligations to be implied into this Contract at common law.
PART 2
PROTECTIVE COVENANTS
1   In order to protect the Confidential Information, trade secrets, customer connections, stable workforce and other legitimate business interests of the Company and each Group Company, you undertake (except in the event of a wrongful termination by the Company) to the Company on behalf of itself and as agent and trustee for each Group Company that you will not directly or indirectly and whether alone or in conjunction with or on behalf of any other person and whether as a principal, shareholder, director, employee, agent, consultant, partner or otherwise:
  a.   at any time during the period of 9 months from the Effective Date within the Restricted Territory, take any steps preparatory to or be engaged, employed, interested or concerned in (i) any business that provides any Competing Business and/or (ii) any Target Business Entity and/or (iii) any firm, company or other entity directly or indirectly owning or controlling either a business that provides any Competing Business or a Target Business Entity;
 
  b.   at any time during the period of 9 months from the Effective Date within the Restricted Territory, acquire a substantial or controlling interest directly or by or through any nominee or nominees in any business providing any Competing Business, a Target Business Entity or in any firm, company or other entity owning or controlling a business that provides any Competing Business or a Target Business Entity;
 
  c.   at any time during the period of 9 months from the Effective Date solicit or induce or endeavour to solicit or induce any Key Person to leave the employ of the Company or any Relevant Group Company, whether or not such person would commit any breach of his or her own contract of employment or engagement by leaving the service of the Company or any Relevant Group Company; or

15


 

  d.   at any time during the period of 9 months from the Effective Date solicit or induce or endeavour to solicit or induce any person who is a Restricted Client or Prospective Client away from the Company or any Group Company or interfere with or endeavour to interfere with the Company’s or any Group Company’s relationship with any person who is a Restricted Client or Prospective Client provided always that nothing contained in this clause shall be deemed to prohibit the seeking or doing of business not in direct or indirect competition with the Restricted Business; or
 
  e.   at any time during the period of 9 months from the Effective Date have business dealings directly or indirectly with any person who is a Restricted Client or Prospective Client provided always that nothing contained in this clause shall be deemed to prohibit the seeking or doing of business not in direct or indirect competition with the Restricted Business; or
 
  f.   encourage, assist or procure any third party to do anything which, if done by him would be in breach of sub-paragraphs 1a to e of Part 2 of this Schedule 1,
      but for the avoidance of doubt nothing in these restrictions will prevent you from working in the restricted period for a company or business which is not (i) a Competing Business; (ii) a Target Business Entity; or (iii) a firm, company or other entity which owns or controls a business that provides any Competing Business or a Target Business Entity and in which business you have a material involvement.
2   Each of the restrictions in Part 2 of this Schedule 1 is intended to be separate and severable and in the event that any of such restrictions shall be adjudged to be void or ineffective for whatever reason but would be adjudged to be valid and effective if part of the wording or range of services or products were reduced in scope or deleted, the said restrictions shall apply with such modifications as may be necessary to make them valid and effective.
3   Since you may also obtain in the course of your employment by reason of services rendered to or offices held in any other Relevant Group Companies knowledge of the trade secrets or other Confidential Information of such Group Company, you hereby agree that you will at the request and cost of the Company enter into a direct agreement or undertaking with such Group Company whereby you will accept restrictions corresponding to the restrictions contained in this agreement (or such of them as may be appropriate in the circumstances) in relation to such products and services and such area and for such period as such Group Company may reasonably require for the protection of its legitimate interests.

16


 

4   If you apply for or are offered a new employment, appointment or engagement, before entering into any related contract, you will bring the terms of this schedule 2 to the attention of a third party proposing directly or indirectly to employ, appoint or engage you.
 
5   For the purposes of this Schedule 1, the following expressions shall have the following meanings:
  a.   “Competing Business” shall mean any products or services which are the same as or materially similar to and competitive with any Restricted Business to include without limitation the businesses of Stroer, JCD, News Outdoor, Titan and CBS;
 
  b.   “Effective Date” means the date on which your employment terminates (the “Termination Date”) provided always that if no duties have been assigned to you or you have carried out duties other than your normal duties or have been excluded from the Company’s premises immediately preceding the Termination Date in accordance with clause 8.5, it means the last date on which you carried out your normal duties;
 
  c.   “Key Person” shall mean any person who on the Effective Date is a director or officer or manager or executive or of the same grade to you employed or engaged by the Company or any Relevant Group Company or any consultant working for the Company or any Relevant Group Company as a director or officer or manager or executive or in a similar capacity (or any person who would have been so employed by or working for the Company or any Relevant Group Company on the Effective Date but for your breach of your obligations under this Agreement and/or implied by law) with whom you worked or had material dealings or for whose work you were responsible or managed in the course of your employment under this agreement at any time during the Relevant Period;
 
  d.   “Prospective Client” shall mean any person who at any time during the Relevant Period was a prospective client or prospective customer of the Company or any Group Company and with whom you had a material involvement during the course of your employment at any time during the Relevant Period;
 
  e.   “Relevant Group Company” shall mean any Group Company (other than the Company) for which you have performed services under this Contract or for which you have had operational or management responsibility or have provided services at any time during the Relevant Period;

17


 

  f.   “Relevant Period” shall mean the period of 12 months immediately before the Effective Date;
 
  g.   “Restricted Business” shall mean the business of owning, operating and developing advertising structures both static and moveable, indoor and outdoor including advertising panels designed to display advertisements and any other products or services provided by the Company or any Relevant Group Company at any time during the Relevant Period with which you had a material involvement during the course of your employment at any time during the Relevant Period;
 
  h.   “Restricted Client” shall mean any person who at any time during the Relevant Period was a client or customer of the Company or any Group Company and with whom you had a material involvement during the course of your employment at any time during the Relevant Period;
 
  i.   “Restricted Territory” shall mean within the United Kingdom and any other country in the world where on the Effective Date the Company or any Relevant Group Company was engaged in the research into, development, manufacture, distribution, sale or supply or otherwise dealt in any Restricted Business;
 
  j.   “Target Business Entity” means any business howsoever constituted (whether or not providing Competing Business) which was at the Effective Date or at any time during the Relevant Period a business which the Company or any Relevant Group Company had entered into negotiations with, had approached or had identified as (i) a potential target with a view to its acquisition by the Company or any Relevant Group Company and/or (ii) a potential party to any joint venture with the Company or any Relevant Group Company, in either case where such approach or negotiations or identification were known to a material degree by you during the Relevant Period.

18


 

SCHEDULE 2
ADDITIONAL REMUNERATION
09 Opts: 132,163
DISCRETIONARY BONUS
You may be entitled to a bonus payment for each financial year. The terms of the annual bonus shall be determined by Your Director at his absolute discretion but will generally be structured to pay out 100% of your base salary upon achieving the financial and qualitative targets defined by Your Director for each financial year. For the financial year January-December 2009 only, the Company agrees to pay you a minimum discretionary bonus payment of £134,228 (being an amount equivalent to 100% of your base salary, pro rated for the four months of 2009 that you will be employed by the Company), providing that your employment has not been terminated before 31 December 2009, in which case you will be paid such sum pro rata to the date of termination. This sum shall be paid by 28 February 2010. This does not imply any obligation on the Company to pay a discretionary bonus at a similar level in future years.
Any bonus payment shall not be deemed to part of your salary for pension purposes. Apart from as described above (in relation to 2009) and below (one-off bonus in payment in February 2012) and in 8.6 of this Agreement the Company is not obliged to pay any bonus payment unless you have been in employment for the entire financial year during which the bonus payment has accrued.
ADDITIONAL ONE-OFF BONUS
You shall be entitled to payment of an additional one-off bonus calculated as follows:
$1,200,000 — (A + B + C)
Where:
“A” means the gross amount of the discretionary bonus payable in respect of the financial year January — December 2010;
“B” means the gross amount of the discretionary bonus payable in respect of the financial year January — December 2011; and
“C” means the gross amount (less payment in respect of the applicable Option Price but before payment by you in respect of any Tax Liability) which would be received by you if you were to

19


 

exercise in full Option A (granted to you under the terms of a stock option agreement with Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. entered into on or around the date of this agreement, the “ Option Agreement ”) on 31 December 2011 and immediately sell the resulting shares of Common Stock, provided that if this results in C being a negative figure, C shall be deemed to be zero. For the purposes of this paragraph, defined terms have the same meaning as in the Option Agreement.
Where any amount is to be converted into or from US dollars for the purposes of the calculation above or payment of the additional one-off bonus, it shall be converted using an exchange rate of $1.49 : £1.
The additional one-off bonus shall be subject to deductions under PAYE and payment shall be made by 28 February 2012. However, no payment shall be made in respect of the additional one-off bonus if:
- the aggregate of the amounts A, B and C is greater than $1,200,000; or
- your employment is terminated by the Company for Cause at any time up to and including 28 February 2012; or
- you choose to exercise any part of Option A at any time up to and including 30 December 2011.

20

Exhibit 10.24
FIRST AMENDMENT
TO
REVOLVING PROMISSORY NOTE
      THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO REVOLVING PROMISSORY NOTE, entered into on December 23, 2009 (this “ Amendment ”), is made to the Revolving Promissory Note dated November 10, 2005 (the “ Original Note ”), in the maximum available principal amount of $1.0 billion, executed by Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (“ Maker ”), as maker thereof, payable to the order of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ CCOH ”).
      Recitals . CCOH, as the current legal and equitable owner and holder, and the payee, of the Original Note, and Maker desire to amend the Original Note (i) to extend the maturity date of the Note and (ii) to amend the Contract Rate payable on the Note, with such new Contract Rate being applicable as of the date hereof. Now, therefore, in consideration of the premises, covenants and agreements herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, sufficiency and reasonably equivalent value of which are acknowledged by the parties hereto, Maker and CCOH agree as follows:
      SECTION 1. Definitions . Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings and uses assigned in the Original Note, and the term “ Note ” when used in this Amendment means the Original Note, as amended hereby.
      SECTION 2. Amendments .
      2.1. The first sentence of the Original Note is hereby amended by replacing “August 10, 2010” with “December 15, 2017”.
      2.2. The term “ Contract Rate ” as defined and used in the Original Note is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
     “‘ Contract Rate ’ means a variable per annum rate of interest equal to the “Contract Rate” as defined in the Revolving Promissory Note, dated August 2, 2005 (as amended), in the maximum available principal amount of $1.0 billion, executed by CCOH, as maker thereof, payable to the order of CCU, as payee thereunder.”
      SECTION 3. Representations and Warranties . Maker represents and warrants to CCOH that Maker’s representations and warranties set forth in the Original Note are true and correct in all material respects as if made on the date hereof and on the effective date hereof, except as they may specifically relate to an earlier date.
      SECTION 4. Continuing Effect of Original Note . Each of the Original Note and the other Subject Documents, as amended hereby, is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects, and all references to the “Note” in the Original Note or any other Subject Document shall mean the Original Note, as amended hereby. This Amendment shall not constitute an amendment of, or waiver with respect to, any provision of the Original Note not expressly referred to herein and shall not be construed as an amendment, waiver or consent to any action on the part of any party

 


 

hereto that would require an amendment, waiver or consent of CCOH except as expressly stated herein.
      SECTION 5. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the law of the State of Texas.
      SECTION 6. Successors and Assigns . This Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of Maker and CCOH and their respective successors and assigns permitted by the Note, except Maker may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder other than as provided in the Note.
      SECTION 7. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by each party hereto on separate counterparts, each of which counterpart when so executed shall be an original, but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A counterpart signature page delivered by fax or internet transmission shall be as effective as delivery of an originally executed counterpart.
[Remainder of Page Left Intentionally Blank]

2


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their respective proper and duly authorized officers on, and effective as of, the date first set forth above.
     
 
  MAKER :
 
   
 
  Clear Channel Communications, Inc.
 
   
 
    /s/ Brian Coleman
 
   
 
  Name: Brian Coleman
 
  Title: Senior Vice President and Treasurer
 
   
 
  PAYEE :
 
   
 
  Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.
 
   
 
    /s/ Randall T. Mays
 
   
 
  Name: Randall T. Mays
 
  Title: Chief Financial Officer
First Amendment to “Due From CCU” Revolving Promissory Note

 

Exhibit 10.25
FIRST AMENDMENT
TO
REVOLVING PROMISSORY NOTE
      THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO REVOLVING PROMISSORY NOTE, entered into on December 23, 2009 (this “ Amendment ”), is made to the Revolving Promissory Note dated November 10, 2005 (the “ Original Note ”), in the maximum available principal amount of $1.0 billion, executed by Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Maker ”), as maker thereof, payable to the order of Clear Channel Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (“ CCU ”).
      Recitals . CCU, as the current legal and equitable owner and holder, and the payee, of the Original Note, and Maker desire to amend the Original Note (i) to extend the maturity date of the Note and (ii) to amend the Contract Rate payable on the Note, with such new Contract Rate being applicable as of the date hereof. Now, therefore, in consideration of the premises, covenants and agreements herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, sufficiency and reasonably equivalent value of which are acknowledged by the parties hereto, Maker and CCU agree as follows:
      SECTION 1. Definitions . Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings and uses assigned in the Original Note, and the term “ Note ” when used in this Amendment means the Original Note, as amended hereby.
      SECTION 2. Amendments .
      2.1. The first sentence of the Original Note is hereby amended by replacing “August 10, 2010” with “December 15, 2017”.
      2.2. The term “ Contract Rate ” as defined and used in the Original Note is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
     “‘ Contract Rate ’ means a variable per annum rate of interest equal to the weighted-average interest rate on the outstanding Refinancing Notes, as such weighted-average cost is determined by CCU from time to time and for each applicable period under this Note. A certificate of CCU as to such weighted-average cost for any period shall be conclusive proof of such cost, absent manifest error in the mechanical calculation thereof.”
      2.3. The term “ Refinancing Notes ” is inserted in the proper alphabetical order in the “definitions” section to read as follows:
     “‘ Refinancing Notes ’ means (a) up to (i) $500,000,000 of Series A Senior Notes due 2017 (the “ CCWH Series A Notes ”) and (ii) $2,000,000,000 of Series B Senior Notes due 2017 (the “ CCWH Series B Notes ” and, collectively with the CCWH Series A Notes, the “ CCWH Notes ”) issued by Clear Channel Worldwide Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation (“ CCWH ”) and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Maker, and (b) any term loans or debt securities issued to refinance a significant portion of the CCWH Notes.”

 


 

      SECTION 3. Representations and Warranties . Maker represents and warrants to CCU that Maker’s representations and warranties set forth in the Original Note are true and correct in all material respects as if made on the date hereof and on the effective date hereof, except as they may specifically relate to an earlier date.
      SECTION 4. Continuing Effect of Original Note . Each of the Original Note and the other Subject Documents, as amended hereby, is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects, and all references to the “Note” in the Original Note or any other Subject Document shall mean the Original Note, as amended hereby. This Amendment shall not constitute an amendment of, or waiver with respect to, any provision of the Original Note not expressly referred to herein and shall not be construed as an amendment, waiver or consent to any action on the part of any party hereto that would require an amendment, waiver or consent of CCU except as expressly stated herein.
      SECTION 5. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the law of the State of Texas.
      SECTION 6. Successors and Assigns . This Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of Maker and CCU and their respective successors and assigns permitted by the Note, except Maker may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder other than as provided in the Note.
      SECTION 7. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by each party hereto on separate counterparts, each of which counterpart when so executed shall be an original, but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A counterpart signature page delivered by fax or internet transmission shall be as effective as delivery of an originally executed counterpart.
[Remainder of Page Left Intentionally Blank]

2


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their respective proper and duly authorized officers on, and effective as of, the date first set forth above.
     
 
  MAKER :
 
   
 
  Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc.
 
   
 
   /s/ Randall T. Mays
 
   
 
  Name: Randall T. Mays
 
  Title: Chief Financial Officer
 
   
 
  PAYEE :
 
   
 
  Clear Channel Communications, Inc.
 
   
 
   /s/ Brian Coleman
 
   
 
  Name: Brian Coleman
 
  Title: Senior Vice President and Treasurer
First Amendment to “Due To CCU” Revolving Promissory Note

 

Exhibit 10.26
SERIES A SENIOR NOTES PROCEEDS LOAN AGREEMENT
     THIS SERIES A SENIOR NOTES PROCEEDS LOAN AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of December 23, 2009, is made by and between CLEAR CHANNEL WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS, INC., a Nevada corporation (the “ Lender ”) and CLEAR CHANNEL OUTDOOR, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”).
RECITALS
     WHEREAS, the Lender intends to issue $500,000,000.00 aggregate principal amount of 9.25% Series A Senior Notes due 2017 (the “ Notes ”) under an indenture dated as of the date hereof (the “ Indenture ”), among the Lender, as issuer, U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, and the guarantors party thereto; and
     WHEREAS, the Lender has agreed to lend the proceeds of the issuance of the Notes to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.
AGREEMENT
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants, conditions, representations, and warranties set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Interpretation .
1.1 Defined Terms .
     “ Bankruptcy Event ” means an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) of the Indenture with respect to the Borrower.
     “ Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks are authorized or required to be closed in New York, New York.
     “ Final Maturity Date ” means the final maturity date of the Notes, being December 15, 2017.
     “ Note Guarantee ” means the Borrower’s guarantee of the Lender’s obligations under the Indenture and the Notes.
     “ Loan ” means the amount loaned (as from time to time reduced by repayment or prepayment) under this Agreement.
     “ Trustee Account ” means that certain trustee account established by the Lender for the benefit of the holders of the Notes pursuant to the Indenture.
1.2 Terms Defined in the Indenture . All capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 


 

2. Loan . In accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Lender shall loan to the Borrower an amount of $500,000,000.00 on the date on which the Notes are issued. The amount loaned hereunder shall be used for the purpose of paying any fees or expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of the Notes, to fund $50,000,000 of the Guarantor Liquidity Amount and for general corporate purposes of the Borrower.
3. Interest .
3.1 The Loan shall bear interest on terms corresponding to those under the Indenture for interest payable from time to time in respect of the Notes, including default interest, if any.
3.2 Interest will be due and payable on the date on which interest is due and payable under the Indenture.
4. Payments .
4.1 All payments under this Agreement shall be made in U.S. dollars on the due date to the Trustee Account or to such other person or bank and bank account as may be notified by the Lender to the Borrower from time to time.
4.2 All payments shall be made free and clear of any deduction or withholding whatsoever, except as required by law.
4.3 Any payment which falls due on a day which is not a Business Day shall instead be made on the preceding Business Day.
5. Term of the Loan .
5.1 On the Final Maturity Date, the Borrower shall repay in full the outstanding principal amount of the Loan, plus accrued and unpaid and payable thereon.
5.2 If the Lender elects to purchase, redeem, prepay or defease any Notes (including, without limitation, through any optional redemption, open market purchase or tender offer), the Borrower shall prepay the Loan in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Notes purchased, redeemed, prepaid or defeased, plus the Applicable Premium payable thereon or any other premium payable thereon, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon. Lender agrees to notify the Borrower as soon as reasonably practicable after the announcement of any purchase, redemption, prepayment or defeasance of the Notes and of the date such transaction shall occur, and Borrower’s prepayment under this clause 5.2 shall be made by such date.
5.3 In the event any principal amount of the Notes is required to be purchased, redeemed, prepaid or defeased (whether at maturity, upon acceleration, at the election of any holder of Notes or otherwise) in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Borrower shall prepay the Loan in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be purchased, redeemed, prepaid or defeased, plus any premium payable thereon, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon. Any prepayment required to be made under this clause 5.3 shall be made by the date on which the Lender is required to make the corresponding purchase, redemption, prepayment or defeasance under the Indenture. The Lender agrees to notify the

-2-


 

Borrower of any purchase, redemption, prepayment or defeasance under the Indenture as soon as reasonably practicable after the date upon which it becomes aware of any such requirement to purchase, redeem, prepay or defease.
5.4 Upon the occurrence of a Bankruptcy Event, the Borrower shall prepay the Loan in full, together with all amounts (including, without limitation, interest) owing by the Borrower under this Agreement. If, following a Bankruptcy Event, any cash or other property of the Borrower (or any reorganized debtor) is distributed to the Lender on account of the Loan (whether interim payments in respect of adequate protection, distributions under a plan of reorganization or otherwise), the outstanding principal amount of the Loan shall be reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis by the amount of such cash or fair market value of such property.
5.5 The Borrower may not prepay or repay any or all of the Loan save as set forth in this clause or as otherwise agreed between the parties.
6. Costs and Expenses . In the event that principal or any interest payable under this Agreement is not paid when due, or in the event that proceedings at law or in equity are instituted in connection with this Agreement, or in the event that it becomes necessary to enforce any of the rights or agreements contained in this Agreement, the Borrower shall pay all costs of collection or attempting to collect this Agreement or protecting or enforcing such rights, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, whether suit is brought or not.
7. Entire Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.
8. Amendment . This Agreement may be amended only by a written instrument executed by the Lender and the Borrower.
9. Severability . Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
10. Assignment . This Agreement and all of its provisions shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement may not be assigned without the prior written consent of each of the parties.

-3-


 

11. Headings. The captions and headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
12. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and received when delivered by hand or courier or three days after the date when posted by air mail, with postage prepaid, addressed to the attention of the Chief Financial Officer at such party’s business address, or to such other person, address, facsimile number or e-mail address as a party to this Agreement may furnish to the other in writing, it being understood that electronic transmissions are deemed received at the time of receipt.
13. Counterparts . This agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which, when executed, shall be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
14. Additional Documents and Acts . Each of the parties agrees to execute and deliver such additional documents, certificates and instruments, and to perform such additional acts, as may be reasonably requested and as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the provisions of this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
15. Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
16. Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OF THE LENDER AND THE BORROWER HEREBY (i) SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND THE FEDERAL COURTS OF THE UNITED STATES SITTING IN THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK, STATE OF NEW YORK, FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, (ii) AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH COURTS, OR AT THE SOLE OPTION OF AGENT, IN ANY OTHER COURT IN WHICH AGENT SHALL INITIATE LEGAL OR EQUITABLE PROCEEDINGS AND WHICH HAS SUBJECT MATTER JURISDICTION OVER THE MATTER IN CONTROVERSY (iii) IRREVOCABLY WAIVES (TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW) ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT NOW OR HEREAFTER MAY HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY OF THE FOREGOING COURTS, AND ANY OBJECTION ON THE GROUND THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM AND (iv) AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION TO ENFORCE OR DEFEND ANY MATTER ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

-4-


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
         
    LENDER:
 
       
    CLEAR CHANNEL WORLDWIDE
HOLDINGS, INC.
 
       
 
  By:    /s/ Randall T. Mays
 
       
 
  Name:   Randall T. Mays
 
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer
 
       
    BORROWER:
 
       
    CLEAR CHANNEL OUTDOOR, INC.
 
       
 
  By:    /s/ Brian Coleman
 
       
 
  Name:   Brian Coleman
 
  Title:   Senior Vice President and Treasurer
Signature Page to Series A Senior Notes Proceeds Loan Agreement

 

Exhibit 10.27
SERIES B SENIOR NOTES PROCEEDS LOAN AGREEMENT
     THIS SERIES B SENIOR NOTES PROCEEDS LOAN AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of December 23, 2009, is made by and between CLEAR CHANNEL WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS, INC., a Nevada corporation (the “ Lender ”) and CLEAR CHANNEL OUTDOOR, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”).
RECITALS
     WHEREAS, the Lender intends to issue $2,000,000,000.00 aggregate principal amount of 9.25% Series B Senior Notes due 2017 (the “ Notes ”) under an indenture dated as of the date hereof (the “ Indenture ”), among the Lender, as issuer, U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, and the guarantors party thereto; and
     WHEREAS, the Lender has agreed to lend the proceeds of the issuance of the Notes to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.
AGREEMENT
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants, conditions, representations, and warranties set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Interpretation .
1.1 Defined Terms .
     “ Bankruptcy Event ” means an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) of the Indenture with respect to the Borrower.
     “ Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks are authorized or required to be closed in New York, New York.
     “ Final Maturity Date ” means the final maturity date of the Notes, being December 15, 2017.
     “ Note Guarantee ” means the Borrower’s guarantee of the Lender’s obligations under the Indenture and the Notes.
     “ Loan ” means the amount loaned (as from time to time reduced by repayment or prepayment) under this Agreement.
     “ Trustee Account ” means that certain trustee account established by the Lender for the benefit of the holders of the Notes pursuant to the Indenture.
1.2 Terms Defined in the Indenture . All capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 


 

2. Loan . In accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Lender shall loan to the Borrower an amount of $2,000,000,000.00 on the date on which the Notes are issued. The amount loaned hereunder shall be used to make a prepayment of intercompany indebtedness owing by the Borrower to Clear Channel Communications, Inc.
3. Interest .
3.1 The Loan shall bear interest on terms corresponding to those under the Indenture for interest payable from time to time in respect of the Notes, including default interest, if any.
3.2 Interest will be due and payable on the date on which interest is due and payable under the Indenture.
4. Payments .
4.1 All payments under this Agreement shall be made in U.S. dollars on the due date to the Trustee Account or to such other person or bank and bank account as may be notified by the Lender to the Borrower from time to time.
4.2 All payments shall be made free and clear of any deduction or withholding whatsoever, except as required by law.
4.3 Any payment which falls due on a day which is not a Business Day shall instead be made on the preceding Business Day.
5. Term of the Loan .
5.1 On the Final Maturity Date, the Borrower shall repay in full the outstanding principal amount of the Loan, plus accrued and unpaid and payable thereon.
5.2 If the Lender elects to purchase, redeem, prepay or defease any Notes (including, without limitation, through any optional redemption, open market purchase or tender offer), the Borrower shall prepay the Loan in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Notes purchased, redeemed, prepaid or defeased, plus the Applicable Premium payable thereon or any other premium payable thereon, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon. Lender agrees to notify the Borrower as soon as reasonably practicable after the announcement of any purchase, redemption, prepayment or defeasance of the Notes and of the date such transaction shall occur, and Borrower’s prepayment under this clause 5.2 shall be made by such date.
5.3 In the event any principal amount of the Notes is required to be purchased, redeemed, prepaid or defeased (whether at maturity, upon acceleration, at the election of any holder of Notes or otherwise) in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Borrower shall prepay the Loan in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be purchased, redeemed, prepaid or defeased, plus any premium payable thereon, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon. Any prepayment required to be made under this clause 5.3 shall be made by the date on which the Lender is required to make the corresponding purchase, redemption, prepayment or defeasance under the Indenture. The Lender agrees to notify the Borrower of any purchase, redemption, prepayment or defeasance under the Indenture as soon as

-2-


 

reasonably practicable after the date upon which it becomes aware of any such requirement to purchase, redeem, prepay or defease.
5.4 Upon the occurrence of a Bankruptcy Event, the Borrower shall prepay the Loan in full, together with all amounts (including, without limitation, interest) owing by the Borrower under this Agreement. If, following a Bankruptcy Event, any cash or other property of the Borrower (or any reorganized debtor) is distributed to the Lender on account of the Loan (whether interim payments in respect of adequate protection, distributions under a plan of reorganization or otherwise), the outstanding principal amount of the Loan shall be reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis by the amount of such cash or fair market value of such property.
5.5 The Borrower may not prepay or repay any or all of the Loan save as set forth in this clause or as otherwise agreed between the parties.
6. Costs and Expenses . In the event that principal or any interest payable under this Agreement is not paid when due, or in the event that proceedings at law or in equity are instituted in connection with this Agreement, or in the event that it becomes necessary to enforce any of the rights or agreements contained in this Agreement, the Borrower shall pay all costs of collection or attempting to collect this Agreement or protecting or enforcing such rights, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, whether suit is brought or not.
7. Entire Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.
8. Amendment . This Agreement may be amended only by a written instrument executed by the Lender and the Borrower.
9. Severability . Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
10. Assignment . This Agreement and all of its provisions shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement may not be assigned without the prior written consent of each of the parties.

-3-


 

11. Headings . The captions and headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
12. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and received when delivered by hand or courier or three days after the date when posted by air mail, with postage prepaid, addressed to the attention of the Chief Financial Officer at such party’s business address, or to such other person, address, facsimile number or e-mail address as a party to this Agreement may furnish to the other in writing, it being understood that electronic transmissions are deemed received at the time of receipt.
13. Counterparts . This agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which, when executed, shall be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
14. Additional Documents and Acts . Each of the parties agrees to execute and deliver such additional documents, certificates and instruments, and to perform such additional acts, as may be reasonably requested and as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the provisions of this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
15. Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
16. Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OF THE LENDER AND THE BORROWER HEREBY (i) SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND THE FEDERAL COURTS OF THE UNITED STATES SITTING IN THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK, STATE OF NEW YORK, FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, (ii) AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH COURTS, OR AT THE SOLE OPTION OF AGENT, IN ANY OTHER COURT IN WHICH AGENT SHALL INITIATE LEGAL OR EQUITABLE PROCEEDINGS AND WHICH HAS SUBJECT MATTER JURISDICTION OVER THE MATTER IN CONTROVERSY (iii) IRREVOCABLY WAIVES (TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW) ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT NOW OR HEREAFTER MAY HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY OF THE FOREGOING COURTS, AND ANY OBJECTION ON THE GROUND THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM AND (iv) AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION TO ENFORCE OR DEFEND ANY MATTER ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

-4-


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
         
    LENDER:
 
       
    CLEAR CHANNEL WORLDWIDE
HOLDINGS, INC.
 
       
 
  By:    /s/ Randall T. Mays
 
       
 
  Name:   Randall T. Mays
 
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer
 
       
    BORROWER:
 
       
    CLEAR CHANNEL OUTDOOR, INC.
 
       
 
  By:    /s/ Brian Coleman
 
       
 
  Name:   Brian Coleman
 
  Title:   Senior Vice President and Treasurer
Signature Page to Series B Senior Notes Proceeds Loan Agreement